File: //lib64/libreoffice/help/en-US/shared.jar
PK
&w�X text/shared/PK
%w�X text/shared/autokorr/PK
%w�X�Tܖ ! text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_START" id="bm_id3148671"/><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_WORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3152459"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TWo INitial CApitals have been corrected</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Typing errors such as "WOrd" have been corrected and replaced by the <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> function to "Word".</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X2�r� ! text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGQUOTES" id="bm_id3156116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Double quotation marks (") have been replaced</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">Autocorrect</link> so that double quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp">typographical quotation marks</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokotyafz"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��來 � ! text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGTOENEMDASH" id="bm_id3146936"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Minus signs have been replaced</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text, and minus signs have been replaced with dashes.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xh5p� � ! text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGSGLQUOTES" id="bm_id3147477"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Single quotes have been replaced</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">Autocorrect</link> so that single quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp">typographical quotation marks</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokotyafz"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X_��� � ! text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_INGNOREDOUBLESPACE" id="bm_id3153882"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Double spaces have been ignored</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to one single space.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xŏ� ! text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORSENTWORD" id="bm_id3159242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoCorrect has performed a replacement. The beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has performed a replacement, and the beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� � ! text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGWEIGHTUNDERL" id="bm_id3150618"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bold and underline attributes have been recognized and applied</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text, and the bold and/or underline text attributes have been automatically applied.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�4k5� � ! text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SETINETATTR" id="bm_id3155354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">An URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text. A string has been detected as an URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XU0�� � ! text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENTWORD" id="bm_id3148410"/><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENTWORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3145759"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Two capital letters at the beginning of a word and a sentence have been corrected to one capital letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text so that a word beginning with two capital letters at the beginning of a sentence now starts with one capital letter.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�n� � ! text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENT" id="bm_id3153882"/><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENTENEMDASH" id="bm_id3149976"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start each sentence with a capital letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Your text was corrected with <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (period, exclamation point, question mark).</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�
U�' ' ! text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORWORD" id="bm_id3153882"/><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORWORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3153679"/><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORSENTWORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3145759"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">A replacement has been carried out</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has replaced a word.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XԺ�� � ! text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect has been activated</title><filename>/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGORDINALNUMBER" id="bm_id3147519"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">1st ... has been replaced with 1st ...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that ordinal number suffixes have been superscripted.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X text/shared/02/PK
%w�X��[<� � text/shared/02/10030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Document Begin/First Page</title><filename>/text/shared/02/10030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ersteseite"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GoToStartOfDoc" id="bm_id3121999"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GoToStartOfDoc" id="bm_id3154894"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FirstPage" id="bm_id6495830"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FirstPage" id="bm_id3163829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp">To Document Begin</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp">First Page</link></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FirstPage" visibility="visible">Moves to the first page of the document.</ahelp> This function is only active when you select the <emph>Print Preview</emph> function on the <emph>File</emph> menu.</paragraph></section><section id="syersteseite"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_gotostartofdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To Document Begin</caseinline><defaultinline>First Page</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�E�� � text/shared/02/01170001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Context Menu of a Control Field</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Context Menu of a Control Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The context menu of a control field has the following commands.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeControlType" id="bm_id8904148"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeControlType" id="bm_id3152811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeControlType" visibility="visible">Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.</ahelp> As many properties as possible are adopted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToEdit" id="bm_id9919844"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToEdit" id="bm_id3148678"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToEdit" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a text box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToButton" id="bm_id1218496"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToButton" id="bm_id3156215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToButton" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFixed" id="bm_id151384"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFixed" id="bm_id3159151"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Label field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToFixed" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a label.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToList" id="bm_id8499609"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToList" id="bm_id3147086"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List Box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToList" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCheckBox" id="bm_id4363634"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCheckBox" id="bm_id3158409"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check Box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToCheckBox" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a check box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToRadio" id="bm_id2379482"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToRadio" id="bm_id3153770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Radio Button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToRadio" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into an option button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCombo" id="bm_id7250365"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCombo" id="bm_id3146923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Combo Box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToCombo" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a combo box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToImageBtn" id="bm_id7742805"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToImageBtn" id="bm_id3154013"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Image Button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToImageBtn" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into an image button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFileControl" id="bm_id4790396"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFileControl" id="bm_id3154472"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToFileControl" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a file selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToDate" id="bm_id7842806"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToDate" id="bm_id3151353"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Date Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToDate" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a date field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToTime" id="bm_id7456305"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToTime" id="bm_id3153190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Time Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToTime" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a time field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToNumeric" id="bm_id8809737"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToNumeric" id="bm_id3154129"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numerical Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToNumeric" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCurrency" id="bm_id7001607"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCurrency" id="bm_id3154503"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Currency Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToCurrency" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a currency field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToPattern" id="bm_id3919749"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToPattern" id="bm_id3154792"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Pattern Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToPattern" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToImageControl" id="bm_id1614856"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToImageControl" id="bm_id3147126"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Image Control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToImageControl" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into an image control.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFormatted" id="bm_id8945182"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFormatted" id="bm_id3151060"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Formatted Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToFormatted" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��ˀB B text/shared/02/12120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Apply Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="filteranwenden"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFiltered" id="bm_id1995746"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFiltered" id="bm_id3151097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp">Apply Filter</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFiltered" visibility="visible">Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syfilteranwenden"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formfiltered.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply Filter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Apply Filter </emph>function retains <link href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp">form-based filters</link> that have been set. You do not need to redefine them.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�V8r r text/shared/02/10040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Document End/Last Page</title><filename>/text/shared/02/10040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="letzteseite"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GoToEndOfDoc" id="bm_id5496308"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GoToEndOfDoc" id="bm_id3156183"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LastPage" id="bm_id3306707"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LastPage" id="bm_id3149119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp">To Document End</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp">Last Page</link></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:LastPage" visibility="visible">Moves to the last page of the document.</ahelp> This function is only active when you select the <emph>Print Preview</emph> function on the <emph>File</emph> menu.</paragraph></section><section id="syletzteseite"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_gotoendofdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To Document End</caseinline><defaultinline>Last Page</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�^ϱ� � text/shared/02/flowcharts.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Flowchart</title><filename>/text/shared/02/flowcharts.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="flowcharts"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes" id="bm_id3399644"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes" id="bm_id6240424"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/flowcharts.xhp">Flowchart</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syflowcharts"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-process" id="bm_id5283364"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process" id="bm_id3632007"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision" id="bm_id3693960"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-data" id="bm_id4031495"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process" id="bm_id3576769"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage" id="bm_id7544785"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-document" id="bm_id5602282"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument" id="bm_id7054658"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator" id="bm_id8044679"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation" id="bm_id1150547"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input" id="bm_id9643848"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation" id="bm_id1966307"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector" id="bm_id913418"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector" id="bm_id5367595"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-card" id="bm_id5879085"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape" id="bm_id2821741"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction" id="bm_id3252052"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-or" id="bm_id3294473"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate" id="bm_id3726310"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort" id="bm_id8809472"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract" id="bm_id5813776"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge" id="bm_id318613"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data" id="bm_id8415784"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay" id="bm_id3021332"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access" id="bm_id8885158"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk" id="bm_id9532151"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage" id="bm_id6307565"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlowChartShapes.flowchart-display" id="bm_id464796"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� �� � text/shared/02/06110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Move Down</title><filename>/text/shared/02/06110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hinunterschieben"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineDown" id="bm_id9431430"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineDown" id="bm_id3154894"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveDown" id="bm_id7415824"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveDown" id="bm_id3149495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/06110000.xhp">Move Down</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MoveDown">Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have numbered paragraphs and click the<emph> Move Down </emph>icon, the numbers will be adjusted to the current order. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Move Down </emph>icon is only visible when the cursor is positioned in a bulleted or numbered list.
</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Move Down </emph>icon appears on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar when you use the outline view.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This function can be called by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow.</paragraph><section id="syhinunterschieben"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_outlinedown.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Down</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���)
)
text/shared/02/09070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hyperlink Dialog</title><filename>/text/shared/02/09070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hyperlink"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HyperlinkDialog" id="bm_id4087126"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HyperlinkDialog" id="bm_id3149748"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditHyperlink" id="bm_id6121214"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditHyperlink" id="bm_id3151097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hyperdia"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hyperdiatext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditHyperlink">Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="syhyperdia"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Hyperlink Dialog</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL" id="bm_id3149177"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL">Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenHyperlinkOnCursor" id="bm_id7868083"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenHyperlinkOnCursor" id="bm_id3145345"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OpenHyperlinkOnCursor" visibility="hidden">Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditHyperlink" id="bm_id0122200902201484"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditHyperlink" id="bm_id0122200902201587"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Hyperlink dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CopyHyperlinkLocation" id="bm_id0122200902224858"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Copies the URL to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveHyperlink" id="bm_id0122200902230774"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/09070100.xhp#internet"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070200.xhp#mailnews"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070300.xhp#dokument"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070400.xhp#neuesdokument"/><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN" id="bm_id3149811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN">Applies the data to your document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN" id="bm_id3159166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN">Closes the dialog without saving.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Help</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the Help.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN" id="bm_id3155434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN">Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XUpS�� � text/shared/02/01170904.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combo Box Wizard: Database Field</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite3b"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170904.xhp">Combo Box Wizard: Database Field</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With the combination fields, you can either save the value of a field in a database or display this value in a form.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The user values entered in the combination field or selected in the list can be saved in the database table that is accessed in the form. Note that the saving of values in another table is not possible. If the values are not to be saved in a database, they will be saved only in the form. This is especially helpful in HTML forms, where the user's entered or selected values are to be assigned to a server.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli3b"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Do you want to save the value in a database field?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Two options are available for this question:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Yes, I want to save it in the following database field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/yesRadiobutton">Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.</ahelp> Several database table fields are offered which can be accessed in the current form.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control - Properties</link> the selected field appears as an entry in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/storeInFieldCombobox">Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No, I only want to save the value in the form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/noRadiobutton">Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X'|��� � text/shared/02/06060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Promote One Level</title><filename>/text/shared/02/06060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hochstufen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineLeft" id="bm_id1102480"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineLeft" id="bm_id3154094"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IncrementLevel" id="bm_id8156328"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IncrementLevel" id="bm_id3154863"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/06060000.xhp">Promote One Level</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/06060000.xhp">Promote</link></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:IncrementLevel">Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The<emph> Promote One Level </emph>icon is on the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbering or bullets item.
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The<emph> Promote </emph>icon is on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar, which appears when working in the outline view.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="syhochstufen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_outlineleft.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Promote One Level
</caseinline><defaultinline>Promote</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XtjzO� � text/shared/02/24080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Gamma</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="gamma"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafGamma" id="bm_id211906"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafGamma" id="bm_id3149031"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24080000.xhp">Gamma</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafGamma">Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.</ahelp> Values from 0.10 (minimum Gamma) to 10 (maximum Gamma) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="sygamma"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10868.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Gamma</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�N�Ń � text/shared/02/20060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document Modification</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokumentveraenderung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ModifiedStatus" id="bm_id8313236"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ModifiedStatus" id="bm_id3151262"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Modified" id="bm_id1803964"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Modified" id="bm_id3156183"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ModifyStatus" id="bm_id3154682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20060000.xhp">Document Modification</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_MODIFYSTATUS">If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XȈԝ � text/shared/02/more_controls.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>More Controls</title><filename>/text/shared/02/more_controls.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="more_controls"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5941343"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/more_controls.xhp">More Controls</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The More Controls toolbar opens when you click the More Controls icon on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls</link> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#more_controls"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��m�f �f text/shared/02/01170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Controls</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formularfunktionen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154142"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Config" id="bm_id4029443"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Config" id="bm_id3153252"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formulartext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Config">The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.</ahelp></variable> You can use the toolbar to add controls to a form in a text, spreadsheet, presentation, or HTML document, for example a button that runs a macro.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Form Controls</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar (you may need to enable this initially invisible icon):</paragraph><section id="syformular"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_config.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Form Controls</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="note"><link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XML Form documents</link> (XForms) use the same controls.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a form, open a document and use the Form Controls toolbar to add and define the form controls. If you want, you can also link the form to a database, so that you can use the controls to manipulate a database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you create a form in an HTML document, you can use the form to send data over the Internet.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">%PRODUCTNAME only exports the form properties that are supported by the HTML version that you export to. To specify the HTML version, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To add a control to a document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Form Controls toolbar, click the icon of the control that you want to add.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the document, drag to create the control. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a square control field, hold down the Shift key while you drag.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">To add a field from the field list of a table or query to a form, drag a cell into the form. In a text document, you can also drag a column header to add a field to a form. To include a label for the field, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift key down when you drag a column head.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modifying a Control</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click the control and choose <emph>Control</emph>. A dialog opens where you can define the properties of the control.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To specify a accelerator key for a control, add a tilde (~) in front of the character in the label for the control.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You can drag and drop controls from one document to another document. You can also copy and paste controls between documents. When you insert a control from another document, $[officename] analyzes the data source, content type, and content properties of the control so that the control fits the logical structure in the target document. For example, a control that displays contents from an address book continues to display the same contents after you copy the control to a different document. You can view these properties on the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Form properties</emph> dialog. </paragraph></listitem></list><section id="Section3"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">This icon switches the mouse pointer to the select mode, or deactivates this mode. The select mode is used to select the controls of the current form.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp#designmodus"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sydesign"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp#control"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sycontroleigenschaften"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp#formular"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syformulareigenschaften"/></section><section id="Section19"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Checkbox" id="bm_id8176164"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CheckBox" id="bm_id3150751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Check Box</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_checkbox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CheckBox">Creates a check box.</ahelp> Check boxes allow you to activate or deactivate a function in a form.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section16"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Edit" id="bm_id7355178"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Edit" id="bm_id3153785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text Box</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_edit.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Edit">Creates a text box.</ahelp> Text boxes are fields in which the user can enter text. In a form, text boxes display data or allow for new data input.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section7"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormattedField" id="bm_id6606960"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormattedField" id="bm_id3155526"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formatted Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formattedfield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormattedField">Creates a formatted field.</ahelp> A formatted field is a text box in which you can define how the inputs and outputs are formatted, and which limiting values apply.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">A formatted field has <link href="text/shared/02/01170002.xhp">special control properties</link> (choose <emph>Format - Control</emph>).</paragraph></section><section id="Section21"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Pushbutton" id="bm_id6486131"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Pushbutton" id="bm_id3153878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Push Button</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertpushbutton.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Pushbutton">Creates a push button.</ahelp> This function can be used to execute a command for a defined event, such as a mouse click.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can apply text and graphics to these buttons.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section20"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Radiobutton" id="bm_id3862451"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RadioButton" id="bm_id3153418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Option Button</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_radiobutton.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RadioButton">Creates an option button.</ahelp> Option buttons enable the user to choose one of several options. Option buttons with the same functionality are given the same name (<link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp"><emph>Name</emph></link>
<emph>property</emph>). Normally, they are given a <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">group box</link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section15"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ListBox" id="bm_id7238352"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ListBox" id="bm_id3154475"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List Box</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_listbox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ListBox">Creates a list box.</ahelp> A list box lets users select an entry from a list. If the form is linked to a database and the database connection is active, the<link href="text/shared/02/01170900.xhp"><emph>List Box Wizard</emph></link> will automatically appear after the list box is inserted in the document. This wizard helps you create the list box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section14"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Combobox" id="bm_id5504530"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ComboBox" id="bm_id3156169"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Combo Box</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_combobox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ComboBox">Creates a combo box.</ahelp> A combo box is a single-line list box with a drop-down list from which users choose an option. You can assign the "read-only" property to the combo box so that users cannot enter other entries than those found in the list. If the form is bound to a database and the database connection is active, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170900.xhp"><emph>Combo Box Wizard</emph></link> will automatically appear after you insert the combo box in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section18"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Label" id="bm_id7047484"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Label" id="bm_id3154255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Label Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertfixedtext.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Label">Creates a field for displaying text.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text. Entries cannot be made in these fields.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoreControls" id="bm_id1433643"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoreControls" id="bm_id4851832"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">More Controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/more_controls.xhp"><emph>More Controls</emph></link> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormDesignTools" id="bm_id6078501"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormDesignTools" id="bm_id3258766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form Design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp"><emph>Form Design</emph></link> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="Section25"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Wizards On/Off</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_usewizards.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turns on and turns off the automatic form controls wizards.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These wizards help you to enter the properties of list boxes, table controls, and other controls.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01170001.xhp">Context Menu Commands</link></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="HIDE_HERE"><section id="more_controls"><section id="Section22"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Spinbutton" id="bm_id8342120"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpinButton" id="bm_id5568102"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spin Button</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_spinbutton.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SpinButton">Creates a spin button.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you add a spin button to a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between the spin button and a cell. As a result, when you change the contents of a cell, the contents of the spin button are updated. Conversely, if you change the value of the spin button, the contents of the cell are updated.</paragraph></section><section id="Section23"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScrollBar" id="bm_id633802"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScrollBar" id="bm_id8119449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scrollbar</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_scrollbar.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ScrollBar">Creates a scrollbar.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify the following properties for a scrollbar:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">UI name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Semantics</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Scroll value min</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the minimum height or the minimum width of a scrollbar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Scroll value max</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the maximum height or the maximum width of a scrollbar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Default scroll value</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the default value of a scrollbar, used when the form is reset.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Orientation</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the orientation of a scrollbar, that is, horizontal or vertical.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Small change</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the minimum amount by which you can scroll a scrollbar, for example, by clicking an arrow.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Large change</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the amount that a large step scrolls a scrollbar, for example, when you click between the scrollbar thumb and a scrollbar arrow.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delay</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the delay in milliseconds between scrollbar trigger events. For example, the delay that occurs when you click an arrow button on the scrollbar and hold down the mouse button.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Symbol color</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the color of the arrows on the scrollbar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Visible Size</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Specifies the size of the scrollbar thumb in "value units". For example, a value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min.") / 2 results in a scrollbar thumb that occupies half of the scrollbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">To make the width of the scrollbar equal to the height of the scrollbar, set the Visible Size to zero.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">In a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between a scrollbar and a cell.</paragraph></section><section id="Section13"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Imagebutton" id="bm_id2102401"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Imagebutton" id="bm_id3151373"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Image Button</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_imagebutton.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Imagebutton">Creates a button displayed as an image.</ahelp> Aside from the graphic representation, an image button has the same properties as a "normal" button.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section12"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ImageControl" id="bm_id7383386"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ImageControl" id="bm_id3150947"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Image Control</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImageControl">Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.</ahelp> In the form document, double-click one of these controls to open the <emph>Insert Graphic</emph> dialog to insert the image. There is also a context menu (not in design mode) with commands for inserting and deleting the image.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Images from a database can be displayed in a form, and new images can be inserted in the database as long as the image control is not write-protected. The control must refer to a database field of the image type. Therefore, enter the data field into the properties window on the <emph>Data</emph> tab page.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section10"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DateField" id="bm_id4810502"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DateField" id="bm_id3145656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_adddatefield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DateField">Creates a date field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the date values can be adopted from the database.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you assign the "Dropdown" property to the date field, the user can open a calendar to select a date under the date field. This also applies to a date field within a Table Control field.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Date fields can be easily edited by the user with the up arrow and down arrow keys. Depending on the cursor position, the day, month, or the year is can be increased or decreased using the arrow keys.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170003.xhp">Specific Remarks on Date Fields</link>.</paragraph></section><section id="Section9"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TimeField" id="bm_id4739584"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TimeField" id="bm_id3154541"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Time Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_timefield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TimeField">Creates a time field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the time values for the form can be adopted from the database.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">Time fields can be easily edited by the user with the up and down arrow keys. Depending on the cursor position, the hours, minutes, or the seconds are increased or decreased using the arrow keys.</paragraph></section><section id="Section11"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FileControl" id="bm_id1460134"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FileControl" id="bm_id3154859"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File Selection</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_filecontrol.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FileControl">Creates a button that enables file selection.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section8"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NumericField" id="bm_id3301501"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NumericField" id="bm_id3154211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numerical Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertnumericfield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NumericField">Creates a numerical field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the numerical values in the form can be adopted from the database.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section6"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CurrencyField" id="bm_id9766539"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CurrencyField" id="bm_id3151327"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Currency Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_currencyfield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CurrencyField">Creates a currency field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the currency field contents for in the form can be adopted from the database.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section5"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PatternField" id="bm_id1317017"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PatternField" id="bm_id3155746"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pattern Field</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertpatternfield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PatternField">Creates a pattern field.</ahelp> Pattern fields consist of an edit mask and a literal mask. The edit mask determines which data can be entered. The literal mask determines the contents of the pattern field when loading the form.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">Please note that pattern fields are not exported into HTML format.</paragraph></section><section id="Section17"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Groupbox" id="bm_id3430892"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GroupBox" id="bm_id3147364"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Group Box</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_groupbox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GroupBox">Creates a frame to visually group several controls.</ahelp> Group boxes allow you to group option buttons in a frame.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you insert a group frame into the document, the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp">Group Element Wizard</link> starts, which allows you to easily create an option group.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Note:</emph> When you drag a group box over already existing controls and then want to select a control, you have to first open the context menu of the group box and choose <emph>Arrange - Send to Back</emph>. Then select the control while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Group boxes are used only for a visual effect. A functional grouping of option fields can be made through the name definition: under the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp"><emph>Name</emph></link> properties of all option fields, enter the same name in order to group them.</paragraph></section><section id="Section4"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Grid" id="bm_id74623"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Grid" id="bm_id3147372"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Control</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_grid.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a table control to display a database table.</ahelp> If you create a new table control, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170800.xhp">Table Element Wizard</link> appears.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170004.xhp">Special information about Table Controls</link>.</paragraph></section><section id="Section24"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NavigationBar" id="bm_id8951689"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NavigationBar" id="bm_id9112521"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigation bar</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_navigationbar.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_NAVIGATIONBAR">Creates a navigation bar.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">The navigation bar allows you to move through the records of a database or a database form. The controls on this navigation bar work the same way as the controls on the default <link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp">navigation bar</link> in $[officename].</paragraph></section></section></case></switch><switch select="sys"><case select="HIDE_HERE"><section id="Section1"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoControlFocus" id="bm_id8170669"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoControlFocus" id="bm_id3149198"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic Control Focus</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_autocontrolfocus.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoControlFocus">If<emph> Automatic Control Focus </emph>is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp">Tab Order</link> that you have specified determines which is the first form control.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X{ͦ�� � text/shared/02/12140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data Source of Current Document</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aktdokdat"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151262"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DataSourceBrowser/DocumentDataSource" id="bm_id3154230"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBDocumentDataSource" id="bm_id9344157"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12140000.xhp">Data Source of Current Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSourceBrowser/DocumentDataSource">Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syaktdokdat"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dsbdocumentdatasource.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Data Source of Current Document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph> to select another table.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X\O�I I text/shared/02/12070100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Table</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156183"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Table</emph> area, use the arrow keys to select the columns of the database table that you want to apply to the text table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols" id="bm_id3155805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols">Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.</ahelp> All database table columns that have not been accepted in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are listed here. The entries are sorted alphabetically. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols" id="bm_id3157959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table column(s)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols">Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.</ahelp> A column will be assigned to each corresponding entry in the table. The entry order in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box determines the data order in the text table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright" id="bm_id3159234"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">>></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright">Moves all listed database fields into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</ahelp> All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright" id="bm_id3148539"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft" id="bm_id3148992"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft">Removes the selected database field from the<emph> Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft" id="bm_id3154286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><<</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft">Removes all database fields from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="format"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the format for inserting the database fields into the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase" id="bm_id3146948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase">Accepts the database formats.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/userdefined" id="bm_id3151378"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/userdefined" id="bm_id3159177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/numformat">Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.</ahelp> The formats supplied here are only available for certain database fields, such as numeric or Boolean fields. If you select a database field in text format, you will not be able to select any format from the selection list, since the text format will be automatically maintained.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The number format assigned using the selection list always refers to the database field selected in the <emph>Database columns</emph> list box.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">To insert the data into the document in the form of a table, the correct <emph>Table</emph> option must be active. You can then select a database field from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box to define the formatting of the database field. The changes to the number formats will be applied to the last selection. It does not matter whether the database field was selected from the <emph>Database columns</emph> list box or from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading" id="bm_id3149167"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert table heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading">Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname" id="bm_id3145606"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply column name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname">Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly" id="bm_id3148920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create row only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the<emph> Create row only </emph>option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to the database field names.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat" id="bm_id3155133"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp"><emph>Table Format</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat" id="bm_id3155411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoFormat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XQ� a
a
text/shared/02/09070400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New Document</title><filename>/text/shared/02/09070400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="neuesdokument"><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT" id="bm_id3159224"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/09070400.xhp">New Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>New Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link> to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#hypdianeudok"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the name, path and type of the new document in this area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:RB_EDITNOW" id="bm_id3153394"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit now</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:RB_EDITNOW">Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:RB_EDITLATER" id="bm_id3153683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit later</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:RB_EDITLATER">Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:ED_PATH_NEWDOC" id="bm_id3149182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_CREATE" id="bm_id3166460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Select Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_CREATE">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, where you can select a path.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ListBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:LB_DOCUMENT_TYPES" id="bm_id3153698"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:LB_DOCUMENT_TYPES">Specifies the file type for the new document.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/09070100.xhp#weitere"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��c�n n text/shared/02/01170700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Filters and Forms</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3163829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">HTML Filters and Forms</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use all control elements and form events in HTML documents. There have been numerous events to date (for example, focus events), which have not been changed. They will continue to be imported and exported as ONFOCUS, ONBLUR, and so on for JavaScript and as SDONFOCUS, SDONBLUR, and so on for $[officename] Basic.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Generic names that consist of the Listener interface and the method name of the event are used for all other events: An event registered as XListener::method is exported as</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SDEvent-XListener-method = "/* event-code */"</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that the XListener- and method components of this option are case sensitive.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Event handling of controls is performed using the $[officename] API. If you assign an event to a control, an object registers itself internally as a "Listener" for a specific control event. To do this, the object must use a specific interface, for example the XFocusListener Interface, so that it can react to focus events. When the event occurs, the control then invokes a special method of the Listener interface when the control receives the focus. The internally registered object then invokes the JavaScript or $[officename] Basic code, which was assigned to the event.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The HTML filter now uses precisely these listener interfaces and method names so that it can import and export events as desired. You can register a focus event through</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><INPUT TYPE=text ONFOCUS="/* code */"</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">rather than through the</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><INPUT TYPE=text SDEvent-XFocusListener-focusGained="/* code */"</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">register. Events can therefore be registered as desired, including those not offered in the list boxes. To define the script language of events, you can write the following line in the document header:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><META HTTP-EQUIV="content-script-type" CONTENT="..."></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As CONTENT you can, for example, use "text/x-StarBasic" for $[officename] Basic or a "text/JavaScript" for JavaScript. If no entry is made, JavaScript is assumed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">During exporting, the default script language will be defined based on the first module found in macro management. For events, only one language can be used per document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� H, , text/shared/02/10020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Next Page</title><filename>/text/shared/02/10020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="naechsteseite"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageDown" id="bm_id9254284"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageDown" id="bm_id3150476"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NextPage" id="bm_id5265684"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NextPage" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/10020000.xhp">Next Page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NextPage" visibility="visible">Moves forward to the next page in the document.</ahelp> This function is only active when you select the <emph>Print Preview</emph> function on the <emph>File</emph> menu.</paragraph></section><section id="synaechsteseite"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_pagedown.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Next Page</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XZ���
�
text/shared/02/14020100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Add Tables</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14020100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154788"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddTable" id="bm_id8385907"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddTable" id="bm_id3143284"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tablelist" id="bm_id3159224"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Add Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabellehinzufuegentext"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tablelist" visibility="hidden">Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.</ahelp> In the<emph> Add Tables </emph>dialog, select the tables you need for your current task.
</variable> When creating a query or a new table presentation, select the corresponding table to which the query or table presentation should refer. When working with relational databases, select the tables between which you want to build relationships.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The inserted tables appear in a separate window in the query design or relational windows, along with a list of the fields contained in the table. You can determine the size and order of this window.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#tabellehinzu"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tables" id="bm_id0305200912070094"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows only tables.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/queries" id="bm_id0305200912074475"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows only queries.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tablelist">Lists the available tables.</ahelp> To insert a table, select one from the list and click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also double-click the table name, and a window will be displayed containing the table fields at the top of the query design or the relational window.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/add" id="bm_id3155941"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/add">Inserts the currently selected table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/close" id="bm_id3153311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/close">Closes the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�=Eۅ � text/shared/02/01170500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Design Mode On/Off</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="designmodus"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SwitchControlDesignMode" id="bm_id8145432"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SwitchControlDesignMode" id="bm_id3153255"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SwitchXFormsDesignMode" id="bm_id6806897"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SwitchXFormsDesignMode" id="bm_id1942197"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp">Design Mode On/Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SwitchControlDesignMode">Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp">Design</link> and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#design"/></section><paragraph role="note">Please note the <link href="text/shared/02/01171000.xhp"><emph>Open in Design Mode</emph></link> function. If <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph> is activated, the document is always opened in Design mode, regardless of the state in which it is saved.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If your form is linked to a database and you turn off the Design mode, the <link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp">Form Bar</link> is displayed at the lower margin of the document window. You can edit the link to the database in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170201.xhp">Form Properties</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Vj\ \ text/shared/02/03130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Borders</title><filename>/text/shared/02/03130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="umrandung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetBorderStyle" id="bm_id5165835"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetBorderStyle" id="bm_id3154228"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp">Borders</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetBorderStyle">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon to open the <emph>Borders</emph> toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"/><defaultinline>This object can be the border of a text frame, a graphic or a table. The icon will only be visible if a graphic, table, object or frame has been selected.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">To apply a particular type of border to a single cell, position the cursor in the cell, open the <emph>Border</emph> toolbar and select a border.
</caseinline><defaultinline>Whenever you insert graphics or tables, they already have a complete border. To remove that border, select the graphic object or the entire table and click the "no border" icon on the <emph>Border</emph> toolbar.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="syumrandung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_setborderstyle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Borders</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Further information can be found in the Help in <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp"><emph>Borders</emph></link>. You can also find information on how to <link href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp">format a text table</link> with the <emph>Borders</emph> icon.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X(��ڝ � text/shared/02/24060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Brightness</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="helligkeit"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafLuminance" id="bm_id2776804"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafLuminance" id="bm_id3147000"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24060000.xhp">Brightness</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafLuminance" visibility="visible">Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (only black) to +100% (only white) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="syhelligkeit"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10863.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Brightness</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�v-�j j text/shared/02/01170201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allgemein"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152551"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170201.xhp">General</link></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#formulareigenschaftenallgemein"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">A form is a text document or spreadsheet with different form controls. If you create a form for a Web page, the user can enter data into it to send over the Internet. The data from the form controls of a form is transmitted to a server by specifying a URL and can be processed on the server.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies a name for the form. This name is used to identify the form in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the URL to which the data of the completed form is to be transmitted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the target frame in which the loaded URL is to appear.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp#fuerformulareigenschaft"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD" id="bm_id3145313"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type of submission</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD">Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Using the "Get" method, the data of every control is transmitted as an environment variable. They are appended to the URL in the form "?Control1=Content1&Control2=Content2&..."; the character string is analyzed by a program on the recipient's server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Using the "Post" method, a document is created from the content of the form that is sent to the specified URL.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING" id="bm_id3154047"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Submission encoding</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING">Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data transfer of control information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When sending a form, all controls available in $[officename] are taken into consideration. The name of the control and the corresponding value, if available, are transmitted.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Which values are transmitted in each case depends on the respective control. For text fields, the visible entries are transmitted; for list boxes, the selected entries are transmitted; for check boxes and option fields, the associated reference values are transmitted if these fields were activated.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">How this information is transmitted depends on the selected transfer method (Get or Post) and the coding (URL or Multipart). If the Get method and URL encoding are selected, for example, value pairs in the form <Name>=<Value> are sent.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In addition to the controls that are recognized in HTML, $[officename] offers other controls. It should be noted that, for fields with a specific numerical format, the visible values are not transmitted but rather fixed default formats. The following table shows how the data of the $[officename]-specific controls is transmitted:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Control</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Value Pair</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Numeric field, currency field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A decimal separator is always displayed as a period.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The date format is sent in a fixed format (MM-DD-YYYY), regardless of the user's local settings.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The time format is sent in a fixed format (HH:MM:SS), regardless of the user's local settings.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Pattern field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The values of pattern fields are sent as text fields, that is, the value visible in the form is sent.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Table control</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">From the table control, the individual columns are always transmitted. The name of the control, the name of the column, and the value of the column are sent. Using the Get method with URL encoding, the transmission is done in the form <Name of the table control>.<Name of the column>=<Value>, for example, with the value being dependent on the column.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�4� � text/shared/02/01170903.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>List Box Wizard: Field Link</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite3a"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldlinkpage/FieldLinkPage" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170903.xhp">List Box Wizard: Field Link</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Indicates through which fields tables of values and list tables are linked.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The value table is the table of the current form where the list field is inserted. The list table is the table whose data is to be shown in the list field. Both tables must be linked over a mutual data field. These links are to be entered on this page of the wizard. The field names must not necessarily be the same (this depends upon how the field names are defined in both tables), but both fields must have the same field type.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli3a"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value table field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldlinkpage/valuefield">Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.</ahelp> In addition, click the desired data field in the list field below.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear as an entry in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List table field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldlinkpage/listtable">Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.</ahelp> In addition, click the data field in the lower list field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a SQL statement under <emph>List Contents</emph>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xu���) ) text/shared/02/01170800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Element Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170800.xhp">Table Element Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you insert a table control in a document, the <emph>Table Element Wizard</emph> starts automatically. In this wizard, you can interactively specify which information is displayed in the table control.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupitab"/></section><paragraph role="note">You can use the <link href="text/shared/02/01171100.xhp"><emph>Wizards On/Off</emph></link> icon to keep the wizard from starting automatically.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170801.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170802.xhp#seite2"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_CANCEL" id="bm_id3155552"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_PREVIOUS" id="bm_id3154094"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id3147226"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ���# # text/shared/02/03150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Border Color</title><filename>/text/shared/02/03150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linienfarbe"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FrameLineColor" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp">Border Color</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FrameLineColor">Click the <emph>Line Color (of the border)</emph> icon to open the <emph>Border Color</emph> toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sylinienfarbe"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_framelinecolor.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line Color (of the border)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For more information, see the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Borders</link> section in the Help.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XL�@�� � text/shared/02/10100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Close Window</title><filename>/text/shared/02/10100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schliessen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CloseWin" id="bm_id8159155"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CloseWin" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/10100000.xhp">Close Window</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CloseWin">Closes the current window.</ahelp> Choose <emph>Window - Close Window</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F4. In the print preview of $[officename] Writer and Calc, you can close the current window by clicking the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If additional views of the current document were opened by <emph>Window - New Window</emph>, this command will close only the current view.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01050000.xhp">Close the current document</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xj� � � text/shared/02/01170600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Navigator</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formex"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143284"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowFmExplorer" id="bm_id7827565"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowFmExplorer" id="bm_id3144740"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowFmExplorer">Opens the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When using several forms, the Form Navigator gives an overview of all forms, and also provides various functions for editing them.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#formex"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR" id="bm_id3153748"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR">The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.</ahelp> You can see whether a form contains control fields by the plus sign displayed before the entry. Click the plus sign to open the list of the form elements.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change how the different controls are arranged by dragging and dropping them in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. Select one or more controls and drag them into another form. Alternatively use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X or the context menu command <emph>Cut</emph> to move a control to the clipboard and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or the command <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the control into another position.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the name in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>, click on the name and enter a new name, or use the command in the context menu.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you select a control in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>, the corresponding element is selected in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you call the context menu of a selected entry, the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> offers the following functions:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_NEW" id="bm_id3154285"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW">Adds new elements to the form. The<emph> Add </emph>function can only be called if a form is selected in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_NEW_FORM" id="bm_id3156326"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_FORM">Creates a new form in the document. </ahelp> To create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">subform</link>, add the new form under the desired parent form.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN" id="bm_id3147618"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hidden Control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN">Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.</ahelp> It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">Special Properties</link> of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and select the <emph>Properties</emph> command.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can copy controls in the document through the clipboard (shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C for copying and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V for inserting). You can copy hidden controls in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> by using drag-and-drop while keeping the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key pressed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag and drop to copy controls within the same document or between documents. Open another form document and drag the hidden control from the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> into the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> of the target document. Click a visible control directly in the document, rest the mouse for a moment so that a copy of the control is added to the drag-and-drop clipboard, then drag the copy into the other document. If you want a copy in the same document, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_DELETE" id="bm_id3154073"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_DELETE">Deletes the selected entry.</ahelp> This allows you to delete individual form components as well as whole forms with one mouse click.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tab order</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When a form is selected, it opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialog, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT" id="bm_id3153180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT">Renames the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowPropertyBrowser" id="bm_id4632447"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowPropertyBrowser" id="bm_id3153970"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropertyBrowser">Starts the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for the selected entry.</ahelp> If a form is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp">Form Properties</link> dialog opens. If a control is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp">Control Properties</link> dialog opens.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01171000.xhp#imentwurfsmodusoeffnen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xer�t> > text/shared/02/stars.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Stars and Banners</title><filename>/text/shared/02/stars.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="stars"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes" id="bm_id8048189"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes" id="bm_id833460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/stars.xhp">Stars and Banners</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systars"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.bang" id="bm_id4433729"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.star4" id="bm_id8384044"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.star5" id="bm_id1719718"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.star6" id="bm_id4883571"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.star8" id="bm_id3749198"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.star12" id="bm_id5319376"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.star24" id="bm_id4196905"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.concave-star6" id="bm_id6884365"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.vertical-scroll" id="bm_id8509475"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.horizontal-scroll" id="bm_id3536179"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.signet" id="bm_id9791558"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StarShapes.doorplate" id="bm_id4991302"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some shapes have a special handle which you can drag to change the properties of the shape. The mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol over these special handles.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XY���$ $ text/shared/02/01170202.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Events</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170202.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ereignisse"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150499"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp">Events</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Events </emph>tab page, allows you to assign a macro to certain events which occur in a form.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#formulareigenschaftenereignisse"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To link an event with a macro, first write a macro that contains all the commands to be executed when the event happens. Then assign this macro to the respective event by clicking the <emph>... </emph>button beside the corresponding event. The<emph> Assign Macro </emph>dialog opens, where you can select the macro.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following actions can be configured individually, meaning that you can use your own dialogs to depict an action:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Displaying an error message,</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Confirming a delete process (for data records),</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Querying parameters,</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Checking input when saving a data record.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, you can issue a "confirm deletion" request such as "Really delete customer xyz?" when deleting a data record.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The events that are shown in the Events dialog cannot be edited directly. You can delete an event from the list by pressing the Del key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following lists and describes all events in a form that can be linked to a macro:</paragraph><sort order="asc"><section id="reset_update"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Before update event occurs before the control content changed by the user is written into the data source.</ahelp> The linked macro can, for example, prevent this action by returning "FALSE".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE" id="bm_id3154073"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">After update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE">The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED" id="bm_id3154851"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Prior to reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED">The<emph> Prior to reset </emph>event occurs before a form is reset.</ahelp> The linked macro can, for example, prevent this action by returning "FALSE".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A form is reset if one of the following conditions is met:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The user presses an (HTML) button that is defined as a reset button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">A new and empty record is created in a form that is linked to a data source. For example, in the last record, the <emph>Next Record</emph> button may be pressed.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RESETTED" id="bm_id3152473"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">After resetting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RESETTED">The<emph> After resetting </emph>event occurs after a form has been reset.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section13"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_SUBMITTED" id="bm_id3147084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before submitting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_SUBMITTED">The<emph> Before submitting </emph>event occurs before the form data is sent.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section12"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_LOADED" id="bm_id3151383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">When loading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_LOADED">The<emph> When loading </emph>event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section11"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADING" id="bm_id3157320"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before reloading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RELOADING">The<emph> Before reloading </emph>event occurs before the form is reloaded.</ahelp> The data content has not yet been refreshed.</paragraph></section><section id="Section10"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADED" id="bm_id3154946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">When reloading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RELOADED">The<emph> When reloading </emph>event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.</ahelp> The data content has already been refreshed.</paragraph></section><section id="Section9"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADING" id="bm_id3151116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before unloading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_UNLOADING">The<emph> Before unloading </emph>event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section8"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADED" id="bm_id3152938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">When unloading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_UNLOADED">The<emph> When unloading </emph>event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section7"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE" id="bm_id3154127"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Confirm deletion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE">The<emph> Confirm deletion </emph>event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can request confirmation in a dialog.</paragraph></section><section id="Section6"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE" id="bm_id3151351"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before record action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE">The<emph> Before record action </emph>event occurs before the current record is changed.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can request confirmation in a dialog.</paragraph></section><section id="Section5"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE" id="bm_id3150685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">After record action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE">The<emph> After record action </emph>event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section4"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONING" id="bm_id3155413"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before record change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_POSITIONING">The<emph> Before record change </emph>event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can prevent this action by returning "FALSE".</paragraph></section><section id="Section3"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONED" id="bm_id3150420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">After record change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_POSITIONED">The<emph> After record change </emph>event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section2"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER" id="bm_id3149298"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fill parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER">The<emph> Fill parameters </emph>event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.</ahelp> For example, the data source of the form can be the following SQL command:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT * FROM address WHERE name=:name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here :name is a parameter that must be filled out when loading. The parameter is automatically filled out from the parent form if possible. If the parameter cannot be filled out, this event is called and a linked macro can fill out the parameter.</paragraph></section><section id="Section1"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED" id="bm_id3148387"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Error occurred</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED">The<emph> Error occurred </emph>event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.</ahelp> This applies to forms, list boxes and combo boxes.</paragraph></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xzy � � text/shared/02/14010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Run</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abfrage"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SbaExecuteSql" id="bm_id940934"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SbaExecuteSql" id="bm_id3149495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14010000.xhp">Run Query</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SbaExecuteSql">Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.</ahelp> The <emph>Run Query</emph> function does not save the query.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Run Query </emph>function allows you to check the query. When you save the query, it is stored in the <emph>Query</emph> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Choose <emph>View - Preview</emph> to run the query from the menu bar of a query design window.</paragraph><section id="syabfrage"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sbaexecutesql.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Run Query</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X{�
�� � text/shared/02/07080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Stop Loading</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="stop"><bookmark branch="hid/SID_BROWSE_STOP" id="bm_id1158113"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Stop" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07080000.xhp">Stop Loading</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Stop">Click to interrupt the current loading process, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>-click to interrupt all loading processes.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�F � text/shared/02/01171100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Wizards On/Off</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01171100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="autopilotenanaus"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UseWizards" id="bm_id2211707"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UseWizards" id="bm_id3156211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01171100.xhp">Wizards On/Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UseWizards">Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.</ahelp> This setting applies globally to all documents.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#autopilotenanaus"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">There are wizards for inserting a list box or combo box, a table element and group boxes.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XL�_ _ text/shared/02/12130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data source as table</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datenquelletab"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152895"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ViewFormAsGrid" id="bm_id1551702"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ViewFormAsGrid" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12130000.xhp">Data source as table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ViewFormAsGrid">Activates an additional table view when in the form view.</ahelp> When the<emph> Data source as table</emph> function is activated, you see the table in an area above the form.</paragraph></section><section id="sydatenquelletab"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_viewformasgrid.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Data source as table</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The table view and form view reflect the same data. Changes made in the table are also visible in the form, and changes to the form are visible in the table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If there are several logical forms in a document, the table is only able to show one at a time.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X;��H H text/shared/02/09070200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail</title><filename>/text/shared/02/09070200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mailnews"><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_MAIL" id="bm_id3152918"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/09070200.xhp">Mail</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Mail</emph> page in the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link> you can edit hyperlinks for e-mail addresses.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#hypdiamailnews"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mail</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:RB_LINKTYP_MAIL" id="bm_id3153311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">E-mail</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_MAIL">Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.</ahelp> Clicking the new hyperlink in the document will open a new message document, addressed to the receiver specified in the <emph>Recipient</emph> field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH" id="bm_id3144438"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Recipient</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH">Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.</ahelp> You can also use drag-and-drop.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:BTN_ADRESSBOOK" id="bm_id3155449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Data Sources</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_BTN_ADRESSBOOK">Hides or shows the data source browser.</ahelp> Drag the receiver's <emph>E-mail</emph> data field from the data source browser into the <emph>Recipient</emph> text field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:ED_SUBJECT" id="bm_id3154852"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Subject</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_ED_SUBJECT">Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/09070100.xhp#weitere"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�{�G� � text/shared/02/14040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Functions</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="funktionen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewFunctions" id="bm_id3154840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14040000.xhp">Functions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DBViewFunctions">Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link> window.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syfunktionen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbviewfunctions.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Functions</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XF�/;� � text/shared/02/24100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Crop</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zuschneiden"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafAttrCrop" id="bm_id9106091"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafAttrCrop" id="bm_id3154840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24100000.xhp">Crop</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafAttrCrop">Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.</ahelp> A picture must be selected to enable cropping.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Crop" id="bm_id0514200804065077"/><paragraph role="paragraph">In Impress and Draw no dialog is shown when you click the icon, but you see eight cropping handles. Open the context menu of a selected picture and choose <item type="menuitem">Crop Image</item>, if you want to use the <link href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp">dialog</link> for cropping.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sycut"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_crop.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Crop</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp#pixelcut"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �J� � text/shared/02/12100100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sort Order</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12100100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147000"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/sortdialog/SortDialog" id="bm_id3154788"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OrderCrit" id="bm_id3154682"/><section id="sortorder"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="sortierung"><link href="text/shared/02/12100100.xhp">Sort Order</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sortierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:OrderCrit">Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sortieren"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">While the functions <link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp"><emph>Sort in Ascending Order</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp"><emph>Sort in Descending Order</emph></link> sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the<emph> Sort Order </emph>dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can remove a sorting that has been performed with the <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp"><emph>Reset Filter/Sorting</emph></link> icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sorting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this area to enter sorting criteria. If you enter additional sorting criteria under <emph>and then</emph>, the data matching the content of the higher-order criterion is ordered according to the next criterion.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you sort the field name "First name" in ascending order and the field name "last name" in descending order, all records will be sorted in ascending order by first name, and then within the first names, in descending order by last name.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OrderCrit">Specifies the data field name whose content will determine the sort order.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Order</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OrderCrit">Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">and then</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies additional subordinate sort criteria from the other fields.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Hb� � text/shared/02/fontwork.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fontwork</title><filename>/text/shared/02/fontwork.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fontwork"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkGalleryFloater" id="bm_id7113864"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork dialog from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syfontworkgallery"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fontwork Gallery</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Fontwork Gallery displays previews of Fontwork objects. To insert an object into your document, select the object, and then click OK.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp">Fontwork toolbar</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �5�� � text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Properties Dialog</title><filename>/text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154788"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/QueryPropertiesDialog" id="bm_id3143280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Query Properties Dialog</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Query Properties</emph> dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Query Design View, choose <emph>Edit</emph> - <emph>Query Properties</emph>.
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Distinct Values</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/distinct" id="bm_id0305200912070090"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Use distinct values in query.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/nondistinct" id="bm_id0305200912074470"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Not use distinct values in query.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT. The consequence is that identical values occurring multiple times are listed only once.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/limitbox" id="bm_id3155940"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Limit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Adds a Limit to set the maximum number of records to return.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�)��
text/shared/02/02020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Font Name</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schriftart"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CharFontName" id="bm_id4814517"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CharFontName" id="bm_id3150789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp">Font Name</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schriftarttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CharFontName">Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter several fonts, separated by semicolons. $[officename] uses each named font in succession if the previous fonts are not available.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Any font changes apply to the selected text or word in which the cursor is positioned. If no text has been selected, the font applies to text typed afterwards.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The last five font names that have been selected are shown in the top part of the combo box.</paragraph><section id="syschriftart"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00055.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Font Name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="note">In $[officename] you see the available fonts only if a printer is installed as the default printer in your system. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With the <link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp">spadmin</link> program you can define a printer as the default printer. </caseinline><defaultinline>In order to install a printer as the default printer please refer to your operating system documentation.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="vorschautext">You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the <emph>Preview in fonts lists</emph> field in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp">$[officename] - View</link> in the Options dialog box.</variable></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="warning">If you receive an error message that states that certain fonts have not been found, you can install them with <emph>$[officename] Setup</emph> in the <emph>Repair</emph> mode if it is a $[officename] font.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xd��0d d text/shared/02/12070300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12070300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" id="bm_id3146938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Text</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143284"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If several records are selected when you choose the <emph>Data to Text</emph> function, the mail merge fields will be inserted according to the number of records.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Text</emph> area, use the arrow button to select the database table columns into which you want to insert field contents.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp#ankerfuertextoption"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���K� � text/shared/02/24090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Transparency</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="transparenz"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafTransparence" id="bm_id196900"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafTransparence" id="bm_id3143284"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24090000.xhp">Transparency</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafTransparence">Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.</ahelp> Values from 0% (fully opaque) to +100% (fully transparent) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="sytransparenz"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10869.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Transparency</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XsR��� � text/shared/02/02130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Decrease Indent</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="einzvermindern"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DecrementIndent" id="bm_id8935294"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DecrementIndent" id="bm_id3153089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02130000.xhp">Decrease Indent</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DecrementIndent">Click the <emph>Decrease Indent</emph> icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you previously increased the indentation for several collectively selected paragraphs, this command can decrease the indentation for all of the selected paragraphs.
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">The cell content refers to the current value under <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp"><emph>Format - Cell - Alignment</emph></link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="syeinzvermindern"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_decrementindent.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Decrease Indent</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you click the <emph>Decrease Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, the indent for the selected paragraph is moved by the default tab stop that has been set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XX��� � text/shared/02/01170102.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170102.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="daten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145641"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Data </emph>tab page allows you to assign a data source to the selected control.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#controleigenschaftendaten"/></section><paragraph role="note">For forms with database links, the associated database is defined in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp">Form Properties</link>. You will find the functions for this on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Data</emph></link> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The possible settings of the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a control depend on the respective control. You will only see the options that are available for the current control and context. The following fields are available:</paragraph><sort order="asc"><section id="Section10"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE" id="bm_id7939695"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reference value (off)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section23"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REFVALUE" id="bm_id3147327"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reference value (on)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_REFVALUE" visibility="hidden">You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.</ahelp> You can assign a reference value to option buttons and check boxes. The reference value will be remitted to a server when sending the web form. With database forms the value entered here will be written in the database assigned to the control field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Reference values for web forms</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Reference values are useful if you design a web form and the information on the status of the control is to be transmitted to a server. If the control is clicked by the user, the corresponding reference value is sent to the server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, if you have two control fields for the options "feminine" and "masculine", and assign a reference value of 1 to the field "feminine" and the value 2 to the "masculine" field, the value 1 is transmitted to the server if a user clicks the "feminine" field and value 2 is sent if the "masculine" field is clicked.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Reference values for database forms</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For database forms, you can also characterize the status of an option or a check box by a reference value, storing it in the database. If you have a set of three options, for example "in progress", "completed", and "resubmission", with the respective reference values, "ToDo", "OK", and "RS", these reference values appear in the database if the respective option is clicked.</paragraph></section><section id="Section1"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE" id="bm_id3157976"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE" visibility="hidden">Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.</ahelp> With database forms, you can link controls with the data fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You have several possibilities:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">First case: There is only one table in the form.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Under <emph>Data field</emph>, specify the field of the data source table whose contents you want to be displayed.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Second case: The control belongs to a subform that is created by an SQL query.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Under <emph>Data field</emph>, specify the field of the SQL statement whose contents you want to be displayed.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Third case: <link href="text/shared/02/01170900.xhp">Combo Boxes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">For combo boxes, the field of the data source table in which the values entered or selected by the user should be stored is specified under <emph>Data field</emph>. The values displayed in the list of the combo box are based on an SQL statement, which is entered under <emph>List content</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Fourth case: <link href="text/shared/02/01170900.xhp">List Boxes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The data source table does not contain the data to be displayed, but rather a table linked to the data source table through a common data field.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you want a list box to display data from a table that is linked to the current data source table, under <emph>Data field</emph> specify the field of the data source table to which the content of the list box refers. Or you can specify the database field that controls the display of the data in the form. This data field provides the link to the other table if both tables can be linked through a common data field. It is usually a data field in which unique identification numbers are stored. The data field whose contents are displayed in the form is specified by an SQL statement under <emph>List content</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">List boxes work with references. They can either be implemented with linked tables by SQL statements (fourth case) or through value lists:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>References through linked tables (SQL statements)</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want a list box to display data from a database table that is linked by a common data field to the table on which the form is based, the link field of the form table is specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The link is created with an SQL Select, which, if you selected "SQL" or "Native SQL", is specified under <emph>Type of list contents</emph> in the field <emph>List content</emph>. As an example, a table "Orders" is linked to the current form control, and in the database a table "Customers" is linked to the "Orders" table. You can use an SQL statement as follows:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT CustomerName, CustomerNo FROM Customers,</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">where "CustomerName" is the data field from the linked table "Customers", and "CustomerNo" is the field of the table "Customers" that is linked to a field of the form table "Orders" specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>References Using Value Lists</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For list boxes, you can use value lists. Value lists are lists that define reference values. In this way, the control in the form does not directly display the content of a database field, but rather values assigned in the value list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you work with reference values of a value list, the contents of the data field that you specified under <emph>Data Field</emph> in the form are not visible, but rather the assigned values. If you chose "Valuelist" on the <emph>Data</emph> tab under <emph>Type of list contents</emph> and assigned a reference value to the visible list entries in the form under <emph>List entries</emph> (entered in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp"><emph>General</emph></link> tab), then the reference values are compared with the data content of the given data field. If a reference value corresponds to the content of a data field, the associated list entries are displayed in the form.</paragraph></section><section id="Section2"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN" id="bm_id3150297"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Bound field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN" visibility="hidden">Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under <emph>Data field</emph>. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you delete the contents of the <emph>Bound field</emph> cell in the property browser, the first field of the result set is used to display and to exchange data.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This property for list boxes defines which data field of a linked table is displayed in the form.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a list box in the form is to display contents of a table linked to the form table, then define in the <emph>Type of list contents</emph> field if the display is determined by an SQL command or the (linked) table is accessed. With the <emph>Bound field</emph> property, you use an index to specify to which data field of the query or of the table the list field is linked. </paragraph><paragraph role="note">The property <emph>Bound field</emph> is only for forms that are used to access more than one table. If the form is based on only one table, the field to be displayed in the form is specified directly under <emph>Data field</emph>. However, if you want the list box to display data from a table that is linked to the current table over a common data field, the linked data field is defined by the property <emph>Bound field</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you selected "SQL" under <emph>Type of list contents</emph>, the SQL command determines the index to be specified. Example: If you specify an SQL command such as "SELECT Field1, Field2 FROM tablename" under <emph>List content</emph>, refer to the following table:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Bound field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Link</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">-1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The index of the selected entry in the list is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">{empty} or 0</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The database field "Field1" is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The database field "Field2" is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you selected "Table" under <emph>Type of list contents</emph>, the table structure defines the index to be specified. Example: If a database table is selected under <emph>List content</emph>, refer to the following table:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Bound field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Link</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">-1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The index of the selected entry in the list is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">{empty} or 0</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The 1st column of the table is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The 2nd column of the table is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The 3rd column of the table is linked to the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section3"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE" id="bm_id3153316"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type of list contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE" visibility="hidden">Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.</ahelp> Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With the "Valuelist" option, all entries entered in the <emph>List entries</emph> field of the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp"><emph>General</emph></link> tab appear in the control. For database forms, you can use reference values (see the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp"><emph>References Using Value Lists</emph></link> section).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the content of the control is read from a database, you can determine the type of the data source with the other options. For example, you can choose between tables and queries.</paragraph></section><section id="Section4"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE" id="bm_id3148839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE">With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the case of database forms, the data source determines the entries of the list or combo box. Depending on the selected type, you have a choice between different data sources under <emph>List content</emph>, provided that these objects exist in your database. All available database objects of the type selected under <emph>Type of list contents</emph> are offered here. If you have selected the "Value List" option as the type, you can use references for database forms. If the display of the control is controlled by an SQL command, the SQL statement is entered here.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Examples of SQL statements:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For list boxes, an SQL statement may have the following form:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">SELECT field1, field2 FROM table,</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here "table" is the table whose data is displayed in the list of the control (list table). "field1" is the data field that defines the visible entries in the form; its content is displayed in the list box. "field2" is the field of the list table that is linked to the form table (value table) through the field specified under <emph>Data field</emph> if <emph>Bound field</emph> = 1 was selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For combo boxes, an SQL statement may take the following form:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">SELECT DISTINCT field FROM table,</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here "field" is a data field from the list table "table" whose content is displayed in the list of the combo box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Value lists for HTML documents</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For HTML forms, you can enter a value list under <emph>List content</emph>. Select the option "Valuelist" under <emph>Type of list contents</emph>. The values entered here will not be visible in the form, and are used to assign values to the visible entries. The entries made under <emph>List content</emph> correspond to the HTML tag <OPTION VALUE=...>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the data transfer of a selected entry from a list box or a combo box, both the list of the values displayed in the form, which was entered on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp"><emph>General</emph></link> tab under <emph>List entries</emph>, and the value list entered on the <emph>Data</emph> tab under <emph>List content</emph>, are taken into consideration: If a (non-empty) text is at the selected position in the value list (<OPTION VALUE=...>), it will be transmitted. Otherwise, the text displayed in the (<OPTION>) control is sent.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the value list is to contain an empty string, enter the value "$$$empty$$$" under <emph>List content</emph> at the corresponding position (note uppercase/lowercase). $[officename] interprets this input as an empty string and assigns it to the respective list entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table shows the connections between HTML, JavaScript, and the $[officename] field <emph>List content</emph> using an example list box named "ListBox1". In this case, "Item" designates a list entry visible in the form:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>HTML Tag</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>JavaScript</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Entry in value list of the control (List content)</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Transmitted data</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code"><OPTION>Item</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Not possible</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">""</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">the visible list entry ("ListBox1=Item")</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code"><OPTION VALUE="Value">Item</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">ListBox1.options[0].value="Value"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">"Value"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The value assigned to the list entry ("ListBox1=Value")</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code"><OPTION VALUE="">Item</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">ListBox1.options[0].value=""</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">"$$$empty$$$"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">An empty string ("ListBox1=")</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section5"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL" id="bm_id3150628"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Empty string is NULL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL">Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An empty string is a string of length zero (""). Normally, a value NULL is not the same as an empty string. In general, a term NULL is used to denote an undefined value, an unknown value, or "no value has been entered yet."</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database systems vary and they might handle a value NULL differently. Refer to documentations of the database that you are using.</paragraph></section><section id="Section6"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL" id="bm_id3149393"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter proposal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="filtervorschlag"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL">While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the <emph>Data</emph> tab of the corresponding <emph>Properties</emph> dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.</ahelp> The field content can then be selected using the AutoComplete function. Note, however, that this function requires a greater amount of memory space and time, especially when used in large databases and should therefore be used sparingly.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="Section9"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL" id="bm_id4214300"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Linked cell</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL">Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.</ahelp> The following tables list the controls and their corresponding link type:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check box with linked cell</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the check box</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">TRUE is entered into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deselect the check box</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">FALSE is entered into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tri-state check box is set to "undetermined" state</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">#NV is entered into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a number or a formula that returns a number in the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If entered value is TRUE or not 0: Check box is selected<br/>If entered value is FALSE or 0: Check box is deselected</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the linked cell, or enter text, or enter a formula that returns text or an error</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Check box is set to "undetermined" state if it is a tri-state check box, else check box is deselected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the box. The Reference value box contains text.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The text from the Reference value box is copied to the cell.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deselect the box. The Reference value box contains text.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">An empty string is copied to the cell.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The Reference value box contains text. Enter the same text into the cell.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The check box is selected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The Reference value box contains text. Enter another text into the cell.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The check box is deselected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Option button (radio button) with linked cell</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the option button</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">TRUE is entered into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Option button is deselected by selecting another option button</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">FALSE is entered into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a number or a formula that returns a number in the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If entered value is TRUE or not 0: Option button is selected<br/>If entered value is FALSE or 0: Option button is deselected</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the linked cell, or enter text, or enter a formula that returns text or an error</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Option button is deselected</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click the option button. The Reference value box contains text.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The text from the Reference value box is copied to the cell.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click another option button of the same group. The Reference value box contains text.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">An empty string is copied to the cell.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The Reference value box contains text. Enter the same text into the cell.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The option button is selected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The Reference value box contains text. Enter another text into the cell.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The option button is cleared.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text box with linked cell</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter text into the text box</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text is copied into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the text box</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Linked cell is cleared</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter text or a number in the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text or number is copied into the text box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a formula into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Formula result is copied into the text box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text box is cleared</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numerical field and formatted field with linked cell</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a number into the field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number is copied into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Value 0 is set in the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a number or a formula that returns a number in the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number is copied into the field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the linked cell, or enter text, or enter a formula that returns text or an error</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Value 0 is set in the field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List box with linked cell</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">List boxes support two different linking modes, see the property "Contents of the linked cell".</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Linked contents: Synchronize the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Linked selection position: The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronized with the numerical value in the cell.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select a single list item</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Contents are linked: Text of the item is copied into the linked cell.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selection is linked: Position of the selected item is copied into the linked cell. For example, if the third item is selected, the number 3 will be copied.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select several list items</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">#NV is entered into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deselect all list items</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Contents are linked: Linked cell is cleared</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selection is linked: Value 0 is entered in the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter text or a number into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Contents are linked: Find and select an equal list item</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selection is linked: The list item at the specified position (starting with 1 for the first item) is selected. If not found, all items are deselected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a formula into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Find and select a list item that matches the formula result and link mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deselect all items in the list box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Change the contents of the list source range</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">List box items are updated according to the change. The selection is preserved. This may cause an update to the linked cell.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Combo box with linked cell</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter text into the edit field of the combo box, or select an entry from the drop-down list</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text is copied into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the edit field of the combo box</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Linked cell is cleared</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter text or a number into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text or number is copied into the edit field of the combo box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter a formula into the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Formula result is copied into the edit field of the combo box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clear the linked cell</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Edit field of the combo box is cleared</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Change the contents of the list source range</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Drop-down list items are updated according to the change. The edit field of the combo box and the linked cell are not changed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section8"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE" id="bm_id5563219"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Contents of the linked cell</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE">Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Linked contents: Synchronize the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents. Select "The selected entry"</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Linked selection position: The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronized with the numerical value in the cell. Select "Position of the selected entry"</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="Section7"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE" id="bm_id9886165"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Source cell range</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE">Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.</ahelp> If you enter a multi-column range, only the contents of the leftmost column are used to fill the control.</paragraph></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X 1�> text/shared/02/05090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rotate</title><filename>/text/shared/02/05090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drehen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToggleObjectRotateMode" id="bm_id1686319"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToggleObjectRotateMode" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp">Rotate</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleObjectRotateMode">Rotates the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Select an object and click the<emph> Rotate</emph> icon on the<emph> Drawing</emph> toolbar.
</caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Select an object and click the Rotate icon on the Drawing toolbar.
</caseinline><defaultinline>Select an object and click the<emph> Rotate</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar.</defaultinline></switchinline> Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it.</paragraph><section id="sydrehen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Rotate</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp"><emph>Format - Position and Size - Rotate</emph></link>. </paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�5o�� � text/shared/02/02040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text running from left to right</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="textlire"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TextdirectionLeftToRight" id="bm_id4510932"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TextdirectionLeftToRight" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02040000.xhp">Text running from left to right</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TextdirectionLeftToRigh" visibility="visible">Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sytextlire"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_textdirectionlefttoright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Text direction from left to right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��y�� � text/shared/02/01170801.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Element / List Box / Combo Box Wizard: Data</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/tableselectionpage/TableSelectionPage" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170801.xhp">Table Element / List Box / Combo Box Wizard: Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the data source and table to which the form field corresponds. If you insert the form field in a document that is already linked to a data source, this page becomes invisible.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupitab1"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/tableselectionpage/datasource">Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/tableselectionpage/table">Specifies the desired table.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X=Ad� text/shared/02/02160000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Highlight Color</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02160000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeichenhintergrund"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BackColor" id="bm_id2500913"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BackColor" id="bm_id3153323"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Highlight Color</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeichenhintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:BackColor">Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon, and then click the color that you want.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="syzeichenhintergrund"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_backcolor.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Highlight Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Apply Highlighting</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar, click the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To change the highlighting color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon, and then click the color that you want.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the text that you want to highlight.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To apply highlighting to a single word, double-click the word.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To turn off highlighting, press Esc.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Remove Highlighting</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the highlighted text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon, and then click <emph>No Fill</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Ui i text/shared/02/14030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Run SQL command directly</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="native"><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SbaNativeSql" id="bm_id9820973"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SbaNativeSql" id="bm_id3143284"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14030000.xhp">Run SQL command directly</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SbaNativeSql">In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.</ahelp> If you do not display these changes in the design view, you cannot change back to the design view.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For native SQL, the SQL string is forwarded directly to the connected database system without a previous evaluation by $[officename]. For example, if you access a database through an ODBC interface, the SQL string is passed to the ODBC driver and processed by it.</paragraph><section id="synative"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sbanativesql.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Run SQL command directly</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the icon again to return to normal mode, in which the changes in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">New Query Design</link> are synchronized with the permitted changes through SQL.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xɺ��; ; text/shared/02/10010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Previous Page</title><filename>/text/shared/02/10010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="vorigeseite"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageUp" id="bm_id9937792"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageUp" id="bm_id3154682"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PreviousPage" id="bm_id4244582"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PreviousPage" id="bm_id3143284"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/10010000.xhp">Previous Page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PreviousPage" visibility="visible">Moves back to the previous page in the document.</ahelp> This function is only active when you select the <emph>Print Preview</emph> function on the <emph>File</emph> menu.</paragraph></section><section id="syvorigeseite"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_pageup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Previous Page</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xl0�, text/shared/02/03200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Change Anchor</title><filename>/text/shared/02/03200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verankerung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153323"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToggleAnchorType" id="bm_id571270"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToggleAnchorType" id="bm_id3147399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp">Change Anchor</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verankerungtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAnchorType">Allows you to switch between anchoring options.</ahelp></variable> The<emph> Change Anchor </emph>icon is only visible when an object such as a graphic or control field<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"> or frame
</caseinline></switchinline> is selected. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Further information about the anchoring is contained in the <link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp"><emph>Anchoring</emph></link> Help section.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syverankerung"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#ankcalc"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����� � text/shared/02/12050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Refresh</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aktualisieren"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Refresh" id="bm_id5563940"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Refresh" id="bm_id3154894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12050000.xhp">Refresh</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Refresh">Refreshes the displayed data.</ahelp> In a multi-user environment, refreshing the data ensures that it remains current.</paragraph></section><section id="syaktualisieren"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_reload.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Refresh</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Refresh </emph>icon to open a submenu with the following commands:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Refresh</emph> - Displays the refreshed contents of the database table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW" id="bm_id3154317"/><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Rebuild</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW">Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.</ahelp></paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� ��' ' text/shared/02/12020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sort Descending</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="absteigend"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SortDown" id="bm_id5470183"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SortDown" id="bm_id3159242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp">Sort Descending</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SortDown" visibility="hidden">Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.</ahelp> Text fields are sorted alphabetically, number fields are sorted by number.</paragraph></section><section id="syabsteigend"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sortdescending.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sort Descending</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp#selektionsortieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp#dialogsortieren"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��T� � text/shared/02/20090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Time</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CurrentTime" id="bm_id3150620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20090000.xhp">Time</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CurrentTime" visibility="visible">Displays the current time.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��LI
I
text/shared/02/20050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selection Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="selektionsmodus"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148668"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectionMode" id="bm_id7365159"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectionMode" id="bm_id3144740"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusSelectionMode" id="bm_id2039489"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusSelectionMode" id="bm_id3149495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20050000.xhp">Selection Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatusSelectionMode">Here you can switch between different selection modes.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click in the field, a popup menu comes up with the available options:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Mode</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Effect</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Standard selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Click in text where you want to position the cursor; click in a cell to make it the active cell. Any other selection is then deselected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Extending selection (<item type="keycode">F8</item>)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Clicking in the text extends or crops the current selection.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Adding selection (<item type="keycode">Shift+F8</item>)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A new selection is added to an existing selection. The result is a multiple selection.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Block selection (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Shift+F8</item>)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A block of text can be selected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="paragraph">On Windows systems, you can hold down the <item type="keycode">Alt</item> key while dragging to select a block of text. You don't need to enter the block selection mode.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�4� � text/shared/02/01170400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Add Field</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddField" id="bm_id2298449"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddField" id="bm_id3149182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp">Add Field</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddField">Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#feldhinzu"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FIELD_SEL" id="bm_id3155503"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_SEL">The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170201.xhp">Form Properties</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a field into the current document by dragging and dropping. A field is then inserted which contains a link to the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you add fields to a form and you switch off the <link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp">Design Mode</link>, you can see that $[officename] adds a labeled input field for every inserted database field.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X*�=� � text/shared/02/12080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data to Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dateninfelder"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DataSourceBrowser/InsertContent" id="bm_id3147588"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBInsertContent" id="bm_id901211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp">Data to Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSourceBrowser/InsertContent">Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.</ahelp> The <emph>Data to Fields </emph>icon is only available if the current document is a text document.</paragraph></section><section id="sydateninfelder"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dsbinsertcontent.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Data to Fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XR.r text/shared/02/12000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Explorer On/Off</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="explorer"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBrowserExplorer" id="bm_id6761446"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBrowserExplorer" id="bm_id3154682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp">Explorer On/Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DSBrowserExplorer">Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.</ahelp> The <emph>Explorer On/Off</emph> icon is visible on the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Table Data bar</link>.</paragraph></section><section id="syexplorer"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dsbrowserexplorer.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Explorer On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/><paragraph role="paragraph">In the data source explorer you see the data sources registered in $[officename] with their queries and tables.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Establishing a connection</emph> - As soon as you select an individual table or query, a connection to the data source is established. Once the connection is opened, the name of the data source, the Queries or Tables entry, and the name of the query or table selected is shown in bold type.</paragraph><section id="kontextmenue"><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN" id="bm_id3155135"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the connection to the data source. See <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY" id="bm_id3156192"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE" id="bm_id189826"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the selected database file for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE" id="bm_id321665"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE" id="bm_id5135044"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X>�o� � text/shared/02/12090100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Standard Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DataFilterStandardFilter" id="bm_id9065823"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/StandardFilterDialog" id="bm_id3154232"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Standard Filter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterStandardFilter">Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.</ahelp> This dialog is available for spreadsheet documents, database tables and database forms. The dialog for databases does not contain the <emph>More Options</emph> button.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000409.xhp#dnfitdf"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/scalc/guide/filters.xhp#filters"/></paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter criteria</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define a filter by indicating the type of line, the name of the field, a logical condition and a value or a combination of arguments.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/connect1" id="bm_id3153683"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/connect2" id="bm_id3147577"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/op2" id="bm_id3155892"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/op3" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Operator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/op3">For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/field1" id="bm_id3153682"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/field2" id="bm_id3155942"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/field3" id="bm_id3150693"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field1" id="bm_id3153345"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field2" id="bm_id3155535"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field3" id="bm_id3148538"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field3">Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.</ahelp> You will see the column identifiers if no text is available for the field names.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/cond1" id="bm_id3149811"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/cond2" id="bm_id3153760"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/cond3" id="bm_id3153126"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond1" id="bm_id3159270"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond2" id="bm_id3148990"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond3" id="bm_id3153252"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond3">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/02/12090101.xhp">comparative operators</link> through which the entries in the <emph>Field name</emph> and <emph>Value</emph> fields can be linked.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/val1" id="bm_id3155136"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/val2" id="bm_id3148492"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/val3" id="bm_id3150276"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value1" id="bm_id3146949"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value2" id="bm_id3153700"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value3" id="bm_id3159400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value3">Specifies a value to filter the field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Value </emph>list box contains all possible values for the specified <emph>Field name</emph> . Choose the value to be used in the filter. You can also choose the <emph>- empty -</emph> or <emph>-not empty -</emph> entries..</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the <emph>Value </emph>text box to be used for filtering.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp">More Options</link></paragraph><embed href="text/scalc/01/12040201.xhp#zusaetzetext"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X-��1? 1? text/shared/02/01170203.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170203.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="daten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150040"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Data </emph>tab page defines the form properties that refer to the database that is linked to the form.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">subform</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#formulareigenschaftendaten"/></section><sort><section id="Section1"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATASOURCE" id="bm_id3153146"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATASOURCE">Defines the data source to which the form should refer.</ahelp> If you click the <emph>...</emph> button, you call the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph></link> dialog, where you can choose a data source.</paragraph></section><section id="Section2"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE" id="bm_id3150275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE">Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in <emph>Content type</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have selected either "Table" or "Query" in <emph>Content type</emph>, the box lists all the tables and queries set up in the selected database.</paragraph></section><section id="Section3"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE" id="bm_id3153381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Content type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE">Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under <emph>Content</emph>. If you want to create a new query or a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">subform</link>, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the subform directly in the <emph>List content</emph> box on the Control properties Data tab page.</paragraph></section><section id="Section4"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING" id="bm_id3144433"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Analyze SQL command</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING">Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> If set to Yes, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button next to the <emph>Content</emph> list box. This will open a window where you can graphically create a database query. When you close that window, the SQL statement for the created query will be inserted in the <emph>Content</emph> list box.</paragraph></section><section id="Section5"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA">Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.</ahelp> For example, if you want to display all records with the "Mike" forename, type into the data field: Forename = 'Mike'. You can also combine conditions: Forename = 'Mike' OR Forename = 'Peter'. All records matching either of these two conditions will be displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The filter function is available in user mode through the <link href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp"><emph>AutoFilter</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp"><emph>Default Filter</emph></link> icons on the <link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp"><emph>Form Navigation</emph> Bar</link>.</paragraph></section><section id="Section6"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA" id="bm_id3151353"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA">Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.</ahelp> For example, if you want all records of a database to be sorted in one field in an ascending order and in another field in a descending order, enter Forename ASC, Name DESC (presuming Forename and Name are the names of the data fields).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The appropriate icons on the <link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp"><emph>Form Navigation</emph> Bar</link> can be used in User mode to sort: <link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp"><emph>Sort Ascending</emph></link>, <link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp"><emph>Sort Descending</emph></link>, <link href="text/shared/02/12100100.xhp"><emph>Sort</emph></link>.</paragraph></section><section id="Section7"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATAENTRY" id="bm_id3154129"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add data only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATAENTRY">Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If <emph>Add data only</emph> is set to "Yes", changing or deleting data is not possible.</paragraph></section><section id="Section8"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATION" id="bm_id3155418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigation bar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_NAVIGATION">Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The "Parent Form" option is used for subforms. If you choose this option for a subform, you can navigate using the records of the main form if the cursor is placed in the subform. A subform is linked to the parent form by a 1:1 relationship, so navigation is always performed in the parent form.</paragraph></section><section id="Section9"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CYCLE" id="bm_id3151282"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cycle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CYCLE">Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.</ahelp> Using the tab key, you can move forward in the form. If you simultaneously press the Shift key, the navigation will follow the opposite direction. If you reach the last (or the first) field and press the tab key again, it can have various effects. Define the key control with the following options:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Option</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Default</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">This setting automatically defines a cycle which follows an existing database link: If the form contains a database link, the Tab key will, by default, initiate a change to the next or previous record on exit from the last field (see All Records). If there is no database link the next/previous form is shown (see Current Page).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">All records</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">This option applies to database forms only and is used to navigate through all records. If you use the Tab key to exit from the last field of a form, the current record is changed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Active record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">This option applies to database forms only, and is used to navigate within the current record. If you use the Tab key to exit from the last field of a form, the current record is changed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Current page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">On exit from the last field of a form, the cursor skips to the first field in the next form. This is standard for HTML forms; therefore, this option is especially relevant for HTML forms.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section10"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS" id="bm_id3155445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Allow additions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS">Determines if data can be added.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section11"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS" id="bm_id3083286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Allow modifications</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS"> Determines if the data can be modified.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section12"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS" id="bm_id3153924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Allow deletions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS">Determines if the data can be deleted.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section13"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS" id="bm_id3147097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link master fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS">If you create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">subform</link>, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.</ahelp> To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The subform is based on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#sql">SQL</link> query; more specifically, on a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Parameter Query</link>. If a field name is entered in the <emph>Link master fields</emph> box, the data contained in that field in the main form is read to a variable that you must enter in <emph>Link slave fields</emph>. In an appropriate SQL statement, this variable is compared to the table data that the subform refers to. Alternatively, you can enter the column name in the <emph>Link master fields</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Consider the following example:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The database table on which the form is based is, for example, a customer database ("Customer"), where every customer has been given a unique number in a data field named "Cust_ID". A customer's orders are maintained in another database table. You now want to see each customer's orders after entering them into the form. In order to do this you should create a subform. Under <emph>Link master fields</emph> enter the data field from the customer database which clearly identifies the customer, that is, Cust_ID. Under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> enter the name of a variable which is to accept the data of the field Cust_ID, for example, x.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The subform should show the appropriate data from the orders table ("Orders") for each customer ID (Customer_ID -> x). This is only possible if each order is uniquely assigned to one customer in the orders table. Alternatively, you can use another field called Customer_ID; however, to make sure that this field is not confused with the same field from the main form, the field is called Customer_Number.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Now compare the Customer_Number in the "Orders" table with the Customer_ID from the "Customers" table, which can be done, for example, using the x variable with the following SQL statement:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT * FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the subform to show all data from the orders table)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">or:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT Item FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the subform from the orders table to show only the data contained in the "Item" field)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The SQL statement can either be entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, or you can create an appropriate parameter query, which can be used to create the subform.</paragraph></section><section id="Section14"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS" id="bm_id3145789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link slave fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS">If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.</ahelp> If a subform is based on a query, enter the variable that you defined in the query. If you create a form using an SQL statement entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, enter the variable you used in the statement. You can choose any variable name. If you want to enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If, for example, you specified the Customer_ID database field as a parent field under <emph>Link master fields</emph>, then you can define under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> the name of the variable in which the values of the Customer_ID database field are to be stored. If you now specify an SQL statement in the <emph>Data source</emph> box using this variable, the relevant values are displayed in the subform.</paragraph></section></sort><paragraph role="heading" level="2">What is a subform?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Forms are created based on a database table or database query. They display the data in a visually pleasant fashion and can be used to enter data or edit data.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="wozu">If you require a form that can refer to the data in a table or query and can additionally display data from another table, you should create a subform.
</variable> For example, this subform can be a text box that displays the data of another database table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A subform is an additional component of the main form. The main form can be called the "parent form" or "master". Subforms are needed as soon as you want to access more than one table from a form. Each additional table requires its own subform.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After creating a form, it can be changed into a subform. To do this, enter Design Mode, and open the Form Navigator. In the Form Navigator, drag a form (that will become a subform) onto any other form (that will become a master).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The user of your document will not see that a form has subforms. The user only sees a document in which data is entered or where existing data is displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the Link master field from the data fields in the master form. In the subform, the Link slave field can be set as a field which will be matched to the contents of the Link master field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When the user navigates through the data, the form always displays the current data record. If there are subforms defined, the contents of the subforms will be displayed after a short delay of approximate 200 ms. This delay enables you to quickly browse through the data records of the master form. If you navigate to the next master data record within the delay limit, the subform data need not be retrieved and displayed.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XN� X� � text/shared/02/09070300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document</title><filename>/text/shared/02/09070300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokument"><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT" id="bm_id3154094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/09070300.xhp">Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the <emph>Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#hypdiadok"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Document</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH" id="bm_id3155552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_FILEOPEN" id="bm_id3147571"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_FILEOPEN">Opens the <emph>Open dialog,</emph> where you can select a file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Target in document</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:ED_TARGET_DOC" id="bm_id3150693"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Target</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:ED_TARGET_DOC">Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under <emph>Path</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_BROWSE" id="bm_id3151110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Target in Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_BROWSE">Opens the <emph>Target in Document</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the URL, which results from the entries in <emph>Path</emph> and <emph>Destination</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/09070100.xhp#weitere"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� � text/shared/02/18010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/02/18010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="auswahl"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectObject" id="bm_id8570964"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectObject" id="bm_id3153255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/18010000.xhp">Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SelectObject">Allows you to select objects in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syauswahl"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Selection</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To select an object, click the object with the arrow. To select more than one object, drag a selection frame around the objects. To add an object to a selection, press Shift, and then click the object. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline>The objects selected together can then be defined as a <link href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp">group</link>, turning them into a single group object.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline>You can edit individual elements of a group. You can also delete elements from a group with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Shift</defaultinline></switchinline>+click.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline>You can select single objects from a group by double-clicking, if you first disable the <emph>Double-click to edit Text</emph> icon on the <emph>Option</emph> Bar.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XT Җ� � text/shared/02/05020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Arrow Style</title><filename>/text/shared/02/05020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linienendenstil"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LineEndStyle" id="bm_id727567"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LineEndStyle" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/05020000.xhp">Arrow Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineEndStyle">Opens the <emph>Arrowheads</emph> toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Arrow Style</emph> icon is only displayed when you create a drawing with the drawing functions. For more information, see the <link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp"><emph>Line Styles</emph></link> section of the Help.</paragraph><section id="sylinienendenstil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_lineendstyle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arrow Style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xo,[>+� +� text/shared/02/01170101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allgemein"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This <emph>General </emph>tab enables you to define the general properties of a form control. These properties differ, depending on the control type. Not all of the following properties are available for every control.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#controleigenschaftenallgemein"/></section><paragraph role="note">If you export the current form document to HTML format, the default control values are exported, not the current control values. Default values are determined - depending on the type of control - by the properties' Default value (for example, in text fields), Default status (for check boxes and option fields), and Default selection (for list boxes).</paragraph><sort><section id="Section1"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLED" id="bm_id3154897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enabled</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ENABLED">If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.</ahelp> If the property is disabled, it will not be enabled (No) and will be displayed in a gray color.</paragraph></section><section id="Section63"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINECOUNT" id="bm_id3146948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line count</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LINECOUNT" visibility="hidden">Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.</ahelp> For combo boxes with the Dropdown property, you can specify how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. With control fields which do not have the Dropdown option, the line's display will be specified by the size of the control field and the font size.</paragraph></section><section id="Section62"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE" id="bm_id3156152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE" visibility="hidden">The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.</ahelp> You can use navigation actions to design your own database navigation buttons.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table describes the actions that you can assign to a button.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">None</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">No action occurs.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Submit form</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sends the data that is entered in other control fields of the current form to the address that is specified in <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp">Form Properties</link> under <link href="text/shared/02/01170201.xhp"><emph>URL</emph></link>. </paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter the URL into the form's data property "URL" text box when you export to a PDF file.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Reset form</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Resets the settings in other control fields to the predefined defaults (Default Status, Default Selection, Default Value).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Open document / web page</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the URL that is specified under <emph>URL</emph>. You can use <emph>Frame</emph> to specify the target frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">First record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the current form to the first record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Previous record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the current form to the previous record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Next record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the current form to the next record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Last record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the current form to the last record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Save record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Saves the current record, if necessary.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Undo data entry</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Reverses the changes in the current record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">New record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the current form to the insert row.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delete record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deletes the current record.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Refresh form</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Reloads the most recently saved version of the current form.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section61"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DROPDOWN" id="bm_id3146148"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Dropdown</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DROPDOWN" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).</ahelp> A control field with the dropdown property has an additional arrow button which opens the list of the existing form entries per mouse click. Under <emph>Line count</emph>, you can specify how many lines (or rows) should be displayed in the dropdown state. Combination fields can have the dropdown property.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Combo boxes that were inserted as columns in a table control are always dropdown as the default.</paragraph></section><section id="Section60"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALIGN" id="bm_id3150116"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGEPOSITION" id="bm_id2524491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alignment / Graphics alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ALIGN" visibility="hidden">Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.</ahelp> The alignment options are left-aligned, right-aligned, and centered. These options are available for the following elements:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Title of Label fields</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Content of text fields</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Content of table fields in the columns of a table control</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Graphics or text that are used in buttons</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Alignment</emph> option for buttons is called <emph>Graphics alignment</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="Section59"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE" id="bm_id3154790"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoFill</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE" visibility="hidden">Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.</ahelp> The AutoFill function displays a list of previous entries after you start to type an entry.</paragraph></section><section id="Section58"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL" id="bm_id3151053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Label field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL">Specifies the source for the label of the control.</ahelp> The text of the label field will be used instead of the name of a database field. For example, in the <emph>Filter Navigator</emph>, <emph>Search</emph> dialog, and as a column name in the table view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To define one character of the label as a mnemonic, so that the user can access this control by pressing the character on the keyboard, insert a tilde (~) character in front of the character in the label.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Only the text of a group frame can be used as the label field when using radio buttons. This text applies to all of the radio buttons of the same group.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click on the <emph>...</emph> button next to the text field, you will see the <emph>Label Field Selection</emph> dialog. Select a label from the list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/labelselectiondialog/LabelSelectionDialog">Check the <emph>No assignment </emph>box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section57"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH" id="bm_id3156356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_WIDTH" visibility="hidden">Sets the column width in the table control field.</ahelp> Sets the column width in the table control field in the units that are specified in the %PRODUCTNAME module options. If you want, you can enter a value followed by a valid measurement unit, for example, 2 cm.</paragraph></section><section id="Section56"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT" id="bm_id2982573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Repeat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_REPEAT">Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section55"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY" id="bm_id1620227"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delay</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY">Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.</ahelp> A repeating event occurs when you click an arrow button or the background of a scrollbar, or one of the record navigation buttons of a Navigation Bar, and you keep the mouse button pressed for some time. You can enter a value followed by a valid time unit, for example, 2 s or 500 ms.</paragraph></section><section id="Section54"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER" id="bm_id3154272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Record marker</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER">Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section53"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT" id="bm_id3158419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT" visibility="hidden">Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.</ahelp> With date fields you can determine the format for the date readout.</paragraph><paragraph role="note"><variable id="hinweis">All format fields (date, time, currency, numeric) are formatted automatically in the selected format as soon as you leave them regardless of how you entered the input.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="Section52"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPIN" id="bm_id3145642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spin Button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SPIN" visibility="hidden">The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.</ahelp> Numerical fields, currency fields, date and time fields can be introduced as spin buttons in the form.</paragraph></section><section id="Section51"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TRISTATE" id="bm_id3150386"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tristate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TRISTATE">Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.</ahelp> This function is only available if the database accepts three states: TRUE, FALSE and ZERO.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The<emph> Tristate </emph>property is only defined for database forms, not for HTML forms.</paragraph></section><section id="Section50"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_PRINTABLE" id="bm_id3145228"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_PRINTABLE">Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section88"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX" id="bm_id3145229"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">PositionX</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section87"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY" id="bm_id3145230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">PositionY</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section86"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE" id="bm_id3145231"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Anchor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines where the control will be anchored.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section85"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH" id="bm_id3145238"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the width of the control.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section84"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT" id="bm_id3145248"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the height of the control.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section49"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EDITMASK" id="bm_id3147001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit mask</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EDITMASK" visibility="hidden">Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.</ahelp> By specifying the character code in pattern fields, you can determine what the user can enter in the pattern field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The length of the edit mask determines the number of the possible input positions. If the user enters characters that do not correspond to the edit mask, the input is rejected when the user leaves the field. You can enter the following characters to define the edit mask:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"> Character </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">L</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A text constant. This position cannot be edited. The character is displayed at the corresponding position of the Literal Mask.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">a</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The characters a-z and A-Z can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lowercase characters.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The characters A-Z can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">c</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The characters a-z, A-Z, and 0-9 can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lowercase characters.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">C</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The characters A-Z and 0-9 can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">N</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Only the characters 0-9 can be entered.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">x</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">All printable characters can be entered.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">X</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">All printable characters can be entered. If a lowercase letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">For the literal mask "__.__.2000", for example, define the "NNLNNLLLLL" edit mask so that the user can only enter four digits when entering a date.</paragraph></section><section id="Section48"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT" id="bm_id3145588"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Strict format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can have a format check with control fields that accept formatted contents (date, time, and so on). <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT">If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.</ahelp> For example, in a date field, only numbers or date delimiters are accepted; all alphabet entries typed with your keyboard are ignored.</paragraph></section><section id="targetframe"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME" id="bm_id3149491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME" visibility="hidden">Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.</ahelp> You can also specify the target frame to display a <emph>URL</emph> that you open when you click a button that has been assigned the Open document or web page action).</paragraph><section id="fuerformulareigenschaft"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click the field, you can select an option from the list that specifies into which frame the next document should be loaded. The following possibilities exist:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Entry</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">_blank</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The next document is created in a new empty frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">_parent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The next document is created in a parent frame. If no parent exists, the document is created in the same frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">_self</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The next document is created in the same frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">_top</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The next document is created in a top-level window, that is, in the highest frame of the hierarchy; if the current frame is already a top window, the document is created in the current frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="note">The Frame property is relevant for HTML forms, but not for database forms.</paragraph></section><section id="Section46"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL" id="bm_id3156191"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Graphics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An image button has a <emph>Graphics </emph>property. <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL">The<emph> Graphics</emph> property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.</ahelp> If you select the graphic file with the <emph>...</emph> button, the path and file name will be automatically included in the text box.</paragraph></section><section id="Section44"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPTEXT" id="bm_id3151131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_HELPTEXT">Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.</ahelp> The tip shows the text in user mode when the mouse is moved over the control.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For URL type buttons, the help text appears as the extended tip instead of the URL address entered under URL.</paragraph></section><section id="Section43"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPURL" id="bm_id3156336"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_HELPURL">Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.</ahelp> The help for the control field help can be opened if the focus is positioned on the control field and the user presses F1.</paragraph></section><section id="Section42"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR" id="bm_id3149545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Background color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR" visibility="hidden">Sets the background color of the control field.</ahelp> A background color is available for most control fields. If you click on <emph>Background color</emph>, a list will open which enables you to select among various colors. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired color is not listed, click the <emph>...</emph> button to define a color in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></section><section id="Section41"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HSCROLL" id="bm_id3149895"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VSCROLL" id="bm_id3149517"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_SCROLLBARS" id="bm_id6053651"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scrollbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_HSCROLL" visibility="hidden">Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.</ahelp> Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.</paragraph></section><section id="Section78"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT" id="bm_id3022247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Incr./decrement value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section40"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUESTEP" id="bm_id3150624"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value step</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_VALUESTEP" visibility="hidden">Determines spin button intervals.</ahelp> You can preset the value intervals for numerical and currency spin buttons. Use the up and down arrows of the spin button to increase or decrease the value.</paragraph></section><section id="Section39"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST" id="bm_id3153975"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST" visibility="hidden">Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the <emph>List entries</emph> field and type your text.</ahelp> Please note the <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp">tips</link> referring to the keyboard controls.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The predefined default list entry is entered into the <emph>Default selection combo</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Note that the list entries entered here are only incorporated into the form if, on the <emph>Data</emph> tab under <emph>List Content Type</emph>, the option "Value List" is selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the Web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp"><emph>Data</emph></link> tab. Under <emph>Type of List Contents</emph>, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under <emph>List Contents</emph> that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">For HTML documents, a list entry entered on the <emph>General</emph> tab corresponds to the HTML tag <OPTION>; an entry of the value list entered on the <emph>Data</emph> tab under <emph>List Contents</emph> corresponds to the <OPTION VALUE=...> tag.</paragraph></section><section id="Section38"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMAX" id="bm_id3154336"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date max</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATEMAX" visibility="hidden">Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</ahelp> Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</paragraph></section><section id="Section37"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN" id="bm_id3149391"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Max text length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN" visibility="hidden">Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.</ahelp> For text and combo boxes, you can define the maximum number of characters that the user can enter. If this control field property is uncertain, the default setting will be zero.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the control is linked to a database and the text length is to be accepted from the field definition of the database, you must not enter the text length here. The settings are only accepted from the database if the control property was not defined ("Not Defined" state).</paragraph></section><section id="Section36"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMAX" id="bm_id3145145"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX" id="bm_id3155345"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MAX" id="bm_id5229956"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value max</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX" visibility="hidden">Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</ahelp> For numerical and currency fields, you can determine the maximum value that the user can enter.</paragraph></section><section id="Section35"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMAX" id="bm_id3154712"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Time max</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TIMEMAX" visibility="hidden">Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</ahelp> Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</paragraph></section><section id="Section34"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION" id="bm_id3154168"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Multiselection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION" visibility="hidden">Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.</ahelp> Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.</paragraph></section><section id="Section33"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4040955"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTILINE" id="bm_id3156370"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXTTYPE" id="bm_id6511734"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37933">Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">If you select the text type "Multi-line with formatting", you cannot bind this control to a database field.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">This control is named "Multiline input" for a text column inside a table control.</paragraph></section><section id="Section47"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK" id="bm_id1313516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Word break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays text on more than one line.</ahelp> Allows you to use line breaks in a text box, so that you can enter more than one line of text. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key.</paragraph></section><section id="Section64"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE" id="bm_id9645680"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Toggle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section65"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK" id="bm_id6996978"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Take Focus on Click</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section66"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDEINACTIVESELECTION" id="bm_id9755546"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hide selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37965">Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.</ahelp> If you set <emph>Hide selection</emph> to "No", the selected text remains selected when the focus is no longer on the control that contains the text.</paragraph></section><section id="Section67"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISUALEFFECT" id="bm_id7896664"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37966">Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section68"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDERCOLOR" id="bm_id6106448"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Border color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37967">Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section79"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR" id="bm_id9707632"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Symbol color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section32"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMIN" id="bm_id3155750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date min</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATEMIN" visibility="hidden">Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.</ahelp> Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.</paragraph></section><section id="Section31"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMIN" id="bm_id3145321"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN" id="bm_id3147499"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MIN" id="bm_id3649403"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value min</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN" visibility="hidden">You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.</ahelp> For numerical and currency fields you can determine a minimum value to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.</paragraph></section><section id="Section30"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMIN" id="bm_id3148825"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Time min</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TIMEMIN" visibility="hidden">Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.</ahelp> Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.</paragraph></section><section id="Section29"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY" id="bm_id3154402"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Decimal accuracy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY" visibility="hidden">Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.</ahelp> With numerical and currency fields you can determine the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.</paragraph></section><section id="Section28"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAME" id="bm_id3152469"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_NAME" visibility="hidden">On the <emph>Properties</emph> tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the <emph>Form Properties </emph>tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.</ahelp> Each control field and each form has a <emph>Name </emph>property through which it can be identified. The name will appear in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link> and, using the name, the control field can be referred to from a macro. The default settings already specify a name which is constructed from using the field's label and number.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you work with macros, make sure that the names of the controls are unique.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146325"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The name is also used to group different controls that belong together functionally, such as radio buttons. To do so, give the same name to all members of the group: controls with identical names form a group. Grouped controls can be represented visually by using a <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Group Box</link>.</paragraph></section><section id="Section27"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR" id="bm_id3153020"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigation bar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.</ahelp> Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of table controls.</paragraph></section><section id="Section26"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_READONLY" id="bm_id3151173"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Read-only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_READONLY" visibility="hidden">Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).</ahelp> The<emph> Read-only </emph>property can be assigned to all controls in which the user can enter text. If you assign the read-only property to an image field which uses graphics from a database, the user will not be able to insert new graphics into the database.</paragraph></section><section id="Section25"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDER" id="bm_id3154414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BORDER" visibility="hidden">Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".</ahelp> With control fields that have a frame, you can determine the border display on the form using the <emph>Border </emph>property. You can select among the "Without frame", "3-D look" or "Flat" options.</paragraph></section><section id="Section24"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABINDEX" id="bm_id3157872"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tab order</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TABINDEX">The <emph>Tab order</emph> property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.</ahelp> In a form that contains more than one control, the focus moves to the next control when you press the Tab key. You can specify the order in which the focus changes with an index under <emph>Tab order</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Tab order</emph> property is not available to <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Hidden Controls</link>. If you want, you can also set this property for image buttons and image controls, so that you can select these controls with the Tab key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When creating a form, an index is automatically assigned to the control fields that are added to this form; every control field added is assigned an index increased by 1. If you change the index of a control, the indices of the other controls are updated automatically. Elements that cannot be focused (Tabstop = No) are also assigned a value. However, these controls are skipped when using the Tab key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></section><section id="Section89"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR" id="bm_id0509200912044845"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse wheel scroll</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section22"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default status</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED">Specifies whether an option or a check box is selected by default.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a reset type button, you can define the status of the control if the reset button is activated by the user.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For grouped option fields, the status of the group corresponding to the default setting is defined by the <emph>Default Status</emph> property.</paragraph></section><section id="Section21"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ" id="bm_id3147220"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ" visibility="hidden">Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.</ahelp> Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a Reset type button, the<emph> Default selection</emph> entry defines the status of the list box if the reset button is activated by the user.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a List box that contains a value list, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialog, select the entries that you want to mark as selected when you open the form that contains the list box.</paragraph></section><section id="Section20"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULTVALUE" id="bm_id3153100"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT" id="bm_id3143231"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SPINVALUE" id="bm_id4093447"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT">Sets the default value for the control field.</ahelp> For example, the default value will be entered when a form is opened.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a Reset type button, the<emph> Default value entry </emph>defines the status of the control if the reset button is activated by the user.</paragraph></section><section id="Section45"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE" id="bm_id6967986"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default scroll value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE">Sets the default value for the scrollbar.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section72"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX" id="bm_id3148873"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scroll value max.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX">Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section71"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN" id="bm_id6626483"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scroll value min.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN">Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section80"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT" id="bm_id6233100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Small change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section81"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT" id="bm_id1151463"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Large change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section19"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME" id="bm_id3146878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default time</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the default time.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section18"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE" id="bm_id3146874"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the default date.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section17"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT" id="bm_id8406628"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section16"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON" id="bm_id3156300"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON" visibility="hidden">The<emph> Default button</emph> property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.</ahelp> The<emph> Default button</emph> property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key. If you open the dialog or form and do not carry out any further action, the button with this property is the default button.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">This property should be assigned only to a single button within the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When using Web page forms, you might come across this property in search masks. These are edit masks that contain a text field and a Submit type button. The search term is entered in the text field and the search is started by activating the button. If the button is defined as the default button, however, simply hit Enter after entering the search term in order to start the search.</paragraph></section><section id="Section15"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION" id="bm_id3150265"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Prefix symbol</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION">Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.</ahelp> The default setting is currency symbols are not prefixed.</paragraph></section><section id="Section14"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABSTOP" id="bm_id3148938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tabstop</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TABSTOP">The <emph>Tabstop </emph>property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.</ahelp> The following options are available:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">No</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">When using the tab key, focusing skips the control.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Yes</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The control can be selected with the Tab key.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="Section13"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP" id="bm_id3154931"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Thousands separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP" visibility="hidden">Inserts a thousands separator.</ahelp> With numerical and currency fields you can determine whether thousands separators are used.</paragraph></section><section id="Section12"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LABEL" id="bm_id3159212"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Label</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LABEL" visibility="hidden">The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.</ahelp> The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form. This property determines the visible label or the column header of the data field in table control forms.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you create a new control, the description predefined in the <emph>Name</emph> property is used as the default for labeling the control. The label consists of the control field name and an integer numbering the control (for example, CommandButton1). With the <emph>Title</emph> property, you can assign another description to the control so that the label reflects the function of the control. Change this entry in order to assign an expressive label to the control that is visible to the user.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3163820"/><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a multi-line title, open the combo box using the arrow button. You can enter a line break by pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Title</emph> property is only used for labeling a form element in the interface visible to the user. If you work with macros, note that at runtime, a control is always addressed through the <emph>Name</emph> property.</paragraph></section><section id="Section11"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_URL" id="bm_id3154726"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TARGET_URL" visibility="hidden">Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.</ahelp> Enter the URL address for a Open document or web page button type in the <emph>URL</emph> box. The address opens when you click the button.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you move the mouse over the button in User mode, the URL appears as the extended tip, provided that no other Help text was entered.</paragraph></section><section id="Section10"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL" id="bm_id3145154"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Currency symbol</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL" visibility="hidden">You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.</ahelp> In a currency field, you can pre-define the currency symbol by entering the character or string in the <emph>Currency symbol</emph> property.</paragraph></section><section id="Section9"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE" id="bm_id3156100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE" visibility="hidden">You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.</ahelp> In a <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">hidden control</link>, under <emph>Value</emph>, you can enter the data which is inherited by the hidden control. This data will be transferred when sending the form.</paragraph></section><section id="Section8"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR" id="bm_id3148694"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR" visibility="hidden">If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.</ahelp> If the user enters a password, you can determine the characters that will be displayed instead of the characters typed by the user. Under <emph>Password character</emph>, enter the ASCII code of the desired character. You can use the values from 0 to 255.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The characters and their ASCII codes can be seen in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog (Insert - Special Character).</paragraph></section><section id="Section7"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LITERALMASK" id="bm_id3157547"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Literal mask</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LITERALMASK" visibility="hidden">Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.</ahelp> With masked fields you can specify a literal mask. A literal mask contains the initial values of a form, and is always visible after downloading a form. Using a character code for the Edit mask, you can determine the entries that the user can type into the masked field.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The length of the literal mask should always correspond to the length of the edit mask. If this is not the case, the edit mask is either cut off or filled with blanks up to the length of the edit mask.</paragraph></section><section id="Section6"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FONT" id="bm_id3151032"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FONT" visibility="hidden">Select the font for the text that is in the control field.</ahelp> For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp"><emph>Font</emph></link> dialog, click the <emph>...</emph> button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields.</paragraph></section><section id="Section5"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT" id="bm_id3160449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Row height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT" visibility="hidden">Specifies the row height of a table control field.</ahelp> In table controls, enter a value for the row height. If you want, you can enter a value followed by valid measurement unit, for example, 2 cm.</paragraph></section><section id="Section77"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT" id="bm_id396130"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text lines end with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section4"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT" id="bm_id3145181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Time format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT" visibility="hidden">You can define the desired format for the time display.</ahelp> You can define the desired format for the time display.</paragraph></section><section id="Section3"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TAG" id="bm_id3158205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TAG" visibility="hidden">Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.</ahelp> In each control field you can specify additional information or a descriptive text for the control field. This property helps the programmer to save additional information that can be used in the program code. This field can be used, for example, for variables or other evaluation parameters.</paragraph></section><section id="Section2"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FORMATKEY" id="bm_id3157839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FORMATKEY">Specifies the format code for the control. Click the <emph>...</emph> button to select the format code.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section69"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE" id="bm_id1145054"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE">Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section23"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_RECORDACTIONS" id="bm_id7442243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Acting on a record</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37930">Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.</ahelp> Action items are the following: Save record, Undo, New record, Delete record, Refresh.</paragraph></section><section id="Section70"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_POSITION" id="bm_id9985961"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Positioning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37928">Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.</ahelp> Positioning items are the following: Record label, Record position, Record count label, Record count.</paragraph></section><section id="Section74"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_NAVIGATION" id="bm_id1122775"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37929">Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.</ahelp> Navigation items are the following: First record, Previous record, Next record, Last record.</paragraph></section><section id="Section75"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_FILTERSORT" id="bm_id7137363"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filtering / Sorting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37931">Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.</ahelp> Filtering and sorting items are the following: Sort ascending, Sort descending, Sort, Automatic filter, Default filter, Apply filter, Reset filter/sort.</paragraph></section><section id="Section76"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ICONSIZE" id="bm_id7815790"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Icon Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="37927">Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="Section73"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE" id="bm_id7815890"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Visible</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that if this property is set to "Yes" (the default), this does not necessarily mean the control will really appear on the screen. Additional constraints are applied when calculating a control's effective visibility. For instance, a control placed in a hidden section in Writer will never be visible at all, until at least the section itself becomes visible.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the property is set to "No", then the control will always be hidden in live mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Older OpenOffice.org versions up to 3.1 will silently ignore this property when reading documents which make use of it.</paragraph></section><section id="Section82"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE" id="bm_id5840937"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Visible size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If set to 0, then the thumb's width will equal its height.</paragraph></section><section id="Section83"><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION" id="bm_id4076967"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Orientation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.</ahelp></paragraph></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�ގ � text/shared/02/20030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Zoom</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="maszstab"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155619"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StateZoom" id="bm_id3165732"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StateZoom" id="bm_id3149748"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20030000.xhp">Zoom</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StateZoom">Specifies the current page display zoom factor.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-clicking this field opens the <link href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp">Zoom</link> dialog, where you can change the current zoom factor.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the context menu on this field to see a selection of available zoom factors.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XVb�R� � text/shared/02/03140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Line Style</title><filename>/text/shared/02/03140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linienstil"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LineStyle" id="bm_id3154545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp">Line Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineStyle">Click this icon to open the <emph>Line Style</emph> toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This border can be the border of a frame, graphic or table. The <emph>Line Style</emph> icon will only be visible if a graphic, table, chart object or frame has been selected.</paragraph><section id="sylinienstil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_linestyle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line Style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For more information, see the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Borders</link> section of the Help.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� text/shared/02/01170103.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Events</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170103.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ereignisse"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148643"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp">Events</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the<emph> Events </emph>tab page you can link macros to events that occur in a form's control fields.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the <emph>...</emph> button. An <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">Assign Macro</link></caseinline><defaultinline>dialog</defaultinline></switchinline> opens.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#controleigenschaftenereignisse"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the control, different events are available. Only the available events for the selected control and context are listed on the <emph>Events</emph> tab page. The following events are defined:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED" id="bm_id3153252"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Approve action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED">This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.</ahelp> For example, clicking a "Submit" button initiates a send action; however, the actual "send" process is started only when the <emph>When initiating</emph> event occurs. The <emph>Approve action</emph> event allows you to kill the process. If the linked method sends back FALSE, <emph>When initiating</emph> will not be executed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED" id="bm_id3155923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Execute action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED">The <emph>Execute action</emph> event occurs when an action is started.</ahelp> For example, if you have a "Submit" button in your form, the send process represents the action to be initiated.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CHANGED" id="bm_id3154924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Changed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CHANGED">The<emph> Changed </emph>event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED" id="bm_id3147084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text modified</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">The<emph> Text modified </emph>event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED" id="bm_id3154910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Item status changed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED" visibility="hidden">The<emph> Item status changed </emph>event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.</ahelp> The<emph> Item status changed</emph> event takes place if he status of the control field has changed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED" id="bm_id3158407"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">When receiving focus</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED">The<emph> When receiving focus </emph>event takes place if a control field receives the focus.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST" id="bm_id3154684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">When losing focus</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST">The <emph>When losing focus</emph> event takes place if a control field loses the focus.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYTYPED" id="bm_id3145787"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Key pressed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYTYPED">The <emph>Key pressed </emph>event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp> This event may be linked to a macro for checking entries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYUP" id="bm_id3145264"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Key released</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYUP">The<emph> Key released </emph>event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED" id="bm_id3155368"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse inside</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED">The<emph> Mouse inside </emph>event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED" id="bm_id3159180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse moved while key pressed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED">The<emph> Mouse moved while key pressed </emph>event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.</ahelp> An example is when, during drag-and-drop, an additional key determines the mode (move or copy).</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED" id="bm_id3147443"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse moved</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED">The<emph> Mouse moved </emph>event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED" id="bm_id3145366"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse button pressed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED">The<emph> Mouse button pressed </emph>event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Note that this event is also used for notifying requests for a popup context menu on the control.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED" id="bm_id3144766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse button released</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED">The<emph> Mouse button released </emph>event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED" id="bm_id3150094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse outside</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED">The<emph> Mouse outside </emph>event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp#reset_update"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�S<�$ $ text/shared/02/01230000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Styles and Formatting</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01230000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="stylist"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DesignerDialog" id="bm_id5100462"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DesignerDialog" id="bm_id3154894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01230000.xhp">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DesignerDialog">Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Each $[officename] application has its own Styles and Formatting window. Hence there are separate windows for <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">text documents</link></caseinline><defaultinline>text documents</defaultinline></switchinline>, for <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/05100000.xhp">spreadsheets</link></caseinline><defaultinline>spreadsheets</defaultinline></switchinline> and for <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp">presentations/drawing documents</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/01/05100000.xhp">presentations/drawing documents</link></caseinline><defaultinline>presentations/drawing documents</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph><section id="systylist"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_designerdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Styles and Formatting</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �i� � text/shared/02/24040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Green</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="gruenanteil"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafGreen" id="bm_id4972033"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafGreen" id="bm_id3154094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24040000.xhp">Green</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafGreen">Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no green) to +100% (full green) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="sygruenanteil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10866.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Green</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X%/\ text/shared/02/18030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Automatic Spell Checking On/Off</title><filename>/text/shared/02/18030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="pruefung"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/18030000.xhp">Automatic Spell Checking On/Off</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp#automatisch"/></section><section id="sypruefung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_spellonline.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatic Spell Checking On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp#automatischweiter"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xeupݽ � text/shared/02/01171300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Snap to Grid</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01171300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01171300.xhp">Snap to Grid</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="syrafang"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_griduse.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Snap to Grid</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�a�]� � text/shared/02/04210000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Optimize Size</title><filename>/text/shared/02/04210000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="optimieren"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OptimizeTable" id="bm_id6810577"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OptimizeTable" id="bm_id3149292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp">Optimize Size</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OptimizeTable">Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syoptimieren"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_optimizetable.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Optimize Size</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select from the following functions:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#gleichverteilen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#syverteilentext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#gleichverteilen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#syverteilenzeile"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp">Optimal Height</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syoptimalzeile"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp">Optimal Column Width</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#spaltenbreitetext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syoptimalspalte"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X~}��� � text/shared/02/01170802.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Element Wizard: Field Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/contentfieldpage/FieldSelectionPage" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170802.xhp">Table Element Wizard: Field Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies which fields in the table control field should be displayed.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupitab2"/></section><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#vorhandenefelder"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernealle"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selected Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/contentfieldpage/selectfield">Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �� text/shared/02/01170200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formular"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147285"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormProperties" id="bm_id1953557"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormProperties" id="bm_id3145669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp">Form Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="form"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormProperties" visibility="visible">In this dialog you can specify, among others, the data source and the events for the whole form.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#formulareigenschaften"/></section><embed href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp#spezialfelder"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170201.xhp#allgemein"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp#daten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp#ereignisse"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� text/shared/02/06120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bullets On/Off</title><filename>/text/shared/02/06120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aufzaehlung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DefaultBullet" id="bm_id5921827"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DefaultBullet" id="bm_id3151100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp">Bullets On/Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefaultBullet">Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp"><emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph></link> dialog. To open this dialog, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp">Bullets and Numbering Bar</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog. To open this dialog, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the <link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp">Web Layout</link>, some numbering/bullet options are not available.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The distance between the text and the left text frame and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialog under <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp"><emph>Format - Paragraph</emph></link> by entering the left indent and the first-line indent.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="syaufzaehlung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bullets On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� text/shared/02/08010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document Information</title><filename>/text/shared/02/08010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokumentinformationen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusGetTitle" id="bm_id8948819"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusGetTitle" id="bm_id3149991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/08010000.xhp">Document Information</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:StatusGetTitle">Displays information about the active <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic document.</ahelp> The names of the document, the library, and the module are displayed, separated by dots.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���y y text/shared/02/24050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Blue</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="blauanteil"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafBlue" id="bm_id5123550"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafBlue" id="bm_id3154682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24050000.xhp">Blue</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafBlue">Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no blue) to +100% (full blue) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="syblauanteil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10867.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Blue</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���g� � text/shared/02/02030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Font Size</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schriftgroesse"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontHeight" id="bm_id3154545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp">Font Size</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schriftgroessetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FontHeight" visibility="visible">Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="syschriftgroesse"><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00056.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Font Size</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case><default><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00056.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Font Size</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></default></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��D�� � text/shared/02/01170003.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Special Tips for Date Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170003.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Special Tips for Date Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you enter a year using two digits, the corresponding four digit value is determined by a setting in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - General</emph>. For example, if 1935 is set as the lower limiting value and you enter 34 as a date value, then the result is 2034 instead of 1934.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The pre-set limit value will be saved for each document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp#jahreszahlen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�~ ~ text/shared/02/07090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Export Directly as PDF</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="exportpdf"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExportDirectToPDF" id="bm_id4234075"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExportDirectToPDF" id="bm_id3154545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07090000.xhp">Export Directly as PDF</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ExportDirectToPDF" visibility="visible">Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#syexportpdf"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp#ref_pdf_export"/><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp#ref_pdf_send_as"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� � text/shared/02/20020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Current Page Style</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aktuelleseitenvorlage"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3083278"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageStyleName" id="bm_id5848088"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PageStyleName" id="bm_id3155069"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusPageStyle" id="bm_id3325105"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusPageStyle" id="bm_id3154840"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LayoutStatus" id="bm_id2005580"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LayoutStatus" id="bm_id3155934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20020000.xhp">Current Page Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:LayoutStatus">Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Double-click the<emph> Page Style field </emph>to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp">Page Style</link> dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a Page Style.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp">Page Style</link> dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp">Slide Design</link> dialog in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp">Slide Design</link> dialog in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X;��2 2 text/shared/02/14020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Clear query</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abfrageleeren"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBClearQuery" id="bm_id3147000"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14020000.xhp">Clear query</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DBClearQuery" visibility="visible">Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syabfrageleeren"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbclearquery.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Clear query</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�͚ U U text/shared/02/01170002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Special properties of a formatted field</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Special properties of a formatted field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Formatting</emph>: You can set the <emph>Formatting </emph>property by clicking the <emph>... </emph>button in the <emph>Formatting</emph> line of the <emph>Properties: Formatted Field</emph> dialog. The <emph>Number Format</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the formatted field is connected to the text field of a database, the entries in this field will be treated as text. If the formatted field is connected to a field of the database that can be displayed as a number, the input is treated as numbers. The date and time are also handled internally as numbers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Min. value</emph> and <emph>Max. value</emph>: You can enter the minimum and maximum numeric value for a formatted field. The min and max values determine the output of existing data (Example: Min. value is 5, the connected database field contains the integer value 3. The output is 5, but the value in the database is not modified) and the input of new data (Example: Max. value is 10 and you enter 20. The input is corrected and 10 is written in the database). If the fields are not filled in for <emph>Min. value </emph>and <emph>Max. value</emph>, no limits will be applied. For formatted fields that are connected to a database text field, these two values and the <emph>Default value</emph> do not apply.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Default value</emph>: This value is set for new records as the default value.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��"� � text/shared/02/12070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Database Columns</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SbaBrwInsert" id="bm_id6269470"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SbaBrwInsert" id="bm_id3156183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Database Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SbaBrwInsert"><variable id="datenintext">Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
</variable></ahelp> The icon is only visible if the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.</paragraph><section id="sydatenintext"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sbabrwinsert.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Data to Text</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">In the data source browser, select the record that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. The record is inserted in the document at the cursor position, with the contents of each individual field of the record copied to a table column. You can also select multiple records and transfer them into the document by clicking the <emph>Data to Text </emph>icon. Each individual record is then written to a new row.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the <emph>Insert Database Columns </emph>dialog. Select whether the data should be inserted as a <link href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp">table</link>, as <link href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp">fields</link> or as <link href="text/shared/02/12070300.xhp">text</link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The preferences you set in the<emph> Insert Database Columns </emph>dialog are saved and will be active the next time the dialog is called. This save process is independent of the database and can record the preferences for a maximum of 5 databases.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If data is inserted into the document as a table, the table properties are not saved along with the data in the document. If you select the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> function for formatting the table, $[officename] will note the name of the format template. This template will then be used automatically if you insert data as a table again, unless the preferences have been changed.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xc��'V V text/shared/02/14020200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Switch Design View On / Off</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14020200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="designansicht"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBChangeDesignMode" id="bm_id3151262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14020200.xhp">Switch Design View On / Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DBChangeDesignMode">Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sydesignansicht"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbchangedesignmode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Switch Design View On / Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X<Lҋ � text/shared/02/01171400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Helplines While Moving</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01171400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Helplines While Moving</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp#verschieb"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp#vertext"/><section id="syhline"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_helplinesmove.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Helplines While Moving</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��s�� � text/shared/02/blockarrows.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Block Arrows</title><filename>/text/shared/02/blockarrows.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="blockarrows"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes" id="bm_id2847514"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes" id="bm_id943327"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/blockarrows.xhp">Block Arrows</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syblockarrows"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.left-arrow" id="bm_id1811578"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.right-arrow" id="bm_id9935911"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-arrow" id="bm_id4753868"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.down-arrow" id="bm_id4744407"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.left-right-arrow" id="bm_id6054261"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-down-arrow" id="bm_id2744224"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-right-arrow" id="bm_id9631946"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow" id="bm_id8774071"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.quad-arrow" id="bm_id3334757"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow" id="bm_id1479842"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.split-arrow" id="bm_id4281746"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow" id="bm_id7469100"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow" id="bm_id1883907"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.pentagon-right" id="bm_id4129459"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.chevron" id="bm_id1279946"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout" id="bm_id2808618"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout" id="bm_id6133610"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout" id="bm_id1405072"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout" id="bm_id8649555"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout" id="bm_id8895229"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout" id="bm_id324716"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout" id="bm_id1066927"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout" id="bm_id2419202"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.circular-arrow" id="bm_id7043671"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.split-round-arrow" id="bm_id2651448"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow" id="bm_id3717154"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some shapes have a special handle which you can drag to change properties of the shape. The mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol over these special handles.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xe��U| | text/shared/02/03110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Increase Spacing</title><filename>/text/shared/02/03110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abstanderhoehen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaspaceIncrease" id="bm_id7509975"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaspaceIncrease" id="bm_id3150445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/03110000.xhp">Increase Spacing</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ParaspaceIncrease">Click the<emph> Increase Spacing </emph>icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syabstanderhoehen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_paraspaceincrease.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Increase Spacing</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can make additional adjustments to the spacing by selecting <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp"><emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph></link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �jZ Z text/shared/02/14060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Alias</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aliasname"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewAliases" id="bm_id3151299"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14060000.xhp">Alias</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DBViewAliases">Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syaliasname"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbviewaliases.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alias</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Bl�' �' text/shared/02/24010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Image Filter Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="filter"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterToolbox" id="bm_id3153255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp">Image Filter Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterToolbox">This icon on the <emph>Image</emph> bar opens the <emph>Image Filter</emph> bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syfilter"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltertoolbox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Filter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterInvert" id="bm_id6161795"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterInvert" id="bm_id3156426"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Invert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterInvert">Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfilterinvert.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Invert</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSmooth" id="bm_id6076636"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/smoothdialog/SmoothDialog" id="bm_id3149578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Smooth</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSmooth">Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltersmooth.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Smooth</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSharpen" id="bm_id4973428"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSharpen" id="bm_id3155449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sharpen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSharpen">Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltersharpen.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sharpen</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterRemoveNoise" id="bm_id4672819"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterRemoveNoise" id="bm_id3156435"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove Noise</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterRemoveNoise">Removes noise by applying a median filter.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfilterremovenoise.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Remove Noise</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSolarize" id="bm_id6035997"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/SolarizeDialog" id="bm_id3154910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Solarization</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSolarize">Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltersolarize.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Solarization</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the degree and type of solarization.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/value" id="bm_id3151353"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Threshold Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/value">Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/invert" id="bm_id3147318"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Invert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/invert">Specifies to also invert all pixels.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/agingdialog/AgingDialog" id="bm_id2629364"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSepia" id="bm_id3150105"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Aging</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSepia">All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltersepia.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Aging</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/agingdialog/value" id="bm_id3151116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Aging Degree</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/agingdialog/value">Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterPoster" id="bm_id6359144"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/posterdialog/PosterDialog" id="bm_id3151052"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Posterize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterPoster">Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.</ahelp> This effect is based on the reduction of the number of colors. It makes photos look like paintings.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfilterposter.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Posterize</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/posterdialog/value" id="bm_id3148878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Poster Colors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/posterdialog/value">Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterPopart" id="bm_id5192722"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterPopart" id="bm_id3146928"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pop Art</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterPopart">Converts an image to a pop-art format.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfilterpopart.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Pop Art</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSobel" id="bm_id7462566"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSobel" id="bm_id3154272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Charcoal Sketch</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSobel">Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltersobel.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Charcoal Sketch</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterRelief" id="bm_id7726141"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/embossdialog/EmbossDialog" id="bm_id3153356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Relief</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterRelief">Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.</ahelp> You can choose the position of the imaginary light source that determines the type of shadow created, and how the graphic image looks in relief.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfilterrelief.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Relief</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Light Source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the light source position. A dot represents the light source.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterMosaic" id="bm_id4595573"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/MosaicDialog" id="bm_id3154967"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mosaic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterMosaic">Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.</ahelp> The larger the individual rectangles are, the fewer details the graphic image has.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_graphicfiltermosaic.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Mosaic</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Element resolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the number of pixels to be joined into rectangles.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/width" id="bm_id3145790"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/mosaicdialog/width">Defines the width of the individual tiles.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/height" id="bm_id3147131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/mosaicdialog/height">Defines the height of the individual tiles.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/edges" id="bm_id3154573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Enhance edges</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/mosaicdialog/edges">Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�6yxH H text/shared/02/12090101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Comparison Operators</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12090101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Comparison Operators</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following comparative operators can be set under <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialog.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Comparative operator</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Effect</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Equal (=)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows values equal to the condition.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Less than (<)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows values less than the condition.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Greater than (>)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows values greater than the condition.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Less than or equal to (< =)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows values that are less than or equal to the condition.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Greater than or equal to (> =)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows values that are greater than or equal to the condition.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Not equal (< >)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the values not equal to the condition.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Largest</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the N (numeric value as parameter) largest values.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Smallest</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the N (numeric value as parameter) smallest values.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Largest %</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the largest N% (numeric value as parameter) of the total values.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Smallest %</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the smallest N% (numeric value as parameter) of the entire values.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���@ @ text/shared/02/09070100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Internet</title><filename>/text/shared/02/09070100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="internet"><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_INTERNET" id="bm_id3149119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/09070100.xhp">Internet</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Internet</emph> page of the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link> to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#hypdiainternet"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The fields for the login name, password and anonymous user are only available for FTP addresses.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type of hyperlink</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:RB_LINKTYP_INTERNET" id="bm_id3154823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Web</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:RB_LINKTYP_INTERNET">Creates an http hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:RB_LINKTYP_FTP" id="bm_id3153311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FTP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:RB_LINKTYP_FTP">Creates an FTP hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH" id="bm_id3146797"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/TreeListBox" id="bm_id3159167"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/TreeListBox" visibility="hidden">Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/apply" id="bm_id3159177"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/apply" visibility="hidden">Inserts the target in the <emph>Target</emph> field of the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/close" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/close" visibility="hidden">Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on <emph>Close</emph> to set the link and leave the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:ED_LOGIN" id="bm_id3154307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Login name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:ED_LOGIN">Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:ED_PASSWD" id="bm_id3154923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:ED_PASSWD">Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:CheckBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:CBX_ANONYMOUS" id="bm_id3149294"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Anonymous user</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:CBX_ANONYMOUS">Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="weitere"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Further settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ComboBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:CB_FRAME" id="bm_id3153778"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ComboBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:CB_FRAME" id="bm_id3154072"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ComboBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:CB_FRAME" id="bm_id3154138"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ComboBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:CB_FRAME" id="bm_id7259437"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ListBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:LB_FORM" id="bm_id3154819"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ListBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:LB_FORM" id="bm_id3144433"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ListBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:LB_FORM" id="bm_id3156424"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ListBox:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:LB_FORM" id="bm_id3156215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:LB_FORM">Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:BTN_SCRIPT" id="bm_id3150871"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:BTN_SCRIPT" id="bm_id3125863"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_SCRIPT" id="bm_id3157321"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ImageButton:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_SCRIPT" id="bm_id3148678"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Events</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_SCRIPT">Opens the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:ED_INDICATION" id="bm_id3151383"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:ED_INDICATION" id="bm_id3154685"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:ED_INDICATION" id="bm_id3154684"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:ED_INDICATION" id="bm_id3149983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:ED_INDICATION">Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL:ED_TEXT" id="bm_id3152598"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:ED_TEXT" id="bm_id3159198"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:ED_TEXT" id="bm_id3146121"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET:ED_TEXT" id="bm_id2681356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp> $[officename] inserts a NAME tag in the hyperlink.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�{! * * text/shared/02/01220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigator</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="navigator"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01220000.xhp">Navigator</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the<emph> Navigator On/Off </emph>icon to hide or show the <emph>Navigator</emph>.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also call the <emph>Navigator</emph> by selecting <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">View - Navigator</link></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp">View - Navigator</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp">View - Navigator</link></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp">View - Navigator</link></caseinline><defaultinline>View - Navigator</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="synavigator"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_navigator.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Navigator On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��W� � text/shared/02/01170901.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combo Box / List Box Wizard: Table Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/contenttablepage/TableSelectionPage" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170901.xhp">Combo Box / List Box Wizard: Table Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies a table from the available database tables that contains the data field whose content should be displayed as a list entry.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli1"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For list boxes, a table that can be linked with the current form table is indicated. The link table must have at least one field in common with the table of the current form. This makes it possible to establish an unambiguous reference.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For combo boxes, there must be a relationship between the form table and the table containing the data to be displayed in the combo box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/contenttablepage/table">In the<emph> Table </emph>field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The table given here appears in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control properties</link> as an element of an SQL statement in the <emph>List Contents</emph> field.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�.,;� � text/shared/02/paintbrush.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Clone Formatting</title><filename>/text/shared/02/paintbrush.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="paintbrush"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatPaintbrush" id="bm_id1629078"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatPaintbrush" id="bm_id3944822"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/paintbrush.xhp">Clone Formatting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_formatpaintbrush.png"/> on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. </paragraph></section><section id="sypaintbrush"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formatpaintbrush.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clone Formatting</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�m�� � text/shared/02/13010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Setting Tabs</title><filename>/text/shared/02/13010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabulator"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/13010000.xhp">Setting Tabs</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the ruler, set the tabs for the current paragraph, or all selected paragraphs, using the mouse.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Initially the default tabs are shown on the horizontal ruler. Once you set a tab, only the default tabs to the right of the tab that you have set are available.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xc -�W W text/shared/02/19090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Source</title><filename>/text/shared/02/19090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="htmlsource"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154788"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW" id="bm_id3146938"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SourceView" id="bm_id7218494"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/19090000.xhp">HTML Source</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#htmlsource"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">In HTML Source mode, you can view and edit the <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags">tags</link> of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link>. Save the document as a plain text document. Assign an .html or .htm extension to designate the document as HTML.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X3��LB B text/shared/02/07060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Reload</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="reload"><section id="neuladen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153089"/><bookmark branch="hid/SID_RELOAD" id="bm_id7225813"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Reload" id="bm_id3144740"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07060000.xhp">Reload</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Reload" visibility="visible">Replaces the current document with the last saved version.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Any changes made after the last save will be lost.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#last"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X
��j j text/shared/02/12010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sort Ascending</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aufsteigend"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp">Sort Ascending</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sorts the data of the selected field in ascending order. </ahelp>Text fields are sorted alphabetically, numerical fields are sorted by number.</paragraph></section><section id="syaufsteigend"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sortascending.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sort Ascending</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="selektionsortieren">Data of the currently selected field are always sorted. A field is always selected as soon as you place the cursor in the field. To sort within tables, you can also click the corresponding column header.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dialogsortieren">To sort more than one data field, choose <emph>Data - Sort</emph>, then choose the <link href="text/shared/02/12100100.xhp">Sort Criteria</link> tab, where you can combine several sort criteria.
</variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XL�)�g g text/shared/02/12110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form-based Filters</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilter" id="bm_id7677230"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilter" id="bm_id3154894"/><section id="formbasedfilters"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formfilter"><link href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp">Form-based Filters</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formfiltertext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilter">Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Unlike the normal search, which is activated by the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp">Find Record</link> icon on the <emph>Form</emph> Bar, you can search more quickly by using the form-based filter. Usually a quick database server is charged with the search. Also, you can enter more complex search conditions.</paragraph><section id="syformfilter"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Form-based Filters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp#data_search2"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XpUZW_ _ text/shared/02/01170902.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170902.xhp">Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the data field specified in the table on the previous page, whose contents should be displayed in the list or combo box.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Available Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD">Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD">Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The field name given here appears in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control properties</link> as an element of an SQL statement in the <emph>List Contents</emph> field.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X[��� � text/shared/02/07070100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Data</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datenbearbeiten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBEditDoc" id="bm_id9004181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07070100.xhp">Edit Data</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3144740"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sybearbeiten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_editdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit Data</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing Databases in Networks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To make changes in a database used by more than one person, you must have the appropriate access rights. When you edit an external database, there is no intermediate storage by $[officename] of the changes made. They are sent directly to the database.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XT��; text/shared/02/14070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Distinct Values</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="eindeutige"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149991"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDistinctValues" id="bm_id3147588"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14070000.xhp">Distinct Values</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DBDistinctValues">Expands the created select statement of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">SQL Query</link> in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.</ahelp> The consequence is that identical values occurring multiple times are listed only once.</paragraph></section><section id="syeindeutige"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbdistinctvalues.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Distinct Values</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��t t text/shared/02/07070200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Save Record</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07070200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datensatzspeichern"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07070200.xhp">Save Record</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3163829"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database table record.</ahelp> The<emph> Save Record </emph>icon is found on the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Table Data bar</link></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#sysave"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Changes to the contents of a record are automatically saved as soon as you select another record. To save changes without selecting another record, click the <emph>Save Record</emph> icon.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X0��υ � text/shared/02/limit.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Limit</title><filename>/text/shared/02/limit.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Limit</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBLimit" id="bm_id3147588"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Expands the created select statement of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">SQL Query</link> by the LIMIT X clause</ahelp>. This can be used to limit your SQL Query results to those that fall within the first X number of it.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �e e text/shared/02/20040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="einfuegemodus"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMode" id="bm_id1407203"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMode" id="bm_id3146938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20040000.xhp">Insert Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMode">Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.</ahelp><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">This field is only active if the cursor is in the input line of the formula bar or in a cell.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Click in the field to toggle the modes (except in the $[officename] Basic IDE, where only the <emph>Insert</emph> mode is active). If the cursor is positioned in a text document, you may also use the Insert key (if available on your keyboard) to toggle the modes.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Mode</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Result</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">INSRT</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">In the insert mode, new text is inserted at the cursor position and the following text is shifted to the right. The cursor is displayed as a vertical line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OVER</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">In the overwrite mode, any existing text is replaced by new text. The cursor is displayed as a thick vertical line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�u��l l text/shared/02/01110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print File Directly</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucken"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153539"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintDefault" id="bm_id2956606"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrintDefault" id="bm_id3144436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01110000.xhp">Print File Directly</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PrintDefault">Click the <emph>Print File Directly</emph> icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.</ahelp> These can be found in the <emph>Printer Setup</emph> dialog, which you can call with the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp"><emph>Printer Settings</emph></link> menu command.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you select text or a graphic and click the <emph>Print File Direct</emph> icon, you are prompted to print the selection or the document.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#sydrucken"/><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="note">If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer for your operating system, the <emph>Print File Direct </emph>icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></case><case select="UNIX"><paragraph role="note">If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer that was specified in the <link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp">spadmin</link>, printer administration program, the <emph>Print File Direct </emph>icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X%���� � text/shared/02/24070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Contrast</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="kontrast"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafContrast" id="bm_id6530877"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafContrast" id="bm_id3154682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24070000.xhp">Contrast</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafContrast" visibility="visible">Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no contrast at all) to +100% (full contrast) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="sykontrast"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10864.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Contrast</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X|��� text/shared/02/01170300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tab Order</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabordner"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TabDialog" id="bm_id9009761"/><bookmark branch="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/TabOrderDialog" id="bm_id3154841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp">Tab Order</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:TabDialog">In the<emph> Tab Order </emph>dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#tabordner"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If form elements are inserted into a document, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically determines in which order to move from one control to the next when using the Tab key. Every new control added is automatically placed at the end of this series. In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialog, you can adapt the order of this series to your individual needs.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp"><emph>Order</emph></link> in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the control.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A radio button inside a group can only be accessed by the Tab key when one of the radio buttons is set to "selected". If you have designed a group of radio buttons where no button is set to "selected", then the user will not be able to access the group or any of the radio buttons by keyboard.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/CTRLtree" id="bm_id3153114"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/CTRLtree">Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.</ahelp> Select a control from the <emph>Controls </emph>list to assign the desired position in the tab order.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/upB">Click the<emph> Move Up</emph> button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/downB">Click the<emph> Move Down</emph> button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/autoB">Click the<emph> Automatic Sort</emph> button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XPA>�� � text/shared/02/01171000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Open in Design Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01171000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="imentwurfsmodusoeffnen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156211"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenReadOnly" id="bm_id96826"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenReadOnly" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01171000.xhp">Open in Design Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OpenReadOnly">Opens forms in <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp">Design Mode</link> so that the form can be edited.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You cannot activate the controls of the form or edit contents of database records in Design Mode. However, you can change the position and size of the controls, edit other properties, and add or delete controls in Design Mode.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#imentwurfsmodusoeffnen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">After you have finished editing your form, right-click "Forms" in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and deselect <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph>. Save your form when you are finished.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the form document is write-protected, the <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph> command is ignored.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xwz�� � text/shared/02/03120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Decrease Spacing</title><filename>/text/shared/02/03120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abstandvermindern"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaspaceDecrease" id="bm_id4194635"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParaspaceDecrease" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/03120000.xhp">Decrease Spacing</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ParaspaceDecrease">Click the<emph> Decrease Spacing </emph>icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syabstandvermindern"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_paraspacedecrease.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Decrease Spacing</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can make additional adjustments to the spacing by selecting <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp"><emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph></link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��x^! ! text/shared/02/12090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Standard Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="standardfilter1"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3109850"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/QueryFilterDialog" id="bm_id3154894"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FilterCrit" id="bm_id2784060"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp">Standard Filter</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="standardfilter"><ahelp hid=".uno:FilterCrit">Allows you to set the filtering options.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter </emph>search options.</paragraph><section id="systandardfilter"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formfiltered.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Standard Filter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="filterdialog"><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] saves the current filter settings for the next time that you open this dialog.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove the current filter, click <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp"><emph>Reset Filter/Sorting</emph></link> icon.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp">AutoFilter</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�A{iu u text/shared/02/24030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Red</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rotanteil"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafRed" id="bm_id6070231"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafRed" id="bm_id3154873"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24030000.xhp">Red</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafRed">Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no red) to +100% (full red) are possible.</paragraph></section><section id="syrotanteil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc10865.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Red</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� � text/shared/02/01170004.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Special Tips for Table Controls</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Special Tips for Table Controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define a table control to display the records as you like. In other words you can define data fields for displaying or editing data like in a database form.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following fields are possible in a table control: text, date, time and currency field, numeric field, pattern field, check box and combo box. In the case of combined date/time fields, two columns are created automatically.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The number of selected lines, if any are selected, is in parentheses after the total number of records.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert columns into the table control, click in the column heads and bring up the context menu. The following commands are available:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_INSERTCOL" id="bm_id3147571"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_INSERTCOL">Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Configure the table control using drag and drop: Open the data source browser and drag the desired fields out of the data source browser and on to the column heads of the table control. A pre-configured column is created.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_CHANGECOL" id="bm_id3145211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_CHANGECOL">Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_DELETECOL" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_DELETECOL">Deletes the currently selected column.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the properties dialog of the selected column.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_HIDECOL" id="bm_id3163802"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hide Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_HIDECOL">Hides the selected column.</ahelp> Its properties are not changed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS" id="bm_id3155135"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS">Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.</ahelp> To show only one column, click the column name. You see only the first 16 hidden columns. If there are more hidden columns, choose the <emph>More</emph> command to call the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE" id="bm_id3150669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">More</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE">Calls the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/showcoldialog/ShowColDialog" id="bm_id3159148"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/showcoldialog/ShowColDialog">In the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select multiple entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS" id="bm_id3145119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS">Click <emph>All </emph>if you want to show all columns.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Keyboard-only control of Table Controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you use the keyboard only to travel through controls in your document, you will find one difference to the other types of controls: the Tab key does not move the cursor to the next control, but moves to the next column inside the table control. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to move to the next control, or press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to move to the previous control.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To enter the special keyboard-only edit mode for Table Controls:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The form document must be in <link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp">design mode</link>.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to select the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Shift+F4 to select the first control. If the Table Control is not the first control, press Tab until it is selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter to enter the edit mode. The handles are shown farther out from the control border.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the edit mode, you can open the edit mode context menu by pressing Shift+F10.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to edit columns, press Shift+Space to enter column edit mode. Now you can rearrange the order of columns with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow keys. The Delete key deletes the current column.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the Escape key to exit the edit mode.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� t\� � text/shared/02/08020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Position in Document</title><filename>/text/shared/02/08020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="positionimdokument"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusGetPosition" id="bm_id3467432"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusGetPosition" id="bm_id3153255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/08020000.xhp">Position in Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatusGetPosition">Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�?%� � text/shared/02/06100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Move Up</title><filename>/text/shared/02/06100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hochschieben"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineUp" id="bm_id8360172"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineUp" id="bm_id3154094"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveUp" id="bm_id41658"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoveUp" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/06100000.xhp">Move Up</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MoveUp">Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have numbered paragraphs and click the<emph> Move Up </emph>icon, the numbers will be adjusted to the current order. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Move Up </emph>icon is only visible when the cursor is positioned in a bulleted or numbered list.
</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Move Up </emph>icon appears on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar when you use the outline view.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This function can be called by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow.</paragraph><section id="syhochschieben"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_moveup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Up</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X&�O O text/shared/02/callouts.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Callouts</title><filename>/text/shared/02/callouts.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="callouts"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9298379"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes" id="bm_id5113702"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes" id="bm_id378429"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/callouts.xhp">Callouts</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sycallouts"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.rectangular-callout" id="bm_id7801446"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout" id="bm_id7286599"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.round-callout" id="bm_id3316446"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.cloud-callout" id="bm_id7711416"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.line-callout-1" id="bm_id4211249"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.line-callout-2" id="bm_id1801812"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalloutShapes.line-callout-3" id="bm_id544145"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some shapes have a special handle which you can drag to change properties of the shape. The mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol over these special handles.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X)x!O O text/shared/02/14050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Name</title><filename>/text/shared/02/14050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellenname"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewTableNames" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/14050000.xhp">Table Name</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sytabellenname"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbviewtablenames.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Table Name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��n�/ / text/shared/02/05110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Alignment</title><filename>/text/shared/02/05110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ausrichten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlign" id="bm_id7157429"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlign" id="bm_id3144740"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectAlign">Modifies the alignment of selected objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syausrichten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_objectalign.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alignment</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp#unten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�A]^� � text/shared/02/20100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Date</title><filename>/text/shared/02/20100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CurrentDate" id="bm_id3156045"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/20100000.xhp">Date</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CurrentDate" visibility="visible">Displays the current date.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Zz� � text/shared/02/12100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sort Order</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12100000.xhp">Sort Order</link></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tablesort.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sort Order</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xf|�7 text/shared/02/02170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Background color/Paragraph background </title><filename>/text/shared/02/02170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="absatzhintergrund"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BackgroundColor" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp">Background Color</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hintergrundfarbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/><section id="syabsatzhintergrund"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_backgroundcolor.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Background Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XmK�+ + text/shared/02/01171200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Display Grid</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01171200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Display Grid</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#rastersicht"/><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#rastertextdraw"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#rastertext"/></case></switch><section id="syrastsicht"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_gridvisible.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Display Grid</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�?�k�7 �7 text/shared/02/01140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Show Draw Functions</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150476"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><section id="zeichnen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertDraw" id="bm_id484265"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertDraw" id="bm_id3149205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp">Show Draw Functions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertDraw">Click to open or close the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syzeichnen"><paragraph role="paragraph">You can switch on and off the Drawing toolbar of Writer and Calc documents using an icon on the Standard toolbar.</paragraph><section id="syshowdraw"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertdraw.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Show Draw Functions</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="tip">You can change which buttons are visible in the toolbars. Right-click a toolbar to access the <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Lets you select objects in the current document. To select an object, click the object with the arrow. To select more than one object, drag a selection frame around the objects. To add an object to a selection, press Shift, and then click the object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Line" id="bm_id9304767"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><variable id="line_title">Line</variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_line.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="line_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:Line">Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">To enter text on a line, double-click the line and type or paste your text. The text direction corresponds to the direction you dragged to draw the line. To hide the line, select <emph>Invisible</emph> in the <emph>Line Style</emph> box on the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> bar.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Rect" id="bm_id8789060"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Rect" id="bm_id3149169"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_rect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Rect">Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Ellipse" id="bm_id1817643"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Ellipse" id="bm_id3153771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_ellipse.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Ellipse">Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Polygon_Unfilled" id="bm_id8487307"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Polygon_Unfilled" id="bm_id3146976"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Polygon</paragraph><section id="polytext"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_polygon_unfilled.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><section id="polytext2"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Polygon_Unfilled">Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Hold the Shift key while drawing a polygon to position new points at 45 degree angles.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/01/05270000.xhp">Edit Points</link> mode enables you to interactively modify the individual points of the polygon.</paragraph></section></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bezier_Unfilled" id="bm_id7112387"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bezier_Unfilled" id="bm_id3149960"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Curve</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezier_unfilled.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kurvetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bezier_Unfilled">Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.</ahelp> The arc of the curve is determined by the distance you drag.
</variable></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Freeline_Unfilled" id="bm_id7473732"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Freeline_Unfilled" id="bm_id3150116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Freeform Line</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_linetoolbox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="freihandtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline_Unfilled">Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Arc" id="bm_id8811603"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Arc" id="bm_id3154272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arc</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_arc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Arc">Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Pie" id="bm_id8122704"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Pie" id="bm_id3152962"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ellipse Pie</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_pie.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Pie">Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CircleCut" id="bm_id485718"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CircleCut" id="bm_id3145297"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Circle Segment</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_circlecut.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CircleCut">Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DrawText" id="bm_id8730699"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><variable id="textbox_title">Text Box</variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="textbox_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:DrawText">Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Text_Marquee" id="bm_id9847340"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Text_Marquee" id="bm_id3148877"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text Animation</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_text_marquee.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Text_Marquee" visibility="hidden">Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose <emph>Format - Text - Text Animation</emph>.</ahelp><variable id="lauftext">Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document.
</variable></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DrawCaption" id="bm_id3229321"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DrawCaption" id="bm_id3145616"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Callouts</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawcaption.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DrawCaption">Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/02/basicshapes.xhp#basicshapes"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sybasicshapes"/><embed href="text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp#symbolshapes"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sysymbolshapes"/><embed href="text/shared/02/blockarrows.xhp#blockarrows"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syblockarrows"/><embed href="text/shared/02/flowcharts.xhp#flowcharts"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syflowcharts"/><embed href="text/shared/02/callouts.xhp#callouts"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sycallouts"/><embed href="text/shared/02/stars.xhp#stars"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systars"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05270000.xhp">Points</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enables you to edit points on your drawing.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#syfontworkgallery"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp">From File</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp#grafiktext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sygrafik"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp">Extrusion On/Off</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><section id="legasia"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:VerticalCaption" id="bm_id1434672"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:VerticalCaption" id="bm_id3151046"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical Callouts</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_verticalcaption.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:VerticalCaption">Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="textasia"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:VerticalText" id="bm_id5245755"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:VerticalText" id="bm_id3163722"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical Text</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_verticaltext.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:VerticalText">Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp">Tips for working with the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X=�0� text/shared/02/07010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Load URL</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="urlladen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenUrl" id="bm_id7760961"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenUrl" id="bm_id3151100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07010000.xhp">Load URL</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Enable Load URL with the <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> command (right-click the toolbar).</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��*� � text/shared/02/basicshapes.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Basic Shapes</title><filename>/text/shared/02/basicshapes.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="basicshapes"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes" id="bm_id8525077"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes" id="bm_id3475142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/basicshapes.xhp">Basic Shapes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sybasicshapes"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.rectangle" id="bm_id1898251"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.round-rectangle" id="bm_id9047212"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.quadrat" id="bm_id3314920"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.round-quadrat" id="bm_id5734427"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.circle" id="bm_id4721518"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.ellipse" id="bm_id9544358"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.circle-pie" id="bm_id4361095"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.isosceles-triangle" id="bm_id991241"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.right-triangle" id="bm_id5924253"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.trapezoid" id="bm_id8178350"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.diamond" id="bm_id6921597"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.parallelogram" id="bm_id9937437"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.pentagon" id="bm_id8815881"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.hexagon" id="bm_id1241492"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.octagon" id="bm_id3581652"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.cross" id="bm_id708639"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.ring" id="bm_id5169225"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.block-arc" id="bm_id6670125"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.can" id="bm_id2118594"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.cube" id="bm_id166020"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.paper" id="bm_id6386913"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BasicShapes.frame" id="bm_id6062196"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some shapes have a handle which you can drag to change the properties of the shape. The mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol over these special handles.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xј�� � text/shared/02/02140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Increase Indent</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="einzerhoehen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148520"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IncrementIndent" id="bm_id636827"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:IncrementIndent" id="bm_id3151100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02140000.xhp">Increase Indent</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If several paragraphs are selected, the indentation of all selected paragraphs is increased.
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">The cell content refers to the current value under <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp"><emph>Format - Cell - Alignment</emph></link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="syeinzerhoehen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_incrementindent.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Increase Indent</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click the <emph>Increase Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Example:</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The indents of two paragraphs are moved with the <emph>Increase Indent</emph> function to a standard tab distance of 2 cm:</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Original indent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Indent increased</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Indent increased by the amount with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">0.25 cm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2 cm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2.25 cm</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">0.5 cm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2 cm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2.5 cm</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Symbol Shapes</title><filename>/text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="symbolshapes"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes" id="bm_id88619"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes" id="bm_id5042573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhp">Symbol Shapes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sysymbolshapes"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.smiley" id="bm_id5680104"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.sun" id="bm_id3873714"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.moon" id="bm_id9759208"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.lightning" id="bm_id5352031"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.heart" id="bm_id98574"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.flower" id="bm_id3559373"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.cloud" id="bm_id6301461"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.forbidden" id="bm_id6438184"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.puzzle" id="bm_id4069948"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.bracket-pair" id="bm_id2803735"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.left-bracket" id="bm_id9906308"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.right-bracket" id="bm_id9616992"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.brace-pair" id="bm_id1753593"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.left-brace" id="bm_id3723258"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.right-brace" id="bm_id5547044"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.quad-bevel" id="bm_id5766777"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.octagon-bevel" id="bm_id4360789"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SymbolShapes.diamond-bevel" id="bm_id4728537"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some shapes have a special handle which you can drag to change the properties of the shape. The mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol over these special handles.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�8�K
K
text/shared/02/13020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Setting Indents, Margins, and Columns</title><filename>/text/shared/02/13020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ers"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148668"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/13020000.xhp">Setting Indents, Margins, and Columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define the indents and margins for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, using the mouse.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you split the page into columns, or the cursor is placed in a multiple-column text frame, you can change the column width and the column spacing by dragging them on the ruler with the mouse.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When an object, an image, or a draw object is selected, you will see the borders of the object in the ruler. You can change the borders by dragging them on the ruler with the mouse.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the cursor is placed in a table cell, you can change the indents for the contents of the cell by dragging them with the mouse on the ruler. You can change the boundary lines of the table on the ruler or by dragging the actual boundary line.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/linleft.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">These icons mark the left indent for the first line of the current paragraph (top triangle) and the left indent for the other lines of the paragraph (bottom triangle).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/linright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">This icon on the right of the ruler marks the right indent of the current paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Task</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Procedure</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Set left indent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag the bottom left mark to the right while pressing the mouse button</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Set left indent of first line</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag the top left mark to the right while pressing the mouse button</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Set right indent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag the mark on the right to the left while pressing the mouse button</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">In order to change the left indent starting with the second line of a paragraph, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, click the triangle on the bottom left, and drag it to the right.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Tabs that have been set are not changed when indenting a paragraph. If the set tabs end up outside the margins of the paragraph, they are no longer displayed, but they still exist.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X=ɂ�F �F text/shared/02/12100200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Find Record</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12100200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146936"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecSearch" id="bm_id9750501"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/RecordSearchDialog" id="bm_id3154812"/><section id="findrecord"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="datensatzsuche"><link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp">Find Record</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="suchentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RecSearch" visibility="hidden">Searches database tables and forms.</ahelp> In forms or database tables, you can search through data fields, list boxes, and check boxes for specific values.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#datensuchen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When searching a table, the data fields of the current table are searched. When searching in a form, the data fields of the table linked with the form are searched.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The search described here is carried out by <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>. If you want to use the SQL server to search in a database, then you should use the <link href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp">Form-based Filters</link> icon on the <link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp">Form Bar</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The search function is also available for table controls. When calling the search function from a table control, you can search each column of the table control corresponding to the database columns of the linked database table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search for</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the type of search.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cmbSearchText" id="bm_id3154317"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSearchForText" id="bm_id3147577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSearchForText">Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.</ahelp> The text under the cursor is already copied into the <emph>Text</emph> combo box. Note that while running a search in a form, tabs and line breaks cannot be processed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Your search terms will be saved as long as the table or the formula document is open. If you are running more than one search and you would like to repeat the search term, you can select a previously used search term from the combo box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSearchForNull" id="bm_id3145316"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field content is NULL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSearchForNull">Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSearchForNotNull" id="bm_id3155388"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field content is not NULL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSearchForNotNull">Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Where to search</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the fields for the search.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/lbForm" id="bm_id3150670"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/lbForm">Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The<emph> Form </emph>combo box is only visible if the current document is a form document with more than one logical form. It does not appear during a search in tables or queries.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Form documents may contain multiple logical forms. These are individual form components, which are each linked to a table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Form</emph> combo box contains the names of all logical forms for which controls exist.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbAllFields" id="bm_id3149047"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">All Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbAllFields">Searches through all fields.</ahelp> If you are running a search in a table, all fields in the table will be searched. If you are running a search in a form, all fields of the logical form (entered under <emph>Form</emph>) will be searched. If you are running a search in a table control field, all columns that are linked to a valid database table field will be searched.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that the fields of the current logical form do not have to be identical to the fields of the form document. If the form document contains fields that point to multiple data sources (that is, multiple logical forms), the <emph>All Fields</emph> option will only search for the fields linked to data sources in the form document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/lbField" id="bm_id3153524"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSingleField" id="bm_id3150400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Single field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/rbSingleField">Searches through a specified data field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines settings to control the search.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/lbPosition" id="bm_id3143233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/lbPosition">Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.</ahelp> The following options are available:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">anywhere in the field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Returns all fields containing the search pattern anywhere in the field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">beginning of field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Returns all fields containing the search pattern at the beginning of the field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">end of field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Returns all fields containing the search pattern at the end of the field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">entire field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Returns all fields containing the search pattern as an exact match to the contents of the field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">If the <emph>Wildcard expression</emph> check box is marked, this function is not available.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbUseFormat" id="bm_id3154147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply field format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbUseFormat">Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.</ahelp> Field formats are all visible formats that are created using the following possibilities:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">in table design mode for field properties,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">in data source view on column formatting,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">in forms on control properties.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If the <emph>Apply field format</emph> box is marked, the data source view of the table or form is searched using the formatting set there. If the box is not marked, the database is searched using the formatting saved in the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You have a date field, which is saved in "DD.MM.YY" format in the database (for example, 17.02.65). The format of the entry is changed in the data source view to "DD MMM YYYY" (17 Feb 1965). Following this example, a record containing February 17 is only found when the <emph>Apply field format</emph> option is on:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Apply field format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Search pattern</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">on</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"Feb" is returned, but not "2".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">off</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"2" is returned, but not "Feb".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">It is recommended that you always search using field formatting.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following examples show possible issues when searching without field formatting. These issues depend on the database used and only occur for certain internal default formatting:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Search results</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Cause</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"5" returns "14:00:00" as a time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time fields are not defined for dBASE databases and must be simulated. To internally display the time "14:00:00", a 5 is necessary.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"00:00:00" returns all records of a standard date field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The database stores a date value internally using a combined date/time field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"45.79" does not return "45.79" although the <emph>entire field</emph> option is selected under <emph>Position</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The view shown does not match what is stored internally. For example, if value 45.789 is stored in the database as a field of type Number/Double and the shown formatting is set to display only two decimals, "45.79" is only returned in searches with field formatting.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">In this case, standard formatting is formatting that refers to the internally stored data. It is not always visible to the user, especially if it is used for simulating data types (for example, time fields in dBASE databases). This depends on the database used and the individual data type. Searching with field formatting is appropriate if you only want to find what is actually shown. This includes fields of type Date, Time, Date/Time and Number/Double.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">However, searching without <emph>Apply field format </emph>is appropriate for larger databases with no formatting issues, because it is faster.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are searching the values of check boxes, and <emph>Apply field format</emph> is on, then you will receive a "1" for marked check boxes, a "0" for unmarked check boxes, and an empty string for undefined (tristate) check boxes. If the search has been carried out with <emph>Apply field format</emph> set to off, you will see the language-dependent default values "TRUE" or "FALSE".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you use <emph>Apply field format</emph> when searching in list boxes, you find the text displayed in list boxes. If you do not use <emph>Apply field format,</emph> you will find the contents corresponding to the standard field format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbCase" id="bm_id3156717"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbCase">Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbBackwards" id="bm_id3151101"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search backwards</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbBackwards">Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbStartOver" id="bm_id3166447"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">From top / From bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbStartOver">Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbWildCard" id="bm_id3156713"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Wildcard expression</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbWildCard" visibility="hidden">Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.</ahelp> You can use the following wildcards:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Wildcards</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Example</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">?</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">for exactly one arbitrary character</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"?loppy" returns "Floppy"</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">"M?ller" returns, for example, Miller and Moller</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">for 0 or more arbitrary characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">"*-*" returns "ZIP-Drive" and "CD-ROM"</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">"M*er" returns all entries starting with an "M" and ending in "er" (for example, Miller, Moller, Mather)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to search for the actual characters ? or *, preface them with a backslash: "\?" or "\*". However, this is only necessary when <emph>Wildcard expression</emph> is enabled. When the option is not enabled, the wildcard characters are processed like normal characters.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbRegular" id="bm_id3150663"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Regular expression</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbRegular">Searches with regular expressions.</ahelp> The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace dialog</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Searching with regular expressions offers more options than searching with wildcard expressions. If you search with regular expressions, the following characters correspond to those used in searches with wildcards:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Search with wildcard expression</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Search with regular expressions</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">?</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">.*</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/01/02100100.xhp#similarity_search"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#halbnormaltitel"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#halbnormaltext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#aehnlichtitel"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#aehnlichtext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#aehnlichbutton"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp#asia"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">State</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>State</emph> line shows the records returned by the search. If the search reaches the end (or the beginning) of a table, the search is automatically continued at the other end.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In very large databases, finding the record in reverse search order can take some time. In this case, the status bar informs you that the records are still being counted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/pbSearchAgain" id="bm_id3149494"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search / Cancel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/pbSearchAgain" visibility="hidden">Starts or cancels the search.</ahelp> If the search is successfully completed, the corresponding field in the table is highlighted. You can continue the search by clicking the <emph>Search</emph> button again. You can cancel a search process by clicking the <emph>Cancel</emph> button.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/close" id="bm_id3152453"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/close">Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If several tables or forms are open, you can set different search options for each document. When you close the documents only the search options of the document last closed are saved.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XI��� � text/shared/02/06050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Demote One Level</title><filename>/text/shared/02/06050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hinunterstufen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineRight" id="bm_id7638577"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineRight" id="bm_id3149495"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DecrementLevel" id="bm_id6945277"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DecrementLevel" id="bm_id3154094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/06050000.xhp">Demote One Level</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/06050000.xhp">Demote</link></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DecrementLevel">Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The<emph> Demote One Level </emph>icon is on the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbering or bullets item.
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Demote </emph>icon is on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar, which appears when working in the outline view.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="syhinunterstufen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_outlineright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Demote One Level
</caseinline><defaultinline>Demote</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ��X� � text/shared/02/12030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoFilter</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="autofilter"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFilter" id="bm_id8419293"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoFilter" id="bm_id3153323"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp">AutoFilter</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFilter">Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syautofilter"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formfiltered.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">AutoFilter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Place the cursor in a field name whose content you want to filter and then click the <emph>AutoFilter</emph> icon. Only those records with content identical to the selected field name are visible.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to view all the customers from New York, click a field name with the entry "New York". AutoFilter then filters all customers from New York from the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can remove the current AutoFilter with the <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp">Reset Filter/Sorting</link> icon or with <emph>Data - Filter - Reset Filter</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the <emph>Default Filter </emph>icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp">Default Filter</link> dialog appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�y� text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Color</title><filename>/text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="color"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ColorSettings" id="bm_id4275032"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp">Color</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the Color toolbar, click the Color icon on the Image toolbar.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/24030000.xhp#rotanteil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24030000.xhp#syrotanteil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24040000.xhp#gruenanteil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24040000.xhp#sygruenanteil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24050000.xhp#blauanteil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24050000.xhp#syblauanteil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24060000.xhp#helligkeit"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24060000.xhp#syhelligkeit"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24070000.xhp#kontrast"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24070000.xhp#sykontrast"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24080000.xhp#gamma"/><embed href="text/shared/02/24080000.xhp#sygamma"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�$] ] text/shared/02/12070200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" id="bm_id3153116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Fields</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149987"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If several records are selected when you choose the <emph>Data to Text</emph> function, the mail merge fields will be inserted according to the number of records. Also, a field command such as "Next record" will be inserted automatically between individual field command blocks.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Fields</emph> area, use the arrow button to select the database table columns into which you want to insert field contents.</paragraph><section id="ankerfuertextoption"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols" id="bm_id3156411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists all columns of the database table, which can be accepted in the selection list box to insert them into the document. <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols" visibility="visible">Select the database columns that you want to insert it in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/toedit" id="bm_id3149178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/toedit">Moves the fields that you selected in the <emph>Database columns</emph> list box into the selection field.</ahelp> You can also double-click the entry to select it.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview" id="bm_id3152997"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview" visibility="visible">Lists the database columns that you selected to be inserted into the document. You can also enter text here. This text will be also inserted into the document.</ahelp> The entries' order in the selection field corresponds to the data order in the document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp#format"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" id="bm_id3154852"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" visibility="visible">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp">Style Catalog</link>.</paragraph></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Vج� � text/shared/02/01170100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Control Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="control"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147102"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ControlProperties" id="bm_id9308186"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ControlProperties" id="bm_id3150616"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_FM_PROPDLG_TABCTR" id="bm_id9469283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp">Control Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kontroll"><ahelp hid=".uno:ControlProperties">Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#controleigenschaften"/></section><paragraph role="note"><variable id="hinweis">You can only call the<emph> Properties</emph> dialog when in the Design mode with a control selected.
</variable></paragraph><section id="spezialfelder"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you enter data in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog, note that multiline input is possible for certain drop-down combo boxes. This concerns all fields in which an SQL statement can be entered, as well as the properties of text boxes or label fields. You can open these fields and enter text in the opened list. The following shortcut keys are valid:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effects</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the combo box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Closes the combo box</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a new line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Up Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Places the cursor into the previous line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Places the cursor into the next line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Completes the input in the field and places the cursor into the next field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">As with list boxes or combo boxes, you can open or close the list with a mouse click at the arrow on the right end of the field. However, the input here can be entered either in the opened list or in the top text field. An exception is the properties that expect a list representation, for example, the property <emph>List Entries</emph>, which can be set for the control fields <emph>List Box</emph> and <emph>Combo Box</emph>. Here, you can only edit the entries when the field is opened.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp#allgemein"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp#daten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp#ereignisse"/><embed href="text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp#data"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XYD��� � text/shared/02/12040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Reset Filter/Sorting</title><filename>/text/shared/02/12040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="filterentfernen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveFilterSort" id="bm_id7746846"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveFilterSort" id="bm_id3144740"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp">Reset Filter/Sorting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveFilterSort" visibility="visible">Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="syfilterentfernen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_removefilter.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Reset Filter/Sorting</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X-B�b} } text/shared/02/02010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Apply Style</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_STYLE_LISTBOX" id="bm_id3154232"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StyleApplyState" id="bm_id3361219"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StyleApply" id="bm_id3154863"/><section id="benvor"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02010000.xhp">Apply Style</link></paragraph><section id="benvortext"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StyleApply">Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To reset the selected objects to the default paragraph style, select <emph>Clear formatting</emph>. Select <emph>More Styles</emph> to open the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Clicking on the Down arrow button on the right of a style name shows a pop-up menu that allows you to update the style from the current selection or to edit the style.</paragraph><section id="sylistenfeld"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/zellvor.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply Style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�3�:� � text/shared/02/02050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text running from top to bottom</title><filename>/text/shared/02/02050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="textobun"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TextdirectionTopToBottom" id="bm_id1354106"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TextdirectionTopToBottom" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/02050000.xhp">Text running from top to bottom</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TextdirectionTopToBotto" visibility="visible">Specifies the vertical direction of the text.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sytextobun"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_textdirectiontoptobottom.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Text direction from top to bottom</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xž[� text/shared/02/07070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit File</title><filename>/text/shared/02/07070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="edit_mode"><section id="bearbeiten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153089"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditDoc" id="bm_id2451362"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditDoc" id="bm_id3154682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp">Edit File</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditDoc" visibility="hidden">Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.</ahelp> Use the<emph> Edit File</emph> icon to activate or deactivate the edit mode.</paragraph></section></section><section id="sybearbeiten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_editdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit File</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="selecttext"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectTextMode" id="bm_id3790874"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectTextMode" id="bm_id3157958"/><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE" id="bm_id3147088"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE">You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose <emph>Edit - Select Text </emph>or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose <emph>Select Text</emph>. The selection cursor does not blink.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X@��#� � text/shared/02/01170900.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Combo Box/List Box Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/02/01170900.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/01170900.xhp">Combo Box/List Box Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you insert a combo box or a list box in a document, a wizard starts automatically. This wizard allows you to interactively specify which information is shown.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli"/></section><paragraph role="note">You can use the <link href="text/shared/02/01171100.xhp"><emph>Wizards On/Off</emph></link> icon to keep the wizard from starting automatically.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The wizards for combo boxes and list boxes differ from each other in their final step. This is because the nature of control fields:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>List Boxes</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the case of a list box, the user selects one entry from a list of entries. These entries are saved in a database table and cannot be modified through the list box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As a general rule, the database table that contains the visible list entries in the form is not the table on which the form is based. The list boxes in a form work by using references; that is, references to the visible list entries are located in the form table (values table) and are also entered as such in the values table if the user selects an entry from the list and saves it. Through reference values, list boxes can display data from a table linked to the current form table. Thus the <emph>List Box Wizard</emph> allows two tables of a database to be linked, so that the control field can display a detailed list of a database field that is located in a different table from the one to which the form refers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the other tables the required field is searched for by using the field names (ControlSource) and then the fields will be completed accordingly. If the field name is not found, the list will remain empty. When list fields contain linked columns, the first column of the other table will be used without a query being shown first.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If an article table contains, for example, the number of a supplier, the list box can use the "Supplier number" link to display the name of the supplier from the supplier table. On the <emph>Field links</emph> page the Wizard will ask you about all the settings required for this link.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Combo Boxes</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the case of combo boxes, users can select one entry from the list entries or enter text themselves. The entries, which are offered as a list from which users can select, may originate from any database table. The entries that users select or enter so that they can be saved can be saved either in the form only, or in a database. If they are saved in a database, they will be written to the database table on which the form is based.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Combo boxes can display the data of any table. A direct link between the current form table and the table whose values are to be displayed in the combo box (list table) is not required. Combo boxes do not work with references. If the user enters or selects a value and saves it, the value actually displayed will be entered in the form table. As there is no link between the form table and the list table, the <emph>Field Link</emph> table does not appear here.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the case of a list box, you select entries from the list, and these are saved in the list table. In the case of a combo box, you can add additional text that can be written to the current database table of the form (values table) and stored there as desired. For this function, the <emph>Combo Box Wizard</emph> has the <emph>Data Processing</emph> page as the last page, whereas in the case of list boxes this page does not exist. Here you can enter whether and where text that has been entered is to be saved in the values table.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170801.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170901.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170902.xhp#seite2"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170903.xhp#seite3a"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170904.xhp#seite3b"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xj��<8 8 text/shared/02/24020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Graphics Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grafikmodus"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafMode" id="bm_id6768787"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GrafMode" id="bm_id3153252"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/02/24020000.xhp">Graphics Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GrafMode">Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="sygrafikmodus"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/zellvor.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Graphics mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The view of the graphic object is not changed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grayscale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The graphic object is shown in grayscale. A color graphic object can become monochrome in grayscale. You can also use the color sliders to apply a uniform color to the monochrome graphic object.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Black and White</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The graphic object is shown in black and white. All brightness values below 50% will appear black, all over 50% will appear white.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Watermark</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The graphic object is raised in brightness and reduced in contrast so that it can be used in the background as a watermark. </paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XX8��� � " text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>3D-Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="3dsettings"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="3dtoolbar"><link href="text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp">3D-Settings</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The 3D-Settings toolbar controls properties of selected 3D objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionToggle" id="bm_id9720450"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionToggle" id="bm_id7128513"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extrusion on/off</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltDown" id="bm_id4860377"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltDown" id="bm_id9378337"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tilt Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tilts the selected object downwards by five degrees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltUp" id="bm_id1682790"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltUp" id="bm_id8217413"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tilt Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tilts the selected object upwards by five degrees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltLeft" id="bm_id8390758"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltLeft" id="bm_id3715628"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tilt Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tilts the selected object left by five degrees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltRight" id="bm_id3985717"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionTiltRight" id="bm_id5299844"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tilt Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tilts the selected object right by five degrees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionDepthFloater" id="bm_id1778008"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionDepthFloater" id="bm_id408642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Depth</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Depth window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an extrusion depth.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/extrustiondepthdialog/ExtrustionDepthDialog" id="bm_id5449079"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter an extrusion depth.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionDirectionFloater" id="bm_id6154362"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionDirectionFloater" id="bm_id3699453"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Direction window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL" id="bm_id3675649"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a direction.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a perspective or parallel extrusion method.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionLightingFloater" id="bm_id70192"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionLightingFloater" id="bm_id7180394"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Lighting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Lighting window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a lighting direction.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a lighting intensity.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionSurfaceFloater" id="bm_id3682363"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtrusionSurfaceFloater" id="bm_id9263893"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Surface</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Surface window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a surface material or a wireframe display.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Extrusion3DColor" id="bm_id144047"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Extrusion3DColor" id="bm_id7303994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">3D Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Color toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X text/shared/optionen/PK
&w�X��m�� � - text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Server Authentication</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/AuthenticationSettingsDialog" id="bm_id4849086"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp">Server Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Mail Merge E-mail</link> tab page, click the <emph>Server Authentication</emph> button to specify the server security settings.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/authentication" id="bm_id4849085"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The outgoing mail server (SMTP) requires authentication</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/separateauthentication" id="bm_id3792535"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">The outgoing mail server (SMTP) requires separate authentication</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/username" id="bm_id1043122"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">User name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name for the SMTP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/outpassword" id="bm_id3897824"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password for the user name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/smtpafterpop" id="bm_id3506881"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">The outgoing mail server uses the same authentication as the incoming mail server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.</ahelp> This method is also called "SMTP after POP3".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/server" id="bm_id9126255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Server name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/port" id="bm_id8613849"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Port</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/pop3" id="bm_id1679738"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">POP 3</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/imap" id="bm_id8912015"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">IMAP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/inusername" id="bm_id1524399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">User name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name for the IMAP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/inpassword" id="bm_id5329447"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X 3��� � ) text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Trusted Sources</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="macrosecurity_ts"><link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/SecurityTrustPage" id="bm_id6851406"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">macro security</link> settings for trusted certificates and trusted file locations.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/certificates" id="bm_id3047883"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Trusted certificates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the trusted certificates.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/viewcert" id="bm_id146183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/removecert" id="bm_id6915799"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/locations" id="bm_id1044038"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Trusted file locations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/addfile" id="bm_id1952879"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/removefile" id="bm_id6851405"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�9�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Document Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="webbrowser"><ahelp hid="SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS">Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#webbrowser1"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp#layout"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp#schattencursor"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#raster"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp#tabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp#hinter"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�y=~' ' ! text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Paths</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="pfade"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149514"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optpathspage/OptPathsPage" id="bm_id3159399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp">Paths</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/OptPathsPage">This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#pfade"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optpathspage/paths" id="bm_id3146795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paths used by %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/paths">To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click <emph>Edit</emph>. You can also double click the entry.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optpathspage/default" id="bm_id3154216"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/default">The<emph> Default </emph>button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optpathspage/edit" id="bm_id3150448"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/edit">Click to display the <emph>Select Path</emph> or <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the sequence of entries by clicking the bar in the <emph>Type</emph> column. The column width can be changed by moving the separator between the columns with the mouse.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the following list of paths, the paths for the shared folders in the directory where %PRODUCTNAME is installed, are not shown. The user data for each user is stored in the {user} directory, which is located in the user's <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">home
</caseinline><defaultinline>Documents and Settings</defaultinline></switchinline> directory.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Path</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">My Documents</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Default document folder of your system</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can see this folder when you first call the <emph>Open</emph> or <emph>Save</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">AutoCorrect</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/autocorr
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\autocorr</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">This folder stores your own AutoCorrect texts.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">AutoText</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/autotext
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\autotext</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">This folder stores your own AutoText texts.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Gallery</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/gallery
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\gallery</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">New Gallery themes are stored in this folder.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Graphics</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/gallery
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\gallery</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">This folder is displayed when you first call the dialog for opening or saving a graphic object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Backups</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/backup
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\backup</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Automatic backup copies of documents are stored here.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Templates</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/template
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\template</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">In this folder you can store your own templates.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Temporary files</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{user}/user/temp
</caseinline><defaultinline>{user}\user\temp</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">This is where $[officename] puts its temporary files.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Classification</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">{install}/share/classification/example.xml</caseinline><defaultinline>{install}\share\classification\example.xml</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$[officename] reads the TSCP BAF policy from this file.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��Օ�
�
& text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Online Update</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="online_update"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7657094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp">Online Update</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/OptOnlineUpdatePage" id="bm_id877102"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies some options for the automatic notification and downloading of online updates to %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#online_update"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/autocheck" id="bm_id877101"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Check for updates automatically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME will check once a day, week, or month, as soon as a working Internet connection is detected. If you connect to the Internet by a proxy server, set the proxy on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Internet - Proxy</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When an update is available, an icon in the menu bar displays some explaining text. Click the icon to proceed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you disable the check, the icon is removed from the menu bar.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Online Update is a module that can be selected or deselected to be installed. Choose the customized installation in the Setup of %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/everyday" id="bm_id3116855"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Every Day</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed once a day.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/everyweek" id="bm_id9302041"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Every Week</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/everymonth" id="bm_id5097201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Every Month</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed once a month.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/checknow" id="bm_id5540025"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check now</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed now.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Download updates automatically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to download an available online update file automatically to the specified folder.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Download destination</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the selected folder to store the downloaded files.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to show a dialog box where you can select another folder.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���@� � ' text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Start Parameters</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/JavaStartParameters" id="bm_id1370890"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Java Start Parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use this dialog to enter optional start parameters for the Java runtime environment (JRE). The settings that you specify in this dialog are valid for any JRE that you start.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#advanced"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/parameterfield" id="bm_id1370891"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Java Start parameter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/parameterfield">Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Do not use escape characters or quotes in path names.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, to point the system property "myprop" to a folder, enter the following parameter:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">-Dmyprop=c:\program files\java</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To enable debugging in a JRE, enter the following parameters:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">-Xdebug</paragraph><paragraph role="example">-Xrunjdwp:transport=dt_socket,server=y,address=8000</paragraph><paragraph role="note">These changes take effect after you restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignlist" id="bm_id9206518"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Assigned start parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignlist">Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click <emph>Remove</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignbtn" id="bm_id4533829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignbtn">Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/editbtn" id="bm_id2460412"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/editbtn">Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/removebtn" id="bm_id2460402"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/removebtn">Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ݳ�m m ! text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML compatibility</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="html"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155132"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/OptHtmlPage" id="bm_id6074099"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp">HTML compatibility</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/OptHtmlPage">Defines settings for HTML pages.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#html"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size1" id="bm_id6074098"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size2" id="bm_id8064821"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size3" id="bm_id7630542"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size4" id="bm_id5698416"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size5" id="bm_id9110080"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size6" id="bm_id494399"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size7" id="bm_id534684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font sizes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/size7">Use the spin buttons <emph>Size 1</emph> to <emph>Size 7</emph> to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the settings for importing HTML documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/numbersenglishus" id="bm_id4514297"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When importing numbers from an HTML page, the decimal separator and the thousands separator characters differ according to the locale of the HTML page. The clipboard however contains no information about the locale. For example, the characters "1.000" copied from a German Web page most possibly mean "one thousand" because the period is the thousands separator in a German locale. If copied from an English Web page, the same characters stand for the number 1 as in "one dot zero zero zero".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in <emph>Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting</emph> in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/unknowntag" id="bm_id2516251"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Import unknown HTML tags as fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/unknowntag">Mark this check box if you want <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags">tags</link> that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.</ahelp> For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/ignorefontnames" id="bm_id5614185"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ignore font settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/ignorefontnames">Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/starbasic" id="bm_id4532609"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">$[officename] Basic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/starbasic">Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You must activate this option before you create the $[officename] Basic Script, since otherwise it will not be inserted. $[officename] Basic Scripts must be located in the header of the HTML document. Once you have created the macro in the $[officename] Basic IDE, it appears in the source text of the HTML document in the header.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/starbasicwarning" id="bm_id1735892"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Display warning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/starbasicwarning">If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/printextension" id="bm_id2938932"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print layout</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.</ahelp> It can be read by $[officename], Mozilla Firefox, and MS Internet Explorer.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The HTML filter supports CSS2 (Cascading Style Sheets Level 2) for printing documents. These capabilities are only effective if print layout export is activated.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/savegrflocal" id="bm_id8177434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Copy local images to Internet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/savegrflocal">Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/charset" id="bm_id9777520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/charset">Select the appropriate character set for the export</ahelp>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�6� � ! text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>User Data</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allgemeines"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155805"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/OptUserPage" id="bm_id3152801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp">User Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/OptUserPage">Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.</ahelp> Some of the data may have already been entered by the user when installing $[officename].</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#benutzerdaten"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">User data is used by templates and Wizards in $[officename]. For example, the "First name" and "Last name" data fields are used to automatically insert your name as the author of a new document. You can see this under <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some of the user data is included automatically in an internal dictionary so that it is recognized by the spellchecker. If typing errors are made, the program can use this data to suggest replacements. Note that changes to data take effect only after $[officename] is restarted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Address</emph> field to enter and edit your personal user data.</paragraph><section id="datenf"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company" id="bm_id3149164"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/company" id="bm_id3154306"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Company</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/company">Type the name of your company in this field.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="datena"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname" id="bm_id3153825"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/firstname" id="bm_id3149237"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/rusfirstname" id="bm_id3149238"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/eastfirstname" id="bm_id3149239"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">First name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/firstname">Type your first name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname" id="bm_id3151245"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/lastname" id="bm_id3156024"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/ruslastname" id="bm_id3156025"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/eastlastname" id="bm_id3156026"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Last name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/lastname">Type your last name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname" id="bm_id3149295"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/shortname" id="bm_id3154347"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/russhortname" id="bm_id3154348"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/eastshortname" id="bm_id3154349"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Initials</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/shortname">Type your initials.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="strplzort"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/street" id="bm_id3153361"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/street" id="bm_id3154071"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/street" id="bm_id3154938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Street</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/street">Type the name of your street in this field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/izip" id="bm_id3153970"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/izip" id="bm_id3152935"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/izip" id="bm_id3151044"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/zip" id="bm_id2420728"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ZIP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/izip">Type your ZIP in this field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/icity" id="bm_id3148453"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/icity" id="bm_id3151178"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/icity" id="bm_id3148920"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/city" id="bm_id3158409"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">City</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/icity">Type the city where you live.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/state" id="bm_id3151383"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/state" id="bm_id3149562"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/state" id="bm_id3153768"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/state" id="bm_id3155132"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">State</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/state">Type your state.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="datenb"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/title" id="bm_id3146986"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/title" id="bm_id3152596"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/title">Type your title in this field.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="dateng"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/position" id="bm_id3153188"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/position" id="bm_id3163712"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/position">Type your position in the company in this field.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/home" id="bm_id3149481"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tel. (Home)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/home">Type your private telephone number in this field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/work" id="bm_id3146974"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tel. (Work)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/work">Type your work number in this field.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="datend"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/fax" id="bm_id3154792"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/fax" id="bm_id3154731"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/fax" id="bm_id3154098"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fax</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/fax">Type your fax number in this field.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="datene"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/email" id="bm_id3149379"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/email" id="bm_id3145647"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optuserpage/email" id="bm_id3149410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">E-mail</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/email">Type your e-mail address.</ahelp> For example, my.name@my.provider.com</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���> > ! text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Compatibility</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="compatibility"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4249399"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcompatibilitypage/OptCompatibilityPage" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp">Compatibility</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopco"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Key bindings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table shows what actions are associated with what key bindings for the two key binding types (<emph>Default</emph> and <emph>OpenOffice.org legacy</emph>):</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcompatibilitypage/keybindings" id="bm_id3156153"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Key binding</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Default</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">OpenOffice.org legacy</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Backspace</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">delete contents</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">delete</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">delete</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">delete contents</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+D</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">fill down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">data select</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">data select</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">increase row height</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Where the actions are:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>delete contents</emph> - launch the Delete Contents dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>delete</emph> - immediately delete the cell content, without the dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>fill down</emph> - fill cell content downward within selection.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>data select</emph> - launch the Selection List dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�q� � ! text/shared/optionen/01014000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Network Identity</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01014000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="networkid"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153681"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01014000.xhp">Network Identity</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the options for a remote configuration access to your personal $[officename] settings stored on an LDAP server.</ahelp> To see this tab page and to use this feature, remote configuration must be active: You need an account on an LDAP server that is running and configured to store $[officename] user settings.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Using remote configuration, you can start a copy of $[officename] on any computer in the network with your own user data and personal configuration.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Authentication Method</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_LB_MECHANISM">Choose your security mechanism for access to the LDAP server.</ahelp> Choices are Simple or Kerberos.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_USERNAME">Using "simple" authentication method, you enter your user name on the LDAP server here.</ahelp> Using "Kerberos", you just see your user name, but cannot edit it.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_PASSWORD">Using "simple" authentication method, enter your password for access to the LDAP server here.</ahelp> Using "Kerberos", this box is not active.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD">Using "simple" authentication method, check this box to make your password persistent.</ahelp> If the password is persistent and the same user starts $[officename] later on, the user name and password will not be requested again. Using "Kerberos", this box is not active.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The password will be stored encrypted in a file called .ssop in your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">home directory
</caseinline><defaultinline>"My Documents" folder</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�4�� � * text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_d.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Details</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_d.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsecurity/ui/certdetails/tablecontainer" id="bm_id9764091"/><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsecurity/ui/certdetails/CertDetails" id="bm_id5656300"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="details"><link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_d.xhp">Details</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Details page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsecurity/ui/certdetails/valuedetails" id="bm_id6321909"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X> ��\ \ ! text/shared/optionen/01040301.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Change default template</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040301.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Change default template</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#text"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X7 �7�( �( ! text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="inhalte"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147242"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/TpViewPage" id="bm_id3157898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp">View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/TpViewPage">Defines which elements of the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabelleinhalte"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Visual aids</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies which lines are displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/grid" id="bm_id3148538"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Grid lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/grid" visibility="visible">Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.</ahelp> For printing, choose <emph>Format - Page - </emph><link href="text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp"><emph>Sheet</emph></link> and mark the <emph>Grid</emph> check box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/color" id="bm_id3150504"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/color">Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.</ahelp> To see the grid line color that was saved with the document, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</emph>, under <emph>Scheme</emph> find the entry <emph>Spreadsheet - Grid lines</emph> and set the color to "Automatic".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/break" id="bm_id3148563"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page breaks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/break">Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/guideline" id="bm_id3148946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Helplines While Moving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/guideline">Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.</ahelp> These guides help you align objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select various options for the screen display.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/formula" id="bm_id3150767"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Formulas</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/formula">Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/nil" id="bm_id3146146"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Zero values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/nil">Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/annot" id="bm_id3163711"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comment indicator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/annot">Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NoteVisible" id="bm_id3153574"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NoteVisible">To display a comment permanently, select the <emph>Show comment</emph> command from the cell's context menu.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can type and edit comments with the <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Comment</emph></link> command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the <emph>Comments</emph> entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/value" id="bm_id3155306"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Value highlighting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/value">Mark the <emph>Value highlighting</emph> box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">When this command is active, any colors assigned in the document will not be displayed until the function is deactivated.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/anchor" id="bm_id3146972"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Anchor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/anchor">Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/clipmark" id="bm_id3146789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text overflow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/clipmark">If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rangefind" id="bm_id3153927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show references in color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rangefind">Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines whether to display or hide objects for up to three object groups.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/objgrf" id="bm_id3154256"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Objects/Graphics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/objgrf">Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/diagram" id="bm_id3147344"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Charts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/diagram">Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/draw" id="bm_id3155334"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Drawing objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/draw">Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Zoom</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/synczoom" id="bm_id0909200810584462"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Synchronize sheets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether some Help elements will or will not appear in the table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rowcolheader" id="bm_id3145791"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column/Row headers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rowcolheader">Specifies whether to display row and column headers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/hscroll" id="bm_id3154120"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal scrollbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/hscroll">Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/vscroll" id="bm_id3158413"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical scrollbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/vscroll">Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/tblreg" id="bm_id3158214"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sheet tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/tblreg">Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, you will only be able to switch between the sheets through the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link></caseinline><defaultinline>Navigator</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/outline" id="bm_id3154199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Outline symbols</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/outline">If you have defined an <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp">outline</link></caseinline><defaultinline>outline</defaultinline></switchinline>, the <emph>Outline symbols</emph> option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XM��� � ! text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Application Colors</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="appearance"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153527"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/OptAppearancePage" id="bm_id3154899"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colors</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.</ahelp> You can save the current settings as color scheme and load them later.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#appearance"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color scheme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Save and delete color schemes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Scheme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb">Selects the color scheme you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/save" id="bm_id3153088"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/save">Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Scheme</emph> box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME" id="bm_id3148552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name of color scheme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME">Enter a name for the color scheme.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete" id="bm_id3154071"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete">Deletes the color scheme shown in the <emph>Scheme</emph> box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scheme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig">Select the colors for the user interface elements.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To apply a color to a user interface element, ensure that the checkbox in front of the name is marked. To hide a user interface element, clear the check box.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some user interface elements cannot be hidden.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">In order to enhance cursor visibility, if the user sets the application background color between 40% and 60% gray, it is automatically changed to 40% gray.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Automatic</emph> color setting changes the user interface element to the preset color from the color scheme.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The color settings for "Visited links" and "Unvisited links" only apply to documents created after the settings are applied.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XQ���� � ! text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copy List</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153341"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/ColOrRowDialog" id="bm_id3156329"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Copy List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/ColOrRowDialog">Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#listekopieren"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List from</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose between the options<emph> Rows</emph> and <emph>Columns</emph>. Cells without text will be ignored when copying.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/rows" id="bm_id3147303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/rows">Select the<emph> Rows </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/columns" id="bm_id3154366"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/columns">Select the<emph> Columns </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X!J�@ @ ! text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="optionen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153665"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OptionsTreeDialog" id="bm_id8304653"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OptionsTreeDialog" id="bm_id3147335"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OptionsTreeDialog">This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">All your settings are saved automatically. To expand an entry either double click this entry or click the plus sign. To collapse the entry, click the minus sign or double click the entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You see only the entries that are applicable to the current document. If the current document is a text document, you see the %PRODUCTNAME Writer entry, and so on for all modules of %PRODUCTNAME. %PRODUCTNAME Impress and %PRODUCTNAME Draw are treated as the same in this dialog. The common entries are always visible.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX" id="bm_id3158409"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX" visibility="hidden">Select an entry to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#optionen"/><paragraph role="note">Note for Mac OS X users: The Help mentions the menu path Tools - Options at numerous places. Replace this path with %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences on your Mac OS X main menu. Both menu entries open the Options dialog box.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp#optionenallgemein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp">Load/Save</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp#laden"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150000.xhp">Language Settings</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01150000.xhp#typotext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp">Internet</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp#laden"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp#optionentextdokument"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp#webbrowser"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp#allgemein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Impress</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp#allgemein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Draw</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp#allgemein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Math</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp#druckentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp">Charts</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp#farbe"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Database</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp#daten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X3�)�
�
" text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Mail Merge E-mail</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mailmerge"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/MailConfigPage" id="bm_id3323771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp">Mail Merge E-mail</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the user information and server settings for when you send form letters as e-mail messages.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#mailmergeemail"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the user information to use when you send e-mail.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/displayname" id="bm_id3323770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Your name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter your name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/address" id="bm_id5569627"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">E-mail address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter your e-mail address for replies.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/replytocb" id="bm_id8856166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Send replies to different e-mail address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/replyto" id="bm_id2134769"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reply address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Outgoing server (SMTP) settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the server settings for outgoing e-mails.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/server" id="bm_id7700735"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Server name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the SMTP server name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/port" id="bm_id6578569"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Port</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the SMTP port.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/secure" id="bm_id72634"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use secure connection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/serverauthentication" id="bm_id611896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Server Authentication</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp">Server Authentication</link> dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/test" id="bm_id926847"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link> dialog to test the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �CJ J ! text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Basic Fonts</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grundschriften"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151299"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/OptFontTabPage" id="bm_id3154894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp">Basic Fonts</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/OptFontTabPage">Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also change the basic fonts for Asian and complex text layout languages if their support is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These settings define the basic fonts for the predefined templates. You can also modify or customize the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040301.xhp">default text templates</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#grundschriften"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Basic fonts</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/standardbox" id="bm_id3151211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/standardbox">Specifies the font to be used for the <emph>Default</emph> Paragraph Style.</ahelp> The <emph>Default</emph> Paragraph Style font is used for nearly all Paragraph Styles, unless the Paragraph Style explicitly defines another font.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/standardheight" id="bm_id7955870"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/titleheight" id="bm_id5661793"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/listheight" id="bm_id2680745"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/labelheight" id="bm_id9615466.00000001"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/indexheight" id="bm_id426648"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the size of the font.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/titlebox" id="bm_id3154909"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/titlebox">Specifies the font to be used for headings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/listbox" id="bm_id3152922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/listbox">Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp"><emph>Format - Numbering/Bullets</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Numbering/Bullets</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> to format a paragraph with numbers or bullets in a text document, the program assigns these Paragraph Styles automatically.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/labelbox" id="bm_id3155307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Caption</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/labelbox">Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/idxbox" id="bm_id3149667"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optfonttabpage/idxbox">Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#standard"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�E<�4" 4" ! text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formatting Aids</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schattencursor"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3144510"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/OptFormatAidsPage" id="bm_id3155388"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp">Formatting Aids</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/OptFormatAidsPage">In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#registerschattencursor"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display of</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines which non-printing characters are visible on screen. Activate the <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp"><emph>Non-printing Characters</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. All characters that you have selected on the <emph>Formatting Aids</emph> tab page will be displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/paragraph" id="bm_id3150871"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph end</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/paragraph">Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hyphens" id="bm_id3148453"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Soft hyphens</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hyphens">Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Hyphen(-)
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Hyphen(-).</defaultinline></switchinline> Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/spaces" id="bm_id3149562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/spaces">Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/nonbreak" id="bm_id3148616"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Non-breaking spaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/nonbreak">Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Spacebar
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/tabs" id="bm_id3152578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/tabs">Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/break" id="bm_id3150104"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Breaks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/break">Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hiddentext" id="bm_id3112582"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hidden text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hiddentext">Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when <emph>View - Non-printing Characters</emph> is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hiddentextfield" id="bm_id5794244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fields: Hidden text (not for HTML documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hiddentextfield">Displays text that is hidden by <emph>Conditional Text</emph> or <emph>Hidden Text</emph> fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hiddenparafield" id="bm_id468764"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fields: Hidden paragraphs (not for HTML documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hiddenparafield">If you have inserted text using the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.</ahelp> This option has the same function as the menu commands <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp">View - Hidden Paragraphs</link></caseinline><defaultinline>View - Hidden Paragraphs</defaultinline></switchinline> available in open text documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Direct cursor (not for HTML documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines all the properties of the direct cursor.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/cursoronoff" id="bm_id3150327"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Direct cursor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/cursoronoff">Activates the direct cursor.</ahelp> You can also activate this function by clicking the <link href="text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp">Toggle Direct Cursor Mode</link> icon on the Tools bar or by choosing the <emph>Edit - Direct Cursor Mode</emph> command in a text document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert (not for HTML document)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the insert options for the direct cursor. If you click at any position in your document, a new paragraph can be written or inserted exactly at this position. The properties of this paragraph depend on the selected option. You can select from the following options:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillmargin" id="bm_id3154755"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillmargin">Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillindent" id="bm_id3151249"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left paragraph margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillindent">When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/filltab" id="bm_id3153966"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/filltab">When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillspace" id="bm_id3146917"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tabs and Spaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillspace">When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">All insert options refer only to the current paragraph generated with the Direct Cursor.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/cursorinprot" id="bm_id3151275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protected Areas - Enable cursor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/cursorinprot">Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�fh_� � ! text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Grid</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="raster"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147226"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/OptGridPage" id="bm_id3155552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp">Grid</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/OptGridPage">Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#raster"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grid</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/usegridsnap" id="bm_id3150669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Snap to grid</paragraph><section id="rasterfang"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/usegridsnap">Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.</ahelp> To change the status of the snap grip only for the current action, drag an object while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Control key
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GridVisible" id="bm_id8442192"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/gridvisible" id="bm_id3149795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Visible grid</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rastersicht"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/gridvisible">Specifies whether to display the grid.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><variable id="rastertextdraw">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu for the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.
</variable></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><variable id="rastertext">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu of the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.
</variable></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="aufun"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Resolution</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawx" id="bm_id3151041"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawx">Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawy" id="bm_id3156280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawy">Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subdivision</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/numflddivisionx" id="bm_id3145785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/numflddivisiony" id="bm_id3147428"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/synchronize" id="bm_id3153138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Synchronize axes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/synchronize">Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.</ahelp> The resolution and subdivision for the X and Y axes remain the same.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">There are additional commands on the context menu of a page:
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">There are additional commands on the context menu of a page:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GridFront" id="bm_id8062547"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Grid to Front
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Grid to Front
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelplinesFront" id="bm_id6135046"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Snap Lines to Front
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Snap Lines to Front
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the grid color on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colors</link>.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�цC C * text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_c.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Certificate Path</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_c.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/certpage/signatures" id="bm_id7465742"/><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/certpage/status" id="bm_id3149815"/><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/certpage/CertPage" id="bm_id3747978"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="certificatepath"><link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_c.xhp">Certificate Path</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Certificate Path page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X����� � * text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_g.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_g.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL" id="bm_id8695333"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="general"><link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_g.xhp">General</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The General page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays basic information about the certificate.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��M� � ! text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="laden"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145119"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/OptGeneralPage" id="bm_id3150443"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/OptGeneralPage">Specifies general settings for text documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#laden"/></section><section id="aktu"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Update</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Update links when loading</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/alwaysrb" id="bm_id3150985"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/always" id="bm_id3149416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Always</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/always">Always updates links while loading a document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/requestrb" id="bm_id3153542"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/onrequest" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">On request</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/onrequest">Updates links only on request while loading a document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/neverrb" id="bm_id3147530"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/never" id="bm_id3149669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Never</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/never">Links are never updated while loading a document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatically</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp">To update fields manually</link></paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/updatefields" id="bm_id3153380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/updatefields">The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.</ahelp> The following table lists the fields that are updated without regard to this checkbox.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Condition</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Automatically updated fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Printing the document (also exporting as PDF)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Author, Sender, Chapter, Date, Time, References, Last printed</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Reloading the document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Author, Sender, Chapter, Date, Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Saving the document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File name, Statistics, Document number, Editing time, Modified</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Editing the text line where the field is in</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Author, Sender, Chapter, Date, Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Manually changing a variable</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Conditional text, Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Variables, DDE field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switching off "fixed content"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Author, Sender, all document information fields</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Changing the page count</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/updatecharts" id="bm_id3154684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Charts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/updatecharts">Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/metric" id="bm_id3152578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Measurement unit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/metric">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">unit of measurement</link> for text documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/tab" id="bm_id3154729"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab stops</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/tab">Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.</ahelp> The horizontal ruler displays the selected spacing.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/usecharunit" id="bm_id3154749"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Enable char unit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph> tab will be character (ch) and line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/squaremode" id="bm_id3154739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use square page mode for text grid</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.</ahelp> Square page is a kind of page layout which is used to train students to write articles in China and Japan.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Word count</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Additional separators</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the characters that are considered as word separators when counting words, in addition to spaces, tabs and line and paragraph breaks.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��� ! text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit module</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><section id="module"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp">Edit module</link></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#linguistikmodule"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/lingudicts" id="bm_id3156329"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/lingudicts">Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.</ahelp> You can arrange the sub-modules by priority.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the language from the <emph>Language</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Mark all modules that are to be activated for this language under the headings Spelling, Hyphenation and Thesaurus.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">As long as you have more than one sub-module available for one area, the sub-modules for spelling and the Thesaurus are processed in the sequence in which they are listed. You can change the sequence using the <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph> buttons.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Only one sub-module can be activated under Hyphenation.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/language" id="bm_id3148798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/language">Specifies the language of the module.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For all language selection fields in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, the following applies:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sprachenfeld">A language entry has a check mark in front of it if the spellcheck is activated for this language.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/up" id="bm_id3154686"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Move up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/up">Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/down" id="bm_id3159255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Move down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/down">Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/back" id="bm_id3153574"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editmodulesdialog/back">Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��T T ! text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Spreadsheet Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScEditOptions" id="bm_id4992961"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScEditOptions" id="bm_id3153750"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToolsOptions" id="bm_id5861691"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToolsOptions" id="bm_id3154751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Calc Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="allgemein"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolsOptions">Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes. </ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabellendokument"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp#eingabe"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp#defaults"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp#inhalte"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp#berechnen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp#formula"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp#sortierlisten"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp#aenderungen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp#compatibility"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#raster"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�cHn n ! text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defaults</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="defaults"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4249399"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optdefaultpage/OptDefaultPage" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp">Defaults</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopde"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New spreadsheets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can set the number of worksheets in a new document, and the prefix name for new worksheets.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�*
! text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCaption</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="autocaption"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5164036"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/OptCaptionPage" id="bm_id1826838"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp">AutoCaption</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for captions that are automatically added to inserted objects.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#einfuegenbeschriftung"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/objects" id="bm_id1826837"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add captions automatically when inserting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Caption</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the options to be applied to the selected object type. These options are identical to those in the <emph>Insert - Caption</emph> menu, which is available when an object is selected. Below the settings is a preview of the object category, together with numbering type.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/category" id="bm_id3156330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/category">Specifies the category of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/numbering" id="bm_id3149236"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/numbering">Specifies the type of numbering required.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/separator" id="bm_id3154071"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/numseparator" id="bm_id4456617"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/separator">Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/position" id="bm_id3153627"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/position">Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering captions by chapter</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/level" id="bm_id3145068"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/level">Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/chapseparator">Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Category and frame format</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/charstyle" id="bm_id2708517"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the character style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/applyborder" id="bm_id346995"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply border and shadow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcaptionpage/applyborder">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X7o�[� � ! text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabelle"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149656"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/OptTablePage" id="bm_id3148685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/OptTablePage">Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the default settings for columns and rows and the table mode. Also specifies the standard values for moving and inserting columns and rows. For further information see <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link></caseinline><defaultinline> in the $[officename] Writer Help</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#registertabelle"/></section><section id="opttab"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the defaults for all newly created text tables in text documents.</paragraph></section><section id="opttabb"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/header" id="bm_id3154123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Heading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/header">Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="opttabc"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/repeatheader" id="bm_id3154216"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Repeat on each page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/repeatheader">Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/dontsplit" id="bm_id3159149"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not split (not in HTML)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/dontsplit">Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.</ahelp> You can also find this option in menu <emph>Table - Properties - Text Flow</emph>.</paragraph><section id="opttabd"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/border" id="bm_id3153091"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/border">Specifies that table cells have a border by default.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="opttabe"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Input in tables</paragraph></section><section id="opttabf"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableNumberRecognition" id="bm_id3219862"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numformatting" id="bm_id3152577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number recognition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numformatting">Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If <emph>Number recognition</emph> is not marked, numbers are saved in text format and are automatically left-aligned.</paragraph></section><section id="opttabf1"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numfmtformatting" id="bm_id3154729"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number format recognition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numfmtformatting">If<emph> Number format recognition </emph>is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to <emph>Text</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="opttabg"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numalignment" id="bm_id3149581"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numalignment">Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.</ahelp> If this field is not marked numbers are always top left aligned in the cell.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Direct formatting is not influenced by the <emph>Alignment</emph> field. If you center align the cell contents directly, they remain centered irrespective of whether text or numbers are involved.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Keyboard handling</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Move cells</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the default settings for moving rows and columns with the keyboard. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowmove" id="bm_id3150042"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Row</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowmove">Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colmove" id="bm_id3163806"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colmove">Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the default settings for inserting rows and columns with the keyboard. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowinsert" id="bm_id3154703"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Row</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowinsert">Specifies the default value for inserting rows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colinsert" id="bm_id3145767"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colinsert">Specifies the default value for inserting columns.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Behavior of rows/columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the relative effect of rows and columns on adjacent rows or columns, as well as on the entire table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fix" id="bm_id3159238"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Fixed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fix">Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fixprop" id="bm_id3153269"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Fixed, proportional</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fixprop">Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/var" id="bm_id3153234"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Variable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/var">Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��]R R ! text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucken"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147323"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/OptPrintPage" id="bm_id3149809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp">Print Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the print setting options.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#drucken"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reduce print data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can reduce the amount of data to be sent to the printer. Reducing the print data increases the print speed because the print files are smaller. This makes it easier for printers with a smaller memory to print. Reducing print data can result in slightly lower print quality.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/printer" id="bm_id3149807"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/file" id="bm_id3150868"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Settings for</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/file">Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetrans" id="bm_id3150441"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reduce transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetrans">If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="transhint"><paragraph role="note">Transparency cannot be output directly to a printer. The areas of the document in which transparency is to be visible must therefore always be calculated as bitmaps and sent to the printer. Depending on the size of the bitmaps and the print resolution a large amount of data may result.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransauto" id="bm_id3148577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Automatically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransauto">Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransnone" id="bm_id3145251"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">No transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransnone">With this option transparency is never printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmap" id="bm_id3150113"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reduce bitmaps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmap">Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapoptimal" id="bm_id3156181"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapnormal" id="bm_id3155600"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">High/normal print quality</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapoptimal">High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapresol" id="bm_id3146900"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapdpi" id="bm_id3156332"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Resolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapdpi">Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmaptrans" id="bm_id3146913"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Include transparent objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmaptrans">If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegrad" id="bm_id3155444"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reduce gradients</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegrad">If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradstripes" id="bm_id3147338"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradstep" id="bm_id3150387"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Gradient stripes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradstep">Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor" id="bm_id3149259"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Intermediate color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor">Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray" id="bm_id3149565"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Convert colors to grayscale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray">Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printer warnings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/frame2">Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/papersize" id="bm_id3154665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paper size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/papersize">Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.</ahelp> If the paper size used in the document is not provided by the current printer, you will receive an error message.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/paperorient" id="bm_id3158213"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paper orientation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/paperorient">Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.</ahelp> If the format used by the current document is not available from the printer, an error message will appear.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans" id="bm_id3153784"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans">Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.</ahelp> If you print such a document, a dialog appears in which you can select if the transparency is to be printed in this print instruction.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XFD��� � text/shared/optionen/opencl.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Open CL</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/opencl.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="opencl"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optopenclpage/OptOpenCLPage" id="bm_id6882839"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4077578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/opencl.xhp">Open CL</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open CL is a technology to speed up calculation on large spreadsheets.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#opencl"/></section><embed href="text/shared/need_help.xhp#needhelp"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X>oB� � ! text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Basic IDE Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="basicide"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optbasicidepage/OptBasicIDEPage" id="bm_id6882839"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4077578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp">Basic IDE Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the settings for the Basic IDE (Integrated Development Environment) to help edit macros in Basic.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/experimental.xhp#experimental"/><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#basicide"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Code Completion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This feature helps the Basic programmer to complete the code, saves extensive typing and helps to reduce coding errors.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Enable code completion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/codecomplete_enable">Display methods of a Basic object.</ahelp> Code completion will display the methods of a Basic object, provided the object is a UNO extended type. Its does not work on a generic <item type="literal">Object</item> or <item type="literal">Variant</item> Basic types.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When a variable is a UNO interface or structure, a list box appears when pressing the dot after a variable's name (like <item type="literal">aVar.</item> [list box appears] ). Its methods and variables are listed in the list box, displayed just below. You can navigate between the suggested methods and variables with the arrow keys. To insert the selected entry, press the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key or double click on it with the mouse. To cancel the list box, press the <item type="keycode">Esc</item> key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When typing the method's name, and pressing the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key once, it will complete the selected entry, pressing the Tab key again will cycle through the matches with the longest prefix. For example, when <item type="literal">aVar.aMeth</item> is typed, it will cycle through <item type="literal">aMeth1, aMethod2, aMethod3</item> entries, and other entries are not hidden.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example:</paragraph><embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption01"/><paragraph role="paragraph">is a valid variable definition, its methods can be accessed via the dot (".") operator:</paragraph><embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption02"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Code Suggestion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These are coding helpers for the Basic programmer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Autocorrection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autocorrect">Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will modify the typing of Basic statements and Basic variables of your code to improve coding style and readability. Modifications of the code are based on the program's variables declarations and on the %PRODUCTNAME Basic commands parsed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: </paragraph><embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption03"/><paragraph role="paragraph">and when writing <item type="literal">Intvar</item>, will be corrected to <item type="literal">intVar</item> to match the case existing in the declaration of <item type="literal">intVar</item> .</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Basic keywords are also automatically corrected (the list of the keywords is grabbed out from the parser).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Examples: </paragraph><paragraph role="code">Integer, String, ReDim, ElseIf, etc...</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Autoclose quotes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autoclose_quotes">Automatically close open quotes.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will add a closing quote each time you type an opening quote. Handy for inserting strings in the Basic code.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Autoclose parenthesis</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autoclose_paren">Automatically close open parenthesis.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will add a closing parenthesis “)” each time you type an opening parenthesis “(“.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Autoclose procedures</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autoclose_proc">Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will add a statement <item type="literal">End Sub</item> or <item type="literal">End Function</item> after you type a <item type="literal">Sub</item> or <item type="literal">Function</item> statement and press <item type="keycode">Enter</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Language Features</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use extended types</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/extendedtypes_enable">Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.</ahelp> This feature extend the Basic programming language standard types with the %PRODUCTNAME UNO types. This allows the programmer to define variables with the right UNO type and is necessary for the code completion feature.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: </paragraph><embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption04"/><paragraph role="warning">The use of UNO Extended Types in Basic programs can restrain interoperability of the program when executed in other office suites.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030100.xhp">Basic IDE</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�=���+ �+ ! text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="speichern"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143284"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage">In the<emph> General</emph> section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#rsave"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Load</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/load_settings" id="bm_id3150444"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Load user-specific settings with the document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/load_settings">Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If <emph>Load user-specific settings with the document </emph>is not selected, the following user-specific settings still apply:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Settings available in <emph>File - Print - Options</emph>,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Name of Fax,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Spacing options for paragraphs before text tables,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Information about automatic updating for links, field functions and charts,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Information about working with Asian character formats.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The following settings are <emph>always</emph> loaded with a document, whether or not this option is marked:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Data source linked to the document and its view.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/load_docprinter" id="bm_id813156"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Load printer settings with the document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp#doc_autosave"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/docinfo" id="bm_id3154939"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit document properties before saving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/docinfo">Specifies that the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog will appear every time you select the <emph>Save As</emph> command.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/backup" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Always create backup copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/backup">Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the location of the backup copy, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph>, and then enter a new path for the backup file.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave" id="bm_id3159252"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save AutoRecovery information every</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave">Specifies that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave_spin" id="bm_id3155855"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Minutes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave_spin">Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/userautosave" id="bm_id3159253"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatically save the document too</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/userautosave">Specifies that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save URLs relative to file system</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This option allows you to select the default for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern">relative</link> addressing of URLs in the file system and on the Internet. Relative addressing is only possible if the source document and the referenced document are both on the same drive.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A relative address always starts from the directory in which the current document is located. In contrast, absolute addressing always starts from a root directory. The following table demonstrates the difference in syntax between relative and absolute referencing:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Examples</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">File system</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Internet</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">relative</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">../images/img.jpg</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">../images/img.jpg</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">absolute</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">file:///c|/work/images/img.jpg</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">http://myserver.com/work/images/img.jpg</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="warning">The Help tip always displays an absolute path. However, if a document is saved in HTML format, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will enter a relative path if the appropriate check box is selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_fsys" id="bm_id3151187"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_fsys">Select this box for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern">relative saving</link> of URLs in the file system.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_inet" id="bm_id3154664"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save URLs relative to internet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_inet">Select this box for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern">relative saving</link> of URLs to the Internet.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default file format and ODF settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/odfversion" id="bm_id810266"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ODF format version</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">OpenOffice.org 3 and StarOffice 9 introduce new features which have to be saved using the <link href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">OpenDocument</link> format (ODF) version 1.2. The prior versions of OpenOffice.org 2 and StarOffice 8 support the file formats ODF 1.0/1.1. Those prior file formats cannot store all new features of the new software.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Current %PRODUCTNAME versions can open documents in ODF formats 1.0/1.1 and 1.2.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you save a document, you can select whether to save the document in the format ODF 1.2, ODF 1.2 (Extended), or in the prior format ODF 1.0/1.1.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Currently, the ODF 1.2 (Extended) format enables files of Draw and Impress to contain comments. Those comments can be inserted by <item type="menuitem">Insert - Comment</item> in the latest software version. The comments get lost when loading files into prior software versions that were saved by the latest software version.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The ODF 1.2 Extended (compat) mode is a more backward-compatible ODF 1.2 extended mode. It uses features that are deprecated in ODF1.2 and/or it is 'bug-compatible' to older OpenOffice.org versions. It may be useful, if you need to interchange ODF documents with users, who use pre-ODF1.2 or ODF1.2-only legacy applications.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/warnalienformat" id="bm_id6262092"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/alienwarndialog/ask" id="bm_id7885982"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Warn when not saving in ODF or default format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in <emph>Load/Save - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can choose which file format will be applied as the default when saving documents of various document types. If you always exchange your documents with other persons who use Microsoft Office, for example, you may specify here that %PRODUCTNAME only uses the Microsoft Office file formats as a default.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/doctype" id="bm_id3149207"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Document type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/doctype">Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/saveas" id="bm_id3152775"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Always save as</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/saveas">Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
S�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data sources options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Data sources options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="daten"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the general settings for the data sources in $[officename].</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#datenqu"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp#verbindungen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp#registered"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�\�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Language Setting Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148668"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Language Setting Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="typotext">Defines the properties for additional languages.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Searching in Japanese</emph> and <emph>Asian Layout</emph> tab pages are only visible if the <emph>Asian language support</emph> option in the <emph>Languages</emph> tab page is activated and the <emph>Options</emph> dialog is re-opened. The <emph>Complex Text Layout</emph> tab page is only visible if the <emph>CTL support</emph> is enabled.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#asiatypo"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp#sprachen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp#linguistik"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp#japan"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp#asialayout"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp#ctl"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X) �� � text/shared/optionen/java.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Advanced</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/java.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="advanced"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/OptAdvancedPage" id="bm_id6882839"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4077578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/java.xhp">Advanced</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the support options for Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME, including which Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to use. It also specifies whether to use experimental (unstable) features such as macro recording and access expert configuration.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#advanced"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Java options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/javaenabled" id="bm_id6882839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use a Java runtime environment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/javaenabled">Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> When a Java application attempts to access your hard drive, a prompt opens.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/javas" id="bm_id6775719"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Java runtime environments (JRE) already installed:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/javas">Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.</ahelp> The path to the JRE is displayed beneath the list box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/add" id="bm_id5543382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/add">Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.</ahelp> The path is set in the following dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/parameters" id="bm_id1588793"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/parameters">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp">Java Start Parameters</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/classpath" id="bm_id5799127"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Class Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/classpath">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp">Class Path</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Optional (unstable) options</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/experimental">Enable experimental features</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It enables features that are not yet complete or contain known bugs. The list of these features is different version by version, or even it can be empty.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/macrorecording">Enable macro recording</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It enables macro recording, so the <link href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp"><item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Record Macro</item></link> menu item will be available.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp">Expert Configuration</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/expertconfig">Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X=nد� � ! text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>$[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">$[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="optionenallgemein"><ahelp hid="SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS">Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and color defaults.</ahelp></variable> These settings are saved automatically.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#optionenallgemein"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#allgemeines"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp#allg"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp#arbeit"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp#ansicht"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp#pfade"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp#farben"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp#schrifters"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp#security"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp#appearance"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/persona_firefox.xhp#themes"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp#accessibility"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/java.xhp#advanced"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp#online_update"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp#basicide"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/opencl.xhp#opencl"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�/}�& & ! text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Microsoft Office</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="office1"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrembedpage/OptFilterPage" id="bm_id3158430"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp">Microsoft Office</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for importing and exporting Microsoft Office documents.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etsofi2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Embedded Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Embedded Objects </emph>section specifies how to import and export Microsoft Office OLE objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These settings are valid when no Microsoft OLE server exists (for example, in UNIX) or when there is no $[officename] OLE server ready for editing the OLE objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If an OLE server is active for the embedded object, then the OLE server will be used to handle the object.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If no OLE server is active for MathType objects, then embedded MathType objects can be converted to %PRODUCTNAME Math objects. For this conversion, the embedded MathType objects must not exceed the MathType 3.1 specifications.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrembedpage/checklbcontainer" id="bm_id3158420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List Box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfltrembedpage/checklbcontainer">The<emph> List Box </emph>field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S). </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Mark the box in the [L] column in front of the entry if a Microsoft OLE object is to be converted into the specified $[officename] OLE object when a Microsoft document is loaded into $[officename].</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Mark the box in the [S] column in front of the entry if a $[officename] OLE object is to be converted into the specified Microsoft OLE object when a document is saved in a Microsoft file format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrembedpage/highlighting" id="bm_id3158431"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrembedpage/shading" id="bm_id3158432"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Microsoft Office has two character attributes similar to $[officename] character background. Select the appropriate attribute (highlighting or shading) which you would like to use during export to Microsoft Office file formats.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�i` ` ! text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>E-mail</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="email"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp">E-mail</link></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/OptEmailPage" id="bm_id7723015"/><paragraph role="paragraph">On UNIX systems, specifies the e-mail program to use when you send the current document as e-mail.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/url" id="bm_id7723014"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail program</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optemailpage/url">Enter the e-mail program path and name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/browse" id="bm_id3655507"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optemailpage/browse">Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XI# �# ! text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Security</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="security"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2322153"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/OptSecurityPage" id="bm_id9049654"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp">Security</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#scripting"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/options" id="bm_id9049653"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/SecurityOptionsDialog" id="bm_id1976684"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The Security options and warnings dialog contains the following controls:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs" id="bm_id1976683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">When saving or sending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting" id="bm_id43946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">When printing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning" id="bm_id6449171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">When signing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf" id="bm_id7101046"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">When creating PDF files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/removepersonal" id="bm_id4263740"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove personal information on saving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/removepersonal">Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the <emph>Reset Properties</emph> button on <emph>File - Properties - General</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password" id="bm_id7186498"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Recommend password protection on saving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password">Select to always enable the <emph>Save with password</emph> option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/ctrlclick" id="bm_id5288857"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ctrl-click required to follow hyperlinks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/ctrlclick">If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted" id="bm_id5288858"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Block any links from documents not among the trusted locations (see Macro Security)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted">Blocks the use of links pointing to images not in the trusted locations defined on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab of the Macro Security dialog.</ahelp> This can increase security in case you work with documents from untrusted sources (e.g. the internet) and are worried about vulnerabilities in image processing software components. Blocking the use of links means that images are not loaded in documents, only a placeholder frame is visible.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Passwords for web connections</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter a master password to enable easy access to sites that require a user name and password.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/savepassword" id="bm_id3294778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Persistently save passwords protected by a master password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/masterpassword" id="bm_id9989013"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Master Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1" visibility="hidden">Enter the master password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password2" visibility="hidden">Enter the master password again.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/masterpassworddlg/MasterPasswordDialog" id="bm_id2005981"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the master password to continue.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/connections" id="bm_id2005777"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connections</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/storedwebconnectiondialog/StoredWebConnectionDialog" id="bm_id48525"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The Stored Web Connection Information dialog shows a list of web sites and user names that you entered previously. You can select any entry and remove it from the list. You can view the password for the selected entry.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/storedwebconnectiondialog/remove" id="bm_id6843775"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Removes the selected entry from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/storedwebconnectiondialog/removeall" id="bm_id7979369"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Removes all entries from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/storedwebconnectiondialog/change" id="bm_id48524"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro security</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Adjust the security level for executing macros and specify trusted macro authors.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/macro" id="bm_id3726920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Macro Security</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="703992332">Opens the <emph>Macro Security</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"/><default><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Certificate Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to choose between different installed key store locations to use when signing ODF documents or exporting signed PDF. (Only on systems that use the Network Security Services NSS.)</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/cert" id="bm_id37269200"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Certificate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Certificate Path</emph> dialog.</paragraph></default></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">TSAs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to maintain a list of Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URLs. TSAs issue digitally signed timestamps (RFC 3161) that are optionally used during signed PDF export.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/tsas" id="bm_id37269201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TSAs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Time Stamping Authority URLs</emph> dialog.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�I�� � % text/shared/optionen/experimental.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Experimental Feature</title><filename>text/shared/optionen/experimental.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="experimental"><paragraph role="warning">This feature is experimental and may produce errors or behave unexpectedly. To enable it anyway, <variable id="exptal">choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</emph> and select <emph>Enable experimental features</emph> checkbox.</variable></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X����E E ! text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Grid</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fangen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3163802"/><bookmark branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP" id="bm_id3147834"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp">Grid</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP">Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etopfe"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#raster"/><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have activated the snap grid but wish to move or create individual objects without snap positions, keep the Shift key pressed to deactivate this function for as long as needed.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#aufun"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Snap</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelplinesUse" id="bm_id3147335"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/snaphelplines" id="bm_id3156329"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To snap lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anlinie"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/snaphelplines">Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also define this setting by using the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Snap Lines</emph></link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/02/13140000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Snap Lines</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Snap to Snap Lines</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> icon, which is available in the <emph>Options</emph> bar in a presentation or drawing document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SnapBorder" id="bm_id3153254"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/snapborder" id="bm_id3153063"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To the page margins</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="seitenrand"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/snapborder">Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="seittext">The cursor or a contour line of the graphics object must be in the snap range.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Page Margins</emph></link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/02/13150000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Page Margins</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Snap to Page Margins</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> icon in the <emph>Options</emph> bar.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SnapFrame" id="bm_id3153194"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/snapframe" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To object frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rahmen"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/snapframe">Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rahmtext">The cursor or a contour line of the graphics object must be in the snap range.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Object Border</emph></link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/02/13160000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Object Border</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Snap to Object Border</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> icon in the <emph>Options</emph> bar.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SnapPoints" id="bm_id3155131"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/snappoints" id="bm_id3147288"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To object points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="opunkte"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/snappoints">Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="opunktetext">This only applies if the cursor or a contour line of the graphics object is in the snap range.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a presentation or drawing document, this function can also be accessed with the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Object Points</emph></link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Object Points</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Snap to Object Points</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> icon in the <emph>Options</emph> bar.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldsnaparea" id="bm_id3152460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Snap range</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldsnaparea">Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the <emph>Snap range</emph> control.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Snap position</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/ortho" id="bm_id3153191"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">When creating or moving objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/ortho">Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.</ahelp> You can temporarily deactivate this setting by pressing the Shift key.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/bigortho" id="bm_id3155415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Extend edges</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/bigortho">Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the<emph> Extend edges </emph>box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/rotate" id="bm_id3151073"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldangle" id="bm_id3153878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">When rotating</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldangle">Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the <emph>When rotating</emph> control.</ahelp> If you want to rotate an object outside the defined angle, press the Shift key when rotating. Release the key when the desired rotation angle is reached.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldbezangle" id="bm_id3153839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Point reduction</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldbezangle">Defines the angle for point reduction.</ahelp> When working with polygons, you might find it useful to reduce their editing points.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��U
& text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Class Path</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/JavaClassPath" id="bm_id6794639"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Class Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You use this dialog to add folders and archives to the Java class path. These paths are valid for any JRE that you start.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#advanced"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/paths" id="bm_id6794640"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assigned folders and archives</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH">Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.</ahelp> The new classpath becomes valid after you restart <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Java classes that are accessed through the classpath do not undergo a security check.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/archive" id="bm_id5538804"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add Archive</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/archive">Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/folder" id="bm_id3354899"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add Folder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/folder">Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/remove" id="bm_id1084017"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/remove">Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�4�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucken"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/optCalcPrintPage" id="bm_id3149580"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp">Print</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print</emph> defines the settings for all spreadsheets. To define settings for the current document only, choose <emph>File - Print</emph>, then click the <emph>Options</emph> button.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#drucken2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pages</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/suppressCB" id="bm_id3149579"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Suppress output of empty pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/suppressCB">Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp> Cell attributes such as borders or background colors are not considered cell contents. Empty pages are not counted for page numbering.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sheets</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/printCB" id="bm_id3145316"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print only selected sheets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/printCB">Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialog or in the <emph>Format - Print Ranges</emph> dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To select multiple sheets, click on the sheet names on the bottom margin of the workspace while keeping the Ctrl key pressed.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xc��p� � ! text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formula</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SmEditOptions" id="bm_id1104917"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SmEditOptions" id="bm_id3155338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Math Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SmEditOptions">Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math.</ahelp></variable> You can also call the dialog by clicking the <emph>Options</emph> button in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog. The settings you define in the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog will be permanent settings, whereas the settings in the Print dialog are only valid for the current document.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etsodr"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp#einst"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X2O��
�
! text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Searching in Japanese</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="japan"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/OptJSearchPage" id="bm_id3150279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp">Searching in Japanese</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the search options for Japanese.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#suchja"/></section><section id="asia"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchcase" id="bm_id3150276"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchfullhalfwidth" id="bm_id3152350"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchhiraganakatakana" id="bm_id3149233"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchcontractions" id="bm_id3143270"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchminusdashchoon" id="bm_id3149415"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchrepeatcharmarks" id="bm_id3145119"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchvariantformkanji" id="bm_id3156155"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matcholdkanaforms" id="bm_id3154898"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchdiziduzu" id="bm_id3147574"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchbavahafa" id="bm_id3159157"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchtsithichidhizi" id="bm_id3156329"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchseshezeje" id="bm_id3153821"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchhyuiyubyuvyu" id="bm_id3156152"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchiaiya" id="bm_id3145315"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchkiku" id="bm_id3155135"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchprolongedsoundmark" id="bm_id3155419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Treat as equal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchprolongedsoundmark" visibility="visible">Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignorepunctuation" id="bm_id3156024"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignorewhitespace" id="bm_id3151245"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignoremiddledot" id="bm_id3153898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignoremiddledot" visibility="visible">Specifies the characters to be ignored.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�c�r r ! text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Color</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Color</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150771"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="farbentext"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to define your own colors using the two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart.</ahelp></variable> Click <emph>OK</emph> to display the newly defined color in the preview box of the <emph>Colors</emph> register, where you can then decide if you want to add or replace the new color in the current color palette.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#color2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color Window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the two big color windows, you click to select a new color. You can select the color in the left or the right color window as you wish.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the right color window, you will see the entire color spectrum from the left to the right, with the colors at the top being fully saturated and the colors at the bottom being unsaturated.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left color window, you will see a selection of colors, displaying a progressive spectrum, varying between the four colors in the four corners of this window. You can change the colors in the four corners as follows:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the corner of the field in which you want to change the color.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the right color window, click the desired new color for the corner field or enter the values, which define the color, in the numeric input fields.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Apply the color selected on the right to the small field that is marked in the left color window by clicking the <emph><--</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The gradient in the left color window is immediately adjusted with respect to hue, saturation, and brightness.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">%PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of color values using CMYK notation.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:PushButton:DLG_COLOR:BTN_1" id="bm_id3154126"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><--</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_COLOR:BTN_1">Click the <emph><--</emph> button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:PushButton:DLG_COLOR:BTN_2" id="bm_id3145608"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">--></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_COLOR:BTN_2">Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:MetricField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_CYAN" id="bm_id3153367"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cyan</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN">Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:MetricField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_MAGENTA" id="bm_id3150486"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Magenta</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA">Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:MetricField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_YELLOW" id="bm_id3152576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Yellow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW">Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:MTR_FLD_4" id="bm_id3155854"/><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:MetricField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_KEY" id="bm_id3154012"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY">Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:NumericField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_RED" id="bm_id3153573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Red</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_RED">Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:NumericField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_GREEN" id="bm_id3149481"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Green</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_GREEN">Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:NumericField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_BLUE" id="bm_id3145799"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Blue</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_BLUE">Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:NumericField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_HUE" id="bm_id3149581"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_HUE">Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:NumericField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_SATURATION" id="bm_id3153415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Saturation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_SATURATION">Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:NumericField:DLG_COLOR:NUM_LUMINANCE" id="bm_id3146990"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Luminance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_LUMINANCE">Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left preview field, you will see the original color from the parent tab, <emph>Colors</emph>. In the right preview field, you will always see the current result of your work in this dialog.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XY��S S ! text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aenderungen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/OptChangesPage" id="bm_id3149233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp">Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/OptChangesPage">The<emph> Changes </emph>dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To record changes to your work, choose <link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph></link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopaen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color Definition for Changes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines colors for recorded changes. If you select the "By author" entry, $[officename] will automatically set the color depending on the author who undertook the changes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/changes" id="bm_id3153192"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Changes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/changes">Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/deletions" id="bm_id3152920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Deletions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/deletions">Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/insertions" id="bm_id3154123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insertions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/insertions">Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/entries" id="bm_id3156422"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Moved entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/entries">Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�f�� � % text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Expert Configuration</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/AboutConfig" id="bm_id6982839"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id0609201521552432"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Expert Configuration</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools – Options – %PRODUCTNAME – Advanced – Expert Configuration</emph></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/expertconfig">Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> The Expert Configuration dialog allows user to access hundreds of %PRODUCTNAME configuration preferences, and most of them are not available in the user interface or in the options dialogs.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The Expert Configuration dialog lets you access, edit and save configuration preferences that can harm your %PRODUCTNAME user profile. It can turn the user profile of %PRODUCTNAME unstable, inconsistent or even unusable. Proceed only if you know what you are doing.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The expert configuration does not modify the %PRODUCTNAME system installation in your computer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text search entry area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/searchEntry">Type the preference you want to display in the text area</ahelp>. Then click in the Search button.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/searchButton">Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preferences tree</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/preferences">List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.</ahelp> To open the branches, double click in the (+) sign. Once the preference is visible in the tree, you can edit it.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preference Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The name of the preference.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Property</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the name of the property of the preference.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the type of the property. Valid types are:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><item type="literal">string</item>: Alphanumeric values;</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><item type="literal">long</item>: integer numbers;</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><item type="literal">boolean</item>: true or false values;</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><item type="literal">void</item>: properties of type of <item type="literal">void</item> cannot be modified.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Current value of the property.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/edit">Opens a dialog to edit the preference.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can double click in the preference row to edit the current value of the property.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/reset">Undo changes done so far in this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ثV" " ! text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Background</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hinter"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhp">Background</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies the background for HTML documents.</ahelp> The background is valid for both new HTML documents and for those that you load, as long as these have not defined their own background.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp">Further information</link></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#hinter"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�]�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucken"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155450"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/prntopts" id="bm_id3158430"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp">Print</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/prntopts">Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etopdk"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines additional elements to be printed on the page margin.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/pagenmcb" id="bm_id3148645"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/pagenmcb">Specifies whether to print the page name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/datecb" id="bm_id3152598"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/datecb">Specifies whether to print the current date.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/timecb" id="bm_id3159345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Time</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/timecb">Specifies whether to print the current time.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/hiddenpgcb" id="bm_id3148457"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hidden pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/hiddenpgcb">Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Quality</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See also <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp#print_blackwhite"/>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/defaultrb" id="bm_id3145419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/defaultrb">Specifies that you want to print in original colors.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/grayscalerb" id="bm_id3147287"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Grayscale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/grayscalerb">Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/blackwhiterb" id="bm_id3149484"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Black & white</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/blackwhiterb">Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define additional options for printing the pages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/pagedefaultrb" id="bm_id3146900"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/pagedefaultrb">Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/fittopgrb" id="bm_id3150752"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit to page</paragraph><section id="fittopage"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/fittopgrb">Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/tilepgrb" id="bm_id3154757"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tile pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/tilepgrb">Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/brouchrb" id="bm_id3149566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Brochure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/brouchrb">Select the<emph> Brochure </emph>option to print the document in brochure format.</ahelp> You can also decide if you want to print the front, the back or both sides of the brochure.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/frontcb" id="bm_id3147004"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Front</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/frontcb">Select<emph> Front </emph>to print the front of a brochure.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/backcb" id="bm_id3145258"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/backcb">Select <emph>Back</emph> to print the back of a brochure.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/papertryfrmprntrcb" id="bm_id3146808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paper tray from printer settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/papertryfrmprntrcb">Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���nh! h! ! text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucken"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156156"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/PrintOptionsPage" id="bm_id3153750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp">Print</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/PrintOptionsPage">Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#drucken1"/></section><paragraph role="note">The print settings defined on this tab page apply to all subsequent print jobs, until you change the settings again. If you want to change the settings for the current print job only, use the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies which document contents are to be printed. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/graphics" id="bm_id3145674"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintPicturesAndObjects:CheckBox" id="bm_id3145675"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pictures and objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/graphics">Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/formcontrols" id="bm_id3151210"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintControls:CheckBox" id="bm_id3151211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/formcontrols">Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintPageBackground:CheckBox" id="bm_id3154684"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/background" id="bm_id3999210"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/inblack" id="bm_id3144760"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintBlackFonts:CheckBox" id="bm_id3144761"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print black</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/inblack">Specifies whether to always print text in black.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/hiddentext" id="bm_id342722"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintHiddenText:CheckBox" id="bm_id342723"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hidden text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.</ahelp> The following hidden text is printed: text that is formatted as hidden by <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Format - Character - Font Effects - Hidden</link>, and the text fields <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Hidden text and Hidden paragraphs</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintTextPlaceholder:CheckBox" id="bm_id5788750"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/textplaceholder" id="bm_id9393722"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text placeholder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.</ahelp><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Text placeholders</link> are fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the print order for $[officename] Writer documents with multiple pages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/leftpages" id="bm_id3148618"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Left pages (not for HTML documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/leftpages">Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/rightpages" id="bm_id3147213"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Right pages (not for HTML documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/rightpages">Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/brochure" id="bm_id3155306"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Brochure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/brochure">Select the<emph> Brochure </emph>option to print your document in brochure format.</ahelp> The brochure format is as follows in $[officename] Writer:</paragraph><section id="brochure"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you print a document in portrait on a landscape page, two opposing sides in a brochure will be printed next to each other. If you have a printer with double-sided printing capability, you can create an entire brochure from your document without having to collate the pages later. If you have a printer that only has single-sided printing capability, you can achieve this effect by first printing the front pages with the "Front sides / right pages /odd pages" option marked, then re-inserting the entire paper stack in your printer and printing all the back pages with the "Back pages / left pages / even pages" option marked.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/rtl" id="bm_id8632770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Right to left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comments</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/none" id="bm_id3157847"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/only" id="bm_id3157950"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/end" id="bm_id3157951"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/endpage" id="bm_id3157952"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintAnnotationMode:ListBox" id="bm_id3157848"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/blankpages" id="bm_id2646870"/><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintEmptyPages:CheckBox" id="bm_id2646871"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print automatically inserted blank pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/papertray" id="bm_id3149107"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paper tray from printer settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/papertray">For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/fax" id="bm_id3155336"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fax</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/printoptionspage/fax">If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��'�+
+
! text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Memory</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="arbeit"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153881"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/OptMemoryPage" id="bm_id8346202"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp">Memory</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This tab page lets you define various settings for the image cache.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#arbeit"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Image cache</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The image cache saves the images contained in a document in your computer's main memory. This means that the attributes of an image stored in the cache do not have to be re-calculated if you return to the page containing the image after scrolling through a document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/graphiccache" id="bm_id8346201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use for $[officename] (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/graphiccache">Specifies the total cache size for all images.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/objectcache" id="bm_id3981749"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Memory per object (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/objectcache">Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/objecttime" id="bm_id1587878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove from memory after (hh:mm)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/objecttime">Specifies the time that each image remains in the cache in hours and minutes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cache for inserted objects</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/olecache" id="bm_id5088045"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number of objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/olecache">Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">$[officename] Quickstarter</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/systray" id="bm_id4756005"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optmemorypage/quicklaunch" id="bm_id4756004"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Load $[officename] during system start-up
</caseinline><defaultinline>Enable systray Quickstarter</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/objectcache">Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Number of undo steps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The number of steps which can be undone can be changed in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp">Expert configuration</link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Undo Steps</emph>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XuEW�_ _ ! text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Load/Save options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage" id="bm_id3539840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Load/Save options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="laden"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies general Load/Save settings. </ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#landen"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp#speichern"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp#office"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhp#office1"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp#html"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�Ql�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sort Lists</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sortierlisten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/OptSortLists" id="bm_id3148538"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp">Sort Lists</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/OptSortLists">All user-defined lists are displayed in the<emph> Sort Lists </emph>dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopso"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp#calc_series"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/sorted_list.xhp#sorted_list"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/lists" id="bm_id3147336"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Lists</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/lists">Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/entries" id="bm_id3154758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/entries">Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copyfrom" id="bm_id3152811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copy list from</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copyfrom">Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the <emph>Lists</emph> box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copy" id="bm_id3145606"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copy">Copies the contents of the cells in the <emph>Copy list from</emph> box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp"><emph>Copy List</emph></link> dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/new" id="bm_id3147084"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/discard" id="bm_id3147085"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New/Discard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/new">Enters the contents of a new list into the <emph>Entries</emph> box.</ahelp> This button will change from <emph>New</emph> to <emph>Discard</emph>, which enables you to delete the new list.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/add" id="bm_id3149563"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/delete" id="bm_id3149562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add/Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/add">Adds a new list into the <emph>Lists</emph> box.</ahelp> If you would like to edit this list in the <emph>Entries</emph> box, this button will change from <emph>Add</emph> to <emph>Modify</emph>, which enables you to include the newly modified list.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�=YQ� � ( text/shared/optionen/persona_firefox.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Personalization</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/persona_firefox.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="themes"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/personalization_tab/PersonalizationTabPage" id="bm_id6882839"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4077578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/persona_firefox.xhp">Personalization</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can customize %PRODUCTNAME with the same themes available for Mozilla Firefox. The menu bar and the toolbars docked in the top and bottom of the window will display the chosen theme in the background.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="tip">Mozilla Firefox themes are available at the Mozilla website at the following address: <link href="https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/themes/">https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/themes/</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Any Firefox-compliant theme will work with %PRODUCTNAME. However, not every theme will give good visual results—if the image is too busy, it could interfere with the readability of the icons and the menus.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#personalization"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Firefox Themes:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following options are available:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default look, do not use themes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/personalization_tab/no_persona">The toolbars’ background inherits the background settings of your desktop environment.</ahelp> This is the default setting in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Pre-installed theme (if available)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/personalization_tab/default_persona">Display the system theme, if available.</ahelp>Your system administrator may have added a global (system-wide) theme during the %PRODUCTNAME installation. This option will display it.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Own theme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/personalization_tab/own_persona">Choose this option to open the “Select Firefox Theme” dialog and pick your own.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/select_persona_dialog/SelectPersonaDialog" id="bm_id6892839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select Firefox Theme dialog</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This dialog allows you to install a specific theme or gives you a glimpse on other exciting themes from the Mozilla Firefox themes website.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Custom Search</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/select_persona_dialog/search_term">Type or paste the URL of the theme’s webpage.</ahelp> To get the URL, navigate with your browser to the theme’s webpage and copy the URL displayed in the navigation bar of your browser. Then paste it in the dialog’s text box. Click the <item type="menuitem">Search</item> button to download and install it in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Suggested Themes by Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/select_persona_dialog/frame4">Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click one of the five buttons to display in the image area below a random choice of nine themes corresponding to the category indicated in the button.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To select one of the displayed themes, click on its image and press <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Since the themes will be fetched from the Mozilla Firefox theme website, you may have to wait some time to have all nine themes image filled. Please be patient.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XY�� ! text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Color</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="farben"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/ColorPage" id="bm_id3151211"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155132"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp">Color</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/ColorPage">Allows you to select a color from a color palette, edit an existing color, or define new colors.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#color"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Colors</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/paletteselector" id="bm_id3156215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Palette</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/paletteselector">Specifies the name of a selected palette. You can select a different palette here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/colorset" id="bm_id3149202"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color Set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/colorset">Contains a list of available colors. Click on the desired one in the list to select it.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/recentcolorset" id="bm_id31562781"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Recent Colors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/recentcolorset">Displays the last twelve colors selected and applied.</ahelp> Upon selecting a new color it is added to the left of the list. If the list is full and a new color is selected then the rightmost color is deleted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/add" id="bm_id3156278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/add">Adds the new color to the <emph>Custom</emph> palette.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/delete" id="bm_id3153767"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/delete">Deletes the selected color without confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can only delete colors from the <emph>custom</emph> palette.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/newpreview" id="bm_id3153767"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/newpreview">Displays a preview of the color selected from the color palette and the changes you make with the controls below.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/R_custom" id="bm_id3146976"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">R</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/R_custom">The color code of the red component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/G_custom" id="bm_id3159156"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">G</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/G_custom">The color code of the green component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/B_custom" id="bm_id3154319"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">B</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/B_custom">The color code of the blue component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/hex_custom" id="bm_id31543191"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hex</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpage/hex_custom">The color code of the color expressed as a hexadecimal value.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/edit" id="bm_id31543192"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Pick</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp#farbentext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X!C) ) text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Security Level</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1203039"/><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/SecurityLevelPage" id="bm_id7283548"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="macrosecurity_sl"><link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp">Security Level</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">macro security</link> level from one of four options. The options differ according to the security level. Macros that are allowed to run on a higher security level are also allowed to run in all lower levels.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/vhigh" id="bm_id7283547"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Very high</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Only macros from trusted file locations are allowed to run. All other macros, regardless of whether they are signed or not, are disabled.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/high" id="bm_id2273934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">High</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Only signed macros from trusted sources are allowed to run. Unsigned macros are disabled.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/med" id="bm_id7128818"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Medium</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Confirmation required before executing macros from unknown sources.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/low" id="bm_id7408978"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Low (not recommended)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All macros will be executed without confirmation. Use this setting only if you are certain that all documents that will be opened are safe.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��OA
A
! text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Document Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SwEditOptions" id="bm_id7223842"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SwEditOptions" id="bm_id3148491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="optionentextdokument"><ahelp hid=".uno:SwEditOptions">These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.</ahelp></variable> The global settings are automatically saved.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#optionentextdokument"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp#laden"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp#layout"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp#schattencursor"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#raster"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp">Basic Fonts (Western)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for the basic fonts.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp">Basic Fonts (Asian)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for the basic Asian fonts if Asian language support has been activated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages.</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhp">Basic Fonts (CTL)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for basic fonts for complex text layout languages if their support has been activated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp#tabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp#aenderungen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01041000.xhp#compatibility"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp#autocaption"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp#mailmerge"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���L� � ! text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>VBA Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="office"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155805"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/OptFltrPage" id="bm_id1012200911063620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp">VBA Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etsofi"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Word 97/2000/XP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the settings for Microsoft Word documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/wo_basic" id="bm_id1012200910594212"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/ex_basic" id="bm_id101220091104572"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/pp_basic" id="bm_id1012200911053796"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Load Basic code</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="codetext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfltrpage/wo_basic">Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between <emph>Sub</emph> and <emph>End Sub</emph>.</ahelp> You can edit the code. When saving the document in $[officename] format, the Basic code is saved as well. When saving in another format, the Basic code from the $[officename] Basic IDE is not saved.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/wo_saveorig" id="bm_id1012200911004150"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/ex_saveorig" id="bm_id1012200911020741"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/pp_saveorig" id="bm_id1012200911024686"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save original Basic code</paragraph><section id="origtext"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfltrpage/wo_saveorig">Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When saving in another format than Microsoft Format, the Microsoft Basic Code is not saved. For example, if the document contains Microsoft Basic Code and you save it in $[officename] format, you will be warned that the Microsoft Basic Code will not be saved.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Save original Basic code</emph> checkbox takes precedence over the <emph>Load Basic code</emph> check box. If both boxes are marked and you edit the disabled Basic Code in the $[officename] Basic IDE, the original Microsoft Basic code will be saved when saving in the Microsoft format. A message appears to inform you of this.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove any possible Microsoft Basic macro viruses from the Microsoft document, unmark the <emph>Save Original Basic Code </emph>check box and save the document in Microsoft format. The document will be saved without the Microsoft Basic code.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Excel 97/2000/XP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for documents in Microsoft Excel.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Load Basic code</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp#codetext"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/wo_exec" id="bm_id1012200911063630"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfltrpage/ex_exec" id="bm_id1012200911063631"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Executable code</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save original Basic code</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp#origtext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft PowerPoint 97/2000/XP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the settings for documents in Microsoft PowerPoint.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Load Basic code</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp#codetext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save original Basic code</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp#origtext"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp#about"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ғ�, , ! text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Drawing Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SdGraphicOptions" id="bm_id5783031"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SdGraphicOptions" id="bm_id3153087"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Draw Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="allgemein"><ahelp hid=".uno:SdGraphicOptions">Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etotallz"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp#sonstiges"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp#ansicht"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp#fangen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�-lk� � ! text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="layout"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156346"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/ViewOptionsPage" id="bm_id3151111"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp">View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#layout"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Snap Lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies settings that refer to the representation of boundaries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/helplines" id="bm_id3151110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Helplines While Moving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/helplines">Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the<emph> Helplines While Moving </emph>option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether scrollbars and rulers are displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/hruler" id="bm_id3156422"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/hrulercombobox" id="bm_id3156215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal ruler</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/hrulercombobox">Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/vruler" id="bm_id3125863"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/vrulercombobox" id="bm_id3148674"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical ruler</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/vrulercombobox">Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/vrulerright" id="bm_id3147348"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right-aligned</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/vrulerright">Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/smoothscroll" id="bm_id3152938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Smooth scroll</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/smoothscroll">Activates the smooth page scrolling function. </ahelp> The scrolling speed depends of the area and of the color depth display.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines which document elements are displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/graphics" id="bm_id3153728"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Images and objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="grafikenaus"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/graphics">Specifies whether to display images and objects on the screen.</ahelp></variable> If these elements are hidden, you will see empty frames as placeholders.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also control the display of graphics through the <link href="text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp"><emph>Images and Charts</emph></link> icon. If a text document is open, this icon is displayed on the <emph>Tools</emph> bar.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the <emph>Images and objects</emph> option is not selected, no graphics will be loaded from the Internet. Graphics within a table and without an indication of their size can cause display problems when using an older HTML standard on the browsed page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/tables" id="bm_id3154164"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/tables">Displays the tables contained in your document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableBoundaries" id="bm_id3155443"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableBoundaries">To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose <emph>Table Boundaries</emph>, or choose <emph>Table - Table Boundaries</emph> in a Writer document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/drawings" id="bm_id3154255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Drawings and controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/drawings">Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/fieldcodes" id="bm_id3145230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field codes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/fieldcodes">Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.</ahelp> You can also choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link> in a text document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/comments" id="bm_id3150298"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/comments">Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings (for HTML document only)</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/measureunit" id="bm_id3149814"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Measurement unit (for HTML document only)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/measureunit">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">Unit</link> for HTML documents.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
� ! text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Internet options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Internet options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="laden"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies Internet settings.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#internet"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp#proxyserver"/><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp#email"/></case><case select="MAC"><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp#email"/></case><default/></switch><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xb�K�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Proxy</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="proxyserver"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147577"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/OptProxyPage" id="bm_id3154927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp">Proxy</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#proxy">Proxy servers</link> for accessing the Internet can be set up manually as needed.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#internet1"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the settings for the <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#proxy">proxy server</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/proxymode" id="bm_id3156347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Proxy server</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/proxymode">Specifies the type of proxy definition.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Accesses the Internet without a proxy server. Allows you to set up a connection directly on your computer to an Internet provider that does not use a proxy.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Manual</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lets you enter the proxy server manually. Specify the proxy servers in accordance with your Internet service. Ask your system administrator for the proxies and ports to enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Type server names without the protocol prefix. For example, type www.example.com, not http://www.example.com.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">System</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Windows or UNIX systems using GNOME or KDE, this option tells %PRODUCTNAME to use the system settings. You must restart %PRODUCTNAME to initiate this setting.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/http" id="bm_id3154346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">HTTP proxy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/http">Type the name of the proxy server for <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#http">HTTP</link>.</ahelp> Type the port in the right-hand field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/https" id="bm_id431531"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">HTTPS proxy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/ftp" id="bm_id3153360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">FTP proxy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/ftp">Type the name of the proxy server for <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp">FTP</link>.</ahelp> Type the port in the right-hand field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/noproxy" id="bm_id3154908"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No proxy for</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/noproxy">Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.</ahelp> These are servers addressed in your local network, and servers used for video and audio streaming, for example.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use placeholders for the names of hosts and domains. For example, type *.sun.com to address all the hosts in the sun.com domain without proxy.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/httpport" id="bm_id3152920"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/httpsport" id="bm_id3139439"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/ftpport" id="bm_id3147229"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/ftpport">Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.</ahelp> The maximum value of a port number is fixed at 65535.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XZ�Vf2 2 $ text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Test Account Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/testmailsettings/TestMailSettings" id="bm_id3895380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you enter settings on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Mail Merge E-mail</link> tab page, you can click the <emph>Test Settings</emph> button to test your settings.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">(Results list box)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the top list box you will see the results of the test session.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/testmailsettings/errors" id="bm_id3895382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Errors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/testmailsettings/stop" id="bm_id9591051"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Stop</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Stop</emph> button to stop a test session manually.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���ja a ( text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View Certificate</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">View Certificate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The View Certificate dialog opens when you click the View Certificate button on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The dialog has the following tab pages:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_g.xhp#general"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_d.xhp#details"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_c.xhp#certificatepath"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��6� ! text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Registered Databases</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="registered"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">Databases</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Add, modify, or remove entries to the list of registered databases. You must register a database within %PRODUCTNAME in order to see it in the <emph>View - Data sources</emph> window.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#registered"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH" id="bm_id4985198"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Registered Databases</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="35535">Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/dbregisterpage/new" id="bm_id1757866"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="809226765">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to create a new entry.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/dbregisterpage/delete" id="bm_id2827234"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="809226770">Removes the selected entry from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/dbregisterpage/edit" id="bm_id8034607"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="809226766">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�+T�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156410"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/SmathSettings" id="bm_id3150178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einst"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/SmathSettings">Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#formeinst"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/title" id="bm_id3153528"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/title">Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/text" id="bm_id3146798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Formula text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/text">Specifies whether to include the contents of the <emph>Commands</emph> window at the bottom of the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/frame" id="bm_id3154515"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp><emph>Title</emph> and <emph>Formula text</emph> are only set down by a frame if the corresponding check box is active.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print format</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal" id="bm_id3151246"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Original size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp> It is possible that with large formulas a part of the command text is cut off.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizescaled" id="bm_id3147264"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit to size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizescaled">Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.</ahelp> The real size will be determined by the used paper format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizezoomed" id="bm_id3151210"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/zoom" id="bm_id3154140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Scaling</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/zoom">Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.</ahelp> Type the desired enlargement factor directly in the <emph>Scaling</emph> control, or set the value using the arrow buttons.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/norightspaces" id="bm_id3159152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ignore ~ and ' at the end of the line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/norightspaces">Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], adding such characters at the end of a line prevented the right edge of the formula from being cut off during printing.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/tobeannounced" id="bm_id34459152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Embed only used symbols (smaller file size)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], all symbols were saved with each formula.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���@� � ! text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Accessibility</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="accessibility"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159411"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/OptAccessibilityPage" id="bm_id3254982"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp">Accessibility</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets options that make <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#accessibility"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Miscellaneous options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets accessibility options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/acctool" id="bm_id3153881"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"/><defaultinline>Support assistive technology tools (program restart required)</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"/><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/acctool">Allows you to use assistive tools, such as external screen readers, Braille devices or speech recognition input devices. The Java Runtime Environment must be installed on your computer before you can enable assistive support.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/textselinreadonly" id="bm_id3155342"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use text selection cursor in read-only text document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/textselinreadonly">Displays cursor in read-only documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/animatedgraphics" id="bm_id3153627"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow animated images</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/animatedgraphics">Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/animatedtext" id="bm_id3152812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow animated text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/animatedtext">Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options for high contrast appearance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">High contrast is an operating system setting that changes the system color scheme to improve readability. You can decide how <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the high contrast settings of the operating system.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Cell borders and shadows are always shown in text color when high contrast mode is active. The cell background color is ignored then.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autodetecthc" id="bm_id3159254"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatically detect high contrast mode of operating system</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autodetecthc">Switches <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autofontcolor" id="bm_id3153365"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use automatic font color for screen display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autofontcolor">Displays fonts in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/systempagepreviewcolor" id="bm_id3152941"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use system colors for page previews</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/systempagepreviewcolor">Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XYh�r ! text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aenderungen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/OptRedLinePage" id="bm_id3149795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp">Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/OptRedLinePage">Defines the appearance of changes in the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To record or show changes in your text or spreadsheet document, choose <link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph></link> or <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Show Changes</emph>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#registeraenderungen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the settings for displaying recorded changes. Select the type of change and the corresponding display attribute and color. The preview field shows the effect of the selected display options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/insert" id="bm_id3153896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insertions / Attributes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/insert">Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/deleted" id="bm_id3150358"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Deletions / Attributes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/deleted">Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changed" id="bm_id3149203"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Changed attributes / Attributes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changed">Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/insertcolor" id="bm_id3147084"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/deletedcolor" id="bm_id3154217"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changedcolor" id="bm_id3149810"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changedcolor">You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Lines changed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To indicate which lines of the text have been changed, you can define a mark that appears in the left or right page margin.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markpos" id="bm_id3161831"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mark</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markpos">Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.</ahelp> You can set the markings so that they always appear on the left or right page margin, or on the outer or inner margin.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markcolor" id="bm_id3148618"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markcolor">Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XJ�� � ! text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Default colors</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grundfarben"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154751"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/OptChartColorsPage" id="bm_id4940946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp">Default colors</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Assigns colors to the data rows. The settings only apply for all newly created charts.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#diagrgfarbe"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors" id="bm_id4940946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chart colors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors">Displays all the colors available for the data series.</ahelp> Select a data series to change its color. Select the desired color from the adjacent color table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This table is used as a means of replacing the chart colors for the selected data rows. For example, if you selected data row 6 and then click on the color green 8, the old color of the data row is replaced by green 8. The name of the selected color is shown below the color table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default" id="bm_id5361491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default">Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���% �% ! text/shared/optionen/01041000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Compatibility</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01041000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3577990"/><section id="compatibility"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcompatpage/OptCompatPage" id="bm_id2023987"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="compatibility_var"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041000.xhp">Compatibility</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcompatpage/OptCompatPage">Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#compatibility"/></section><paragraph role="note">Some of the settings defined here are only valid for the current document and must be defined separately for each document.</paragraph><section id="printermetrics"><bookmark branch="hid/sd:CheckBox:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CB_USE_PRINTER_METRICS" id="bm_id3149922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use printer metrics for document formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS">Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, a printer independent layout will be used for screen display and printing.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you set this option for the current document and then save the document, for example, in an older binary format, this option will not be saved. If you later open the file from the older format, this option will be set by default.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add spacing between paragraphs and tables (in current document)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] Writer, paragraph spacing is defined differently than in MS Word documents. If you have defined spacing between two paragraphs or tables, spacing is also added in the corresponding MS Word documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE:CB_MERGE_PARA_DIST">Specifies whether to add MS Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add paragraph and table spacing at tops of pages (in current document)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE:CB_MERGE_PARA_DIST_PAGESTART">Specifies whether paragraph spacing at the top of a page will also be effective at the beginning of a page or column if the paragraph is positioned on the first page of the document.</ahelp> The same applies for a page break.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you import an MS Word document, the spaces are automatically added during the conversion.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use OpenOffice.org 1.1 tab stop formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT">Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.</ahelp> If this check box is not selected, tab stops are handled in the same way as in other Office applications.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In text documents created by your current version of Writer, the new tab stop handling is used by default. In text documents created by Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0, the old tab stop handling is applied.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not add leading (extra space) between lines of text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that additional leading (extra space) between lines of text is not added, even if the font in use contains the additional leading attribute.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In text documents created by your current version of Writer, the additional leading is used by default. In text documents created by Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0, the additional leading is not used.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use OpenOffice.org 1.1 line spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the option is off, a new process for formatting text lines with proportional line spacing will be applied. If the option is on, the previous method of formatting of text lines with proportional line spacing will be applied.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In text documents created by your current version of Writer and in Microsoft Word documents of recent versions, the new process is used. In text documents created by Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0, the previous process is used.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add paragraph and table spacing at bottom of table cells</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that the bottom spacing is added to a paragraph, even when it is the last paragraph in a table cell.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the option is off, table cells will be formatted as in Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0. If the option is on, an alternative method of formatting table cells will be applied. The option is on by default for new documents created with %PRODUCTNAME and for documents imported from Microsoft Word format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use OpenOffice.org 1.1 object positioning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies how to calculate the position of floating objects anchored to a character or paragraph with respect to the top and bottom paragraph spacing.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the option is on, the floating objects are positioned as in Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0. If the option is off, the floating objects are positioned using an alternative method that is similar to the method used by Microsoft Word. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The option will be set to off for new documents. For Writer documents created by a version prior to OpenOffice.org 2.0 the option is on.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use OpenOffice.org 1.1 text wrapping around objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">MS Word and Writer have different approaches on wrapping text around floating screen objects. Floating screen object are Writer frames and drawing objects, and the objects 'text box', 'graphic', 'frame', 'picture' etc. in MS Word.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In MS Word and in current versions of Writer, page header/footer content and footnote/endnote content does not wrap around floating screen objects. Text body content wraps around floating screen objects which are anchored in the page header. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0, the opposite was true.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the option is off, which is the default setting, the new text wrapping will be applied. If the option is on, the former text wrapping will be applied. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Consider wrapping style when positioning objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies how the complex process of positioning floating objects that are anchored to a character or paragraph should work. In Writer versions prior to StarOffice 8 or OpenOffice.org 2.0, an iterative process was used, while in current versions a straightforward process is used, which is similar to the same process in Microsoft Word.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the option is off, the old %PRODUCTNAME iterative process of object positioning is used. If the option is on, the new straightforward process is used to ensure compatibility with Microsoft Word documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Expand word space on lines with manual line breaks in justified paragraphs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If enabled, Writer adds spacing between words, in lines that end with Shift+Enter in justified paragraphs. If disabled, spacing between words will not be expanded to justify the lines.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This setting is on by default for .odt text documents. It will be saved and loaded with the document in the .odt text document format. This setting cannot be saved in old .sxw text documents, so this setting is off for .sxw text documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optcompatpage/default" id="bm_id4321726"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use as Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optcompatpage/default">Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The factory defaults are set as follows. Enabled are the following options, while all other options are disabled:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Add spacing between paragraphs and tables (in current document)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Add paragraph and table spacing at tops of pages (in current document)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Add paragraph and table spacing at bottom of table cells</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Expand word space on lines with manual line breaks in justified paragraphs</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xס�H H ! text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155450"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/OptGeneralPage" id="bm_id3539840"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><section id="allg"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the general settings for $[officename].</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#allg"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the behavior of the installed help.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/exthelp" id="bm_id1425519"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Extended tips</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open/Save dialogs</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/filedlg" id="bm_id7715994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use $[officename] dialogs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/filedlg">Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="warning">When you open a file by an URL from the Windows file dialog, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialog opens the remote file.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">The $[officename] dialogs for <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">opening</link> and <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">saving</link> documents are described in $[officename] Help. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Document status</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/docstatus" id="bm_id3986632"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Printing sets "document modified" status</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/docstatus">Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.</ahelp> When this option is marked, the very next time the document is closed you are asked if the changes should be saved. The print date is then entered in the document properties as a change.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/year" id="bm_id6075624"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Year (two digits)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/year">Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="jahreszahlen"><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename], years are indicated by four digits, so that the difference between 1/1/99 and 1/1/01 is two years. This <emph>Year (two digits)</emph> setting allows the user to define the years in which two-digit dates are added to 2000. To illustrate, if you specify a date of 1/1/30 or later, the entry "1/1/20" is recognized as 1/1/2020 instead of 1/1/1920.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help Improve LibreOffice</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Collect usage data and send it to The Document Foundation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/collectusageinfo">Send usage data to help The Document Foundation improve the software usability.</ahelp> The software development team is interested in information about the usage pattern of %PRODUCTNAME. This data helps to improve the usability of the applications, by identifying the most frequently used sequences of commands while performing common tasks, and in return, design a user interface that is easier to use and more productive. The usage data is sent anonymously and carry no document contents, only the commands used.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�O͊� � ! text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fonts</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schrifters"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150715"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/OptFontsPage" id="bm_id3147209"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp">Fonts</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/replacements">Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can override the default substitution font that your operating system uses when it encounters an unavailable font in a document.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#schriers"/></section><paragraph role="note">Font replacement also affects the display of fonts on the $[officename] user interface.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/usetable" id="bm_id1615039"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply replacement table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/usetable">Enables the font replacement settings that you define.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb" id="bm_id3150360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replacement table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb">Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select <emph>Always</emph> to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select <emph>Screen only </emph>to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Always checkbox</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Screen only checkbox</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Replacement action</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">checked</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">blank</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Font replacement on screen and when printing, whether the font is installed or not.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">checked</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">checked</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Font replacement only on screen, whether the font is installed or not.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">blank</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">checked</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Font replacement only on screen, but only if font is not available.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">blank</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">blank</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Font replacement on screen and when printing, but only if font is not available.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/font1" id="bm_id8428907"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/font1">Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/font2" id="bm_id1337321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/font2">Enter or select the name of the replacement font.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/apply" id="bm_id3150010"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/apply">Applies the selected font replacement.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu01.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/delete" id="bm_id3148647"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/delete">Deletes the selected font replacement.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu02.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font settings for HTML and Basic sources</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the font and font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/fontname" id="bm_id4237800"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fonts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/fontname">Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.</ahelp> Select <emph>Automatic</emph> to detect a suitable font automatically.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonly" id="bm_id1382183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Non-proportional fonts only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonly">Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the <emph>Fonts</emph> list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/fontheight" id="bm_id6423841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/fontheight">Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���so o ! text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Chart options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Chart options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="farbe"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Defines the general settings for charts.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#diagrfarbe"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp#grundfarben"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �Lj � ! text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Connections</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verbindungen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154136"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSBROWSER_DISCONNECTING" id="bm_id3149798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhp">Connections</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines how the connections to data sources are pooled.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Connections </emph>facility allows you to stipulate that connections that are no longer needed are not deleted immediately, but are kept free for a certain period of time. If a new connection to the data source is needed in that period, the free connection can be used for this purpose.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#verbindungen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Connection Pool</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/connpooloptions/connectionpooling" id="bm_id5568712"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connection pooling enabled</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/connpooloptions/connectionpooling">Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Drivers known in $[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays a list of defined drivers and connection data.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Current driver</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The currently selected driver is displayed below the list.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/connpooloptions/enablepooling" id="bm_id8145084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Enable pooling for this driver</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/connpooloptions/enablepooling">Select a driver from the list and mark the <emph>Enable pooling for this driver</emph> checkbox in order to pool its connection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/connpooloptions/timeout" id="bm_id5520798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Timeout (seconds)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/connpooloptions/timeout">Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.</ahelp> The time can be anywhere between 30 and 600 seconds.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ER5 R5 ! text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Calculate</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="berechnen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149399"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/OptCalculatePage" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">Calculate</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.</ahelp> Defines the behavior of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalization or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopbe"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Iterative references</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In this section you can delimit the number of approximation steps carried out during iterative calculations. In addition, you can specify the degree of precision of the answer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/iterate" id="bm_id3156153"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Iterations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/iterate">Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.</ahelp> If the<emph> Iterations </emph>box is not marked, an iterative reference in the table will cause an error message.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Example:</emph> calculating the cost of an item without the value-added tax.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the text 'Selling price' in cell A5, the text 'Net' in cell A6, and the text 'Value-added tax' in cell A7.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Now type a selling price (for example, 100) in cell B5. The net price should be shown in cell B6 and the value-added tax should be shown in cell B7. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You know that the value-added tax is calculated as 'net price times 15%' and that you arrive at the net price by deducting the value-added tax from the selling price. Type the formula <item type="literal">=B5-B7</item> in B6 to calculate the net price, and type the formula <item type="literal">=B6*0.15</item> in cell B7 to calculate the value-added tax.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Switch on the iterations to correctly calculate the formulas, otherwise a 'Circular reference' error message appears in the <emph>Status</emph> Bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">B</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Selling Price</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">100</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Net</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">=B5-B7</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Tax</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">=B6*0,15</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/steps" id="bm_id3146119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Steps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/steps">Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/minchange" id="bm_id3145273"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Minimum Change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/minchange">Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the start date for the internal conversion from days to numbers.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datestd" id="bm_id3153159"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">12/30/1899 (default)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datestd">Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datesc10" id="bm_id3150715"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">01/01/1900 (StarCalc 1.0)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datesc10">Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/date1904" id="bm_id3147173"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">01/01/1904</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/date1904">Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/case" id="bm_id3151205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Case sensitive</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/case">Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Example:</emph> Type the text 'Test' in cell A1; and the text 'test' in B1. Then type the formula "=A1=B1" in cell C1. If the <emph>Case sensitive</emph> box is marked, FALSE will appear in the cell; otherwise, TRUE will appear in the cell.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The EXACT text function is always case-sensitive, independent of the settings in this dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Disable case sensitivity for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/calc" id="bm_id3145766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Precision as shown</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/calc">Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/match" id="bm_id3150364"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/match">Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When both, the <emph>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</emph> box and the <emph>Enable wildcards in formulas</emph> box are marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as Microsoft Excel when searching cells in the database functions.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">* in following position:</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Search result:</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">win</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds win, but not win95, os2win, or upwind</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">win*</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds win and win95, but not os2win or upwind</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*win</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds win and os2win, but not win95 or upwind</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*win*</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds win, win95, os2win, and upwind</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If <emph>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells </emph>is not enabled, the "win" search pattern acts like "*win*". The search pattern can be at any position within the cell when searching with the Calc database functions.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Enable whole cell match for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/formulawildcards" id="bm_id3154420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable wildcards in formulas</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/formulawildcards">Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.</ahelp><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> This relates to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp">database functions</link>, and to VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>?</emph> (question mark) matches any single character</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>*</emph> (asterisk) matches any sequence of characters, including an empty string</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>~</emph> (tilde) escapes the special meaning of a question mark, asterisk or tilde character that follows immediately after the tilde character</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="warning">Enable wildcards in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/formularegex" id="bm_id3154419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable regular expressions in formulas</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/formularegex">Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.</ahelp><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> This relates to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp">database functions</link>, and to VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Do not enable regular expressions in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/formulaliteral" id="bm_id3154421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">No wildcards or regular expressions in formulas</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/formulaliteral">Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons.</ahelp><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> This relates to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060101.xhp">database functions</link>, and to VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, AVERAGEIF, AVERAGEIFS, COUNTIF, COUNTIFS, SUMIF, SUMIFS and SEARCH.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Do not disable wildcards in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/lookup" id="bm_id3152901"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatically find column and row labels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/lookup">Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Example</emph>: Cell E5 contains the text "Europe". Below, in cell E6, is the value 100 and in cell E7 the value 200. If the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> box is marked, you can write the following formula in cell A1: =SUM(Europe).</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/generalprec" id="bm_id315342901"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Limit decimals for general number format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/prec" id="bm_id3147362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Decimal places</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/prec">Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the <emph>General</emph> number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�lپ1 1 & text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Macro Security</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="macrosecurity"><link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Macro Security dialog appears when a document contains one or more macros. You can also call the dialog from the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph></link> page.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp#macrosecurity_sl"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp#macrosecurity_ts"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp#securitywarning"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XT�jl+ + ! text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Paths</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Paths</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Edit Paths </emph>dialog, you can select some folders that are available in $[officename].</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#pfade"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/selectpathdialog/paths" id="bm_id3154938"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/multipathdialog/paths" id="bm_id3154938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paths</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/selectpathdialog/paths">Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add" id="bm_id3150768"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/multipathdialog/add" id="bm_id3150768"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog to select another folder or the <emph>Open</emph> dialog to select another file.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen1"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XD��/ / ! text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Complex Text Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ctl"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148668"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optctlpage/OptCTLPage" id="bm_id3153682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp">Complex Text Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#sprachenctl"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp#ctl"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sequence checking</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In languages such as Thai, rules specify that certain characters are not allowed next to other characters. If Sequence Input Checking (SIC) is enabled, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will not allow a character next to another if this is forbidden by a rule.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optctlpage/sequencechecking" id="bm_id3153681"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use sequence checking</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/sequencechecking">Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optctlpage/restricted" id="bm_id3153683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restricted</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/restricted">Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cursor control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the type of text cursor movement and text selection for mixed text (right-to-left mixed with left-to-right text direction).</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optctlpage/movementlogical" id="bm_id3145383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Logical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/movementlogical">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optctlpage/movementvisual" id="bm_id3148685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Visual</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/movementvisual">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">General options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optctlpage/numerals" id="bm_id3159400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numerals (in text only)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/numerals">Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> modules. Only cell contents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc are not affected.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Arabic: All numbers are shown using Arabic numerals. This is the default.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hindi: All numbers are shown using Hindi numerals. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">System: All numbers are shown using Arabic or Hindi numerals, according to the locale settings defined by your system locale.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">This setting is not saved in the document but in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> configuration.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XTI�G� � ! text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Languages</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sprachen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154751"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/OptLanguagesPage" id="bm_id7035738"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Languages</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#sprachen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Language of</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/userinterface" id="bm_id7035737"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">User interface</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The "Default" entry selects the language of the user interface for the operating system. If this language is not available in the %PRODUCTNAME installation, the language of the %PRODUCTNAME installation is the default language.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/localesetting" id="bm_id1609241"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Locale setting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/localesetting">Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The "Default" entry selects the locale setting that is selected for the operating system.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A change in this field is immediately applicable. However, some formats that were formatted by default change only if the document is newly loaded.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/decimalseparator" id="bm_id2873012"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Decimal separator key - Same as locale setting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If this checkbox is activated, the character shown after "Same as locale setting" is inserted when you press the key on the number pad. If this checkbox is not activated, the character that your keyboard driver software provides is inserted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/currencylb" id="bm_id9471419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default currency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/currencylb">Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.</ahelp> If you change the locale setting, the default currency changes automatically.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The default entry applies to the currency format that is assigned to the selected locale setting.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A change in <emph>Default currency</emph> field will be transmitted to all open documents and will lead to corresponding changes in the dialogs and icons that control the currency format in these documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/datepatterns" id="bm_id9471429"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Date acceptance patterns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.</ahelp> Default locale dependent date acceptance patterns are generated build time, but it is possible to add more or modify them in this edit box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Additionally to the date acceptance patterns defined here, every locale accepts input in an ISO 8601 Y-M-D pattern, and since %PRODUCTNAME 3.5 that also leads to the YYYY-MM-DD format being applied.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Syntax: <emph>Y</emph> means year, <emph>M</emph> means month, and <emph>D</emph> means day, regardless of localizaton.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default languages for documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the languages for spellchecking, thesaurus and hyphenation.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp#language_select"/><section id="sprachmodul"><paragraph role="warning">The spellcheck for the selected language only functions when you have installed the corresponding language module. <embedvar href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp#sprachenfeld"/>
</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/westernlanguage" id="bm_id4734946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Western</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/westernlanguage">Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/asianlanguage" id="bm_id908841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Asian</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/asianlanguage">Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/complexlanguage" id="bm_id2717062"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">CTL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/complexlanguage">Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/currentdoc" id="bm_id3376262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">For the current document only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/currentdoc">Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enhanced language support</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/asiansupport" id="bm_id105594"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show UI elements for East Asian writings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/asiansupport">Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to write in Chinese, Japanese or Korean, you can activate the support for these languages in the user interface.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/ctlsupport" id="bm_id295724"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show UI elements for Bi-Directional writing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/ctlsupport">Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp#ctl"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/ignorelanguagechange" id="bm_id295725"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ignore system input language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�N��* * ! text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Asian Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="asialayout"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/OptAsianPage" id="bm_id3149811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp">Asian Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the typographic default settings for Asian text.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#asialayout"/></section><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143268"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Kerning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the default settings for kerning between individual characters.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/charkerning" id="bm_id3149811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Western characters only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/charkerning">Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/charpunctkerning" id="bm_id3157910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Western text and Asian punctuation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/charpunctkerning">Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the default settings for character spacing in Asian texts, cells, and drawing objects.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/nocompression" id="bm_id3159158"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No compression</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/nocompression">Specifies that no compression at all will occur.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/punctcompression" id="bm_id3154514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Compress only punctuation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/punctcompression">Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/punctkanacompression" id="bm_id3148944"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Compress punctuation and Japanese Kana</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/punctkanacompression">Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">First and last characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialog that appears when you choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp"><emph>Asian Typography</emph></link>, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/language" id="bm_id3154138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/language">Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/standard" id="bm_id3150767"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/standard">When you mark<emph> Default</emph>, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/start" id="bm_id3154216"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Not at start of line:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/start">Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.</ahelp> If a character typed here is positioned at the beginning of a line after a line break, it is automatically moved to the end of the previous line. For example, an exclamation point at the end of a sentence never appears at the start of a line if it is part of the <emph>Not at start of line</emph> list.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optasianpage/end" id="bm_id3149560"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Not at end of line:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optasianpage/end">Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.</ahelp> If a character typed here is positioned at the end of a line due to a line break, it is automatically moved to the beginning of the next line. For example, a currency symbol that appears in front of an amount never appears at the end of a line if it is part of the<emph> Not at end of line</emph> list.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XW���3 �3 ! text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Writing Aids</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linguistik"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7986388"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/OptLinguPage" id="bm_id3147291"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp">Writing Aids</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/OptLinguPage">Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#writingaids"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/lingumodules" id="bm_id3147653"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Available Language Modules</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingumodules">Contains the installed language modules.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A language module can contain one, two or three submodules: Spellcheck, hyphenation and thesaurus. Each sub-module can be available in one or more languages. If you click in front of the name of the module, you activate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you remove a set mark, you deactivate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you wish to activate or deactivate individual sub-modules, click the<emph> Edit button </emph>to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp"><emph>Edit Modules</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The configuration allows for two different directories: one folder where the user has write permissions, and one without write permissions. The user can only edit and delete the user dictionaries that are located in the writable path. Other dictionaries can be read only.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/lingumodulesedit" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingumodulesedit">To edit a language module, select it and click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp"><emph>Edit </emph><emph>Modules</emph></link> dialog appears.</paragraph><section id="benutzerwb"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsedit" id="bm_id3150503"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User-defined dictionaries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsedit">Lists the available user dictionaries.</ahelp> Mark the user dictionaries that you want to use for spellcheck and hyphenation.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsnew" id="bm_id3154923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsnew">Opens the <emph>New Dictionary</emph> dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/OptNewDictionaryDialog" id="bm_id3151211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New Dictionary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Dictionary</emph> section you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/nameedit" id="bm_id3151210"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/nameedit">Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.</ahelp> The file extension "*.DIC" is automatically appended.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/language" id="bm_id3148451"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/language">By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.</ahelp> By selecting <emph>All</emph> the custom dictionary is used independently of the current language.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/except" id="bm_id3145606"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Exceptions (-)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/except">Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.</ahelp> In this way, you can create a custom dictionary of all the words to be avoided. If this exception dictionary is activated, during spellchecking you receive a corresponding note about any words which should be avoided.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsedit" id="bm_id3155411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsedit">Opens the <emph>Edit custom dictionary</emph> dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/EditDictionaryDialog" id="bm_id3155416"/><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Edit custom dictionary </emph>dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries. If you edit an exception dictionary, the dialog has the added facility of defining an exception for a word. During the spellcheck this exception is then listed as a suggestion.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When a dictionary is edited, a check is made on the status of the file. If the file is write-protected, it cannot be changed. The buttons <emph>New</emph> and <emph>Delete</emph> are then deactivated. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/book" id="bm_id3155415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Book</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/book">Specifies the book to be edited.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ignore">The <emph>IgnoreAllList (All) </emph>includes all words that have been marked with <emph>Ignore</emph> during spellcheck. This list is valid only for the current spellcheck.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>IgnoreAllList</emph> entry cannot be selected and cannot be deleted. Only the words included as content can be deleted. This happens automatically each time that $[officename] is closed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/lang" id="bm_id3156385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/lang">Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/word" id="bm_id3155334"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/word">You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.</ahelp> If you select a word from this list it is displayed in the text field. If you type a word with a trailing = character, such as "AutoComplete=", the word is never automatically hyphenated and no hyphenation is suggested. Typing "Auto=Complete" results in the word being hyphenated, or a hyphenation suggested, where you insert the = sign.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use a [] block instead of the = sign to specify character changes before the hyphenation break. Possible character changes: (1) Extra characters, for example <emph>tug[g]gumi</emph> results the correct hyphenation “tugg- gummi” of the Swedish word “tuggummi”. (2) Character removing specified by a digit, for example <emph>paral·[1]lel</emph> results correct hyphenation “paral- lel” of the Catalan word “paral·lel”, removing one character before the break point. (3) Both removed and extra characters, for example <emph>cafee[2é]tje</emph> results correct hyphenation “café- tje” of the Dutch word “cafeetje”, removing two characters before the break point, and adding an extra one.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/replace" id="bm_id3147346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Suggestion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/replace">This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/newreplace" id="bm_id3149566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/newreplace">Adds the word in the <emph>Word </emph>text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the <emph>Suggestion </emph>field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/editdictionarydialog/delete" id="bm_id3153790"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsdelete" id="bm_id3150787"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="optionen"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptions" id="bm_id3153703"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptions">Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptionsedit" id="bm_id3147131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptionsedit">If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> You will see a dialog for entering a new value.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check uppercase words</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that capitalization is checked during spellcheck.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check words with numbers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that words that contain numbers as well as letters are to be checked.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check special regions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that special regions, such as drawing text, are checked during spellcheck.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpellOnline" id="bm_id3166435"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Check spelling as you type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="automatisch"><ahelp hid=".uno:SpellOnline">Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="automatischweiter"><paragraph role="paragraph">Typing errors are highlighted in the document with a red underline. If you place the cursor over a word marked in this way, you can open the context menu to obtain a list of corrections. Select a correction to replace the word. If you make the same mistake again while editing the document, it will be marked as an error again.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To place the word pair in the <link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">AutoCorrect replacement table</link>, open the <link href="text/shared/01/06040500.xhp">AutoCorrect context menu</link> and choose <emph>AutoCorrect</emph>. Make your selection from the submenu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/breaknumberoptions/BreakNumberOption" id="bm_id3159095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Minimal number of characters for hyphenation </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the minimum number of characters required for automatic hyphenation to be applied. <ahelp hid="cui/ui/breaknumberoptions/BreakNumberOption" visibility="hidden"> Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Characters before line break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the minimum number of characters of the word to be hyphenated that must remain at the end of the line.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Characters after line break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the minimum number of characters of a hyphenated word required at the next line.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hyphenate without inquiry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that you will never be asked for a manual hyphenation. If the field is not marked, when a word is not recognized you will be presented with a dialog for entering hyphens.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hyphenate special regions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies that hyphenation will also be carried out in footnotes, headers and footers.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��" � � ! text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sonstiges"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149295"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/OptSavePage" id="bm_id3153824"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/OptSavePage">Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etopsonstiges"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text objects</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/qickedit" id="bm_id3156343"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:QuickEdit" id="bm_id3147264"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow quick editing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schnellbearb"><ahelp hid=".">If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline>In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate the text editing mode through the <emph>Allow Quick Editing</emph><link href="text/simpress/02/13180000.xhp">icon</link> in the <emph>Option</emph> bar.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/textselected" id="bm_id3148920"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PickThrough" id="bm_id3153969"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Only text area selectable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="textbereich"><ahelp hid=".uno:PickThrough">Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="textbereich2">In the area of the text frame that is not filled with text, an object behind the text frame can be selected.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline>In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate this mode through the<emph> Select Text Area Only </emph><link href="text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp">icon</link> in the <emph>Option</emph> bar.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New document (only in presentations)</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/startwithwizard" id="bm_id3152460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start with Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/startwithwizard">Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with <emph>File - New - Presentation</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/backgroundback" id="bm_id3145750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use background cache</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/backgroundback">Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.</ahelp> This speeds up the display. Unmark the <emph>Use background cache</emph> option if you want to display changing contents on the master page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/copywhenmove" id="bm_id3150094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Copy when moving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</ahelp> The same will apply for rotating and resizing the object. The original object will remain in its current position and size.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/objalwymov" id="bm_id3150592"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Objects always moveable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/objalwymov">Specifies that you want to move an object with the <emph>Rotate</emph> tool enabled. If<emph> Object always moveable </emph>is not marked, the <emph>Rotate</emph> tool can only be used to rotate an object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/distrotcb" id="bm_id3151207"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not distort objects in curve (only in drawings)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/distrotcb">Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/units" id="bm_id3153709"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Unit of measurement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/units">Determines the <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">Unit of measurement</link> for presentations.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/metricFields" id="bm_id3154757"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab stops</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/metricFields">Defines the spacing between tab stops.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Presentation (only in presentations)</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Enable remote control</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/enremotcont">Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.</ahelp> Unmark<emph> Enable remote control</emph> to disable remote controlling.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scale (only in drawings)</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/scaleBox" id="bm_id3146317"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Drawing scale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/scaleBox">Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Compatibility (document specific settings)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The settings in this area are valid for the current document only.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01041000.xhp#printermetrics"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/cbCompatibility" id="bm_id3153788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add spacing between paragraphs in the current document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/cbCompatibility">Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Microsoft PowerPoint adds the bottom spacing of a paragraph to the top spacing of the next paragraph to calculate the total spacing between both paragraphs. $[officename] Impress utilizes only the larger of the two spacings.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xt� ! text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Link</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Database Link</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/DatabaseLinkDialog" id="bm_id8789331"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates or edits an entry in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">Databases</link> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the path and the file name of the database file. The name of the file must end with the *.odb extension.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/browse" id="bm_id8789330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/browse">Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/name" id="bm_id2885219"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Registered name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/name">Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xd�: : ! text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formula</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formula"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4249399"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optformula/OptFormula" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhp">Formula</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopfo"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formula options</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Formula syntax</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are three options. Let's see it by example. In a sample spreadsheet there are two worksheets, Sheet1 and Sheet2. In A1 cell of Sheet1 there is a reference to C4 cell of Sheet2.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Calc A1</emph> - This is the default of %PRODUCTNAME Calc. The reference will be <item type="input">=$Sheet2.C4</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Excel A1</emph> - This is the default of Microsoft Excel. The reference will be <item type="input">=Sheet2!C4</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Excel R1C1</emph> - This is the relative row/column addressing, known from Microsoft Excel. The reference will be <item type="input">=Sheet2!R[3]C[2]</item></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use English function names</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME Calc function names can be localized. By default, the check box is off, which means the localized function names are used. Checking this check box will swap localized function names with the English ones. This change takes effect in all of the following areas: formula input and display, function wizard, and formula tips. You can of course uncheck it to go back to the localized function names.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separators</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This option group lets you configure separators in your formula expressions. This comes in handy when, for instance, you want to separate your function parameters by commas (,) instead of semicolons (;).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, instead of <item type="input">=SUM(A1;B1;C1)</item> you can type <item type="input">=SUM(A1,B1,C1)</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Likewise, you can also change the column and row separators for in-line arrays. Previously, an in-line array used semicolons (;) as the column separators and the pipe symbols (|) as the row separators, so a typical in-line array expression looked like this for a 5 x 2 matrix array:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="input">={1;2;3;4;5|6;7;8;9;10}</item></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By changing the column separators to commas (,) and the row separators to semicolons (;), the same expression will look like this:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="input">={1,2,3,4,5;6,7,8,9,10}</item></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Detailed calculation settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can configure the formula syntax to use when parsing references given in string parameters. This affects built-in functions such as INDIRECT that takes a reference as a string value.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Recalculation on File Load</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Recalculating formulas can take significant time while loading very large files.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Excel 2007 and newer:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">
Loading a large spreadsheet file can take a long time. If you don't need to update your large spreadsheet data immediately, you can postpone the recalculation at a better time.
%PRODUCTNAME allows you to defer recalculation of Excel 2007 (and above) spreadsheets to speedup loading time.
</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">ODF Spreadsheet (not saved by %PRODUCTNAME):</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">
Recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME caches spreadsheet formula results into its ODF file.
This feature helps %PRODUCTNAME to recalculate a large ODF spreadsheet saved by %PRODUCTNAME faster.
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">
For ODF spreadsheets saved by other programs, where such cached formula results may not exist, recalculation can be deferred to speedup file loading as with Excel 2007 files.
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For the entries above the following choices are possible:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Never recalculate</emph> - No formulas will be recalculated on loading the file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Always recalculate</emph> - All formulas will be recalculated on file load.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Prompt user</emph> - Prompt user for action.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">
%PRODUCTNAME saved ODF spreadsheets will honor <emph>Never recalculate</emph> and <emph>Always recalculate</emph> options.
</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��) ) ! text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Presentation Options</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SdEditOptions" id="bm_id3420160"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SdEditOptions" id="bm_id3147834"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Impress Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="allgemein"><ahelp hid=".uno:SdEditOptions">Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etotall"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp#sonstiges"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp#ansicht"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp#fangen"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X XЌ� � ! text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ansicht"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155341"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/OptViewPage" id="bm_id3156330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp">View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies view options.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#ansicht"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User Interface</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/iconsize" id="bm_id6505935"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Toolbar icon size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/iconsize">Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.</ahelp><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The <emph>Automatic</emph> option uses the font size settings of your operating system for menus.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/sidebariconsize" id="bm_id6505945"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sidebar icon size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/sidebariconsize">Specifies the display size of sidebar icons.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/notebookbariconsize" id="bm_id190920161821437677"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Notebook bar icon size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/notebookbariconsize">Specifies the display size of <link href="text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp">notebook bar</link> icons.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/iconstyle" id="bm_id5482039"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Icon style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/iconstyle">Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/aafont" id="bm_id1062654"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Screen font antialiasing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/aafont">Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/aanf" id="bm_id9525742"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/aanf">Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mouse</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mouse positioning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/mousepos">Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/mousepos" id="bm_id5366069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Middle mouse button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/mousemiddle">Defines the function of the middle mouse button.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Automatic scrolling</emph> - dragging while pressing the middle mouse button shifts the view.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Paste clipboard</emph> - pressing the middle mouse button inserts the contents of the "Selection clipboard" at the cursor position. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The "Selection clipboard" is independent of the normal clipboard that you use by <emph>Edit - Copy/Cut /Insert</emph> or the respective keyboard shortcuts. Clipboard and "Selection clipboard" can contain different contents at the same time.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Clipboard</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Selection clipboard</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>Copy content</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Edit - Copy Ctrl+C.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select text, table, object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>Paste content</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Edit - Paste Ctrl+V pastes at the cursor position.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Clicking the middle mouse button pastes at the mouse pointer position.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>Pasting into another document</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">No effect on the clipboard contents.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The last marked selection is the content of the selection clipboard.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Graphics output</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RefreshView" id="bm_id6835216"/><paragraph role="tip"><ahelp hid="20201">Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/useaccel" id="bm_id4084902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use hardware acceleration</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/useaccel">Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.</ahelp> The support for hardware acceleration is not available for all operating systems and platform distributions of %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/useaa" id="bm_id1019200910503048"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use Anti-Aliasing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/useaa">When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use OpenGL for all rendering (on restart)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/useopengl">Use the high performance Open Graphics Library (<link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp">OpenGL</link>) to render all visual elements of the application, including windows, menus, toolbars and icons.</ahelp> OpenGL uses the computer graphics device to accelerate the graphics rendering. If the device is blacklisted (see below) this option will not be effective.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Force OpenGL even if blacklisted (on restart)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/forceopengl">Forces the use of OpenGL even if the graphics device is blacklisted.</ahelp> A device is blacklisted when it is buggy or may render graphics with poor quality.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Menu</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/menuicons" id="bm_id052520090333263"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Icons in menus</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/menuicons">Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font Lists</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optviewpage/showfontpreview" id="bm_id7441328"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show preview of fonts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/showfontpreview">Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��n�
�
! text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ansicht"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147008"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/SdViewPage" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp">View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/SdViewPage">Specifies the available display modes.</ahelp> By selecting an alternative display, you can speed up the screen display while editing your presentation.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/ruler" id="bm_id3159252"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rulers visible</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/ruler">Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelplinesMove" id="bm_id2451068"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/dragstripes" id="bm_id3147213"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Helplines While Moving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="helplines"><variable id="verschieb"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/dragstripes">Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="vertext"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> creates dotted guides that extend beyond the box containing the selected object and which cover the entire work area, helping you position the object.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You also can use this function through the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp">icon</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp">icon</link></caseinline><defaultinline>icon</defaultinline></switchinline> with the same name in the <emph>Options</emph> bar if a presentation or a drawing document is opened.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/handlesbezier" id="bm_id3153188"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All control points in Bézier editor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/handlesbezier">Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#bezierobjekt">Bézier curve</link>. If the <emph>All control points in Bézier</emph> editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/moveoutline" id="bm_id3150115"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Contour of each individual object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/moveoutline"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.</ahelp> The <emph>Contour of each individual object </emph>option enables you to see if single objects conflict with other objects in the target position. If you do not mark the <emph>Contour of each individual object </emph>option, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> only displays a square contour that includes all selected objects.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��>V! ! ! text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="eingabe"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151110"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/ScGeneralPage" id="bm_id3147211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines general settings for spreadsheet documents.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabelleeingabe"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Metrics</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/unitlb" id="bm_id3147210"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Measurement unit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/unitlb">Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/tabmf" id="bm_id3153562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab stops</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/tabmf">Defines the tab stops distance.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp#aktu"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Input settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/aligncb" id="bm_id3155389"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/alignlb" id="bm_id3153666"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Press Enter to move selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/alignlb">Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/editmodecb" id="bm_id3151245"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetInputMode" id="bm_id3079317"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Press Enter to switch to edit mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/editmodecb">Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/formatcb" id="bm_id3148946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Expand formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/formatcb">Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.</ahelp> If, for example, the contents of the selected cell have the bold attribute, this bold attribute will also apply to adjacent cells. Cells that already have a special format will not be modified by this function. You can see the range in question by pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + * (multiplication sign on the number pad) shortcut. This format also applies to all new values inserted within this range. The normal default settings apply to cells outside this range.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/exprefcb" id="bm_id3145419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Expand references when new columns/rows are inserted</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/exprefcb">Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Example:</emph> If the range A1:B1 is referenced in a formula and you insert a new column after column B, the reference is expanded to A1:C1. If the range A1:B1 is referenced and a new row is inserted under row 1, the reference is not expanded, since there is only a single cell in the vertical direction.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you insert rows or columns in the middle of a reference area, the reference is always expanded.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/markhdrcb" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Highlight selection in column/row headings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/markhdrcb">Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/textfmtcb" id="bm_id3153770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use printer metrics for text formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/textfmtcb">Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, a printer independent layout will be used for screen display and printing.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/replwarncb" id="bm_id3153363"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show overwrite warning when pasting data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/replwarncb">Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X text/shared/07/PK
%w�Xs��4 4 text/shared/07/09000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Pages</title><filename>/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="htmlvorlagen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/07/09000000.xhp">Web Pages</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a new web page for the Internet, open a new <emph>HTML Document</emph> by choosing <emph>File - New</emph>.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">A tool for creating new web pages is the Web Layout mode, which you enable with <emph>View - Web</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Web Page</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Switch to the web layout mode by choosing <emph>View - Web</emph> or by opening a new HTML document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To create an HTML page from your $[officename] document, save the page using one of the "HTML Document" file types.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��2�k k text/shared/main0400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shortcut Keys</title><filename>/text/shared/main0400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tastaturbefehle"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp">Shortcut Keys</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section contains descriptions of frequently used shortcut keys in $[officename].</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#allgemeine"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#starwritertastaturbefehle"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp#starcalctasten"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp#stardrawtastaturbefehle"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp#stardrawtastaturbefehle"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="MATH"><embed href="text/smath/04/01020000.xhp#smathbef"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�7/ text/shared/main0208.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Status Bar in $[officename] Basic Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/main0208.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="statusleistemakro"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0208.xhp">Status Bar in $[officename] Basic Documents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Status</emph> Bar displays information about the current $[officename] Basic document.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/08010000.xhp#dokumentinformationen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/20060000.xhp#dokumentveraenderung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/08020000.xhp#positionimdokument"/><embed href="text/shared/02/20040000.xhp#einfuegemodus"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X text/shared/05/PK
%w�X���� text/shared/05/00000150.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Managing Bookmarks</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000150.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153244"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="doc_title"><link href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp">Managing Bookmarks</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/bookmarkdialog/BookmarkDialog" id="bm_id3143284"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/bookmarkdialog/BookmarkDialog" visibility="hidden">Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/favourite.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Add to Bookmarks</emph> icon to set a bookmark for the current page shown in the Help.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">You can find the bookmarks on the <emph>Bookmarks</emph> tab page.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpbookmarkpage/HelpBookmarkPage" id="bm_id3156410"/><paragraph role="listitem"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpbookmarkpage/HelpBookmarkPage" visibility="visible">Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.</ahelp></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the Del key to delete a selected bookmark.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The following commands are on the context menu of a bookmark:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN" id="bm_id3152909"/><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Display</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN" visibility="visible">displays the selected help subject</ahelp>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME" id="bm_id3154380"/><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Rename</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME" visibility="visible">opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark</ahelp>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE" id="bm_id3153665"/><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Delete</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE" visibility="visible">deletes the bookmark selected </ahelp>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X?]�� � text/shared/05/00000140.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Find - The Full-Text Search</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000140.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148532"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="00000140"><link href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp">Find - The Full-Text Search</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/search" id="bm_id3151100"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/search" visibility="hidden">Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/find" id="bm_id3109850"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/find" visibility="hidden">Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/results" id="bm_id3149140"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/results" visibility="hidden">Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/completewords" id="bm_id3154673"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/completewords" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/headings" id="bm_id3147835"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/headings" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/display" id="bm_id3145346"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/display" visibility="hidden">Displays the entry selected in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The full text search function in $[officename] Help allows you to find Help documents that contain any combination of search terms. To do this, type one or more words into the <emph>Search term</emph> text field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Search term</emph> text field stores the words you entered last. To repeat a previous search, click the arrow icon and select the term from the list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After the search has been carried out, the document headings of the results appear in a list. Either double-click an entry, or select it and click <emph>Display</emph> to load the corresponding Help document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the check box <emph>Find in headings only</emph> to limit the search to document headings.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Complete words only</emph> check box allows you to perform an exact search. If this box is marked, incomplete words will not be found. Do not mark this check box if the search term you enter should also be found as part of a longer word.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter any combination of search terms, separated by spaces. Searching is not case-sensitive.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The index and full-text searches always apply to the currently selected %PRODUCTNAME application. Select the appropriate application using the list box on the help viewer's toolbar.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X#V%
%
text/shared/05/00000001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Getting Support</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="support"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="00000001"><link href="text/shared/05/00000001.xhp">Getting Support</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can find support on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a summary of the current support services refer to the <emph>Readme</emph> file in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> folder.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Local language support pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The %PRODUCTNAME localization projects offer support pages in local languages. Find an overview of the native language projects at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/international-sites/">http://www.libreoffice.org/international-sites/</link>. You can find help and support in English language on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mailing lists</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Ask about %PRODUCTNAME, find help by volunteers, and discuss topics on the public mailing lists. You can find many general and specialized mailing lists on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/">www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Forum</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can access web forums to ask and answer questions about %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Security</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In case you are concerned about any security issue with using this software, you can contact the developers on the <link href="http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/libreoffice">public mail list</link>. If you want to discuss any issue with other users, send an email to the public mail list users@libreoffice.org.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Downloads</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can download the latest version of %PRODUCTNAME at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">www.libreoffice.org/download/</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Documentation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can download documentation as PDF files, how-tos, and guides from the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/documentation/">www.libreoffice.org/get-help/documentation/</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Participate and give back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to take an active role in the worldwide %PRODUCTNAME community, you are very welcome to give feedback, discuss features, propose enhancements, write your own article in an FAQ, how-to, manual, create a video tutorial, etc.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Visit the <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-involved/">Get involved page on the website</link> and follow the links for contributors.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�u즮 � text/shared/05/00000160.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Contents - The Main Help Topics</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000160.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147090"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpcontentpage/HelpContentPage" id="bm_id3155354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="doc_title"><link href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp">Contents - The Main Help Topics</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpcontentpage/HelpContentPage">Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="formula/res/fapclose.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click a closed folder to open it and display the subfolders and Help pages.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="formula/res/fapopen.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click an open folder to close it and hide the subfolders and Help pages.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/hlpdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click a document icon to display the corresponding Help page.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the arrow keys in combination with the Return key to drop down and roll up entries and to open documents.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�9x�� � text/shared/05/00000100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title/><filename>/text/shared/05/00000100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="neuehilfe"><paragraph role="paragraph">The Help references the default settings of the program on a system that is set to defaults. Descriptions of colors, mouse actions, or other configurable items can be different for your program and system.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>$[officename] Help system</emph> provides easy access to information and support. There are several ways to find what you are looking for in the <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">Help environment</link>: You can search for a specific keyword in the <link href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp">Index</link>, carry out a full-text search under <link href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp">Find</link>, or look through a hierarchical list of the <link href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp">Topics</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�l4� � text/shared/05/err_html.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Help Page Not Found</title><filename>/text/shared/05/err_html.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Could not find Help page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Unfortunately the Help page you selected was not found. The following data could be helpful in locating the error:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Help ID: <emph><help-id-missing/></emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can install missing Help modules using the Setup application.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click
<image src="res/sc06301.png"/>
<emph>Back</emph> to return to the previous page.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X6q� � text/shared/05/00000120.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tips and Extended Tips</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000120.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150672"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="00000120"><link href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp">Tips and Extended Tips</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Tips and Extended Tips provide help while you work. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tips</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Tips provide you with the names of toolbar buttons. To display a tip, rest the pointer over a toolbar button until the name of the button appears.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Tips are also displayed for some elements in a document, such as chapter names when you scroll through a long document.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Tips are always enabled.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extended Tips</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Extended tips provide a brief description about buttons and commands. To display an extended tip, press Shift+F1, then point to a button or command.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you always want extended tips instead of tips, enable the extended tips on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp#active_help_on_off"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X3��# �# text/shared/05/00000110.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>The %PRODUCTNAME Help Window</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelpOnHelp" id="bm_id3706162"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/SearchDialog" id="bm_id3153244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="00000110"><link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">The <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Help Window</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The Help system for all versions of the software is based on the same source files. Some of the functions described in Help may not be included in this particular distribution. Some features specific to a distribution may not be mentioned in this Help.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:HelpOnHelp" visibility="hidden">Provides an overview of the Help system</ahelp>The Help window shows the currently selected Help page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3153114"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Toolbar</emph> contains important functions for controlling the Help system</ahelp>:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/indexon_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX" id="bm_id3153748"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX">Hides and shows the <emph>navigation pane</emph></ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_navigateback.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD" id="bm_id3148539"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD">Moves back to the <emph>previous</emph> page</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_navigateforward.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD" id="bm_id3154306"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD">Moves forward to the <emph>next</emph> page</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="fpicker/res/fp011.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START" id="bm_id3153698"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START">Moves to the <emph>first page</emph> of the current Help topic</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_print.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT" id="bm_id3147560"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT"><emph>Prints</emph> the current page</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/favourite.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS" id="bm_id3150791"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS">Adds this page to your bookmarks</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG" id="bm_id5442670"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG">Opens the <emph>Find on this page</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">These commands can also be found in the context menu of the Help document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can copy from the Help Viewer to the clipboard on your operating system with standard copy commands. For example:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On a Help page, select the text that you want to copy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To search the current Help page:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Find on this Page</emph> icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Find on this Page</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can also click in the Help page and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Search for</emph> box, enter the text that you want to find.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the search options that you want to use.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Find</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To find the next occurrence of the search term on the page, click <emph>Find</emph> again.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/searchterm" id="bm_id1145664"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/searchterm" visibility="hidden">Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/wholewords" id="bm_id6895962"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/wholewords" visibility="hidden">Finds complete words only.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/matchcase" id="bm_id5402996"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/matchcase" visibility="hidden">Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/wrap" id="bm_id3418988"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/wrap" visibility="hidden">Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/backwards" id="bm_id3523056"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/backwards" visibility="hidden">Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/search" id="bm_id5264137"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/search" visibility="hidden">Finds the next occurrence of the search term.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigation Pane</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpcontrol/tabcontrol" id="bm_id3147229"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpcontrol/tabcontrol">The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages <emph>Contents</emph>, <emph>Index</emph>, <emph>Find</emph> and <emph>Bookmarks</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpcontrol/active" id="bm_id3145421"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpcontrol/active">The list box located at the very top is where you can select other <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Help modules.</ahelp> The <emph>Index</emph> and <emph>Find</emph> tab pages only contain the data for the selected <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> module.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp">Contents</link></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays an index of the main topics of all modules.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp">Index</link></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays a list of index keywords for the currently selected %PRODUCTNAME module.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp">Find</link></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Allows you to carry out a full-text search. The search will include the entire Help contents of the currently selected <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> module.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp">Bookmarks</link></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Contains user-defined bookmarks. You can edit or delete bookmarks, or click them to go to the corresponding pages.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XM��<� � text/shared/05/00000130.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index - Keyword Search in the Help</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000130.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149428"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="00000130"><link href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp">Index - Keyword Search in the Help</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpindexpage/HelpIndexPage" id="bm_id3149662"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpindexpage/HelpIndexPage" visibility="hidden">Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpindexpage/display" id="bm_id3150476"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpindexpage/display" visibility="hidden">Click to display the selected topic.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can search for a specific topic by typing a word into the <emph>Search term</emph> text box. The window contains an alphabetical list of index terms.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the cursor is in the index list when you type the search term, the display will jump directly to the next match. When you type a word in the <emph>Search term</emph> text box, the focus will jump to the best match in the index list.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The index and full-text searches always apply to the currently selected <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> application. Select the appropriate application using the list box on the help viewer's toolbar.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�E� � � text/shared/05/00000002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Icons in the Documentation</title><filename>/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/HID_INTERFACE_SFXHELP_VIEWSH" id="bm_id3156421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/05/00000002.xhp">Icons in the Documentation</link></paragraph><section id="symbole"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Icons in the Documentation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are three icons used to call your attention to additional helpful information.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The "Important!" icon points out important information regarding data and system security.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The "Note" icon points out extra information: for example, alternative ways to reach a certain goal.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The "Tip" icon points out tips for working with the program in a more efficient manner.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X text/shared/explorer/PK
&w�X text/shared/explorer/database/PK
&w�X SS� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05000001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Context Menus</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05000001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="kontext"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000001.xhp">Table Context Menus</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The context menu of the table container offers various functions that apply to all database tables. To edit a special table within the database, select the corresponding table and open its context menu.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#Tabellen"/></section><paragraph role="note">Depending on the context, it is possible that not all the functions for your current database are listed in the context menus. For example, the <emph>Relationships</emph> command for defining relationships between various tables is only available with relational databases.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the database system used, you will find the following entries on the context menus:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#oeffnen"/><paragraph role="paragraph">If a <link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp">table is open</link>, there are several functions available to edit the data.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp#relationen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#verknuepfungerstellen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XȌ=p� � * text/shared/explorer/database/11080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Execute SQL statement</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148983"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/DirectSQLDialog" id="bm_id3150773"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11080000.xhp">Execute SQL statement</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#SQLStatement"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp#data_enter_sql"/><paragraph role="paragraph">You can only enter administration commands in this dialog, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To run an SQL query for filtering data in the database, use the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design View</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sql" id="bm_id3150772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Command to execute</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sql">Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, for a "Bibliography" data source, you can enter the following SQL command:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT "Address" FROM "biblio" "biblio"</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For more information on SQL commands, please consult the documentation that came with the database.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sqlhistory" id="bm_id3154923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Previous commands</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sqlhistory">Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click <emph>Run</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/status" id="bm_id3161656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Status</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/status">Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/execute" id="bm_id3148798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Run</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/execute">Runs the command that you entered in the <emph>Command to execute </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#schliessen2"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
Cɏq q / text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard04.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Wizard - Create Table</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard04.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="createtable"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard04.xhp">Table Wizard - Create Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter a name for the table and specify whether you want to modify the table after the wizard is finished.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME" id="bm_id6823633"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG" id="bm_id3157139"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Catalog of the table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA" id="bm_id2800683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Schema of the table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE" id="bm_id5238807"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify the table design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to save and edit the table design.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE" id="bm_id2086855"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert data immediately</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD" id="bm_id3381145"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create a form based on this table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X����}7 }7 * text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Builder</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1614429"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="rep_main"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Report Builder is a tool to create your own database reports. Unlike with the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link>, using the Report Builder you can take control to design the report the way you want. The generated report is a Writer document that you can edit, too.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To use the Report Builder, the Report Builder component must be installed. In addition, the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) software must be installed, and this software must be selected in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To install the JRE software</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Report Builder requires an installed Java Runtime Environment (JRE).</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/java.xhp">Advanced</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Wait up to one minute, while %PRODUCTNAME collects information on installed Java software on your system.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a recent JRE version is found on your system, you see an entry in the list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the option button in front of the entry to enable this JRE version for use in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Ensure that <emph>Use a Java runtime environment</emph> is enabled.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If no JRE version is found on your system, open your web browser and download the JRE software from <link href="http://www.java.com">http://www.java.com</link>. Install the JRE software. Then restart %PRODUCTNAME and open <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced again.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To open the Report Builder</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a Base file or create a new database. The database must contain at least one table with at least one data field and a primary key field.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Reports icon in the Base window, then choose Create Report in Design View.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Report Builder window opens. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The Report Builder is divided into three parts. On the top you see the menu, with the toolbars below.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the right you see the Properties window with the property values of the currently selected object.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The left part of the Report Builder window shows the Report Builder view. The Report Builder view is initially divided into three sections, from top to bottom:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Page Header</emph> - drag control fields with fixed text into the Page Header area</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Detail</emph> - drag and drop database fields into the Detail area</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Page Footer</emph> - drag control fields with fixed text into the Page Footer area</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert an additional <emph>Report Header</emph> and <emph>Report Footer</emph> area choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Insert Report Header/Footer</item>. These areas contain text that appears at the start and end of the whole report.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the "-" icon in front of an area name to collapse that area to one line in the Report Builder view. The "-" icon changes to a "+" icon, and you can click this to expand the area again.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You insert database fields by drag-and-drop into the Detail area. See the section "To insert fields into the report" below.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In addition, you can click the Label Field or Text Box icon in the toolbar, then drag a rectangle in the Page Header or Page Footer area, to define a text that is the same on all pages. You enter the text in the Label box of the corresponding Properties window. You can also add graphics by using the Graphics icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To connect the report to a database table</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Move the mouse to the Properties view. You see two tab pages General and Data.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Data tab page, click Content to open the combo box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the table for that you want to create the report.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">After selecting the table, press the Tab key to leave the Content box.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The Add Field window opens automatically and shows all fields of the selected table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To insert fields into the report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Add Field window helps you to insert the table entries in the report. Click the Add Field icon in the toolbar to open the Add Field window.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag and drop the field names one by one from the Add Field window into the Detail area of the report. Position the fields as you like. Use the icons in the toolbars to align the fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It is not possible to overlap the fields. If you drop a table field on the Detail area, then a label and a text box are inserted.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also insert text that should be the same on every page of the report. Click the Label Field icon
<image src="cmd/sc_label.png" localize="true"/>, then drag a rectangle in the Page Header or Page Footer area. Edit the Label property to show the text you want.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionAlignLeft" id="bm_id7889950"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionAlignRight" id="bm_id3236182"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionAlignTop" id="bm_id1251258"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionAlignBottom" id="bm_id8111819"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SmallestWidth" id="bm_id9116794"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SmallestHeight" id="bm_id4381847"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GreatestWidth" id="bm_id1336710"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GreatestHeight" id="bm_id1221655"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HFixedLine" id="bm_id4408093"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:VFixedLine" id="bm_id6949369"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a vertical line to the current area.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionShrink" id="bm_id040920092222313"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionShrinkTop" id="bm_id0409200922231489"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SectionShrinkBottom" id="bm_id040920092223576"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After inserting fields in the Detail view, the report is ready for execution.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To execute a report</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Execute Report icon
<image src="cmd/sc_executereport.png"/> on the toolbar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">A Writer document opens and shows the report you have created, which contains all values of the database table which you have insert.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the database contents did change, execute the report again to update the result report.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To edit a report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">First decide if you want to edit the generated report, which is a static Writer document, or if you want to edit the Report Builder view and then generate a new report based on the new design.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Writer document is opened read-only. To edit the Writer document, click Edit File
<image src="cmd/sc_editdoc.png"/> on the Standard toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to edit the Report Builder view, you can change some of its properties.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click in the Details area. Then in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background color.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After finishing, click the Execute Report icon
<image src="cmd/sc_executereport.png"/> to create a new report.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you close the Report Builder, you will be asked if the report should be saved. Click Yes, give the report a name, and click OK.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sorting the report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Without sorting or grouping, the records will be inserted into the report in the order in which they are retrieved from the database.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon
<image src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png"/> on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Groups box, click the field which you want as the first sort field, and set the Sorting property.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Execute the report.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grouping</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon
<image src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png"/> on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Groups box, open the Group Header list box and select to show a group header.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Add Field icon
<image src="cmd/sc_addfield.png"/> to open the Add Field window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag-and-drop the field entry that you want to group into the group header section. Then drag-and-drop the remaining fields into the Detail section.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Execute the report. The report shows the grouped records.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialog. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Updating and printing your data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you insert some new data or edit data in the table, a new report will show the updated data.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Reports icon
<image src="dbaccess/res/reports_32.png"/> and double-click your last saved report. A new Writer document will be created which shows the new data.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To print a report, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> from the Writer document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���3� � / text/shared/explorer/database/rep_navigator.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Navigator</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_navigator.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5823847"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ReportNavigator" id="bm_id8798791"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="rep_navigator"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_navigator.xhp">Report Navigator</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can open the Report Navigator window of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">View - Report Navigator</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE" id="bm_id7007354"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To enter functions to the report</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewFunction" id="bm_id974456"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Functions can be entered using a syntax as specified by the <link href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenFormula">OpenFormula</link> proposal.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Database">Wiki page about Base</link> for some more help regarding the functions in a report.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To calculate a sum for each client</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Report Navigator.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Groups entry and the group where you want to calculate the cost. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The group has a sub entry called functions. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the context menu (right click) on the functions entry, choose to create a new function, and select it. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the property browser you see the function. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the name to e.g. CostCalc and the formula to [CostCalc] + [enter your cost column name].</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the initial value enter 0.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you can insert a text field and bind it to your [CostCalc] (appears in the data field list box).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Maybe you have to set the initial value to the value of the field like [field].</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If there are blank fields in the cost column, use the following formula to replace the blank fields' content with zero:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">[SumCost] + IF(ISBLANK([field]);0;[field])</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA" id="bm_id2767113"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA" id="bm_id301828"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING" id="bm_id8996246"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED" id="bm_id5729544"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�Љ`� � * text/shared/explorer/database/password.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>User Name and Password Required</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/password.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">User Name and Password Required</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:Edit:DLG_LOGIN:ED_LOGIN_USERNAME" id="bm_id1444135"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name to connect to the data source.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:Edit:DLG_LOGIN:ED_LOGIN_PASSWORD" id="bm_id7426984"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password to connect to the data source.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:CheckBox:DLG_LOGIN:CB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD" id="bm_id9922788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remember password till end of session</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X>; C C / text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>JDBC Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3726920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="jdbc"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp">JDBC Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the options to access a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#jdbc">JDBC</link> database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">JDBC Examples</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="productname">You can use a JDBC driver class to connect to a JDBC database from %PRODUCTNAME</item>. The driver class is provided by the database manufacturer. Two examples of JDBC databases are Oracle and MySQL.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The driver classes must be added to %PRODUCTNAME in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Oracle database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use a JDBC driver to access an Oracle database from Solaris or Linux. To access the database from Windows, you need an ODBC driver.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><paragraph role="paragraph">On UNIX, ensure that the Oracle database client is installed with JDBC support. The JDBC driver class for the Solaris Oracle client version 8.x is located in the <Oracle client>/product/jdbc/lib/classes111.zip directory. You can also download the latest version from the Oracle web site.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Data source URL</emph> box, enter the location of the Oracle database server. The syntax of the URL depends on the database type. See the documentation that came with the JDBC driver for more information. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For an Oracle database, the syntax of the URL is:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">oracle:thin:@hostname:port:database_name</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">hostname is the name of the machine that runs the Oracle database. You can also replace hostname with the IP address of the server.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">port is the port where the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port address.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">database_name is the name of the Oracle database. Ask your database administrator for the correct name.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER" id="bm_id3033539"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">MySQL database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The driver for the MySQL database is available on the MySQL web site.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The syntax for a MySQL database is:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">mysql://hostname:port/database_name</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><ahelp hid=".">hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.</ahelp> You can also replace hostname with the IP address of the server.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">port is the default port for MySQL databases, namely 3306.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">database_name is the name of the database.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_JDBCURL" id="bm_id6293221"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLPORT" id="bm_id3450117"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data source URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_CONNURL_JDBCPAGE">Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/connectionpage/javaDriverLabel" id="bm_id3153970"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">JDBC Driver Class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/connectionpage/javaDriverLabel">Enter the name of the JDBC driver.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="classpath"><paragraph role="warning">Before you can use a JDBC driver, you need to add its class path. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME</emph>
<emph>- Advanced</emph>, and click the <emph>Class Path</emph> button. After you add the path information, restart <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test Class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tests the connection with the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp">Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X[׳[� � - text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropadd.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Additional Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropadd.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabapropadd"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropadd.xhp">Additional Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies additional options for a data source.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph>, click <emph>Additional Settings</emph> tab</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The availability of the following controls depends on the type of database:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Host name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the host name of the server that contains the database, for example ldap.server.com.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Port number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the port number for the server that hosts the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">MySQL JDBC driver class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the JDBC driver for the MySQL database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET" id="bm_id9317606"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].</ahelp> This setting does not affect the database. To use the default character set of your operating system, select "System".</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Text and dBASE databases are restricted to character sets with a fixed-size character length, where all characters are encoded with the same number of bytes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Oracle JDBC driver class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the JDBC driver for the Oracle database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Driver settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify additional driver options.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use catalog for file-based databases</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Base DN</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, dc=com.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Maximum number of records</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the maximum number of records that you want to load when you access the LDAP server.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display deleted records as well</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">In dBASE format, deleted records remain in the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To view changes that you make to the database, close the connection to the database, and then reconnect to the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Indexes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data buffer size (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the size of the data buffer for the database. The setting takes effect after you restart the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data increment (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the size by which you want to automatically increment the database. The maximum increment size is 100 MB. The setting takes effect after you restart the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Control user name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Control password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password for the Control User.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shut down service when closing %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Exits the Adabas database server when you exit $[officename]. This option is only available if you start the database server from $[officename] with a control user and password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extended</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp">Database Statistics</link> dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text contains headers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this check box if the first line of the text file contains field names.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file. You cannot use the same character as the field separator.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Decimal separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Thousands separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File extension</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialog. </paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�8�,�
�
* text/shared/explorer/database/02000002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Missing Element</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/02000002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Missing Element</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the<emph> Missing Element </emph>dialog appears. This dialog names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#FehlendesElement"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">How to continue?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are three options available for answering this question:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do you really want to open the query in the graphic view?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to open the query in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Design View</link> in spite of missing elements.</ahelp> This option also allows you to specify if other errors need to be ignored.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The query is opened in the Design View (the graphical interface). Missing tables appear blank and invalid fields appear with their (invalid) names in the list of fields. This lets you work with exactly those fields that caused the error.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open the query in the SQL View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to open the query design in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">SQL Mode</link> and to interpret the query as a <link href="text/shared/02/14030000.xhp">Native SQL</link>.</ahelp> You can only quit the native SQL mode when the $[officename] statement is completely interpreted (only possible if the used tables or fields in the query really exist).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not open the query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialog button.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Also ignore similar errors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If you selected the first option, but you still want to open the query in the graphics view in spite of missing elements, you can specify whether other errors are ignored.</ahelp> Therefore, in the current opening process, no error message will be displayed if the query can not be correctly interpreted.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��o��
�
1 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02oracle.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Oracle Database Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02oracle.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5900753"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Oracle Database Connection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the options to access an Oracle database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Oracle database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use a JDBC driver to access an Oracle database from Solaris or Linux. To access the database from Windows, you need an ODBC driver.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><paragraph role="paragraph">On UNIX, ensure that the Oracle database client is installed with JDBC support. The JDBC driver class for the Solaris Oracle client version 8.x is located in the <Oracle client>/product/jdbc/lib/classes111.zip directory. You can also download the latest version of the driver from the Oracle web site.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Data source URL</emph> box, enter the location of the Oracle database server. The syntax of the URL depends on the database type. See the documentation that came with the JDBC driver for more information.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For an Oracle database, the syntax of the URL is:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">oracle:thin:@hostname:port:database_name</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">hostname is the name of the machine that runs the Oracle database. You can also replace hostname with the IP address of the server.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">port is the port where the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port address.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">database_name is the name of the Oracle database. Ask your database administrator for the correct name.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER" id="bm_id6442152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the Oracle database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the Oracle database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS" id="bm_id7636036"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Server URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the URL for the database server. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT" id="bm_id7325357"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Port number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the port number for the database server.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Oracle JDBC Driver Class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/connectionpage/javaDriverLabel">Enter the name of the JDBC driver.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test Class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tests the connection with the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp">Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XGNz0N N * text/shared/explorer/database/05040100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05040100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allgemein"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05040100.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you create a database table as an administrator, you can use this tab to determine user access, and to edit the data or the table structure.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152594"/><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are not the administrator, you can use the <emph>General</emph> tab to view your access rights for the selected table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the name of the selected database table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the type of database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Location</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the complete path of the database table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Read data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows a user to read the data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows a user to insert new data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Change data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows a user to change data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows a user to delete data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Change table structure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows a user to change the table structure.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Definition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows the user to delete the table structure.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify references</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows the user to modify the defined references, for example, to enter new relations for the table or to delete existing relations.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��GV� � / text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tablewizard"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6009094"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG" id="bm_id406201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard01.xhp#selecttable"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard02.xhp#settype"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard03.xhp#setprimary"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard04.xhp#createtable"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#finish"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard01.xhp">Table Wizard - Select fields</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�T") ) * text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>dBASE</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dbase"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp">dBASE</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the settings for a dBASE database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#dBase"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To be able to define relations between tables, use JDBC or ODBC from within $[officename].</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/showDelRowsCheckbutton" id="bm_id3154142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display inactive records</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/showDelRowsCheckbutton">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In dBASE format, deleted records remain in the file. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To view any changes that you make to the database, close the connection to the database, and then reconnect the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/11020000.xhp#zeichensatz"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/11020000.xhp#sql92"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/indiciesButton" id="bm_id3151056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Indexes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/indiciesButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X㯞�� � / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard04.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Detail or Summary</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard04.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="detail"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard04.xhp">Query Wizard - Detail or Summary</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether to display all records of the query, or only the results of aggregate functions. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This page is only displayed when there are numerical fields in the query that allow the use of aggregate functions.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY" id="bm_id3563035"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Detailed query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to show all records of the query.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY" id="bm_id9215063"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Summary query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to show only results of aggregate functions.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the aggregate function and the field name of the numeric field in the list box. You can enter as many aggregate functions as you want, one in each row of controls.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1" id="bm_id4928128"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Aggregate function</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the aggregate function.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1" id="bm_id8988921"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the numeric field name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS" id="bm_id2591631"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">+</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Appends a new row of controls.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS" id="bm_id3288674"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">-</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the last row of controls.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard05.xhp">Query Wizard - Grouping</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xmm� � * text/shared/explorer/database/11020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>ODBC</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="odbc"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11020000.xhp">ODBC</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the settings for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link> databases. This includes your user access data, driver settings, and font definitions.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="benutzername"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Type the user name for accessing the database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="passwort"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorized user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="treibereinstellungen"><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/odbcpage/options" id="bm_id3148473"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Driver Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/odbcpage/options">Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="zeichensatz"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC">Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.</ahelp> Choose "System" to use the default character set of your operating system. Text and dBASE databases are restricted to character sets with a fixed-size character length, where all characters are encoded with the same number of bytes.</paragraph></section><section id="retrieve"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">General</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/autoretrieve" id="bm_id3161657"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Retrieve generated values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/autoretrieve">Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.</ahelp> Select this check box if the database does not support the auto-increment feature in its SDBCX layer. In general, the auto-increment is selected for the primary key field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/statement" id="bm_id3150792"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Auto-increment statement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/statement">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, a typical SQL statement to create a data field is: </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">CREATE TABLE "table1" ("id" INTEGER)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To auto-increment the "id" data field in a MySQL database, change the statement to:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">CREATE TABLE "table1" ("id" INTEGER AUTO_INCREMENT)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In other words, enter AUTO_INCREMENT into <emph>Auto-increment statement</emph> box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/query" id="bm_id3153195"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Query of generated values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/query">Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.</ahelp> For example:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT LAST_INSERT_D();</paragraph></section><section id="sql92"><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/usesql92" id="bm_id3147289"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use SQL92 naming constraints</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/usesql92">Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.</ahelp> Each name must begin with a lower or upper case letter, or an underline ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, underlines, and numbers.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG" id="bm_id3146148"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use Catalog for file-based databases</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG">Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�vRx+ + - text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvprop.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Advanced Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvprop.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabaadvprop"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvprop.xhp">Advanced Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies advanced properties for the database.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph>, click <emph>Advanced Properties</emph> tab</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropgen.xhp#generated"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropdat.xhp#data"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X9�� / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard07.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Aliases</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard07.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aliases"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard07.xhp">Query Wizard - Aliases</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Assigns aliases to field names. Aliases are optional, and can provide more user-friendly names, which are displayed in place of field names. For example, an alias can be used when fields from different tables have the same name.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1" id="bm_id2467421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alias</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the alias for the field name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard08.xhp">Query Wizard - Overview</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�z=@� � + text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz01.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz01.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabaselection"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2082583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz01.xhp">Database Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new database, opens a database file, or connects to an existing database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE" id="bm_id2482985"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create a new database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to create a new database. </ahelp>This option uses the HSQL database engine with default settings. The final page of the wizard appears next.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://hsqldb.org/">External web page about HSQL</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:RadioButton:PAGE_GENERAL:RB_OPENEXISTINGDOC" id="bm_id2400585"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open an existing database file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:ListBox:PAGE_GENERAL:LB_DOCUMENTLIST" id="bm_id5958128"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Recently used</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:PushButton:PAGE_GENERAL:PB_OPENDOCUMENT" id="bm_id6427198"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE" id="bm_id5028229"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Connect to an existing database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE" id="bm_id763267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database type for the existing database connection.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The Outlook, Evolution, KDE Address Book, and Seamonkey database types do not need additional information. For other database types, the wizard contains additional pages to specify the required information.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The next wizard page is one of the following pages:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhp#nextsteps"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02text.xhp">Set up text file connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp">Set up Microsoft Access or Microsoft Access 2007 connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhp">Set up LDAP connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ado.xhp">Set up ADO connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp">Set up JDBC connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02oracle.xhp">Set up Oracle database connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02mysql.xhp">MySQL settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhp">ODBC settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp">Set up Spreadsheet connection</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X3�n=% % * text/shared/explorer/database/05040200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Description</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05040200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="beschreibung"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05040200.xhp">Description</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the description for the selected table.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�/�w * text/shared/explorer/database/menuedit.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menuedit.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="edit"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menuedit.xhp">Edit</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Edit menu of a database window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Copies the selected object to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paste</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts an item from the clipboard. If you want, you can insert forms and reports, including subfolders, from one database file to another.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paste Special</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts an item from the clipboard. If you want, you can insert forms and reports, including subfolders, from one database file to another.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="tabbea"><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT" id="bm_id3152996"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBEdit" id="bm_id2726523"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBEdit" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE" id="bm_id3153824"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDelete" id="bm_id4481643"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDelete" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE">Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBRename" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBOpen" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected object in the last saved state.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBConvertToView" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create as View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Most databases use queries to filter or to sort database tables to display records on your computer. Views offer the same functionality as queries, but on the server side. If your database is on a server that supports views, you can use views to filter the records on the server to speed up the display time.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link> for the selected table, query, or view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Report Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link> for the selected table, query, or view.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects all entries, including subfolders, in the lower part of the database window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDatabasePropertiesMenu" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDSProperties" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Database Properties dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDSConnectionType" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connection Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Connection Type Wizard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDSAdvancedSettings" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Advanced Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�*��� � / text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard02.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Wizard - Set Types and Formats</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard02.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="settype"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard02.xhp">Table Wizard - Set Types and Formats</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the field information for your selected fields.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES" id="bm_id5365764"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selected fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field in order to edit the field information.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS" id="bm_id8947111.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">-</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Remove the selected field from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS" id="bm_id7230140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">+</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Add a new data field to the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field information</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME" id="bm_id1665089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT" id="bm_id1055330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoValue</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED" id="bm_id3498336"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Entry required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of characters for the data field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Decimal places</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the default value for a Yes/No field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE" id="bm_id8732871.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Auto-increment statement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">CREATE TABLE "table1" ("id" INTEGER AUTO_INCREMENT)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For this example, you must enter AUTO_INCREMENT into the Auto-increment statement box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard03.xhp">Table Wizard - Set primary key</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�]�c^ ^ * text/shared/explorer/database/05030200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Apply columns</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05030200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabkop2"><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/ApplyColPage" id="bm_id3155806"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030200.xhp">Apply columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns </emph>dialog is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Existing columns</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/from" id="bm_id3155805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left list box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/from">Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the <emph>>></emph> button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/to" id="bm_id3149827"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right list box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/to">Lists the fields that you want to include in the copied table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/colrh" id="bm_id3152781"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/colsrh" id="bm_id3147653"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/collh" id="bm_id3151110"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/colslh" id="bm_id3152996"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Buttons</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/applycolpage/colrh">Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030300.xhp">Next page</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XC цM M * text/shared/explorer/database/05030100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copy Table</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05030100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabkop"><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/CopyTablePage" id="bm_id3154841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030100.xhp">Copy Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog appears.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/name" id="bm_id3154840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/name">Specifies a name for the copy.</ahelp> Some databases only accept names containing eight or fewer characters.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/defdata" id="bm_id3147576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Definition and data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/defdata">Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.</ahelp> The table definition and the complete data are copied. The table definition includes the table structure and format from different data fields, including special field properties. The field contents supply the data.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/def" id="bm_id3147226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Definition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/def">Copies only the table definition and not the corresponding data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/view" id="bm_id3149096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">As table view</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/view">If the database supports Views, you can select this option only when a query is copied in a table container. This option enables you to see and edit a query as a normal table view.</ahelp> The table will be filtered in the view with a "Select" SQL statement.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data" id="bm_id3156347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Append data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data">Appends the data of the table to be copied to an existing table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The table definition must be exactly the same so that data can be copied. Data cannot be copied if a data field in the target table has another format than the data field in the source table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Match the data field names in the<emph> Copy Table</emph> dialog on the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp">Apply Columns</link> page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialog whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialog with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the fields of the target table have a smaller field length than in the source table when data is being attached, the source data fields will automatically be truncated to match the field lengths in the target table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149164"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/primarykey" id="bm_id3148564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create primary key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/primarykey">Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.</ahelp> You should always use this field, since a primary key must always be available in order to edit the table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/keyname" id="bm_id3147303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/keyname">Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030200.xhp">Next page</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�H�F�
�
0 text/shared/explorer/database/migrate_macros.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Migrate Macros</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/migrate_macros.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="migrate_macros"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6009095"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/prepagepage/PreparePage" id="bm_id0224200911450173"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/summarypage/SummaryPage" id="bm_id0224200911450174"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/migratepage/MigratePage" id="bm_id0224200911450175"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/backuppage/BackupPage" id="bm_id022420091141366"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/migrate_macros.xhp">Migrate Macros</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBMigrateScripts" id="bm_id0224200911384751"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/backuppage/browse" id="bm_id022420091141368"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/summarypage/textview" id="bm_id0224200911450172"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Previously, macros have been allowed to reside only in the text sub-documents of forms and reports. Now macros can also be stored in the Base file itself. This means that macros in Base files can be called now from any of its sub-components: forms, reports, table design, query design, relation design, table data view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">However, it is technically not possible to store macros both in a Base file and in its sub-documents at the same time. So, if you want to attach some new macros to the Base file, while retaining any existing old macros that were stored in the sub-documents, you must move the existing old macros up to the Base file's macro storage area. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard can move the macros up into the Base file's storage area. You can then examine the macros and edit them as needed. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, it is possible that macros from the sub-documents had the same module names and macro names. After you moved the macros into one common macro storage area, you must edit the macros to make the names unique. The wizard cannot do this.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The wizard can backup the Base file to another folder of your choice. The wizard changes the original Base file. The backup remains unchanged.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#finish"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Macros_in_Database_Documents">An in depth explanation by the developers (Wiki).</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X 5ކ� � / text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>ODBC Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149031"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="odbc"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhp">ODBC Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the settings for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link> databases.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit or add records to a database table in $[officename], the table must have a unique index field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Solaris and Linux platforms, try to use a JDBC driver instead of an ODBC driver. See http://www.unixodbc.org for an ODBC implementation on Solaris or Linux.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To connect to a Microsoft Access database on Windows, use the ADO or Access database interface, rather than ODBC.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Drivers for ODBC are supplied and supported by the manufacturer of the database. $[officename] only supports the ODBC 3 standard.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE" id="bm_id9201025"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the ODBC database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE" id="bm_id5588549"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Choose a data source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a data source to which you want to connect using ODBC. Then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp">Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� ȷP P + text/shared/explorer/database/menutools.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tools</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menutools.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tools"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menutools.xhp">Tools</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Tools menu of a database window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBRelationDesign" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Relationships</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp">Relation Design</link> view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBUserAdmin" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User Administration</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesfilterpage/TablesFilterPage" id="bm_id3153087"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBTableFilter" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Filter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesfilterpage/TablesFilterPage">Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the tables that you want to filter in the <emph>Filter</emph> list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you select the topmost table in a hierarchy, all of the tables in the hierarchy are selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you select a table that is at a lower level in the hierarchy, the tables that occur above it in the hierarchy are not selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDirectSQL" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">SQL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xٌ�� * text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Indexes</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/DBaseIndexDialog" id="bm_id3146959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp">Indexes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes </emph>tab page.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#dBasein"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/table" id="bm_id3146958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/table">Select the database table that you want to index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/tableindex" id="bm_id3153312"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Indexes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/tableindex">Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.</ahelp> To remove an index from the list, click the index, and then click the right arrow.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/freeindex" id="bm_id3147276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Free Indexes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/freeindex">Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.</ahelp> To assign an index to a selected table, click the left arrow icon. The left double arrow assigns all available indexes.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/add" id="bm_id3146949"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/add">Moves the selected index to the <emph>Table Indexes</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/addall" id="bm_id3153147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><<</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/addall">Moves all of the free indexes to the <emph>Table Indexes</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/remove" id="bm_id3147619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/remove">Moves the selected table indexes to the <emph>Free Indexes</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/removeall" id="bm_id3154515"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">>></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbaseindexdialog/removeall">Moves all of the table indexes to the <emph>Free Indexes</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�`Y� � + text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Save and proceed</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="nextsteps"><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/finalpagewizard/PageFinal" id="bm_id9310280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhp">Save and proceed</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/finalpagewizard/yesregister" id="bm_id9310281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Yes, register the Database for me</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Field - More Fields) or in a mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/finalpagewizard/noregister" id="bm_id8243354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">No, do not register the database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/finalpagewizard/openediting" id="bm_id971404"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open the database for editing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/finalpagewizard/usewizard" id="bm_id1763359"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create tables using the table wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to call the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link> after the Database Wizard is finished.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X_�=� � 6 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Spreadsheet Database Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Spreadsheet Database Connection</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH" id="bm_id5975218"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Location and file name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH" id="bm_id2601702"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbwizspreadsheetpage/passwordrequired" id="bm_id4418774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to request a password from the user of the database document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X � � � * text/shared/explorer/database/11000002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data sources in $[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11000002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11000002.xhp">Data sources in $[officename]</link></paragraph><section id="adressbuch"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selecting the Address Book</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#adressbuch"/><paragraph role="paragraph">To select the address book that you want to use, choose <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp"><emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph></link>.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening a Data Source</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the data source view, press F4 in a text, spreadsheet or form document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To view the contents of a database, click the plus sign (+) in front of the name in the data source view.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X`_B�z z / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="querywizard"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD" id="bm_id1895159"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.</ahelp> The saved query can be called later, either from the graphical user interface, or using the automatically created SQL language command.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard01.xhp#fieldselection"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard02.xhp#sortingorder"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard03.xhp#searchconditions"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard04.xhp#detail"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard05.xhp#grouping"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard06.xhp#groupingconditions"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard07.xhp#aliases"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard08.xhp#overview"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#finish"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard01.xhp">Query Wizard - Field selection</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�$��� � / text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Authentication</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Authentication</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Some databases require a user name and password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name to access the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to prompt a user for a password to access the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhp">Save and proceed</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�>N� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Relations</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="relationen"><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB" id="bm_id3153345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp">Relations</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146957"/><paragraph role="paragraph">This command opens the <emph>Relation Design </emph>window, which allows you to define relationships between various database tables.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB">Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.</ahelp> Click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon to create the relationships, or simply drag-and-drop with the mouse.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#relationen"/></section><paragraph role="note">This function is only available if you are working with a relational database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp">Add Tables</link> dialog opens in which you can select the tables that you want.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sytabelle"/><paragraph role="note">If the <emph>Relation Design</emph> window is open, the selected tables cannot be modified, even in Table Design mode. This ensures that tables are not changed while the relations are being created.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The selected tables are shown in the top area of the design view. You can close a table window through the context menu or with the Delete key.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp#darstellungaendern"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Primary key and other key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to define a relation among the different tables, you should enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#primaerschluessel">primary key</link> that clearly identifies a data field of the existing table. You can refer to the primary key from other tables to access the data of this table. All data fields referring to this primary key will be identified as an external key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All data fields referring to a primary key will be identified in the table window by a small key symbol.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Define relations</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155430"/><paragraph role="paragraph">All existing relations are shown in the relations windows by a line that connects the primary and other key fields. You can add a relation by using drag-and-drop to drop the field of one table onto the field of the other table. A relation is removed again by selecting it and pressing the Delete key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#SyRelationen"/><paragraph role="warning">If you use $[officename] as the front-end for a relational database, the creation and deletion of relationships is not placed in an intermediate memory by $[officename], but is forwarded directly to the external database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations </emph>dialog opens.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�+/�, , * text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Design</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148668"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formularentwurf"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp">Form Design</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Any $[officename] document can be expanded into a form. Simply add one or more form controls.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Form Controls toolbar. The Form Controls toolbar contains the <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">functions</link> needed to edit a form. More functions can be found in the <emph>Form Design</emph> bar and <emph>More Controls</emph> bar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the form design you can <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">include controls</link>, <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp">apply properties</link> to them, define <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp">Form properties</link>, and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">define subforms</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Form Navigator</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_showfmexplorer.png"/> on the Form Design bar opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp"><emph>Form Navigator</emph></link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/02/01171000.xhp"><emph>Open in Design Mode</emph></link> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_openreadonly.png"/> allows you to save a form document so that it always opens in editing mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click <emph>More</emph>, a dialog displaying more information about the current problem appears.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X ���& & / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard01.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Field Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard01.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fieldselection"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard01.xhp">Query Wizard - Field Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the table to create the query, and specifies which fields you wish to include in the query.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES" id="bm_id8819849"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#vorhandenefelder"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS" id="bm_id5718253"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields in the Query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard02.xhp">Query Wizard - Sorting order</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���ۥ ۥ * text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Design</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153323"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Query Design View </emph>allows you to create and edit a database query.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#entwab"/></section><paragraph role="note">Most databases use queries to filter or to sort database tables to display records on your computer. Views offer the same functionality as queries, but on the server side. If your database is on a server that supports views, you can use views to filter the records on the server to speed up the display time.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Selecting the <emph>Create View</emph> command from the <emph>Tables</emph> tab page of a database document, you see the <emph>View Design</emph> window that resembles the <emph>Query Design</emph> window described here.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Query Design window layout is stored with a created query, but cannot be stored with a created view.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The Design View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a query, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon in a database document, then click <emph>Create Query in Design View</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The lower pane of the Design View is where you <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">define</link> the query. To define a query, specify the database <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">field names</link> to include and the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">criteria</link> for displaying the fields. To rearrange the columns in the lower pane of the Design View, drag a column header to a new location, or select the column and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+arrow key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the top of the query Design View window, the <link href="text/shared/main0214.xhp">icons</link> of the <emph>Query Design</emph> Bar and the <emph>Design</emph> bar are displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to test a query, double-click the query name in the database document. The query result is displayed in a table similar to the Data Source View. Note: the table displayed is only temporary.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keys in Query Design View</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Key</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Function</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Run Query</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Add Table or Query</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open the query design for the first time, in order to create a new query, you can click <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp"><emph>Add Tables</emph></link>. You then see a dialog in which you must first select the table that will be the basis for the query.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB" id="bm_id3150767"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB">Double-click fields to add them to the query. Drag-and-drop to define relations.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">While designing a query, you cannot modify the selected tables.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove the table from Design View, click the upper border of the table window and display the context menu. You can use the <emph>Delete</emph> command to remove the table from the Design View. Another option is to press the Delete key.</paragraph><section id="darstellungaendern"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Move table and modify table size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can resize and arrange the tables according to your preferences. To move tables, drag the upper border to the desired position. Enlarge or reduce the size in which the table is displayed by positioning the mouse cursor on a border or on a corner and dragging the table until it is the desired size.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Relations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If there are data relations between a field name in one table and a field name in another table, you can use these relations for your query.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If, for example, you have a spreadsheet for articles identified by an article number, and a spreadsheet for customers in which you record all articles that a customer orders using the corresponding article numbers, then there is a relationship between the two "article number" data fields. If you now want to create a query that returns all articles that a customer has ordered, you must retrieve data from two spreadsheets. To do this, you must tell $[officename] what the relationship exists between the data in the two spreadsheets.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To do this, click a field name in a table (for example, the field name "Item-Number" from the Customer table), hold down the mouse button and then drag the field name to the field name of the other table ("Item-Number" from the Item table). When you release the mouse button, a line connecting the two fields in the two windows appears. The corresponding condition that the content of the two field names must be identical is entered in the resulting SQL query.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The creation of a query that is based on several related sheets is only possible if you use $[officename] as the interface for a relational database.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot access tables from different databases in a query. Queries involving multiple tables can only be created within one database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Specifying link type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you double-click the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of link in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010101.xhp"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION" id="bm_id3145253"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION" visibility="hidden">Edit Join Properties.</ahelp> Alternatively, press Tab until the line is selected, then press Shift+F10 to display the context menu and there choose the command <emph>Edit</emph>. Some databases support only a subset of the possible join types.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Deleting relations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a relation between two tables, click the connection line and then press the Delete key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved </emph>in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete </emph>command.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT" id="bm_id3152972"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Define query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT">Select conditions to define the query.</ahelp> Each column of the design table accepts a data field for the query. The conditions in one row are linked with a Boolean AND.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Specify field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">First, select all field names from the tables that you want to add to the query. You can do this either with drag-and-drop or by double-clicking a field name in the table window. With the drag-and-drop method, use the mouse to drag a field name from the table window into the lower area of the query design. As you do this, you can decide which column you want to add the field to. Select a field name by double-clicking. It will then be added to the next free column.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Deleting field names</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove a field name from the query, click the column header of the field and choose the <emph>Delete</emph> command on the context menu for the column.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to save the query. You see a dialog that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/savedialog/schema" id="bm_id3156378"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Schema</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/savedialog/schema">Enter the name of the schema that is assigned to the query or table view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/savedialog/title" id="bm_id3147340"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Query name or table view name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/savedialog/title">Enter the name of the query or table view.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Filtering data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To filter data for the query, set the desired preferences in the lower area of the Design View. The following lines are available:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD" id="bm_id3148536"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD">Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.</ahelp> If you activate a cell with a mouse click you'll see an arrow button, which enables you to select a field. The "Table name.*" option selects all data fields and the criteria is valid for all table fields.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS" id="bm_id3154702"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Alias</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS">Specifies an alias. This alias will be listed in a query instead of the field name. This makes it possible to use user-defined column labels.</ahelp> For example, if the data field has the name PtNo and, instead of that name, you would like to have PartNum appear in the query, enter PartNum as alias.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In an SQL statement, aliases are defined as following:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT column AS alias FROM table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT "PtNo" AS "PartNum" FROM "Parts"</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE" id="bm_id3154665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE">The corresponding database table of the selected data field is listed here.</ahelp> If you activate the a cell with a mouse click, an arrow will appear which enables you to select another table of the current query.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER" id="bm_id3154202"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER">If you click the cell, you can select among the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.</ahelp> Text fields will be sorted alphabetically and numerical fields numerically. For most databases, administrators can set the sorting options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE" id="bm_id3149334"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Visible</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE">If you mark the <emph>Visible</emph> property for a data field, that field will be visible in the query</ahelp>. If you only use a data field to formulate a condition, you do not necessarily need to show it.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT" id="bm_id3147130"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Criteria</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">criteria </link>by which the content of the data field should be filtered.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">or</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can enter one additional criterion for filtering in each line. Multiple criteria in one column will be connected by an OR link.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the context menu of the line headers in the lower area of the query design to insert another line for functions:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION" id="bm_id3153275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Functions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION" visibility="hidden">Select a function to run in the query here.</ahelp> The functions you can run here depend on the database. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are working with the HSQL database, the list box in the <emph>Function</emph> row offers you the following options:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Option</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">SQL</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Effect</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">No function</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">No function will be executed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Average</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">AVG</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calculates the arithmetic mean of a field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Count</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">COUNT</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Determines the number of records in the table. Empty fields can either be counted (a) or not (b).</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">a) COUNT(*): Passing an asterisk as the argument counts all records in the table.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">b) COUNT(column): Passing a field name as an argument counts only fields in which the field name in question contains a value. Null values (empty fields) will not be counted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Maximum</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">MAX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Determines the highest value of a field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Minimum</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">MIN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Determines the lowest value of a field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sum</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">SUM</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calculates the sum of values of associated fields.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Group</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">GROUP BY</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Groups query data according to the field name selected. Functions are executed according to the specified groups. In SQL, this option corresponds to the GROUP BY clause. If a criterion is added, this entry appears in the SQL HAVING.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also enter function calls directly into the SQL statement. The syntax is:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT FUNCTION(column) FROM table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, the function call in SQL for calculating a sum is:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT SUM("Price") FROM "Article".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Except for the <emph>Group</emph> function, the above functions are so-called Aggregate functions. These are functions that calculate data to create summaries from the results. Additional functions that are not listed in the list box might be also possible. These depend on the specific database system in use and on the current state of the Base driver.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To use other functions not listed in the list box, you must enter them under <emph>Field</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also assign aliases to function calls. If the query is not to be displayed in the column header, enter the desired name under <emph>Alias</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The corresponding function in an SQL statement is:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT FUNCTION() AS alias FROM table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SELECT COUNT(*) AS count FROM "Item"</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you run this function, you cannot insert any additional columns for the query other than receiving these columns as a "Group" function.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Examples</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the following example, a query is run through two tables: an "Item" table with the "Item_No" field and a "Suppliers" table with the "Supplier_Name" field. In addition, both tables have a common field name "Supplier_No."</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following steps are required to create a query containing all suppliers who deliver more than three items.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert the "Item" and "Suppliers" tables into the query design.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Link the "Supplier_No" fields of the two tables if there is not already a relation of this type.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the "Item_No" field from the "Item" table. Display the <emph>Function</emph> line using the context menu and select the Count function.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter >3 as a criterion and disable the Visible field.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the "Supplier_Name" field in the "Suppliers" table and choose the Group function.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Run the query.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If the "price" (for the individual price of an article) and "Supplier_No" (for the supplier of the article) fields exist in the "Item" table, you can obtain the average price of the item that a supplier provides with the following query:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert the "Item" table into the query design.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click the "Price" and "Supplier_No" fields.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enable the <emph>Function</emph> line and select the Average function from the "Price" field.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can also enter "Average" in the line for the alias name (without quotation marks).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose Group for the "Supplier_No" field.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Run the query.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The following context menu commands and symbols are available:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Functions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Shows or hides a row for selection of functions.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Shows or hides the row for the table name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alias Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Shows or hides the row for the alias name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distinct Values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Applies only distinct values to the query.</ahelp> This applies to records containing data that appears several times in the selected fields. If the <emph>Distinct Values</emph> command is active, you will see only one record in the query (DISTINCT). Otherwise, you will see all records corresponding to the query criteria (ALL).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, if the name "Smith" occurs several times in your address database, you can choose the<emph> Distinct Values</emph> command to specify in the query that the name "Smith" will occur only once.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a query involving several fields, the combination of values from all fields must be unique so that the result can be formed from a specific record. For example, you have "Smith in Chicago" once in your address book and "Smith in London" twice. With the<emph> Distinct Values</emph> command, the query will use the two fields "last name" and "city" and return the query result "Smith in Chicago" once and "Smith in London" once.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In SQL, this command corresponds to the DISTINCT predicate.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Limit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Allows you to maximize the number of records with which query returns.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If there is added a <emph>Limit</emph>, you will get at most as many rows as the number you specify. Otherwise, you will see all records corresponding to the query criteria.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Formulating filter conditions</paragraph><section id="abfragekriterien"><paragraph role="paragraph">When formulating filter conditions, various operators and commands are available to you. Apart from the relational operators, there are SQL-specific commands that query the content of database fields. If you use these commands in the $[officename] syntax, $[officename] automatically converts these into the corresponding SQL syntax. You can also enter the SQL command directly. The following tables give an overview of the operators and commands:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Operator</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Condition is satisfied if...</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">=</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">equal to</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the content of the field is identical to the indicated expression.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The operator = will not be displayed in the query fields. If you enter a value without any operator, the operator = will be automatically adopted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">not equal to</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the content of the field does not correspond to the specified expression.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">greater than</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the content of the field is greater than the specified expression.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">less than</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the content of the field is less than the specified expression.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">>=</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">greater than or equal to</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the content of the field is greater than or equal to the specified expression.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><=</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">less than or equal to</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the content of the field is less than or equal to the specified expression.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">$[officename] command</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">SQL command</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Condition is satisfied if...</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IS EMPTY</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IS NULL</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">is null</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... The field name is empty. For Yes/No fields with three states, this command automatically queries the undetermined state (neither Yes nor No).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IS NOT EMPTY</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IS NOT NULL</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">is not empty</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name is not empty.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">LIKE</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">(placeholder * for any number of characters</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">placeholder ? for exactly one character)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">LIKE</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3157985"/><paragraph role="tablecontent">(% placeholder for any number of characters</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Placeholder _ for exactly one character)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">is an element of</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the data field contains the indicated expression. The (*) placeholder indicates whether the expression x occurs at the beginning of (x*), at the end of (*x) or inside the field content (*x*). You can enter as a placeholder in SQL queries either the SQL % character or the familiar (*) file system placeholder in the $[officename] interface.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The * or % placeholder stands for any number of characters. The question mark (?) in the $[officename] interface or the underscore (_) in SQL queries is used to represent exactly one character.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NOT LIKE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NOT LIKE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Is not an element of</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name does not contain the specified expression.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">BETWEEN x AND y</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">BETWEEN x AND y</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">falls within the interval [x,y]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name contains a value that lies between the two values x and y.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NOT BETWEEN x AND y</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NOT BETWEEN x AND y</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Does not fall within the interval [x,y]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name contains a value that does not lie between the two values x and y.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IN (a; b; c...)</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Note that the semicolons are used as separators in all value lists!</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IN (a, b, c...)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">contains a, b, c...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name contains one of the specified expressions a, b, c,... Any number of expressions can be specified, and the result of the query is determined by an Or link. The expressions a, b, c... can be either numbers or characters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NOT IN (a; b; c...)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">NOT IN (a, b, c...)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">does not contain a, b, c...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name does not contain one of the specified expressions a, b, c,...</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">= TRUE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">= TRUE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">has the value True</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name has the value True.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">= FALSE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">= FALSE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">has the value false</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">... the field name has the value false.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">='Ms.'</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns field names with the field content "Ms."</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><'2001-01-10'</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns dates that occurred before January 10, 2001</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">LIKE 'g?ve'</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns field names with field content such as "give" and "gave".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">LIKE 'S*'</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns data fields with field contents such as "Sun".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">BETWEEN 10 AND 20</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns field names with field content between the values 10 and 20. (The fields can be either text fields or number fields).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">IN (1; 3; 5; 7)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns field names with the values 1, 3, 5, 7. If the field name contains an item number, for example, you can create a query that returns the item having the specified number.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">NOT IN ('Smith')</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">returns field names that do not contain "Smith".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Like </emph>Escape Sequence: {escape 'escape-character'}</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: select * from Item where ItemName like 'The *%' {escape '*'}</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The example will give you all of the entries where the item name begins with 'The *'. This means that you can also search for characters that would otherwise be interpreted as placeholders, such as *, ?, _, % or the period.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Outer Join</emph> Escape Sequence: {oj outer-join}</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: select Article.* from {oj item LEFT OUTER JOIN orders ON item.no=orders.ANR}</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Querying text fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases don't see it that strict).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Querying date fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Date fields</emph> are represented as #Date# to clearly identify them as dates. Date, time and date/time constants (literals) used in conditions can be of either the SQL Escape Syntax type, or default SQL2 syntax.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Type Element</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">SQL Escape syntax #1 - may be obsolete</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">SQL Escape syntax #2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">SQL2 syntax</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Date</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">{D'YYYY-MM-DD'}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">{d 'YYYY-MM-DD'}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">'YYYY-MM-DD'</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">{D'HH:MM:SS'}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">{t 'HH:MI:SS[.SS]'} </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">'HH:MI:SS[.SS]' </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">DateTime</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">{D'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">{ts 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MI:SS[.SS]'} </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MI:SS[.SS]' </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: select {d '1999-12-31'} from world.years</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: select * from mytable where years='1999-12-31' </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All date expressions (literals) must be enclosed with single quotation marks. (Consult the reference for the particular database and connector you are using for more details.)</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Querying Yes/No fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To query Yes/No fields, use the following syntax for dBASE tables:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Status</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Query criterion</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Example</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Yes</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">for dBASE tables: not equal to any given value</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">=1 returns all records where the Yes/No field has the status "Yes" or "On" (selected in black),</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">No</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">=0 returns all records for which the Yes/No field has the status "No" or "Off" (no selection).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Null</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IS NULL</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in gray).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">The syntax depends on the database system used. You should also note that Yes/No fields can be defined differently (only 2 states instead of 3).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parameter queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Parameter queries allow the user to input values at run-time. These values are used within the criteria for selecting the records to be displayed. Each such value has a parameter name associated with it, which is used to prompt the user when the query is run. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Parameter names are preceded by a colon in both the Design and SQL views of a query. This can be used wherever a value can appear. If the same value is to appear more than once in the query, the same parameter name is used.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the simplest case, where the user enters a value which is matched for equality, the parameter name with its preceding colon is simply entered in the Criterion row. In <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp#sqlmode">SQL mode</link> this should be typed as <item type="input">WHERE "Field" = :Parameter_name</item></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Parameter names may not contain any of the characters <item type="input"><space>`!"$%^*()+={}[]@'~#<>?/,</item>. They may not be the same as field names or SQL reserved words. They may be the same as aliases.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">A useful construction for selecting records based on parts of a text field's content is to add a hidden column with <item type="input">"LIKE '%' || :Part_of_field || '%'"</item> as the criterion. This will select records with an exact match. If a case-insensitive test is wanted, one solution is to use <item type="input">LOWER (Field_Name)</item> as the field and <item type="input">LIKE LOWER ( '%' || :Part_of_field || '%' )</item> as the criterion. Note that the spaces in the criterion are important; if they are left out the SQL parser interprets the entire criterion as a string to be matched. In <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp#sqlmode">SQL mode</link> this should be typed as <item type="input">LOWER ( "Field_Name" ) LIKE LOWER ( '%' || :Part_of_field || '%' )</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Parameter queries may be used as the data source for <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">subforms</link>, to allow the user to restrict the displayed records.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parameter Input</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or typing <emph>Enter</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The values entered by the user may consist of any characters which are allowable for the SQL for the relevant criterion; this may depend on the underlying database system.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The user can use the SQL wild-card characters "%" (arbitrary string) or "_" (arbitrary single character) as part of the value to retrieve records with more complex criteria.</paragraph><section id="sqlmode"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">SQL Mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SQL stands for "Structured Query Language" and describes instructions for updating and administering relational databases.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] you do not need any knowledge of SQL for most queries, since you do not have to enter the SQL code. If you create a query in the query design, $[officename] automatically converts your instructions into the corresponding SQL syntax. If, with the help of the <emph>Switch Design View On/Off </emph>button, you change to the SQL view, you can see the SQL commands for a query that has been created previously.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can formulate your query directly in the SQL code. Note, however, that the special syntax is dependent upon the database system that you use.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you enter the SQL code manually, you can create SQL-specific queries that are not supported by the graphical interface in <emph>Query design</emph>. These queries must be executed in native SQL mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By clicking the <link href="text/shared/02/14030000.xhp"><emph>Run SQL command directly</emph></link> icon in the SQL view, you can formulate a query that is not processed by $[officename].</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�=B� � - text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Advanced Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabapropgen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp">Advanced Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies some options for a database.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph>, click <emph>Advanced Properties</emph> tab</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The availability of the following controls depends on the type of database:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH" id="bm_id4886623"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path to dBASE files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Ensure that the *.dbf file name extension of the dBASE files is lowercase.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/connectionpage/connectionButton" id="bm_id7854243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test Connection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tests the database connection with the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH" id="bm_id4529251"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path to the text files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the folder of the text files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH" id="bm_id8492385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path to the spreadsheet document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the ODBC data source on your system</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the ODBC data source.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name that is required to access the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/connectionpage/passCheckbutton" id="bm_id4072084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME" id="bm_id7675099"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the MySQL database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the MySQL database that you want to use as a data source.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the Oracle database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the Oracle database that you want to use as a data source.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Access database file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the Microsoft Access database file that you want to use as a data source.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Host name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the host name for the LDAP data source.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data source URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the location of the JDBC data source as a URL.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS" id="bm_id9936216"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">JDBC driver class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS" id="bm_id7953123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test Class</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Choose a database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a database from the list or click <emph>Create</emph> to create a new database.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��U U * text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Enter / change password</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Enter / change password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user's name in this dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/usered" id="bm_id3149283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/password/usered">Specifies the name of the new user.</ahelp> This field is only visible if you have defined a new user.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/password/oldpassword" id="bm_id3145346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Old password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/oldpassword">Enter the old password.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have started the dialog via <emph>Change password</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/password/newpassword" id="bm_id3166411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/newpassword">Enter the new password.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/password/confirmpassword" id="bm_id3163802"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Confirm (password)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/confirmpassword">Enter the new password again.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X#��\ \ * text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Assign columns</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabkop2a"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp">Assign columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. If you select the <emph>Attach data </emph>check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog, the <emph>Assign columns </emph>dialog opens as the second window. You can use this dialog to map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/left" id="bm_id3153527"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Source table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/left">Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.</ahelp> To include all of the source data fields in the destination table, click <emph>All</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/right" id="bm_id3147242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Destination table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/right">Lists the possible data fields in the destination table. Only the data fields that are selected in the source table list will be included the destination table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/up" id="bm_id3149516"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/up_right" id="bm_id3155342"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/up_right">Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/down" id="bm_id3154307"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/down_right" id="bm_id3153716"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/down_right">Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/all" id="bm_id3147619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">all</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/all">Selects all of the data fields in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/none" id="bm_id3155341"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">none</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/none">Clears all of the check boxes in the list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�B�� � * text/shared/explorer/database/menuview.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menuview.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="view"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menuview.xhp">View</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The View menu of a database window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDatabaseObjectsMenu" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewForms" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Forms</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewReports" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reports</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewQueries" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBViewTables" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBSort" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sorts the entries in the detail view in ascending order.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Descending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sorts the entries in the detail view in descending order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBPreview" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBDisablePreview" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Disables the preview in the database window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBShowDocInfoPreview" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Document Information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBShowDocPreview" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The preview displays the document of a form or report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBRefreshTables" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Refresh Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Refreshes the tables. </ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�#u o o & text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>%PRODUCTNAME Database</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="database"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8622089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="base"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Using Databases in %PRODUCTNAME Base</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you can access data that is stored in a wide variety of database file formats. %PRODUCTNAME Base natively supports some flat file database formats, such as the dBASE format. You can also use %PRODUCTNAME Base to connect to external relational databases, such as databases from MySQL or Oracle.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The following database types are read-only types in %PRODUCTNAME Base. From within %PRODUCTNAME Base it is not possible to change the database structure or to edit, insert, and delete database records for these database types:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Spreadsheet files</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Text files</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Address book data</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using a Database in %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a new database file, choose <emph>File - New - Database</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link> helps you to create a database file and to register a new database within %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The database file contains queries, reports, and forms for the database as well as a link to the database where the records are stored. Formatting information is also stored in the database file.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To open a database file, choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. In the <emph>File type</emph> list box, select to view only "Database documents". Select a database document and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp#data_view"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp#data_register"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp#data_new"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp#data_tables"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp#data_queries"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp#data_forms"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp#data_reports"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp#data_im_export"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp#titletext"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/toolbars.xhp#toolbars"/></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/04/01020000.xhp#DB_keys"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Database">Wiki page about Base</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XE��T T * text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adabas D Database</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhp">Adabas D Database</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Adabas D software package can be downloaded and installed separately (see www.adabas.com).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">About Adabas</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The free available Adabas database is restricted to a size of 100 MB, and a maximum of three users on a network. See the "License.txt" file in the Adabas directory for more details. The Adabas database must be installed in a separate directory from $[officename].</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The name of an Adabas file cannot exceed 8 characters. The path to the Adabas file, including the file name, cannot exceed 30 characters, and must be compliant with the 7-bit ASCII code. Both the path and the file name cannot contain spaces.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Under Windows, the Adabas setup application adds the DBROOT environment variable that contains the path information for the database. If the setup application finds this variable, it does not install the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create New Adabas Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhp"><emph>Create New Adabas Database</emph></link> dialog to create an Adabas database:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - New - Database</emph> to open the Database Wizard.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Connect to an existing database</emph>, and then select "Adabas" in the listbox (scroll up in the listbox).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Work through the steps in the remaining pages of the Database Wizard.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Deleting an Adabas Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete the reference to an Adabas database, choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph>. Select the database, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xţl" - text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropcon.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Connection Type Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropcon.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="connection"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropcon.xhp">Connection Type Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the type of connection for the current database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Connection Type</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The Connection Type Wizard consists of three pages. You cannot transfer all settings from one database type to another.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognized by an installed database.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE" id="bm_id3653981"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the type of database that you want to connect to.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp#dabapropgen"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropadd.xhp#dabapropadd"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�� X� � 1 text/shared/explorer/database/rep_pagenumbers.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page Numbers </title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_pagenumbers.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/pagenumberdialog/PageNumberDialog" id="bm_id7565844"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="rep_pagenumbers"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_pagenumbers.xhp">Page Numbers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Press <item type="keycode">Shift-F1</item> and point with the mouse at an input box to see a help text for this input box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/pagenumberdialog/pagen" id="bm_id7565843"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Page N</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/pagenumberdialog/pagenofm" id="bm_id6649372"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Page N of M</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/pagenumberdialog/toppage" id="bm_id7334208"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Top of Page (Header)</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/pagenumberdialog/bottompage" id="bm_id8313852"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Bottom of Page (Footer)</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/pagenumberdialog/alignment" id="bm_id8829309"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Alignment</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Show Number on First Page</ahelp></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the format for the page numbers, either "Page N" or "Page N of M", where N stands for the current page number, and M for the total number of pages in the report.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select to show the page numbers in the Page Header area or in the Page Footer area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centered between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click OK, a data field for the page numbers is inserted. If no header or footer area exist, the area will be created as needed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can click the data field and drag to another position within the same area, or edit the properties in the Properties window.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X'��5Q Q ) text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Menus</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="menus"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="titletext"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp">Menus</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the database window, you see a new set of menu commands for working on the current database file.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufile.xhp#file"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/menuedit.xhp#edit"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/menuview.xhp#view"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/menuinsert.xhp#insert"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/menutools.xhp#tools"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
kV * text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Design</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellenentwurf"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp">Table Design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Table Design</emph> window you define new tables or edit the structure of a table.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#tabellenentwurf"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp#data_tabledefine"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The window has its own menu bar. It also contains the following new command: <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp"><emph>Index Design</emph></link></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND" id="bm_id3147088"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table definition area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND">This area is where you define the table structure.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL" id="bm_id3145382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL">Specifies the name of the data field. Note the database restrictions, such as the length of the name, special characters and spaces.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL" id="bm_id3148473"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL">Specifies the field type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL" id="bm_id3149233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL">Specifies an optional description.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The row headers contain the following context menu commands:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cut</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Cuts the selected row to the clipboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Copies the selected row to the clipboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paste</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Pastes the content of the clipboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Delete">Deletes the selected row.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS" id="bm_id3159414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS">Inserts an empty row above the current row, if the table has not been saved. Inserts an empty row at the end of the table if the table has been saved.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY" id="bm_id3150791"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Primary Key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY">If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.</ahelp> By clicking the command you activate/deactivate the status. The command is only visible if the data source supports primary keys.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the field properties of the currently selected field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the length of the data field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Decimal places</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the number of decimal places for a numerical field or decimal field.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT" id="bm_id3158410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT">Specifies the value that is the default in new data records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE" id="bm_id3149562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Format example</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE">Displays the format code that you can select with the<emph> ... </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT" id="bm_id3147319"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp"><emph>Field Format</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW" id="bm_id3152941"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW">Displays help texts.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���w
w
* text/shared/explorer/database/02010101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Join Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/02010101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154015"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Join Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialog appears. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#Joins"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/joindialog/table1" id="bm_id3150749"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/joindialog/table2" id="bm_id3150752"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables involved</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/table2">Specifies two different tables that you want to join.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields involved</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies two data fields that will be joined by a relation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/joindialog/type" id="bm_id3147321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/type">Specifies the link type of the selected link.</ahelp> Some databases support only a subset of the possible types.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Inner Join</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/type">With the internal join, the results table contains only the records for which the content of the linked fields is the same.</ahelp> In $[officename] SQL this type of link is created by a corresponding WHERE clause.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left Join</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/type">With the left join, the results table contains all fields of the left table and only those fields of the right table for which the content of the linked fields is the same.</ahelp> In $[officename] SQL this type of link corresponds to the LEFT OUTER JOIN command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right Join</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/type">With the right join, the results table contains all fields of the right table and only those fields of the left table for which the content of the linked fields is the same.</ahelp> In $[officename] SQL this type of link corresponds to the RIGHT OUTER JOIN command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Full Join</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/type">For a full join, the results table contains all fields of the left and right tables.</ahelp> In the SQL of $[officename] this type of link corresponds to the FULL OUTER JOIN command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Natural</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the keyword NATURAL into the SQL statement that defines the relation. The relation joins all columns that have the same column name in both tables. The resulting joined table contains only one column for each pair of equally named columns.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X �� � 1 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adabas D Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6591082"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="adabas"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp">Adabas D Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the settings for importing an Adabas D database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME" id="bm_id1395306"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the Adabas D database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME" id="bm_id5051118"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp">Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhp">Adabas D database format</link>.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�J�|
|
/ text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard03.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Wizard - Set Primary Key</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard03.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="setprimary"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard03.xhp">Table Wizard - Set Primary Key</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies a field in the table to be used as a primary key.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY" id="bm_id2796411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create a primary key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC" id="bm_id1500289"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatically add a primary key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE" id="bm_id9485152.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use an existing field as a primary key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME" id="bm_id6801049"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE" id="bm_id8796349"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC" id="bm_id1406292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Auto value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the <emph>Auto value</emph> feature.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL" id="bm_id130008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Define primary key by several fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE" id="bm_id2555009"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Available fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernen"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED" id="bm_id8829309"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Primary key fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard04.xhp">Table Wizard - Create table</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XC^R� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tables</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000000.xhp">Tables</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Data sources tables allow you see your data line by line. You can make new entries and deletions.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">In the $[officename] Help, you will find further information on the following subjects:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp">Create new or edit table design</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp#umgang"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp#datensatzsuche"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Sort and Filter Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp">Relations, Primary and External Key</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000001.xhp#kontext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��
=D D 0 text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropdat.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Special Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropdat.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="data"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropdat.xhp">Special Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the way you can work with data in a database.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Advanced Settings</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The availability of the following controls depends on the type of database:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use SQL92 naming constraints</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only allows characters that conform to the SQL92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lowercase letter, an uppercase letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/useas" id="bm_id6617777328"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use keyword AS before table alias names</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/eol" id="bm_id6617328"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">End text lines with CR + LF</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/append" id="bm_id9050569"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Append the table alias name in SELECT statements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/useoj" id="bm_id7278664"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use Outer Join syntax '{OJ }'</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">select Article.* from {oj item LEFT OUTER JOIN orders ON item.no=orders.ANR}</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/ignoreprivs" id="bm_id3826715"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore the privileges from the database driver</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/replaceparams" id="bm_id8939786"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace named parameters with ?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/displayver" id="bm_id6642353"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display version columns (when available)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some databases assign version numbers to fields to track changes to records. The version number of a field is incremented by one each time the contents of the field are changed. <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/displayver">Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/usecatalogname" id="bm_id2444532"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use the catalog name in SELECT statements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/useschemaname" id="bm_id7354655"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use the schema name in SELECT statements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/createindex" id="bm_id321665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create index with ASC or DESC statement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON" id="bm_id5289773"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comparison of Boolean values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/inputchecks" id="bm_id4741355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form data input checks for required fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If this control box is not enabled, then the forms in the current database will not be checked for required fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The control box is available for all data source types which support write access to their data. The control box does not exist for spreadsheets, text, csv, and the various read-only address books.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/ignorecurrency" id="bm_id4741356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore currency field information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/useodbcliterals" id="bm_id4743451355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use ODBC conformant date/time literals</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use date/time literals that conform to ODBC standard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/primarykeys" id="bm_id47434523231355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Supports primary keys</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to overrule Base's heuristics used to detect whether the database supports primary keys.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When connecting to a database using a generic API like ODBC, JDBC, or ADO, Base currently applies heuristics to determine whether this database supports primary keys. None of those APIs has dedicated support to retrieve this information.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The heuristics sometimes fails. This tri-state check box by default is set to the undetermined state, which means "apply the heuristics". If the check box is enabled, primary key support is assumed. If the check box is disabled, no primary key support is assumed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that if this option is just for overruling the heuristics. If you enable the check box for a database which actually does not support primary keys, you will see some errors.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X1�8�� � . text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Date and Time</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertDateTimeField" id="bm_id6520584"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/datetimedialog/DateTimeDialog" id="bm_id6520585"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="rep_datetime"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhp">Date and Time</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialog of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Press <item type="keycode">Shift-F1</item> and point with the mouse at an input box to see a help text for this input box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/datetimedialog/date" id="bm_id5607470"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a format to display the date.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/datetimedialog/time" id="bm_id6481215"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a format to display the time.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click OK to insert the field.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can click the date or time field and drag to another position within the same area, or edit the properties in the Properties window.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
��8u u / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard03.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Search Conditions</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard03.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="searchconditions"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard03.xhp">Query Wizard - Search Conditions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the search conditions to filter the query. </paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL" id="bm_id7941526"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match all of the following</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY" id="bm_id8292489"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match any of the following</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1" id="bm_id3359477"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2" id="bm_id3269447"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3" id="bm_id6917630"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name for the filter condition.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1" id="bm_id1973937"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2" id="bm_id9367046"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3" id="bm_id8345286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the condition for the filter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1" id="bm_id1222266"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2" id="bm_id2625812"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3" id="bm_id251167"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the value for the filter condition.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard04.xhp">Query Wizard - Detail or summary</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�tT�] ] * text/shared/explorer/database/11150200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>User settings</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11150200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="adabasbenutzer"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11150200.xhp">User settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Manages user data for accessing Adabas or ADO databases.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User selection</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/user" id="bm_id3145345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">User</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/user">Select the user whose settings you want to modify.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/add" id="bm_id3146957"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add user</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/add">Adds a new user for accessing the selected database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/changepass" id="bm_id3166410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Change password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/changepass">Changes the current user password for accessing the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/delete" id="bm_id3149578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete user</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/delete">Removes the selected user.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/table" id="bm_id3153561"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Access rights for selected user.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/useradminpage/table">Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhp">Adabas D database format</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X �A2� � , text/shared/explorer/database/menuinsert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menuinsert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="insert"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menuinsert.xhp">Insert</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Insert menu of a database window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewForm" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new text document in form mode.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewReport" id="bm_id4968413"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> window for the selected table, view, or query.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewQuery" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Query (Design View)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new query in design mode.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewQuerySql" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Query (SQL View)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new query in SQL mode.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewTable" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the table design view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewView" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View Design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new view in design mode.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewViewSQL" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View (Simple)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new view in SQL mode.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewFolder" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Folder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X%�v�� � 0 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02dbase.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>dBASE Connection </title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02dbase.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dbase"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02dbase.xhp">dBASE Connection</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION" id="bm_id2821131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path to the dBASE files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the dBASE *.dbf files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION" id="bm_id9754631"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xnq!L� � / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard05.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Grouping</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard05.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grouping"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard05.xhp">Query Wizard - Grouping</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether to group the query. The data source must support the SQL statement "Order by clauses" to enable this page of the Wizard.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#vorhandenefelder"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS" id="bm_id1776482"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Group by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard06.xhp">Query Wizard - Grouping conditions</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X%pu�A A * text/shared/explorer/database/rep_prop.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Properties </title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_prop.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="rep_prop"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_prop.xhp">Properties</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Properties window of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> always shows the properties of the currently selected object in the Report Builder view.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Press <item type="keycode">Shift-F1</item> and point with the mouse at an input box to see a help text for this input box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On first start of the Report Builder, the Properties window shows the <emph>Data</emph> tab page for the whole report.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a table from the Contents list, then press Tab or click outside the input box to leave the input box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL" id="bm_id5135044"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose <item type="menuitem">View - Add Field</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>General</emph> tab page can be used to change the name of the report, and to disable the Page Header or Page Footer areas, among others.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectReport" id="bm_id9044770"/><paragraph role="tip"><ahelp hid=".">To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER" id="bm_id5392315"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION" id="bm_id7852412"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION" id="bm_id9031952"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES" id="bm_id7956785"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print repeated values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click the Page Header or Page Footer area without selecting any object, you see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can edit some visual properties for the area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR" id="bm_id9801324"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE" id="bm_id7446516"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT" id="bm_id8859828"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Defines the height of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION" id="bm_id4359874"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT" id="bm_id5689565"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click the <emph>Detail</emph> area without selecting any object, you see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify some properties to fine-tune the way the records are printed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE" id="bm_id66225"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL" id="bm_id3920102"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER" id="bm_id8053529"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert some data fields into the Detail area, or insert other control fields into any area. When you select an inserted field, you can set the properties in the Properties window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For a Label field, you can change the displayed text in the Label input box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI" id="bm_id7422711"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX" id="bm_id6006958"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Set the X Position for the selected object</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY" id="bm_id7606128"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Set the Y Position for the selected object</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH" id="bm_id5778374"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the width of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT" id="bm_id3184301"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the font for the selected text object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE" id="bm_id2129276"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Print when group change</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN" id="bm_id9719229"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Vert. Alignment</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>General</emph> tab page of a data field, you can set the Formatting properties, among others.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD" id="bm_id3860896"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�D� � * text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sorting and Grouping</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sort"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DbSortingAndGrouping" id="bm_id9569078"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/FloatingSort" id="bm_id9569079"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="rep_sort"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The Groups box shows the fields in an order from top to bottom. You can select any field, then click the Move Up or Move Down button to move this field up or down in the list. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The sorting and grouping will be applied in the order of the list from top to bottom.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/box" id="bm_id2480849"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION" id="bm_id4181951"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open a list from which you can select a field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/up" id="bm_id2927436"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Moves the selected field up in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/down" id="bm_id2107304"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Moves the selected field down in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/sorting" id="bm_id4071779"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the sorting order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/header" id="bm_id7844477"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select to show or hide the Group Header.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/footer" id="bm_id6478469"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select to show or hide the Group Footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/group" id="bm_id9038972"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/delete" id="bm_id9038973"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Removes the selected field from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default a new group is created on every changed value of a record from the selected field. You can change this property depending on the type of field:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For fields of type Text, you can select Prefix Characters and enter a number n of characters in the text box below. The records which are identical in the first n characters will be grouped together.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For fields of type Date/Time, you can group the records by the same year, quarter, month, week, day, hour, or minute. You can additionally specify an interval for weeks and hours: 2 weeks groups data in biweekly groups, 12 hours groups data in half-day groups.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">For fields of type AutoNumber, Currency, or Number, you specify an interval.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/interval" id="bm_id7985168"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/dbreport/ui/floatingsort/keep" id="bm_id9573961"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you specify to keep together some records on the same page, you have three choices:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">No - page boundaries are not taken into account.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Whole Group - prints the group header, detail section, and group footer on the same page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">With First Detail - prints the group header on a page only if the first detail record also can be printed on the same page.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xw� ǩ � * text/shared/explorer/database/toolbars.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Toolbars</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/toolbars.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="toolbars"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/toolbars.xhp">Toolbars</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database file window, you can see the following toolbars.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBTableOpen" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open database object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBTableEdit" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBTableDelete" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBTableRename" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Query</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBQueryOpen" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open database object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBQueryEdit" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBQueryDelete" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected query.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBQueryRename" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected query.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Form</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBFormOpen" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open database object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBFormEdit" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBFormDelete" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected form.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBFormRename" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected form.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Report</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBReportOpen" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open database object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBReportEdit" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBReportDelete" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBReportRename" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected report.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XT+ē� � 0 text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropgen.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Generated Values</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropgen.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="generated"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropgen.xhp">Generated Values</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the options for automatically generated values for new data records.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The availability of the following controls depends on the type of database:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Retrieve generated values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enables $[officename] support for auto-incremented data fields in the current ODBC or JDBC data source. Select this option if the auto-increment feature in the SDBCX layer of the database is not supported. In general, the auto-increment is selected for the primary key field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Auto-increment statement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">CREATE TABLE "table1" ("id" INTEGER AUTO_INCREMENT)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For this example, you must enter AUTO_INCREMENT into the <emph>Auto-increment statement</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Query of generated values</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.</ahelp> For example:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">SELECT LAST_INSERT_D();</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xl� � ) text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database File</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabadoc"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">Database File</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The database file window organizes the tables, views, queries, and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Working with databases in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�t�� � 1 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Microsoft Access Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2755516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="access"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp">Microsoft Access Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the settings for importing a database file in Microsoft Access or Access 2007 format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See also the English Wiki page <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/MSA-Base_Faq">http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/MSA-Base_Faq</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION" id="bm_id627155"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Access database file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the path to the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION" id="bm_id8335215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�Z��� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05000002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>User Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05000002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">User Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this dialog to define the user settings for an Adabas table.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#benutzereinstellungen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to select the user, define a new user, delete a user, and change a password.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">User</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the user, whose settings you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New user</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new user.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp">Enter Password</link> dialog appears.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Change password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the password for the selected user.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp">Change Password</link> dialog appears.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete user</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected user.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Access rights for user selected</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to view and assign access rights for the selected user.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xj9�
/ text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard06.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Grouping Conditions</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard06.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="groupingconditions"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard06.xhp">Query Wizard - Grouping Conditions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the conditions to group the query. The data source must support the SQL statement "Order by clauses" to enable this page of the Wizard.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL" id="bm_id8115176"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match all of the following</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY" id="bm_id8760948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match any of the following</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1" id="bm_id9920041.00000001"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2" id="bm_id9279457"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3" id="bm_id1897946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name for the grouping condition.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1" id="bm_id6163823"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2" id="bm_id2742088"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3" id="bm_id465102"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the condition for the grouping.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1" id="bm_id1756340"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2" id="bm_id8361766"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3" id="bm_id2075563"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the value for the grouping condition.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard07.xhp">Query Wizard - Aliases</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��#�� � 0 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02mysql.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>MySQL Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02mysql.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="mysql"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02mysql.xhp">MySQL Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the options for MySQL databases.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbwizmysqlintropage/odbc" id="bm_id6776940"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Connect using ODBC (Open Database Connectivity)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/dbwizmysqlintropage/jdbc" id="bm_id4285409"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Connect using JDBC (Java Database Connectivity)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The next wizard page depends on your choice of ODBC or JDBC:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhp">ODBC Connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp">JDBC Connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp">Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XeP� � � / text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard01.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Wizard - Select Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard01.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="selecttable"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard01.xhp">Table Wizard - Select Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select fields from the provided sample tables as a starting point to create your own table.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS" id="bm_id9071932"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Business</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the business category to see only business sample tables.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE" id="bm_id5322428"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Private</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the private category to see only private sample tables.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES" id="bm_id7499008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sample tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#vorhandenefelder"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id6092104"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selected Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard02.xhp">Table Wizard - Set types and formats</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X LN N * text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Create New Adabas Database</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhp">Create New Adabas Database</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhp">Adabas database</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME" id="bm_id3153716"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME">Type the name of the database.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Data source URL</emph> field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User settings</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR" id="bm_id3148564"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Administrator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR" visibility="hidden">Enter the name of the database administrator.</ahelp> The administrator name and password is assigned when you create an Adabas database. Apart from the administrator, two more users can access the Adabas database.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR" id="bm_id3149670"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Control User</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR">Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.</ahelp> The control user does not affect the three-user limitation.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR" id="bm_id3150792"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Domain User</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR">Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.</ahelp> The domain user does not affect the three-user limit.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSPWD" id="bm_id3154125"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONPWD" id="bm_id3150769"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD" id="bm_id3154218"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD">Enter a password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Drives containing parts of the Serverdb are called DEVSPACEs. To improve performance, store each DEVSPACE on separate drives.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The file path for a DEVSPACE, including its file name, cannot exceed 40 characters.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE" id="bm_id3150873"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SYSDEVSPACE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE">Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.</ahelp> The SYSDEVSPACE manages the configuration data for the database. The size of the SYSDEVSPACE depends on the size of the database.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG" id="bm_id3152793"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TRANSACTIONLOG</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG">Enter the path for the transaction log file.</ahelp> This file records all modifications that are made to the database during a transaction, and overwrites them when the transaction is completed. The TRANSACTIONLOG is also used for the rollback of a transaction.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE" id="bm_id3150488"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">DATADEVSPACE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE">Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.</ahelp> This file stores user data, such as tables and indexes, as well as the SQL catalog (schema info). The data contained in one user table is evenly distributed across all DATADEVSPACEs. The combined size of all DATADEVSPACEs corresponds to the size of the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The maximum size for a DATADEVSPACE in the limited version Adabas database is 100MB.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the DATADEVSPACE reaches full capacity during a database operation, Adabas shuts down, increases the capacity of the DATADEVSPACE (up to 100 MB), and restarts the database. Saved data is not lost.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBSYSDEVSPACE" id="bm_id3083445"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBTRANSACTIONLOG" id="bm_id3153139"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE" id="bm_id3146120"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE">Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE" id="bm_id3147048"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transaction file (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE">Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE" id="bm_id3151060"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database size (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE">Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE" id="bm_id3151053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Data buffer size (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE">Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes. </ahelp> The data buffer can be simultaneously accessed by all users and stores the most recently accessed pages from the DATADEVSPACEs.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���S S * text/shared/explorer/database/05030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copy a Table by Drag-and-Drop</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030000.xhp">Copy Query or Table by Drag-and-Drop</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155535"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#tabellecopy"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">With the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog you can:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">copy the data from the table into another table,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">use the structure of the table as the basis for creating a new table.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can copy within the same database or between different databases.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030100.xhp#tabkop"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030200.xhp#tabkop2"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030300.xhp#tabkop3"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��o * text/shared/explorer/database/dabaprop.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabaprop.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabaprop"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabaprop.xhp">Database Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of a database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">In a database window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph>
</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhp#dabapropgen"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropadd.xhp#dabapropadd"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�̲ � � * text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Queries</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abfragen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhp">Queries</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A "query" is a special view of a table. A query can display chosen records or chosen fields within records; it can also sort those records. A query can apply to one table to multiple tables, if they are linked by common data fields.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#Abfragen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Use queries to find records from data tables based on certain criteria. All queries created for a database are listed under the <emph>Queries</emph> entry. Since this entry contains the database queries, it is also called the "query container".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing Queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To print a query or table:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a text document (or a spreadsheet document if you prefer the specific printing functions of this type of document).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the database file and click the Table icon if you want to print a table, or click the Query icon if you want to print a query.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialog <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The query or table will be inserted into your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Print the document by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">You can also open the data source view (F4), select the entire database table in the data source view (button in the top left corner of the table), and then drag the selection to a text document or spreadsheet.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Sorting and Filtering Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to sort and filter the data in a query table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With the <emph>Query Design</emph>, you can create and edit a query or view.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/main0214.xhp#sql"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Through Several Tables</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The query result can contain data from several tables if these are linked to each other by suitable data fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Formulating Query Criteria</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can find out which operators and commands can be used to formulate the filter conditions for a query.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Executing Functions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can perform calculations with the data of a table and store the results as a query result.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xg��+� � * text/shared/explorer/database/04000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Forms</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/04000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formulare"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04000000.xhp">Forms</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Forms can be used to enter or to edit existing database contents easily.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">FormWizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Form Controls toolbar offers the tools required to create a form in a text, table, drawing, or presentation document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp">Form in Design Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In design mode, the form is designed and the properties of the form and the controls contained in it are defined.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp#datensatzsuche"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp#suchentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp">Sorting and Filtering Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You will find the sorting and filter functions in the toolbar when you open a form in user mode.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="MAC"/><default><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp">Subforms</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp#wozu"/></default></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��
u� � + text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dabawiz00"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2026429"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD" id="bm_id3952452"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Database Wizard creates a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> that contains information about a database.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the type of operation and the type of database, the Database Wizard consists of a varying number of steps.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you create a new database file, the wizard contains two steps.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz01.xhp#dabaselection"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhp#nextsteps"/><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you open the Database Wizard to create a database file for an existing database connection, there may be more steps to specify paths, authentication information, and more.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02text.xhp">Set up text file connection</link></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhp">Set up Microsoft Access connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ado.xhp">Set up ADO connection</link></paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhp">Set up LDAP connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhp">Set up Adabas D connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02dbase.xhp">Set up dBASE connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhp">Set up JDBC connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02oracle.xhp">Set up Oracle database connection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02mysql.xhp">MySQL settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhp">ODBC settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp">Set up Spreadsheet connection</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
?�� / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard02.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Sorting Order</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard02.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sortingorder"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard02.xhp">Query Wizard - Sorting Order</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the sorting order for the data records in your query.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1" id="bm_id1624805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1" id="bm_id7582934"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2" id="bm_id5498825"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3" id="bm_id9416486"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4" id="bm_id3401287"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1" id="bm_id4680013"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2" id="bm_id9574571"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3" id="bm_id5775933"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4" id="bm_id5564439"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Descending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2" id="bm_id9547715"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3" id="bm_id5757316"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4" id="bm_id6009094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">And then by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard03.xhp">Query Wizard - Search conditions</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�r4�<
<
. text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ado.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>ADO Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ado.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7565233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ado"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ado.xhp">ADO Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the options for adding an ADO (Microsoft ActiveX Data Objects) database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The ADO interface is a Microsoft Windows proprietary container for connecting to databases.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">$[officename] requires the Microsoft Data Access Components (MDAC) to use the ADO interface. Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP include these components by default. For earlier visions of Windows, you need to install MDAC separately. You can download MDAC from the Microsoft web site.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL" id="bm_id2960600"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data source URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the data source URL.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Example URLs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To connect to an Access 2000 file, use the format:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">PROVIDER=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;DATA SOURCE=c:\Access\nwind2000.mdb</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To connect with a name to a catalog on a Microsoft SQL server that has a name turner, enter:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">PROVIDER=sqloledb;DATA SOURCE=turner;INITIAL CATALOG=First</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To access an ODBC driver as a provider:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">DSN=SQLSERVER</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL" id="bm_id7212439"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/authentificationpage/generalUserNameEntry" id="bm_id5520493"/><paragraph role="note"><ahelp hid=".">A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/authentificationpage/passRequiredCheckbutton" id="bm_id6467787"/><paragraph role="note"><ahelp hid=".">A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X_� / text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02text.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text File Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02text.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2517166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Text File Connection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the settings for importing a database in text format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a text format database, data is stored in an unformatted ASCII file, where each record comprises a row. The data fields are divided by separators. Text in the data fields is divided by quotation marks.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE" id="bm_id1533860"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path to text files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE" id="bm_id1796624"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES" id="bm_id3230994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Plain text files (*.txt)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to access txt files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">'Comma separated value' files (*.csv)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to access csv files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES" id="bm_id2862636"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Custom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR" id="bm_id3149578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR" id="bm_id3149795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.</ahelp> You cannot use the same character as the field separator.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR" id="bm_id3151385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Decimal separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR" id="bm_id3153897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Thousands separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05030300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Type formatting</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05030300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabkop3"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030300.xhp">Type formatting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The<emph> Type formatting </emph>dialog is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/columnnames" id="bm_id3147291"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/columnnames">Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Column information</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME" id="bm_id3153311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME">Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE" id="bm_id3154749"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE">Select a field type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_TEXT_LEN" id="bm_id3149795"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_LEN" id="bm_id3149516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_LEN">Enter the number of characters for the data field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE" id="bm_id3154285"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Decimal places</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE">Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT" id="bm_id3156155"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT">Select the default value for a Yes/No field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic type recognition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically recognize field contents when you copy database tables by drag and drop.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/auto" id="bm_id3153061"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">(max.) lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/auto">Enter the number of lines to use for automatic type recognition.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/autobutton" id="bm_id3148946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Auto</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/autobutton">Enables automatic type recognition.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xv�+ 1
1
* text/shared/explorer/database/menufile.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>File</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menufile.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="file"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufile.xhp">File</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The File menu of a database window. Only entries specific to databases are listed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog. For the other objects, you see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save As</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog, select a path and file name to save.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Exports the selected report or form to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Send</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">E-mail Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The current database file is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBSendReportAsMail" id="bm_id4928739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Report as E-mail</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBSendReportToWriter" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Report to Text Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���j j . text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Save</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/collectionviewdialog/CollectionView" id="bm_id2862637"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In this dialog, you can specify the position and name of a form that you save within a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialog opens automatically when you save a form the first time.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/collectionviewdialog/newFolderButton" id="bm_id2862636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create New Directory</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to create a new folder within the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/collectionviewdialog/upButton" id="bm_id2447279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Up One Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/collectionviewdialog/fileNameEntry" id="bm_id1669362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the file name for the saved form.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/collectionviewdialog/ok" id="bm_id1720023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to save the form to the database file.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xv�S�� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05040000.xhp">General</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05040100.xhp#allgemein"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/05040200.xhp#beschreibung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X {_f f * text/shared/explorer/database/11090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11090000.xhp">Table Filter</link></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL" id="bm_id3154046"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Sortup" id="bm_id5955967"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Sortup" id="bm_id5298928"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort Ascending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL">Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XF�>�j j * text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Index design</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="indexentwurf"><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/IndexDesignDialog" id="bm_id3156410"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBIndexDesign" id="bm_id3149828"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp">Index design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design </emph>dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#indexentwurf"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp#data_tabledefine"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/INDEX_LIST" id="bm_id3148473"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Index list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/INDEX_LIST">Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_NEW" id="bm_id3158430"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_NEW">Creates a new index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_DROP" id="bm_id3148642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete Current Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_DROP">Deletes the current index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RENAME" id="bm_id3154285"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename Current Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RENAME">Renames the current index.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_SAVE" id="bm_id3151245"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save Current Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_SAVE">Saves the current index in the data source.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RESET" id="bm_id3147265"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reset Current Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RESET">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Index details</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed to the data source. You can only leave the dialog, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index </emph>icon.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/UNIQUE" id="bm_id3145171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Unique</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/UNIQUE">Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.</ahelp> Checking the <emph>Unique </emph>option prevents duplicate data from being entered in the field and ensures data integrity.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The<emph> Fields</emph> area displays a list of fields in the current table. You can also select multiple fields. In order to remove a field from the selection, select the empty entry at the start of the list.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD" id="bm_id3147230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Index field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD">Displays a list of the fields in the current table. You can select more than one field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER" id="bm_id3154910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sort order</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER">Determines the sort order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/close" id="bm_id3145785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�]�Y Y * text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Statistics</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Database Statistics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays statistics about the Adabas database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database files</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:Edit:DLG_ADABASSTAT:ET_SYSDEVSPACE" id="bm_id3149346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">SYSDEVSPACE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SYSDEVSPACE">Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:Edit:DLG_ADABASSTAT:ET_TRANSACTIONLOG" id="bm_id3156427"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">TRANSACTIONLOG</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_TRANSACTIONLOG">Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:ListBox:DLG_ADABASSTAT:LB_DATADEVS" id="bm_id3147089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">DATADEVSPACE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_ADABASSTAT_LB_DATADEVS">Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Database sizes</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:Edit:DLG_ADABASSTAT:ET_SIZE" id="bm_id3150085"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Size (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SIZE">Displays the full size (in megabytes) of the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:Edit:DLG_ADABASSTAT:ET_FREESIZE" id="bm_id3152350"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Free space (MB)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_FREESIZE">Displays the amount of free space (in megabytes) that is available in the database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess:NumericField:DLG_ADABASSTAT:ET_MEMORYUSING" id="bm_id3154515"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Memory utilization (in %)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_MEMORYUSING">Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xy�,s� � * text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Relations</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBAddRelation" id="bm_id3155150"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/RelationDialog" id="bm_id3155151"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150499"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Relations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DBAddRelation">Allows you to define and edit a relation between two tables.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#relationen"/></section><paragraph role="note">The update and delete options are only available if they are supported by the database used.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/table2" visibility="hidden">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/joindialog/relations" id="bm_id3153716"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Key fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/joindialog/relations">Defines the key fields for the relation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/relations" id="bm_id3153543"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/table2">The names of the tables selected for the link appear here as column names.</ahelp> If you click a field, you can use the arrow buttons to select a field from the table. Each relation is written in a row.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Update options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can select options that take effect when there are changes to a primary key field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/addaction">Specifies that any change made to a primary key does not affect other external key fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Updating cascade</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/addcascade">Updates all the external key fields if the value of the corresponding primary key has been modified (Cascading Update).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Set null</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/addnull"> If the corresponding primary key has been modified, use this option to set the "IS NULL" value to all external key fields. IS NULL means that the field is empty.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Set default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/adddefault"> If the corresponding primary key has been modified, use this option to set a default value to all external key fields.</ahelp> During the creation of the corresponding table, the default value of an external key field will be defined when you assign the field properties.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can select options that take effect when a primary key field is deleted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/delaction">Specifies that the deletion of a primary key will not have any effect on other external key fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete cascade</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/delcascade">Specifies that all external key fields will be deleted if you delete the corresponding primary key field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">When you delete a primary key field with the<emph> Delete cascade </emph>option, all records from other tables that have this key as their foreign key are also deleted. Use this option with great care; it is possible that a major portion of the database can be deleted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Set null</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/delnull">If you delete the corresponding primary key, the "IS NULL" value will be assigned to all external key fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Set Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/deldefault">If you delete the corresponding primary key, a set value will be set to all external key fields.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���j j / text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard08.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Wizard - Overview</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard08.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="overview"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard08.xhp">Query Wizard - Overview</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter a name of the query, and specify whether you want to display or to modify the query after the Wizard is finished.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE" id="bm_id3238319"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the query.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY" id="bm_id1403241"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to save and display the query.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY" id="bm_id2776268"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to save the query and open it for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY" id="bm_id4912869"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Overview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a summary of the query.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�� � / text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>LDAP Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id22583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ldap"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhp">LDAP Connection</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the settings for importing a database using LDAP</ahelp> (<emph>Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</emph>. This page is only available if you registered an LDAP server as an address database.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME" id="bm_id3147275"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/ldapconnectionpage/hostNameEntry" id="bm_id7872249"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Server URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME">Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN" id="bm_id3145315"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/ldapconnectionpage/baseDNEntry" id="bm_id7593920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Base DN</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN">Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER" id="bm_id3155341"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/ldapconnectionpage/portNumEntry" id="bm_id5359660"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Port number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER">Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/ldapconnectionpage/useSSLCheckbutton" id="bm_id9989623"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use secure connection (SSL)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP">Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).</ahelp> By default, an SSL connection uses port 636. A regular connection uses port 389.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhp">Authentication</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XY��? ? * text/shared/explorer/database/11170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adabas D Statistics</title><filename>/text/shared/explorer/database/11170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="serveradmin"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170000.xhp">Adabas D Statistics</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the access options for the Adabas database.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data Buffer Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_CACHE_SIZE">Enter the size of the data buffer for the database.</ahelp> The setting takes effect after you restart the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Increment size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_DATA_INCREMENT">Enter the size by which you want to automatically increment the database. The maximum increment size is 100 MB.</ahelp> The setting takes effect after you restart the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Control User Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLUSERNAME">Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Control Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLPASSWORD">Enter the password of the Control User.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shut down the service when closing $[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_CB_SHUTDB">Exits the Adabas database server when you exit $[officename].</ahelp> This option is only available if you start the database server from $[officename] with a control user and password.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extended</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp">Database Statistics</link> dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X ���
text/shared/main0650.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Java Platform Support</title><filename>/text/shared/main0650.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="java"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0650.xhp">Java Platform Support</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] supports the Java platform for running applications and components based on the JavaBeans architecture.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java 2 Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Java platform support needs to be activated under $[officename] to run Java applications.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enable Java platform support by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/java.xhp"><emph>$[officename] - Advanced</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">Before you can use a JDBC driver, you need to add its class path. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced, and click the Class Path button. After you add the path information, restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Your modifications at the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Advanced</emph> tab page will be used even if the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) has been started already. After any modifications to the ClassPath you must restart $[officename]. The same is true for modifications under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Internet - Proxy</emph>. Only the boxes "HTTP Proxy" and "FTP Proxy" and their ports do not require a restart—they will be evaluated when you click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X@tO
text/shared/main0600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Programming $[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/main0600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154232"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="programming"><link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Programming $[officename]</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="basic">$[officename] can be controlled by using the $[officename] API.
</variable></paragraph><section id="basicalt"><paragraph role="warning">$[officename] provides an Application Programming Interface (API) that enables you to control $[officename] components by using various programming languages. A $[officename] Software Development Kit is available for the programming interface.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">For more information about $[officename] API reference, please visit http://api.libreoffice.org/</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Macros created with $[officename] Basic based on the old programming interface will no longer be supported by the current version.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For more information on $[officename] Basic, select "$[officename] Basic" in the list box.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X text/shared/autopi/PK
%w�X*C�� � text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard - Printed items</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite3"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE3" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp">Letter Wizard - Printed items</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LETTER_PAGE3">Defines the items to be included in the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief3"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO" id="bm_id8988006"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Logo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO">Includes a logo on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER" id="bm_id1879634"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Return address in envelope window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER">Includes a small size return address on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS" id="bm_id8617511"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Letter signs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS">Includes a line with references to a business letter on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT" id="bm_id9201940"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Subject line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT">Includes a subject line on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION" id="bm_id6299935"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTSALUTATION" id="bm_id401013"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION">Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS" id="bm_id492263"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fold marks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS">Includes fold marks on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING" id="bm_id5986510"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTGREETING" id="bm_id9111606"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Complimentary close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING">Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER" id="bm_id1231116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER">Includes a footer on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�3#�� � text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard - Sort Options</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sortoptions"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp">Report Wizard - Sort Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the fields by which to sort the report. Fields can be sorted by up to four levels, each either ascending or descending. Grouped fields can only be sorted within each group.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1" id="bm_id3154927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1">Select the first field by which to sort the report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT2" id="bm_id3151226"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT3" id="bm_id3145669"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4" id="bm_id3143267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Then by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4">Select an additional field by which to sort the report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND1" id="bm_id3156410"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND2" id="bm_id3153345"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND3" id="bm_id3145071"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ascending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4">Sorts the field contents in ascending order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND1" id="bm_id3152996"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND2" id="bm_id3153032"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND3" id="bm_id3151110"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4" id="bm_id3152780"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Descending</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4">Sorts the field contents in descending order.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Choose Layout</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X)�a� text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard - Page design</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE1" id="bm_id3147291"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp">Letter Wizard - Page design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LETTER_PAGE1">Specifies whether you want to create a personal or a business letter.</ahelp> The available options on the following pages vary depending on your choice.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief1"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Please choose the type of letter and page design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify whether you want to create a business or personal letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER" id="bm_id4119998"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Business letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER">Specifies that you want to create a business letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER" id="bm_id8321481"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Formal personal letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER">Specifies that you want to create a formal personal letter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER" id="bm_id7438276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Personal letter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER">Specifies that you want to create a personal letter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE" id="bm_id9794915"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVOFFICIALSTYLE" id="bm_id1822870"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVATESTYLE" id="bm_id5860774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE">Select the design for your letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER" id="bm_id1687673"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER">Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X/��i) ) text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fax Wizard - Name and location</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite5"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_FAX_PAGE5" id="bm_id3156027"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp">Fax Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FAX_PAGE5">Defines the template name and location.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax5"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Template name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the fax template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to enter or select the complete path, including the file name of the fax template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create a fax from this template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the fax template, then opens a new fax document based on that template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Make manual changes to this fax template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the fax template, then opens the template for further editing.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X.4=�K K text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard - Grouping</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grouping"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp">Report Wizard - Grouping</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can group records in a report based on the values in one or more fields. <ahelp hid=".">Select the fields by which the resulting report will be grouped. You can group up to four fields in a report.</ahelp> When you group more than one field, $[officename] nests the groups according to their group level.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING" id="bm_id3152924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING">Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the <emph>></emph> button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST" id="bm_id3149182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Groupings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST">Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the <emph><</emph> button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP" id="bm_id3153748"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP">Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP" id="bm_id3166460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP">Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Sort Options</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��5� � text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Address Data Source</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="adressdatenquelle"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/SelectTypePage" id="bm_id2237617"/><bookmark branch="hid/slot:10934" id="bm_id3581347"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT" id="bm_id3581348"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotAddressDataSource" id="bm_id6961272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp">Address Data Source</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport1"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can register address data and other data sources in $[officename] at any time:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Please select the type of your external address book</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Not all types are available on all systems.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/firefox" id="bm_id3149096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Firefox / Iceweasel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/firefox">Select this option if you already use an address book in Firefox or Iceweasel.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/thunderbird" id="bm_id611896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Thunderbird / Icedove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird or Icedove.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/kde" id="bm_id926848"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">KDE Address book</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/macosx" id="bm_id926849"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">OS X Address book</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this option if you already use an address book in OS X Address book.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/evolution" id="bm_id827051"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Evolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/evoldap" id="bm_id2706076"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Evolution LDAP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/groupwise" id="bm_id7849360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Groupwise</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/other" id="bm_id9591051"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Other external data source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttypepage/other">Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL" id="bm_id3150771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cancel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL">Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp#zurueck"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS" visibility="hidden">Go to previous step.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp#weiter"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT" visibility="hidden">Go to next step.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH" id="bm_id3152812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH">Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X\O�C� � $ text/shared/autopi/webwizard05bi.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Background Images</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard05bi.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_BG" id="bm_id7336649"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Background Images</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34290">Specifies a background image for the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp">Web Wizard style</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_BG_BTN_OTHER" id="bm_id4853053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34291">Opens a file open dialog to select a background image file for the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_BG_BTN_NONE" id="bm_id3982360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34292">Clears the background image from the index page.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���]- - " text/shared/autopi/webwizard02.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard02.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="documents"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard02.xhp">Web Wizard - Documents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the files that you want to upload to your web site. You can upload the files to a server or to a local directory.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_LST_DOCS" id="bm_id1921750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34210">Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_ADD_DOC" id="bm_id1336710"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34211">Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_REM_DOC" id="bm_id6194952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34212">Removes the selected file from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_LST_DOC_EXPORT" id="bm_id5967284"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export to file format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34218">Select the file format that you want to export the selected file to.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_TITLE" id="bm_id4876552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34215">Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_DESC" id="bm_id9802545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Summary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34216">Enter a description for the selected document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_TXT_DOC_AUTHOR" id="bm_id9535813"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Author</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34217">Enter the name of the author for the selected document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard03.xhp">Web Wizard - Main layout</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XT�- " text/shared/autopi/webwizard03.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Main Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard03.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mainlayout"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard03.xhp">Web Wizard - Main Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the formatting template that you want to use for the layout of the index page of your site. The template defines the text formatting and the position of elements on the page. Some of the available layouts use frames.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG1" id="bm_id6593829"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG2" id="bm_id2711569"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG3" id="bm_id7086703"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG4" id="bm_id9651173"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG5" id="bm_id4702902"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG6" id="bm_id4161809"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG7" id="bm_id1027253"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG8" id="bm_id5790581"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID3_IL_LAYOUTS_IMG9" id="bm_id2945951"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Layouts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34220">Select the layout for the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard04.xhp">Web Wizard - Layout details</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xb �v text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fax Wizard - Footer</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite4"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_FAX_PAGE4" id="bm_id3152425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp">Fax Wizard - Footer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FAX_PAGE4">Specifies the footer data.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax4"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the text to be printed in the footer area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Include only on second and following pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Include page number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prints a page number in the footer area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X<_
M� � text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Set Name</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="setname"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp">Form Wizard - Set Name</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the name of the form and how to proceed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH" id="bm_id5958128"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of the form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the name of the form.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM" id="bm_id6427198"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Work with the form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the form, and opens it as a form document to enter and display data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM" id="bm_id9930417"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify the form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� A� � text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="wizards"><section id="autopilot"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152551"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotMenu" id="bm_id2697579"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotMenu" id="bm_id3149827"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp">Wizards</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotMenu">Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, presentations, and more.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autobrief"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp">Letter</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp#brief"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp">Fax</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp#fax"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp">Agenda</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp#agenda"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard00.xhp#webwizard"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp">Document Converter</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp#ms"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp">Euro Converter</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp#eurokonv"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp#adressdatenquelle"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�t��
�
text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Get Joined Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="getjoinedfields"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp">Form Wizard - Get Joined Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you chose in step 2 to set up a subform based on manual selection of fields, you can select the joined fields on this wizard page.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1" id="bm_id1117587"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">First joined subform field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1" id="bm_id860011"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">First joined main form field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2" id="bm_id341196"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Second joined subform field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2" id="bm_id3749809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Second joined main form field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3" id="bm_id292977"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Third joined subform field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3" id="bm_id2072817"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Third joined main form field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4" id="bm_id6697592"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fourth joined subform field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4" id="bm_id6420789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fourth joined main form field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp">Form Wizard - Arrange controls</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�˙K text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Field Assignment</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="feldzuordnung"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/FieldAssignPage" id="bm_id3152593"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp">Field Assignment</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport5"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/assign" id="bm_id3152594"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field Assignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp">Templates: Address Book Assignment</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� � text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard - Headings to include</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite3"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE3" id="bm_id3155150"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp">Agenda Wizard - Headings to include</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AGENDA_PAGE3">Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda3"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE" id="bm_id6609393"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type of meeting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ" id="bm_id805078"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Please read</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a Please read line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING" id="bm_id9006927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Please bring</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES" id="bm_id9465620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Notes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a Notes line.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Names</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�?'g� � text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard - Name and Location</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite6"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE6" id="bm_id3152363"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp">Agenda Wizard - Name and Location</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AGENDA_PAGE6">Choose the title and location for the agenda template.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda6"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id3152256"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Template title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the name of the agenda template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id4554582"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id8800622"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA" id="bm_id102237"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create an agenda from this template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES" id="bm_id2786034"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Make manual changes to this template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��]M text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export - Page 6</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite6"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page6" id="bm_id7226177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp">HTML Export - Page 6</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the colors for the publication.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Text formatting is obtained from the drawing or presentation. This page is skipped if you unmark the <emph>Create title page</emph> check box or if you select automatic or WebCast export.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern6"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select color scheme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the color scheme and the colors for text and background.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/docColorsRadiobutton" id="bm_id3145090"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply color scheme from document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/docColorsRadiobutton">Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/defaultRadiobutton" id="bm_id3146958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use browser colors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/defaultRadiobutton">Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/userRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152997"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use custom color scheme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/userRadiobutton">Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textButton" id="bm_id3145382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/linkButton" id="bm_id3155389"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hyperlink</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/linkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/aLinkButton" id="bm_id3153825"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Active Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/aLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/vLinkButton" id="bm_id3153822"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Visited Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/vLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/backButton" id="bm_id3152360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/backButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �
� � " text/shared/autopi/webwizard06.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Web Site Information</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard06.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="websiteinfo"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard06.xhp">Web Wizard - Web Site Information</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the title and meta information for your web site.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_TITLE" id="bm_id860011"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34250">Enter the title for the index page. This element is displayed on the title bar of web browsers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_DESC" id="bm_id341196"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34253">Enter a description for the index page. The description is stored in an HTML meta tag.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Keywords</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter keywords for the index page. Keywords are stored in HTML meta tags.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID6_DATE_SITE_CREATED" id="bm_id3749809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Created</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34255">Enter the creation date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID6_DATE_SITE_UPDATED" id="bm_id292977"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modified</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34256">Enter the modified date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_EMAIL" id="bm_id2072817"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34258">Enter the e-mail address for the index page. The address is stored in an HTML meta tag.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID6_TXT_SITE_COPYRIGHT" id="bm_id6697592"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copyright notice</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34259">Enter the copyright notice for the index page. The notice is stored in an HTML meta tag.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhp">Web Wizard - Preview</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XY�P P text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group Element Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Group Element Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Group Element Wizard starts automatically when you insert a <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Group Box</link> into a document.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen"/></section><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp#seite2"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp#seite3"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp#seite4"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp#seite5"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_FINISH" id="bm_id3155941"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_FINISH" id="bm_id3155391"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH" id="bm_id3153748"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH">Creates the object.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�c��U U text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite5"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE5" id="bm_id3155934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp">Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AGENDA_PAGE5">Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda5"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1" id="bm_id3167821"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1" id="bm_id1974852"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1" id="bm_id3915829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Topics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT" id="bm_id3049714"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE" id="bm_id1557359"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the current topic row.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP" id="bm_id7616809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the current topic row up.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN" id="bm_id479750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the current topic row down.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��
�
text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export - Page 4</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite4"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page4" id="bm_id7226175"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp">HTML Export - Page 4</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the information to be displayed on the title page of the publication.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can skip this page if you unmark the <emph>Create title page</emph> option, or if you select Automatic or WebCast, in previous pages of the Wizard.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern4"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Information for the title page</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/authorEntry" id="bm_id3155338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Author</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/authorEntry">Specifies the name of the publication's author.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/emailEntry" id="bm_id3145346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">E-mail address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/emailEntry">Specifies the e-mail address.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/wwwEntry" id="bm_id3163803"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Your homepage</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/wwwEntry">Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/miscTextview" id="bm_id3149236"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Additional information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/miscTextview">Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/downloadCheckbutton" id="bm_id3157910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Link to a copy of the original presentation
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/downloadCheckbutton">Inserts a hyperlink to download a copy of the presentation file.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X!�2l�; �; text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export - Page 2</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149233"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page2" id="bm_id7226173"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp">HTML Export - Page 2</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the type of publication.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify if you want to include frames, create a title, or display presentation notes.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Publication type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the basic settings for the intended export.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/standardRadiobutton" id="bm_id3157958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Standard HTML format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/standardRadiobutton">Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/framesRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147009"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Standard HTML with frames</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/framesRadiobutton">Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/contentCheckbutton" id="bm_id3147242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create title page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/contentCheckbutton">Creates a title page for your document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/notesCheckbutton" id="bm_id3149236"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Show notes
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/notesCheckbutton">Specifies that your notes are also displayed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/kioskRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147336"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/kioskRadiobutton">Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgDefaultRadiobutton" id="bm_id3156327"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">As stated in document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgDefaultRadiobutton">The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgAutoRadiobutton" id="bm_id3150772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgAutoRadiobutton">The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents</ahelp>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/durationSpinbutton" id="bm_id3152472"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Slide view time</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/durationSpinbutton">Defines the amount of time for each slide display.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/endlessCheckbutton" id="bm_id3149294"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Endless</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/endlessCheckbutton">Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/webCastRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">WebCast</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/webCastRadiobutton">In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.</ahelp> This enables the speaker (for example, a speaker in a telephone conference using a slide show on the Internet) to change the slides in the audience's web browsers. You will find more information on <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp">WebCast</link> later in this section.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton" id="bm_id3154684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Active Server Pages (ASP)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton">When you select the<emph> ASP </emph>option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/perlRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Perl</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/perlRadiobutton">Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/indexEntry" id="bm_id3151382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">URL for listeners</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/indexEntry">Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/URLEntry" id="bm_id3154218"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">URL for presentation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/URLEntry">Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/CGIEntry" id="bm_id3155429"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">URL for Perl scripts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/CGIEntry">Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">More Information on WebCast Export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are two possible options for exporting $[officename] Impress presentations using WebCast technology: Active Server Pages (ASP) and Perl.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">In either case, the WebCast needs an HTTP server offering either Perl or ASP as scripting. Therefore, the exporting option depends on the HTTP server used.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">WebCast in ASP</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Exporting</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To export to ASP, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. You then see the <emph>Export</emph> dialog in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. Once you have selected a directory and entered a file name, click <emph>Export</emph>. For export as ASP, we recommend selecting a "secret" file name for the HTML file (see below for more details). You then see the <emph>HTML Export</emph> dialog. Several files will be written to the directory you have just selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The presenter uses the entered file name to change between the slides viewed by the audience. You can save the WebCast files locally or save them directly to an HTTP server. You can later transfer locally saved files to the HTTP server by FTP. Note that WebCast only works if the files are requested over an HTTP server.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Do not use the same directory for two different HTML exports.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select <emph>WebCast</emph> as a publishing type on the second page of the HTML Export Wizard.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the options area for WebCast, select the <emph>Active Server Pages (ASP)</emph> option. You can now continue defining other settings or start the export by clicking the <emph>Create</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Using ASP WebCast</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use WebCast as soon as the exported files can be accessed from an HTTP server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Example</emph>:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Let's assume that you installed the Microsoft Internet Information Server on your computer. You entered the "c:\Inet\wwwroot\presentation" directory as an HTML output directory during the IIS setup. The URL of your computer is assumed as follows: "http://myserver.com".</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You have saved the files that have been created during the Export process in the c:\Inet\wwwroot\presentation\ directory. In this directory, the Export creates an HTML file that can be named, for example, as "secret.htm". You entered this name in the Save dialog (see above). The presenter can now browse to the HTML Export files by entering the http://myserver.com/presentation/secret.htm URL in any HTTP Browser having JavaScript support. The presenter is now able to modify the page using some form controls.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The audience can now view the slide selected by the presenter through the URL http://myserver.com/presentation/webcast.asp. They cannot move to other slides found at this URL, unless the file names are known. Please ensure that the HTTP server does not show the directory listing.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">WebCast over Perl</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Exporting</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To export, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. This opens the <emph>Export</emph> dialog, in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. After selecting a folder and entering a file name, click <emph>Save</emph>. This opens the <emph>HTML Export Wizard</emph>. This will write some files to the folder you have just selected.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The entered file name will be used by the presenter to switch through the slides. Please select an empty directory.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the second page of the HTML Export, select <emph>WebCast</emph> as the publication type.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the option area for WebCast, select <emph>Perl</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>URL for listeners</emph> text box, enter the file name of the HTML document that will be used by the audience. In <emph>URL for presentation</emph>, enter the URL of the directory that will be used for the presentation and, in <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph>, enter the URL for the CGI script directory. You can now define further settings on the following pages of the Wizard or start the export process by clicking the <emph>Create</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Using Perl WebCast</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The files that have been created during the export must now be set up in the Perl enabled HTTP server. This cannot be done automatically because of the variety of different HTTP servers having Perl support. The steps to follow will be described next. Please refer to your server manual or ask your network administrator how to apply these steps on your server.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You should first move the files that have been created during the export into the correct directory on the HTTP server.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Move all files having the htm, jpg and gif extensions into the directory on your HTTP server that has been referred to in the text box <emph>URL for presentation</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">All files having the pl and txt extensions have to be moved into the directory on your HTTP server that has been referred to in the <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph> text box. This directory has to be configured in a way that the Perl scripts contained there can also be run by an HTTP request.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On UNIX systems grant the files with the pl extension the rights to be executable by the HTTP server. Normally, this is done with the chmod command. The rights of the currpic.txt file must be set to be writable by the HTTP server.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you should be able to use WebCast.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Example</emph>:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In this example, you have a Linux computer with an HTTP server. The URL of your HTTP server is http://myserver.com and the output directory of your HTML documents is the //user/local/http/ directory. Your Perl scripts are contained in the //user/local/http/cgi-bin/ directory. Enter secret.htm as an export file name and presentation.htm as <emph>URL for listeners</emph>. In the <emph>URL for presentation</emph> text box enter http://myserver.com/presentation/ and for the <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph> enter http://myserver.com/cgi-bin/.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Now, copy all *.htm, *.jpg and *.gif files from the directories that were specified during the export into the //user/local/http/presentation/ directory on your HTTP Server and copy all files with the *.pl and *.txt extensions into the //user/local/http/cgi-bin/ directory.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Login on your server as root and switch to the //user/local/http/cgi-bin/ directory. You can define the corresponding rights using the chmod command.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Once you have finished installing the Perl files, the presenter will be able to give the presentation. The listeners can view this presentation under the URL http://myserver.com/presentation/presentation.htm.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XX٢� text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE2" id="bm_id3148671"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp">Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LETTER_PAGE2">Allows you to specify the elements that are already imprinted on your letterhead paper.</ahelp> Those elements are not printed, and the space they occupy is left blank by the printer.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Specify items already on your letterhead paper</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO" id="bm_id8606219"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Logo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO">Specifies that a logo is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a logo.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT" id="bm_id1391338"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSHEIGHT" id="bm_id4860072"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT">Defines the height of the object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH" id="bm_id996429"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSWIDTH" id="bm_id289315"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH">Defines the width of the object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX" id="bm_id1895199"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSX" id="bm_id6038087"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing to left margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX">Sets the object distance from the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY" id="bm_id4316232"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSY" id="bm_id8536027"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing to top margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY">Sets the object distance from the top page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS" id="bm_id1311075"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Own address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS">Specifies that an address is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER" id="bm_id2557145"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Return address in envelope window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER">Specifies that your own address is already imprinted in small size above the area of the recipient's address. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address in small size.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER" id="bm_id1608020"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER">Specifies that a footer area is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT" id="bm_id1415753"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT">Enter the height of the footer area that is already imprinted on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print in that area.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Printed items</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XͿ�u u text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard - Create Report</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="savereport"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">Report Wizard - Create Report</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can create the report as a static or dynamic report. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents. When you open a static report, it will always display the same data from the time when the static report was created.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE" id="bm_id3153049"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title of report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE">Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT" id="bm_id3149235"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Static report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT">Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3145136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Dynamic report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE">Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3166460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Modify report layout</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE">When you click <emph>Finish</emph>, the report will be saved and opened for edit.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE" id="bm_id3146948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create report now</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE">When you click <emph>Finish</emph>, the report will be saved.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Q�>$ >$ text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Euro Converter Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154840"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EuroConverter" id="bm_id7067290"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EuroConverter" id="bm_id3150476"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG" id="bm_id3150477"/><bookmark branch="hid/macro:///Euro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot" id="bm_id6101870"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Euro Converter Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eurokonv"><ahelp hid=".uno:EuroConverter">Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialog opens. This dialog is described <link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp">at the end of this section</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#euro"/></section><paragraph role="warning">Only the currencies of the countries participating in the European Monetary Union are converted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extent</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE" id="bm_id3150984"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Single $[officename] Calc document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE">Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.</ahelp> To convert fields and tables in $[officename] Writer, first mark the <emph>Also convert fields and tables in text documents </emph>check box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR" id="bm_id3148642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Complete Directory</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR">Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Currencies</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE" id="bm_id3154142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Source directory / Source Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE">Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN" id="bm_id3155923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN">Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE" id="bm_id3149656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Including Subfolders</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE">Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS" id="bm_id3153525"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Also convert fields and tables in text documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS">Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Values in the text document that are not in fields or tables are not converted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT" id="bm_id3156424"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Temporarily unprotect sheet without query</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT">Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET" id="bm_id3149562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Target Directory</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET">Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN" id="bm_id3154147"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>...</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN">Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL" id="bm_id3159199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cancel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL">Closes the Euro Converter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP" id="bm_id3149262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP">Activates the help for the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON" id="bm_id3154321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Convert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON">Starts the conversion.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">During conversion, a page showing the progress status is displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK" id="bm_id3146148"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK">Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="aktuell"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK">If the current document is a $[officename] Calc document or template, you can call up the Euro Converter using the corresponding icon in the Tools bar.</ahelp> This icon is hidden by default. To display the Euro Converter icon, click the arrow at the end of the Tools bar, select the <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> command and activate the <emph>Euro Converter</emph> icon.</paragraph></section><section id="syeuro"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_euroconverter.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Euro Converter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Euro Converter</emph> dialog contains the following functions:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1" id="bm_id3150423"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entire document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1">Converts the entire document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1" id="bm_id3156181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Currencies</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the cells you want to convert in this range, if you did not mark the <emph>Entire document</emph> check box. Select an option and then click the desired entries in the <emph>Templates</emph> / <emph>Currency ranges</emph> field. The selected range will be visible as such in the document. Click <emph>Convert</emph> to carry out the conversion.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1" id="bm_id3154163"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cell Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1">All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2" id="bm_id3147258"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Currency cells in the current sheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2">All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3" id="bm_id3146081"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Currency cells in the entire document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3">All currency cells in the active document will be converted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4" id="bm_id3153711"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selected range</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4">All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.</ahelp> All cells must have the same format so that they can be recognized as a selected range.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1" id="bm_id3152960"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Templates / Currency ranges</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1">Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��y= = " text/shared/autopi/webwizard00.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard00.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="webwizard"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID0_WEBWIZARD" id="bm_id9178441.00000001"/><bookmark branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.web.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id9060029"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard00.xhp">Web Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34200">The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.</ahelp> The Web Wizard converts files in a local folder to a web format and uploads the files to the server. The wizard also uses one of the supplied templates to create an index page that contains hyperlinks to the uploaded files.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#webwizard"/></section><paragraph role="note">The Web Wizard uses the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to upload files to a server. You cannot use the wizard to upload the files if you connect to the internet through a proxy server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The wizard involves the following steps:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard01.xhp#introduction"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard02.xhp#documents"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard03.xhp#mainlayout"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard04.xhp#layoutdetails"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp#design"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard06.xhp#websiteinfo"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhp#preview"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��z�� � text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151100"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotLetter" id="bm_id3157898"/><bookmark branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id6131473"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Letter Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="brief"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotLetter">Starts the wizard for a letter template.</ahelp></variable> You can use this template for both business and personal correspondence.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] comes with sample templates for personal or business letters, which you can customize to your own needs with the help of the wizard. The wizard leads you step-by-step in creating a document template and offers numerous layout and design options. The preview gives you an impression of how the finished letter will appear according to the settings you choose.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Within the wizard, you can modify your entries and options at any time. You may also skip an entire page or even all the wizard pages, in which case the current (or default) settings will remain in effect.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp#seite1"/><paragraph role="note">If you are creating a business letter, you can select a variety of elements to include in your document, which usually do not apply to personal letters, such as a subject line. If you choose the <emph>Personal</emph> letter option, some pages which contain elements specific to business letters will not be included in the wizard dialog.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp#seite2"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp#seite3"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp#seite4"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp#seite5"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp#seite6"/><section id="zurueck"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK" id="bm_id264595"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS" id="bm_id3156024"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDPREV" id="bm_id3156347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK">Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.</ahelp> The current settings will be saved. </paragraph></section><section id="weiter"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id6038392"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT" id="bm_id3154346"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDNEXT" id="bm_id3145382"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT">Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE" id="bm_id2346873"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Finish</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE">According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.</ahelp> $[officename] creates a new document based on the existing templates with the "Untitled X" name (X stands for the consecutive numbering) and displays it on the work area.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">$[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the chosen template. These settings are used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD" id="bm_id9510177"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� � text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document converter continuation pages</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp">Document converter continuation pages</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies, for each template type and document type, the directory to be read from and the directory to be written to.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotmsimport2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines whether templates are to be converted, and how they are converted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3145211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that the "Text templates" label can change, depending on the selections from the previous page. For example, if Microsoft Word documents have been selected, the label reads "Word templates".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE">Specifies that templates are to be converted.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="double"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATERECURSE" id="bm_id3154749"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE" id="bm_id3149399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Including subdirectories</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE">Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBTEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id3150771"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH" id="bm_id3153666"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Import from</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH">Specifies the directory containing the source files. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDTEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id3154285"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH" id="bm_id3155421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save to</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH">Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDTEMPLATEPATHSELECT" id="bm_id3159400"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT" id="bm_id3149786"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT">Opens a dialog to select the desired path.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines whether and how documents are converted.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT" id="bm_id3153146"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that the "Text documents" label can change, depending on the selections from the previous page. For example, if Microsoft Word documents have been selected, the label reads "Word documents".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT">Indicates that the documents are to be converted.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp#double"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Here you can return to the main page of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp">Document Converter Wizard</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�)�r
r
text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite3"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_FAX_PAGE3" id="bm_id3147102"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp">Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FAX_PAGE3">Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax3"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE" id="bm_id2698141"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use user data for return address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY" id="bm_id8446302"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New return address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX" id="bm_id5530869"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id5629749"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE" id="bm_id6467787"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER" id="bm_id3894466"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES" id="bm_id5997192"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS" id="bm_id9666737"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">(Address data fields)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the sender address data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id1582384"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use placeholders as receiver address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id6142765"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use address database for mail merge</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Footer</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�:`�m m text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group Element Wizard: Data</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/GroupRadioSelectionPage" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp">Group Element Wizard: Data</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies which option fields are contained inside the group box.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen1"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Which names do you want to give the option fields?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/radiolabels" visibility="visible">Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.</ahelp> This entry corresponds to the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">Label</link> property of the option field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Accept</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">>></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/toright">Confirms the current label and copies the label to the <emph>Option fields</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the label for each option field of the group that you want to create and copy the label to the list by clicking the arrow button. Repeat this procedure until all the option fields are defined.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Option fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/radiobuttons" visibility="visible">Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><<</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/toleft" visibility="visible">Removes the selected option fields from the list.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���qJ J text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group Element Wizard: Default Field Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/DefaultFieldSelectionPage" id="bm_id3865170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp">Group Element Wizard: Default Field Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines that you want one option field to be selected as the default choice.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The default settings will be accepted if you open the form in the user mode. With these settings you determine the control property <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">Default Status</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Should one option field be selected as a default?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether you want to set default settings for the option box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Yes, the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/defaultselectionyes" visibility="visible">Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.</ahelp> Choose the option field from the box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/defselectionfield" visibility="visible">Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No, one particular field is not going to be selected</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/defaultselectionno" visibility="visible">Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��?+P P " text/shared/autopi/webwizard01.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Introduction</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard01.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="introduction"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard01.xhp">Web Wizard - Introduction</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can use the Web Wizard to maintain web pages on a server.</ahelp> You can also load previously saved Web Wizard settings to maintain an existing web page. These settings include information about the local folder and the FTP server.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID1_LST_SESSIONS" id="bm_id2904751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Choose Web Wizard settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34207">Select the settings that you want to load and then click <emph>Load</emph>. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID1_BTN_DEL_SES" id="bm_id5166783"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34209">Deletes the selected settings.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard02.xhp">Web Wizard - Documents</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��@ � � text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data Source Name</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datquetitel"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/DataSourcePage" id="bm_id3865170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp">Data Source Name</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport4"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Location</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location of the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/browse" id="bm_id3865169"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN" id="bm_id1817072"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location using a file dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/available" id="bm_id1906186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Make this address book available to all modules in %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/name" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address book name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/name">Specifies the data source name.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xs��/ / text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Set Data Entry</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="setdataentry"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp">Form Wizard - Set Data Entry</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the data handling mode for the new form.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY" id="bm_id2941984"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The form is to be used for entering new data only. Existing data will not be displayed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a form that is only used for entering new data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA" id="bm_id7657094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The form is to display all data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a form that can be used to display existing data and to enter new data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION" id="bm_id2462233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not allow modification of existing data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to disallow editing data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION" id="bm_id6961272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not allow deletion of existing data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to disallow deleting data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION" id="bm_id3928952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Do not allow addition of new data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to disallow adding new data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp">Form Wizard - Apply styles</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X6X��0 0 text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group Element Wizard: Database Field</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite4"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp">Group Element Wizard: Database Field</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This page is only visible if the document is linked to a database. It specifies whether the reference values should be saved in the database.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Indicate where to save the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">reference values</link>. A reference value can represent the current state of the group box in a database.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen4"/></section><paragraph role="note">This page is only displayed if the document is already linked to a database.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Do you want to save the value in a database field?</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Yes, I want to save it in the following database field:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/yesRadiobutton">Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.</ahelp> The values are written in the data field selected in the list box. The list box displays all the field names from the database table that the form is linked to.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/storeInFieldCombobox" visibility="hidden">Select the data field in which the reference values have to be saved.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No, I only want to save the value in the form.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/noRadiobutton">Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�?7&% % text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard - Page Design</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE1" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp">Agenda Wizard - Page Design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AGENDA_PAGE1">Specifies a page design for the agenda.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda1"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN" id="bm_id845667"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the page design from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES" id="bm_id989410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Include form for recording minutes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - General information</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �{� text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG" id="bm_id3156211"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9834894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Form Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formular"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG">Activates the Wizard for creating forms.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the form properties using the following steps:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#fieldselection"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp#setupsubform"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp#addsubformfields"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp#getjoinedfields"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp#arrangecontrols"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp#setdataentry"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp#applystyles"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp#setname"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH" id="bm_id6868800"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to create the form without answering further pages.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xϴ;� � text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Add Subform Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="addsubformfields"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add Subform Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the table or query you need to create the subform, and which fields you wish to include in the subform.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES" id="bm_id2198553"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables or queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#vorhandenefelder"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#uebernehmealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#entfernealle"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id7471541"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields in my subform</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp">Form Wizard - Get joined fields</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �� text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DBNewReportAutoPilot" id="bm_id3153894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Report Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="report"><ahelp hid=".">Activates the wizard for creating reports.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp#data_report"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG" id="bm_id6317331"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the report properties.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp#tabellenauswahl"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp#labelingfields"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp#grouping"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp#sortoptions"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp#chooselayout"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp#savereport"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueckautopi"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#weiterautopi"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����} } text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group Element Wizard: Field Values</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/OptionValuesPage" id="bm_id3865170"/><section id="seite3"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp">Group Element Wizard: Field Values</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Assigns a reference value to each option field.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a field from the option fields list and enter the corresponding <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">reference value</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen3"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Which value do you want to assign to each option?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/optionvalue" visibility="visible">Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Option fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/radiobuttons" visibility="visible">Select the option field for which you want to assign the reference value.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�o�
text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard - Names</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite4"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE4" id="bm_id3154894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp">Agenda Wizard - Names</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AGENDA_PAGE4">Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda4"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY" id="bm_id3808099"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Meeting called by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR" id="bm_id9137241"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chairperson</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER" id="bm_id5817743"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Minute keeper</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER" id="bm_id8270516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Moderator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES" id="bm_id6294747"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Attendees</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS" id="bm_id2154606"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Observers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS" id="bm_id3342997"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Facility personnel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X Y� � � " text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Style</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="design"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp">Web Wizard - Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a style for the index page.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID5_LST_STYLES" id="bm_id2095095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34247">Select the color scheme for the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID5_BTN_BACKGND" id="bm_id3775444"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34248">Select a <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05bi.xhp">Background image</link> for the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID5_BTN_ICONS" id="bm_id4880825"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Icon set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34249">Select the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05is.xhp">Icons</link> that you want to use for the navigation elements on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard06.xhp">Web Wizard - Web site information</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��L� � text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fax Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150445"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotFax" id="bm_id3143281"/><bookmark branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id559709"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Fax Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="fax"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotFax">Opens the wizard for faxes.</ahelp> The wizard can help you create document templates for fax documents. You can then print the fax documents to a printer or to a fax machine, if fax driver software is available.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] comes with a template for fax documents, which you can modify with the wizard to suit your own needs. The wizard leads you step-by-step in creating a document template, and offers numerous layout and design options. The document preview gives you an impression of how the finished fax will appear.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Within the dialog you can modify your entries and options at any time. You can also skip an entire page or even all the wizard pages, in which case the current (or default) settings will remain in effect.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp#seite2"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp#seite3"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp#seite4"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp#seite5"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK" id="bm_id2001709"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Back </emph>button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button.<emph> Back </emph>will be active from the second page onwards.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id9227271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The<emph> Next </emph>button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE" id="bm_id2856532"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Finish</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX".</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD" id="bm_id4632404"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X �Pe� � $ text/shared/autopi/webwizard05is.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Icon Set</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard05is.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_IS" id="bm_id2286751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Icon Sets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41000">Select an icon set for navigation on HTML presentation documents in the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp">Web Wizard</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_IS_BTN_NONE" id="bm_id1117587"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41002">Clears the icon set from the index page.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XҌ�� � text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard - Field Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabellenauswahl"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp">Report Wizard - Field Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which you are creating the report, and which fields you wish to include in the report.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES" id="bm_id3154751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables or queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES">Select the table or query for which the report is to be created.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="vorhandenefelder"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id3153683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Available fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE">Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.</ahelp> Click to select a field or press the Shift or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking to select multiple fields.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id3151110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields in report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED">Displays all fields that are included in the new report.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="uebernehmen"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3156152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="uebernehmealle"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">>></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="entfernen"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3153824"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="entfernealle"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id3156002"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><<</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X-r��I I text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard - Footer</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite5"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE5" id="bm_id3149205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp">Letter Wizard - Footer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LETTER_PAGE5">Specifies the information to include in the footer space.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief5"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER" id="bm_id5486922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER">Enter the text for the footer lines.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES" id="bm_id1500289"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Include only on second and following pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to suppress the footer on the first page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS" id="bm_id9485152.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Include page numbers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS">Includes page numbers in your letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XVp'��
�
text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149031"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotAgenda" id="bm_id3143284"/><bookmark branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id8864711"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Agenda Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="agenda"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotAgenda">Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.</ahelp></variable> You can use an agenda to specify discussion topics for conferences and meetings.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] comes with a sample template for agendas that you can modify to suit your own needs. The wizard offers numerous layout and design options for creating document templates. The preview gives you an impression of how the finished agenda will appear.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Within the wizard, you can modify your entries at any time. You may also skip an entire page or even all the pages, in which case the current (or default) settings remain in effect.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp#seite2"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp#seite3"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp#seite4"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp#seite5"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp#seite6"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Returns to the selections made on the previous page. The current settings remain in effect. This button only becomes active after the first page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. Once you reach the last page, this button will become inactive.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Finish</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it on your hard disk. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX" (X stands for an automatic number).</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><paragraph role="note">$[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the selected document template. These will be used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ" id="bm_id7923215"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xp��ʷ � text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document Converter Page 1</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp">Document Converter Page 1</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the type of Microsoft Office documents that will be converted.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotmsimport1"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_OPTMSDOCUMENTS" id="bm_id3147209"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Office</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Converts Microsoft Office documents into the OpenDocument format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD" id="bm_id3148685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Word documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD">Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL" id="bm_id3156305"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Excel documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL">Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT" id="bm_id3156329"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PowerPoint documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT">Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE" id="bm_id3149415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create Log file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE">Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Continue to the next page of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp">Document Converter</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�۠ޯ � text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Additional Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="weitere"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/invokeadminpage/InvokeAdminPage" id="bm_id3153682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhp">Additional Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to enter additional settings for LDAP address data and other external data sources.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport2"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/invokeadminpage/settings" id="bm_id3153681"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/invokeadminpage/settings">Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you selected <emph>LDAP</emph> on the first page, you will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhp">LDAP</link> page.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�{�%� � text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="labelingfields"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp">Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies how you want to label the fields.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_1" id="bm_id3156410"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_2" id="bm_id3149389"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_3" id="bm_id3155941"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_4" id="bm_id3159233"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_5" id="bm_id3149827"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6" id="bm_id3154288"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6">Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Grouping</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�$B� � text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Apply Styles</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="applystyles"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp">Form Wizard - Apply Styles</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the form style.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES" id="bm_id1676992"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the page style for the form.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the field border style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER" id="bm_id9551683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the fields have no border.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER" id="bm_id655842"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">3D look</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER" id="bm_id2400585"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Flat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders look flat.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp">Form Wizard - Set name</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X~D�-� � text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document Converter</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP" id="bm_id3154751"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG" id="bm_id3150478"/><bookmark branch="hid/macro:///ImportWizard.Main.Main" id="bm_id4087038"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Document Converter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ms"><ahelp hid=".">Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotmsimport"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The wizard converts documents from Microsoft Word, Excel and PowerPoint. The source files are only read, not edited. New target files are written with the new file name extension in the same or a new folder.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Document Converter Wizard contains the following pages:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp#seite2"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Document Converter Summary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays a summary which shows what will be converted when you click <emph>Convert</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abbrechen"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp#zurueck"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp#weiter"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#import"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X.�bQ1 1 text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Agenda Wizard - General Information</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_AGENDA_PAGE2" id="bm_id3147143"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp">Agenda Wizard - General Information</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AGENDA_PAGE2">Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda2"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE" id="bm_id619525"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:DATEFIELD:DLG_WIZARD_AG:DLG_AG2_DFLD_METDAT">Specifies the date of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME" id="bm_id622272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Time</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:TIMEFIELD:DLG_WIZARD_AG:DLG_AG2_TFLD_METTIM">Specifies the time of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE" id="bm_id88503"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the title of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION" id="bm_id4133121"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Location</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:DLG_WIZARD_AG:DLG_AG2_EDIT_METORT">Specifies the location of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Headings to include</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X;A�7 7 text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Set up a Subform</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="setupsubform"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a Subform</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify if you want to use a subform and enter the subform's properties. A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM" id="bm_id9360942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add subform</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to add a subform.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION" id="bm_id1355632"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sub form based on existing relation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS" id="bm_id1124912"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Which relation do you want to add?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the relation on which the subform is based.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY" id="bm_id542008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sub form based on manual selection of fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields. </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add subform fields</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�-m�� � text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fax Wizard - Page Design</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_FAX_PAGE1" id="bm_id3155364"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp">Fax Wizard - Page Design</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FAX_PAGE1">Defines the style of your fax document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax1"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX" id="bm_id7710806"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Business Fax</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a fax template for a business-style fax.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE" id="bm_id3071077"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the predefined style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX" id="bm_id7935728"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Private Fax</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a fax template for a private fax.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE" id="bm_id9333780"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the predefined style.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Items to include</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Nњy y text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Report Wizard - Choose Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chooselayout"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp">Report Wizard - Choose Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the layout from different templates and styles, and choose landscape or portrait page orientation.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT" id="bm_id3157958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Layout of data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT">Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT" id="bm_id3147088"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Layout of headers and footers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT">Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Orientation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose the page orientation for the report.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE" id="bm_id3151110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Landscape</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE">Selects a landscape page orientation for the report.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT" id="bm_id3147335"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Portrait</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT">Selects a portrait page orientation for the report.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Create Report</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xr�1� text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Field Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fieldselection"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp">Form Wizard - Field Selection</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">On this page of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link>, you can specify the table or query that you need to create the form as well as the fields that you want to include in the form.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES" id="bm_id4652241"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables or queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_LBTABLES">Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="vorhandenefelder"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id3552354"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id560014"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS" id="bm_id2533341"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS" id="bm_id4751121"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id4880825"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Available fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSAVAILABLE">Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.</ahelp> Click to select a field or hold down the Shift or the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while you click to select more than one field.</paragraph></section><section id="uebernehmen"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id5681936"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id5441755"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id4933927"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id9028595"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id2095095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVESELECTED">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="uebernehmealle"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id990325"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id6911221"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3862117"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3775444"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">>></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVEALL">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="entfernen"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id9349345"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3583483"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id9915768"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id2427442"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id7336649"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVESELECTED">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="entfernealle"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id1483504"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id86672"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id9287697"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id4853053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><<</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVEALL">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="updown"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id3334452"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP" id="bm_id915860"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id5749382"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id710776"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED" id="bm_id2638019"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP" id="bm_id1707815"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id3135166"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id3982360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">^</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id5430463"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN" id="bm_id2385937"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id1741691"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id632038"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED" id="bm_id6198309"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id6916714"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id5736259"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id2286751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">v</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id2010864"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields in the form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSSELECTED">Displays the fields that are in the new form.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a subform</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�d��#
#
text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fax Wizard - Items to include</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite2"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_FAX_PAGE2" id="bm_id3150808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp">Fax Wizard - Items to include</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FAX_PAGE2">Specifies the fax elements to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax2"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT" id="bm_id6044801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Logo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a company logo.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION" id="bm_id1317789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a date field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type of message</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION" id="bm_id8609881"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING" id="bm_id9611804"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING" id="bm_id1488998"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subject line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a subject line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER" id="bm_id248725"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id9913937"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Salutation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE" id="bm_id2940153"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME" id="bm_id8901944"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Complimentary close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET" id="bm_id5031891"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a footer.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����
text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export - Page 1</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite1"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page1" id="bm_id7226172"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp">HTML Export - Page 1</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the first page you can select an existing design or create a new one.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The settings you select for the export will be automatically saved as a design for other exports. You can enter the design name after clicking <emph>Create</emph>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern1"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assign design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In this area, you can choose to create a new design and select or delete an existing design.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you delete a design, you will only delete the design information in the Wizard. An export file will not be deleted by this action.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/newDesignRadiobutton" id="bm_id3154318"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/newDesignRadiobutton">Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/oldDesignRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Existing Design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/oldDesignRadiobutton">Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/designsTreeview" id="bm_id3156346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Design list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/designsTreeview">Displays all existing designs.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/delDesingButton" id="bm_id3150986"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Selected Design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/delDesingButton">Deletes the selected design from the design list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����" " text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export - Page 5</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite5"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page5" id="bm_id7226176"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp">HTML Export - Page 5</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines a button style for navigation through the presentation slides.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This page is not visible if you have unmarked the <emph>Create title page</emph> check box, or if you have selected either automatic or WebCast export.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern5"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select button style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether you want to insert navigation buttons in your presentation. You can also select the style of the buttons.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textOnlyCheckbutton" id="bm_id3143268"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textOnlyCheckbutton">Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the available button styles. Click on a button style to select it.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X-H�C C text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard - Name and Location</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite6"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE6" id="bm_id3156346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp">Letter Wizard - Name and Location</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LETTER_PAGE6">Specifies where and under which name you want to save the document and template.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief6"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id1406292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Template name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME">Specifies the title of the document template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH" id="bm_id2255012"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CMDPATH" id="bm_id9542832"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH">Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the <emph>...</emph> button to select the path and file name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER" id="bm_id2218390"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create a letter from this template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER">Saves and closes the template, and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES" id="bm_id3113803"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Make manual changes to this letter template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES">Saves the template and keeps it open for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp">Letter Wizard overview</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xt�r7 " text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Preview</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="preview"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhp">Web Wizard - Preview</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify where you want to publish your web site as well as preview your site.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_PREVIEW" id="bm_id6420789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34260">Opens your web page in the default web browser of your operating system.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_LOCAL" id="bm_id2941984"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_LOCAL" id="bm_id7657094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Local directory</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34261">Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_LOCAL" id="bm_id2462233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34263">Opens a dialog to select a folder.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_ZIP" id="bm_id6961272"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_ZIP" id="bm_id3928952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Archive file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34265">Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on your operating system, the available archive file formats are zip, gzip, and war.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_ZIP" id="bm_id1676992"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34266">Opens a dialog where you can specify the location of the archive file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_PUBLISH_FTP" id="bm_id9433271"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_FTP" id="bm_id9551683"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">The web via FTP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34268">Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot use the FTP option if you connect to the internet through a proxy server.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_BTN_FTP" id="bm_id655842"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Configure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34269">Opens the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07fc.xhp">FTP Connection</link> dialog where you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_CHK_SAVE" id="bm_id2400585"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34270">Saves the settings that you specified in this wizard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID7_TXT_SAVE" id="bm_id5958128"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save as</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34271">Enter the name for the settings file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard00.xhp">Web Wizard</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Í � text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">HTML Export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Determines the settings for publishing $[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress documents in HTML format.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The pages displayed differ depending on what you select on the second page of the Wizard.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp#seite1"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp#seite2"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp#seite3"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp#seite4"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp#seite5"/><embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp#seite6"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><< Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/lastPageButton">Returns to the selections made on the previous page.</ahelp> The current settings remain saved. You can select this button once you are in the second editing step.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next >></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/nextPageButton">Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.</ahelp> This button becomes inactive on the last page of the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates new documents according to your selections and saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">$[officename] saves the current Wizard settings and uses them as default the next time that you open the Wizard.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� P�� � text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Table</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabauswahl"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttablepage/SelectTablePage" id="bm_id3147400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp">Select Table</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport3"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">All tables from the first user profile will be registered for this data source in $[officename]. You must specify one as the table that will be used in the $[officename] templates.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttablepage/table" id="bm_id3147399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttablepage/table">Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can make changes to the templates and documents at a later time by choosing <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�== " text/shared/autopi/webwizard04.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Web Wizard - Layout Details</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard04.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="layoutdetails"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard04.xhp">Web Wizard - Layout Details</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this page of the wizard to customize the layout options for the index page of your web site.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_FILENAME" id="bm_id2551957"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34235">Includes the file names of the documents on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_DESCRIPTION" id="bm_id9349345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34236">Includes the summary information of the documents on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_AUTHOR" id="bm_id1483504"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Author</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34237">Includes the names of the people who created the documents on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_CR_DATE" id="bm_id3334452"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creation date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34238">Includes the creation dates of the documents on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_UP_DATE" id="bm_id5430463"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Last change date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34239">Includes the date of the last time a file was modified on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_FORMAT" id="bm_id9429303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34240">Displays the format of the files on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_F_ICON" id="bm_id9360942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File format icon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34241">Displays the file format icon on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_PAGES" id="bm_id1355632"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">No. of pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34242">Displays the number of pages in your site on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_CHK_DISPLAY_SIZE" id="bm_id1124912"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Size in KB</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34243">Displays the file size in kilobytes on the index page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Optimize the layout for screen resolution:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_640" id="bm_id542008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">640x480</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34244">Optimizes the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_800" id="bm_id2198553"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">800x600</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34245">Optimizes the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID4_GRP_OPTIMAIZE_1024" id="bm_id7471541"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">1024x768</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="34246">Optimizes the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhp">Web Wizard - Style</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��mJ_ _ text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group Element Wizard: Create Option Group</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/optionsfinalpage/OptionsFinalPage" id="bm_id3865170"/><section id="seite5"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp">Group Element Wizard: Create Option Group</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies a label for the option group.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen5"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Which caption is to be given to your option group?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionsfinalpage/nameit" visibility="visible">Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.</ahelp> The text you enter here will correspond to the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">Label</link> property of the group box.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XUc�� � text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite4"><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE4" id="bm_id3153311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp">Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LETTER_PAGE4">Specifies the sender and recipient information.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief4"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sender's address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies your address information.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id1062044"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use user data for return address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER">Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE" id="bm_id1482589"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New sender address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE">Use the address data from the following text boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME" id="bm_id640888"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME">Specifies the name of the sender.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET" id="bm_id5005645"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Street</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET">Specifies the street address of the sender.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE" id="bm_id67445"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTATE_TEXT" id="bm_id7767571"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERCITY" id="bm_id5828119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Postcode/State/City</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE">Specifies the address data of the sender.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Recipient's address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the recipient's address information.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id5449690"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use placeholders for recipient's address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER">Specifies that placeholder fields are inserted into the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE" id="bm_id7027497"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use address database for mail merge</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE">Address database fields are inserted into the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Footer</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XQ�"� $ text/shared/autopi/webwizard07fc.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>FTP Connection</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/webwizard07fc.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP" id="bm_id6427198"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">FTP Connection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41040">Edit and test the FTP server connection settings for the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhp">Web Wizard</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Server name or IP address</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP_SERVER" id="bm_id9930417"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41041">Enter the name or IP address of the FTP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP_USERNAME" id="bm_id9090853"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Username</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41042">Enter the user name that is required to access the FTP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP_PASS" id="bm_id4877773"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41043">Enter the password that is required to access the FTP server.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP_TEST" id="bm_id7857905"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41044">Tests the FTP connection with the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP_TXT_PATH" id="bm_id2880031"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Choose a remote directory</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41045">Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server where you want to store your files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FTP_BTN_PATH" id="bm_id6653035"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="41046">Opens a dialog where you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����� � text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML Export - Page 3</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite3"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page3" id="bm_id7226174"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp">HTML Export - Page 3</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the graphics type and the target screen resolution.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern3"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save images as</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determines the image format. You can also define the compression value for the export.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/pngRadiobutton" id="bm_id9604480"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PNG - Portable Network Graphics format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton" id="bm_id3153562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">GIF - Graphics Interchange Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton">The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton" id="bm_id3153147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">JPG - Compressed file format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton">The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/qualityCombobox" id="bm_id3156023"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Quality</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/qualityCombobox">Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Monitor resolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the resolution for the target screen. Depending on the selected resolution, the image will be displayed in a reduced size. You can specify a reduction of up to 80% from the original size.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution1Radiobutton" id="bm_id3154389"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Low resolution (640x480 pixels)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution1Radiobutton">Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution2Radiobutton" id="bm_id3156280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Medium resolution (800x600 pixels)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution2Radiobutton">Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution3Radiobutton" id="bm_id3149167"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">High resolution (1024x768 pixels)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution3Radiobutton">Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/sldSoundCheckbutton" id="bm_id3148672"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Export sounds when slide advances</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/sldSoundCheckbutton">Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X{.[�8
8
text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Wizard - Arrange Controls</title><filename>/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="arrangecontrols"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp">Form Wizard - Arrange Controls</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On this page of the Wizard, you can select the layout of the created form. </paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Label placement</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT" id="bm_id3154365"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Align left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT">The labels are left-aligned.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT" id="bm_id3125865"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Align right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT">The labels are right-aligned.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrangement of the main form</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED" id="bm_id3154823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columnar - Labels Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED" id="bm_id3166460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columnar - Labels on Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE" id="bm_id3146948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">As Data Sheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE">Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED" id="bm_id3149762"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">In Blocks - Labels Above</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED">Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrangement of the subform</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columnar - Labels Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Columnar - Labels on Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">As Data Sheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">In Blocks - Labels Above</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp">Form Wizard - Set data entry</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xꄺ�O
O
text/shared/main0212.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Data Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0212.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datenbank"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Table Data Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the Table Data bar to control the data view. </ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The filtered data view is active until you change or cancel the sorting or filtering criteria. If a filter is active, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Table Data</emph> bar is activated.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/07070200.xhp#datensatzspeichern"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recsave.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Save Record</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/02/07070100.xhp#datenbearbeiten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/07070100.xhp#sybearbeiten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp#rueckgaengig"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recundo.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Undo: Data Input</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp#findrecord"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sydatensuchen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12050000.xhp#aktualisieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12050000.xhp#syaktualisieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12100100.xhp#sortorder"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sysortieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp#aufsteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp#syaufsteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp#absteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp#syabsteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp#autofilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp#syautofilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp#filteranwenden"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp#syfilteranwenden"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp#standardfilter1"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp#systandardfilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp#filterentfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp#syfilterentfernen"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBInsertColumns" id="bm_id5734733"/><paragraph role="head2"><link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp">Data to Text</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp#sydatenintext"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp#dateninfelder"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp#sydateninfelder"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DSBFormLetter" id="bm_id0928200901513623"/><paragraph role="head2"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#syserienbrief"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12140000.xhp#aktdokdat"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12140000.xhp#syaktdokdat"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp#explorer"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp#syexplorer"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xc�s] ] text/shared/main0500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Glossaries</title><filename>/text/shared/main0500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allghinweise"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0500.xhp">Glossaries</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section provides a general glossary of technical terms used in $[officename], along with a list of Internet terms.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#glossarallgemein"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#glossar"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� r{n n text/shared/main0214.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Query Design Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0214.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sql"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0214.xhp">Query Design Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When creating or editing an SQL query, use the icons in the <emph>Query Design</emph> Bar to control the display of data.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on whether you have created the query or view in the <emph>Design</emph> or <emph>SQL</emph> tab page, the following icons appear:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/14010000.xhp#abfrage"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14010000.xhp#syabfrage"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14020000.xhp#abfrageleeren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14020000.xhp#syabfrageleeren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14020200.xhp#designansicht"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14020200.xhp#sydesignansicht"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp">Add Tables</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp#tabellehinzufuegentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sytabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14040000.xhp#funktionen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14040000.xhp#syfunktionen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14050000.xhp#tabellenname"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14050000.xhp#sytabellenname"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14060000.xhp#aliasname"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14060000.xhp#syaliasname"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14070000.xhp#eindeutige"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14070000.xhp#syeindeutige"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The following icon is on the <emph>SQL</emph> tab page:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/14030000.xhp#native"/><embed href="text/shared/02/14030000.xhp#synative"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X text/shared/00/PK
%w�X8�Y�& & text/shared/00/01050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allgemein"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/00/01050000.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The<emph> General </emph>tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gallerygeneralpage/GalleryGeneralPage" id="bm_id3152895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gallerygeneralpage/name">Displays the name of the theme.</ahelp> If no name has been assigned, you can type a new name in the text box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the object type. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Location</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the complete object path.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�XN�y y text/shared/00/00000200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Graphics Export Options</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Graphics Export Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Defines graphics export options.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#exportgraphic"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialog opens where you can setup export options.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following file types do not show an options dialog: PWP, RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The other file types show options dialogs where you can set the width and height of the exported image.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on the file type, you can specify some more options. Press Shift+F1 and hover over the control to see an extended help text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/widthmf-nospin" id="bm_id31523978"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the measurement units.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/widthlb" id="bm_id3149140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies the width.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/heightmf-nospin" id="bm_id3154751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies the height.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/resolutionmf-nospin" id="bm_id3153698"/><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/resolutionlb" id="bm_id3153778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Resolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">More options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For JPEG files you can set the color depth and the quality.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/colordepthlb" id="bm_id3134024841"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/compressionpngnf" id="bm_id315974841"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/compressionjpgnf" id="bm_id315974842"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For BMP files you can set the compression and the RLE encoding.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/rlecb" id="bm_id3154372"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For PBM, PGM, and PPM files you can set the encoding.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/binarycb" id="bm_id702536"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a text file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/textcb" id="bm_id5302591"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in ASCII text format. The resulting file is larger than a binary file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For PNG files you can set the compression and the interlaced mode.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/interlacedcb" id="bm_id5866924"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For GIF files you can set the transparency and the interlaced mode.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/savetransparencycb" id="bm_id676692504"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For EPS files you can set the preview, the color format, the compression, and the version.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">You must print an EPS file with a PostScript printer. Other printers will only print the embedded preview.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/tiffpreviewcb" id="bm_id993153884"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/epsipreviewcb" id="bm_id993155069"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/level1rb" id="bm_id993150040"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/level2rb" id="bm_id993149640"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/color1rb" id="bm_id319953049"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in color.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/color2rb" id="bm_id399153346"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in grayscale tones.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/compresslzw" id="bm_id315799863"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/compressnone" id="bm_id319947653"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">Import and Export Filter Information</link> for more information about filters.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X ��;? ;? text/shared/00/00000020.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>About Import and Export Filters</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">About Import and Export Filters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename], apart from its own <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">XML formats</link> you can also open and save many foreign XML formats.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognized automatically.
</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Basic Macros in MS Office Documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in MS Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behavior of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in MS Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Notes regarding external formats and file types</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogs. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialog in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Importing and Exporting Text Documents</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>$[officename] Writer can read various versions of the Microsoft Word text format. You also can save your own texts in Word format. However, not everything available with $[officename] Writer can be transferred to MS Word, and not everything can be imported.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognizes inserted or deleted text in Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different coloring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be lost during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted texts across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialog that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Importing and Exporting in HTML Format </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With $[officename] Writer, you can insert footnotes and endnotes in your HTML document. They are exported as meta tags. The footnote and endnote characters are exported as hyperlinks.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Comments are used to include unknown characters in an HTML document. Every note that begins with "HTML:..." and ends with ">" is treated as an HTML code, but is exported without these designations. Several tags around text can be included after "HTML:..." Accented characters are converted into the ANSI character set. Comments are created during import (for example, for meta tags that have no room in the file properties or unknown tags).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The HTML import of $[officename] Writer is able to read files that have UTF-8 or UCS2 character coding. All characters that are contained in the ANSI character set or in the system's character set can be displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When exporting to HTML, the character set selected in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph> is used. Characters not present there are written in a substitute form, which is displayed correctly in modern web browsers. When exporting such characters, you will receive an appropriate warning.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If, in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, you select Mozilla Firefox, MS Internet Explorer, or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text color, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp">CSS</link> stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The "font" property corresponds to Mozilla Firefox; that is, before the font size you can specify optional values for "font-style" (italic, none), "font-variant" (normal, small-caps) and "font-weight" (normal, bold).</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">For example, "Font: bold italic small-caps 12pt/200% Arial, Helvetica" switches to bold, italic, small caps, double-space with the font family Arial or Helvetica, if Arial doesn't exist.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">"Font: 10pt" switches to a 10pt font, with bold, italic, small caps off.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If MS Internet Explorer or $[officename] Writer are set as the export option, the sizes of the control field and their internal margins are exported as styles (print formats). CSS1 size properties are based on "width" and "height" values. The "Margin" property is used to set equal margins on all sides of the page. To allow different margins, the "Margin-Left", "Margin-Right", "Margin-Top" and "Margin-Bottom" properties are used.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The distances of graphics and Plug-Ins to the content can be set individually for export to $[officename] Writer and MS Internet Explorer. If the top/bottom or right/left margin is set differently, the distances are exported in a "STYLE" option for the corresponding tag as CSS1 size properties "Margin-Top", "Margin-Bottom", "Margin-Left" and "Margin-Right".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Text frames are supported with the use of CSS1 extensions for absolute positioned objects. This applies only to the export options Mozilla Firefox, MS Internet Explorer, and $[officename] Writer. Text frames can be aligned as graphics, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> Plug-Ins,
</caseinline></switchinline>and Floating Frames, but character-linked frames are not possible.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Text frames are exported as "<SPAN>" or "<DIV>" tags if they do not contain columns. If they do contain columns then they are exported as "<MULTICOL>".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The measurement unit set in $[officename] is used for HTML export of CSS1 properties. The unit can be set separately for text and HTML documents under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - View</emph>. The number of exported decimal places depends on the unit.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Measurement Unit</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Measurement Unit Name in CSS1</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Maximum Number of Decimal Places</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Millimeter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">mm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Centimeter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">cm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Inch</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">in</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Pica</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">pc</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Point</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">pt</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">1</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">The $[officename] Web page filter supports certain capabilities of CSS2. However, to use it, print layout export must be activated in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>. Then, in HTML documents, besides the HTML Page Style, you can also use the styles "First page", "Left page" and "Right page". These styles should enable you to set different page sizes and margins for the first page and for right and left pages when printing.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Importing and Exporting Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If, in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, the export option "$[officename] Writer" or "Internet Explorer" is selected, the indents of numberings are exported as "margin-left" CSS1 property in the STYLE attribute of the <OL> and <UL> tags. The property indicates the difference relative to the indent of the next higher level.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A left paragraph indent in numbering is indicated as "margin-left" CSS1 property. First-line indents are ignored in numbering and not exported.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Importing and Exporting Spreadsheet Files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] imports and exports references to deleted sections such as, for example, a referenced column. The whole formula can be viewed during the export process and the deleted reference contains an indication (#REF!) to the reference. A #REF! will be correspondingly created for the reference during the import.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Importing and Exporting Graphics Files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As with HTML documents, you can choose to use a filter with or without the element ($[officename] Impress) in the name to open a $[officename] graphics file. If without, the file will be opened as a $[officename] Draw document. Otherwise, the file saved by an old program version is now opened in $[officename] Impress.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you import an EPS file, a preview of the graphic is displayed in the document. If a preview is not available, a placeholder corresponding to the size of the graphic is displayed in the document. Under Unix and Microsoft Windows you can print the imported file by using a PostScript printer. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"/><defaultinline>If a different printer is used the preview will be printed.</defaultinline></switchinline> When exporting EPS graphics, a preview is created and has the TIFF or EPSI format. If an EPS graphic together with other graphics is exported in the EPS format then this file will be embedded unchanged in the new file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Multipage-TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress options can be accessed through <emph>File - Export</emph>. See <link href="text/shared/00/00000200.xhp">Graphics Export Options</link> for more information.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">PostScript</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To export a document or graphic in PostScript format:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you have not yet done so, install a PostScript printer driver, such as the Apple LaserWriter driver.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Print the document with the <emph>File - Print</emph> menu command.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the PostScript printer in the dialog and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X��"=I =I text/shared/00/00040501.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00040501.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Format Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupitab">Open <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click <emph>More Controls</emph> icon, click <emph>Table Control</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupitab1">Open <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click <emph>More Controls</emph> icon, click <emph>Table Control</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. No database connection in current form is allowed.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupitab2">Open <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click <emph>More Controls</emph> icon, click <emph>Table Control</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. Database connection must exist.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupikomli">Open Form Controls toolbar, click <emph>Combo Box</emph> or <emph>List Box</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. Database connection must exist in the form.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupikomli1">Open Form Controls toolbar, click <emph>Combo Box</emph> or <emph>List Box</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. Database connection must exist in the form: Wizard - Page 1.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupikomli2">Open Form Controls toolbar, click <emph>Combo Box</emph> or <emph>List Box</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. Database connection must exist in the form: Wizard - Page 2.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupikomli3a">Open Form Controls toolbar, click <emph>List Box</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. Database connection must exist in the form: Wizard - Page 3.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aupikomli3b">Open Form Controls toolbar, click <emph>Combo Box</emph> icon and drag mouse to generate field. Database connection must exist in the form: Wizard - Page 3.
</variable></paragraph><section id="kontroll"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in Basic dialog editor, click</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_showpropbrowser.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Properties</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="formulareigenschaften"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Form</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syformulareigenschaften"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formproperties.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Form</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="formulareigenschaftenallgemein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Form - General</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form</emph> icon - <emph>General</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="formulareigenschaftendaten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Form - Data</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form </emph>icon - <emph>Data</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="xformsdatatab"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected control on an XML Form document, choose <emph>Control - Data</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar of an XML Form document, click <emph>Control</emph> icon - <emph>Data</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="formulareigenschaftenereignisse"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Form - Events</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form </emph>icon - <emph>Events</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="controleigenschaften"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Control</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sycontroleigenschaften"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_showbrowser.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Control</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="controleigenschaftenallgemein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Control - General</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Control</emph> icon - <emph>General</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="controleigenschaftendaten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Control - Data</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Control</emph> icon - <emph>Data</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="controleigenschaftenereignisse"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a selected form element - choose <emph>Control - Events</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Control</emph> icon - <emph>Events</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="tabordner"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Design toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="sytabordner"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tabdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Activation Order</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="feldhinzu"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Design toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syfeldhinzu"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_addfield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Add Field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="formex"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Design toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syformex"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_showfmexplorer.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Form Navigator</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="design"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="sydesign"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_testmode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Design Mode on/off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="imentwurfsmodusoeffnen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Navigator - select form - open context menu - choose <emph>Open in design mode</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Design toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syimentwurfsmodusoeffnen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_openreadonly.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Open in Design Mode</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="autopilotenanaus"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Control toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syautopilotenanaus"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_usewizards.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Wizards On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="anordnung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange</emph> ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bringtofront.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arrange</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="vorn"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Bring to Front</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Bring to Front</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+plus sign ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Bring to Front</emph> ($[officename] Impress)</paragraph><section id="syganznachvorn"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bringtofront.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bring to Front</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="nachvorn"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Bring Forward</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Bring Forward</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+plus sign ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Bring Forward</emph> ($[officename] Impress)</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_forward.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bring Forward</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="nachhinten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Send Backward</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Send Backward</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+minus sign ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Send Backward</emph> ($[officename] Impress)</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_backward.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Send Backward</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="ganzhinten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Send to Back</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Send to Back</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+minus sign ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Send to Back</emph> ($[officename] Impress)</paragraph><section id="syganznachhinten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sendtoback.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Send to Back</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="vornebringen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - To Foreground</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syvordergrund"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_setobjecttoforeground.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">To Foreground</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="hintenbringen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - To Background</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syhintergrund"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_setobjecttobackground.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">To Background</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="ausrichtung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph></section><section id="links"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Left</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Left</emph> (selected objects) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Left</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Align</emph> toolbar ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw), click</paragraph><section id="sylinks"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_objectalign.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="azentriert"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Align</emph> toolbar ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw), click</paragraph><section id="syazentriert"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignmiddle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Centered</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="rechts"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Right</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Right</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Align</emph> toolbar ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw), click</paragraph><section id="syrechts"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_objectalignright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="oben"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Top</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Top</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Top</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Align</emph> toolbar ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw), click</paragraph><section id="syoben"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Top</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="mitte"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Align</emph> toolbar ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw), click</paragraph><section id="symitte"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_aligncenter.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Centered</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="unten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Bottom</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Bottom</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Align</emph> toolbar ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw), click</paragraph><section id="syunten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_aligndown.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bottom</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="wechsel"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor</emph>
</paragraph><section id="ankcalc"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Form Design toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syverankerung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleanchortype.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Change Anchor</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anseite">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor - To Page</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="amabsatz">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor - To Paragraph</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="amzeichen">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor - To Character</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alszeichen">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor - As Character</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="amrahmen">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor - To Frame</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anderzelle">Choose <emph>Format - Anchor - To Cell</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X �u�� � text/shared/00/00000407.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Window Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000407.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Window Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="window">Choose <emph>Window - New Window</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="liste">Choose <emph>Window</emph> - List of open documents</variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XBD � � text/shared/00/01000000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</title><filename>/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Every <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken">docked</link> window has an icon to control the display properties of the window.</paragraph><section id="floaticons"><paragraph role="paragraph">To show or hide a docked window, click the icon.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoShow and AutoHide Docked Windows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can click the edge of a hidden docked window to open the window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The docked window closes automatically when you move the mouse pointer outside of the window.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Multiple docked windows act as a single window in AutoShow/AutoHide mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Drag and Drop</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you drag an object over the edge of a hidden docked window, the window opens in AutoShow mode.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X_b�h'C 'C text/shared/00/00000001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Frequently-Used Buttons</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Frequently-Used Buttons</paragraph><section id="abbrechen"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL" id="bm_id4245124"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL" id="bm_id7074800"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL" id="bm_id3147653"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL" id="bm_id833765"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL" id="bm_id7899105"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL" id="bm_id3149183"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL" id="bm_id3149177"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL" id="bm_id3154142"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cancel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialog without saving any changes made.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="finish"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH" id="bm_id3211157"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE" id="bm_id189519"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Finish</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Applies all changes and closes the wizard.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="abreissleiste"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Toolbars</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By clicking the arrow next to some icons you open a toolbar. To move a toolbar, drag the title bar. As soon as you release the mouse button, the toolbar remains at the new position. Drag the title bar to another position, or drag to an edge of the window, where the toolbar will dock. Close a toolbar by clicking the Close Window icon. Make the toolbar visible again by choosing <emph>View - Toolbars - (toolbar name)</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="drehfeld"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spin button</paragraph><section id="spinbutton"><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numerical field, currency field, date field, or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Basic IDE, a spin button is the name used for the numerical field together with the two arrow symbols.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can type a numerical value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the up-arrow or down-arrow symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the up arrow and down arrow keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the Page Up and Page Down keys to set the maximum and minimum value.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the field next to the spin button defines numerical values, you can also define a <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">measurement unit</link>, for example, 1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2".</paragraph></section></section><section id="import"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Convert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If you click forward through the dialog, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="kontextmenue"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Context Menu</paragraph><section id="contextmenu"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="context">To activate the context menu of an object, first click the object with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>left</defaultinline></switchinline> mouse button to select it, and then, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">while holding down the Ctrl key or the Command and Option keys, click the mouse button again
</caseinline><defaultinline> click the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>. Some context menus can be called even if the object has not been selected. Context menus are found just about everywhere in $[officename].
</variable></paragraph></section></section><section id="loeschen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/remove" id="bm_id3153766"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/delete" id="bm_id3153839"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/delete" id="bm_id3150089"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/delete" id="bm_id3146120"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE" id="bm_id3148722"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortslist/delete" id="bm_id3152577"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/colorpage/delete" id="bm_id3156382"/><bookmark branch="hid/hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/delete" id="bm_id3148943"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_DELETE" id="bm_id3149762"/><bookmark branch="hid/ui/gradientpage/delete" id="bm_id3148924"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_DELETE" id="bm_id3153717"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DEL" id="bm_id3156007"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/macropage/delete" id="bm_id3143232"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/dialogpage/library" id="bm_id3214514"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/delete" id="bm_id3145749"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_DELETE" id="bm_id3150443"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="loeschen1"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/delete" id="bm_id3146916"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customslideshows/delete" id="bm_id3147296"/><bookmark branch="hid/sw:PushButton:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_DELETE" id="bm_id6168401"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/selectpathdialog/delete" id="bm_id3154687"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/multipathdialog/delete" id="bm_id3154686"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/delete" id="bm_id7878353"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/delabbrev" id="bm_id5413373"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/deldouble" id="bm_id2580950"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="metrik"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Metrics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter values in the input fields in different units of measurement. The default unit is inches. However, if you want a space of exactly 1cm, then type "1cm". Additional units are available according to the context, for example, 12 pt for a 12 point spacing. If the value of the new unit is unrealistic, the program uses a predefined maximum or minimum value.</paragraph></section><section id="schliessen"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog and saves all changes.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="schliessen2"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="uebernehmen"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/insert" id="bm_id3149053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="eingabesymbol"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/destination-button" id="bm_id3155067"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/formulasref" id="bm_id3149785"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/rowref" id="bm_id3149019"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/colref" id="bm_id3153712"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/formulabutton" id="bm_id3153364"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/varbutton" id="bm_id3153363"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/rbassign" id="bm_id3149400"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/rbassign2" id="bm_id3155962"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/rbdataarea" id="bm_id3145640"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/rbdestarea" id="bm_id3153713"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/rbprintarea" id="bm_id3152596"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/rbrepeatrow" id="bm_id3146975"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/rbrepeatcol" id="bm_id3154321"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/conditionalformatdialog/rbassign" id="bm_id3155532"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/assign" id="bm_id3159155"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/assignrb" id="bm_id3149262"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/rbfilterarea" id="bm_id3153190"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/rbcopyarea" id="bm_id3150010"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/rbcopyarea" id="bm_id3146985"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shrink / Maximize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Shrink </emph>icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Maximize</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The dialog is automatically minimized when you click into a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialog is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="formula/res/refinp1.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shrink</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="formula/res/refinp2.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Maximize</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="vorschau"><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW" id="bm_id3157970"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW" id="bm_id3153896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview Field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the current selection.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="weiterautopi"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT" id="bm_id8281197"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT" id="bm_id3147576"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id4154179"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT" id="bm_id1058076"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT" id="bm_id480666"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id3149095"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT" id="bm_id3147576"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id3155135"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Next </emph>button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="AutocorrectButtons"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/reset" id="bm_id4539934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Dialog Buttons</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/reset">Resets modified values back to the tab page previous values.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/cancel" id="bm_id4539935"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cancel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/cancel">Closes dialog and discards all changes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/ok" id="bm_id4539936"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">OK</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/ok">Saves all changes and closes dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="zurueck"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optionsdialog/revert" id="bm_id4539933"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optionsdialog/revert">Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="zurueck2"><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN" id="bm_id3151054"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="zuruecksetzen"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN">Resets modified values back to the default values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">A confirmation query does not appear. If you confirm the dialog with OK all settings in this dialog are reset.</paragraph></section><section id="standard"><bookmark branch="hid/sw:PushButton:TP_STD_FONT:PB_STANDARD" id="bm_id481887"/><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN" id="bm_id3157322"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/default" id="bm_id3083280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Standard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">A confirmation does not appear before the defaults are reloaded.</paragraph></section><section id="zurueckautopi"><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPREV" id="bm_id1064180"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BACK" id="bm_id3681447"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_PREVIOUS" id="bm_id5176244"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID0_PREV" id="bm_id1207617"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_PREVIOUS" id="bm_id3154318"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDPREV" id="bm_id3145346"/><bookmark branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDPREV" id="bm_id3150984"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_PREVIOUS" id="bm_id3156155"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Back</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.</paragraph></section><section id="zusaetze"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">Click the <emph>Options</emph> label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="siehe">See also the following functions:
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="regulaer">The search supports <link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp">regular expressions</link>. You can enter "all.*", for example to find the first location of "all" followed by any characters. If you want to search for a text that is also a regular expression, you must precede every character with a \ character. You can switch the automatic evaluation of regular expression on and off in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="wahr">If an error occurs, the function returns a logical or numerical value.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kontext">(This command is only accessible through the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#kontextmenue">context menu</link>).
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="wiederholen">By double-clicking a tool, you can use it for multiple tasks. If you call the tool with a single-click, it reverts back to the last selection after completing the task.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ShiftF1">Press Shift+F1 and point to a control to learn more about that control.
</variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�Xm� �'# '# text/shared/00/00000402.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000402.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Menu</paragraph><section id="do"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar or Table Data bar, click</paragraph><section id="syrueckgaengig"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_undo.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Undo</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="redo"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Redo</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="sywiederholen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_redo.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Redo</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="letzter">Choose <emph>Edit - Repeat</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="cut"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syausschneiden"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_cut.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Cut</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="copy"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="sykopieren"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_copy.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Copy</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="insert"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syeinfuegen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_paste.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Paste</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="inhalte">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="alles"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A</paragraph><section id="syallesau"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_selectall.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Select All</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aenderungen">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aufzeichnen">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anzeigen"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Show Changes</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Show Changes</emph></caseinline></switchinline></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rotlinie">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="rotlinieliste"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes - List</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes.</emph> AutoCorrect dialog appears, click <emph>Edit Changes</emph> button, see <emph>List</emph> tab page</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rotliniefilter">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes - Filter</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einfuegen">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Merge Document</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dvergl">Choose <emph>Edit - Compare Document</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="kommentar"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Comment on Change</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes - List</emph> tab. Click an entry in the list and open the context menu. Choose <emph>Edit Comment</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="find"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Find</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F</paragraph></section><section id="suchen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+H</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Standard bar, click</paragraph><section id="sysuchenersetzen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Find & Replace</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="suchenattribute">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace - Attributes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="suchenformat">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace - Format</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><section id="suchenaehnlichkeit"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace - Similarity search</emph> check box and <emph>Similarities</emph> button.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table Data</emph> Bar, click <emph>Find</emph> icon - <emph>Similarity search</emph> check box - <emph>Similarities</emph> button (database table view)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Form Design</emph> Bar, click <emph>Record Search</emph> - <emph>Similarity search</emph> check box - <emph>Similarities</emph> button (form view)</paragraph></section><section id="navigator"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_navigator.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Navigator On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="litdat">Choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="link">Choose <emph>Edit - Links</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linkae">Choose <emph>Edit - Links - Modify Link</emph> (DDE links only)
</variable></paragraph><section id="rahmeneigenschaften"><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a frame, then choose <emph>Edit - Object - Properties</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of selected frame - choose <emph>Properties</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="imagemap">Choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph> (also in context menu of selected object)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="imapeigbea">Choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph>, then select a section of the ImageMap and click <emph>Properties - Description</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="edit1">Choose <emph>Edit - Object</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="edit2">Choose <emph>Edit - Object - Edit</emph>, also in the context menu of selected object
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="edit3">Choose <emph>Edit - Object - Open</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�Xb�� � text/shared/00/00000010.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Context Menus</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000010.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Context Menus</paragraph><section id="ausschneiden"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cut</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Cuts out the selected object and stores it on the clipboard. The object can be reinserted from the clipboard by using <emph>Paste</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="einfuegen"><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE" id="bm_id3155448"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paste</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE" visibility="visible">Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.</ahelp> This command can only be called if the contents of the clipboard can be inserted at the current cursor position.</paragraph></section><section id="hinzufuegen"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a submenu in the Gallery where you can choose between <emph>Copy</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>. The selected Gallery object is either copied into the current document or a link is created.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">If you have selected an object in your document, then a new insertion will replace the selected object.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" id="bm_id3156302"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the submenu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.</paragraph><section id="kopieren"><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY" id="bm_id3154751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY" visibility="visible">Copies the selected element to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="loeschen"><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY" id="bm_id3155355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY">Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a <link href="text/shared/01/03150100.xhp">security query</link> appears before objects are deleted.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The object is either physically deleted from the data carrier or the object display is removed, depending on context.</paragraph></section><section id="loeschen2"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose <emph>Delete</emph> while in the Gallery, the entry will be deleted from the Gallery, but the file itself will remain untouched.</paragraph></section><section id="oeffnen"><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN" id="bm_id3154749"/><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_FOLDER" id="bm_id3145383"/><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT" id="bm_id3156113"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the<emph> Open </emph>command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="umbenennen"><bookmark branch="hid/SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME" id="bm_id3149578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME" visibility="visible">Enables a selected object to be renamed.</ahelp> After selecting <emph>Rename</emph> the name is selected and a new one can be entered directly. Use the arrow keys to set the cursor at the beginning or end of the name to delete or add to part of the name or to reposition the cursor.</paragraph></section><section id="aktualisieren"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryupdateprogress/GalleryUpdateProgress" id="bm_id3150275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryupdateprogress/GalleryUpdateProgress" visibility="visible">Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="vorschau"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The element selected is displayed in the Gallery at maximum size. Double-click the preview to switch back to the normal Gallery view.</paragraph></section><section id="verknuepfungerstellen"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This command can be activated if an object is selected. A link named "Link to xxx" (<emph>xxx</emph> represents the name of the object) will be created directly in the same directory as that of the selected object.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xgӌ� � text/shared/00/icon_alt.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Standard Icons Alt Texts to be Embedded</title><filename>/text/shared/00/icon_alt.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Standard Icons Alt Texts to be Embedded</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alt_icon">Icon
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alt_warning">Warning Icon
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alt_tip">Tip Icon
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="alt_note">Note Icon
</variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X��D�S< S< text/shared/00/00040500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00040500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Format Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="standard">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="zeichen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph> </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar (with cursor in object), click</paragraph><section id="syzeich"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_outlineformat.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Character</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="schrift"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Font</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Font</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a row header in a database table - choose <emph>Table Format - Font</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Character</emph> tab (Chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Legend - Character</emph> tab (Chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Character</emph> tab (Chart documents)</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Cell - Font</emph> tab (spreadsheets)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>Format - Page - Header/Footer</emph> - <emph>Edit</emph> button (spreadsheets)</paragraph></case></switch></section><section id="schrifteffekt"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Font Effects</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Font Effects</emph> tab</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>Format - Page - Header/Footer</emph> - <emph>Edit</emph> button (spreadsheets)</paragraph></case></switch></section><section id="position"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Alignment</emph> tab</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>Format - Page - Header/Footer</emph> - <emph>Edit</emph> button (spreadsheets)</paragraph></case></switch></section><section id="asilayout"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Asian Layout</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Asian Layout</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="asitypo"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Asian Typography</emph> tab (not in HTML)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Cell - Asian Typography</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Asian Typography</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="hyperl"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Hyperlink</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="absatz"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph> </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar (with cursor in object), click</paragraph><section id="syabsatz"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_paragraphdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Paragraph</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="absatzausrichtung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Alignment</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Alignment</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="einzug"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Indents & Spacing</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="tabulator"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Tabs</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Tabs</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click the ruler</paragraph></section><section id="umrandung"><paragraph role="paragraph">(all options only in Writer or Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Borders</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Borders</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Borders</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Header - More</emph> button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Footer - More</emph> button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="umrandungab"><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Menu <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph> - <emph>Border</emph> tab -<emph> Spacing to contents</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Menu<emph> Format - Page - Border - Spacing to contents</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="hintergrund"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Background</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Background</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Background</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Area</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Header - More</emph> button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Footer - More</emph> button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Background</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert/Edit - Section - Background</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Background</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="seiteverwalten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Organizer</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Organizer</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="seite"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Page</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="kopfzeile"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Header</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Header</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="fusszeile"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Footer</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="gestalter"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T
</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_designerdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Styles and Formatting</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="3d"><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline>On the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, click</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="sy3d"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_window3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>3D Effects</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab </variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Shading</emph> tab </variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab </variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Textures</emph> tab </variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Material</emph> tab </variable></paragraph><section id="numauf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering </emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="synumauf"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bullets On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="numoptionen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>. Open <emph>Options</emph> tab page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - Presentation Styles - context menu of an Outline Style - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="numbullets"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Bullets</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Open Styles and Formatting - Presentation Styles - context menu of an Outline Style - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open Styles and Formatting - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="numnumerierungsart"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Numbering</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - Presentation Styles - context menu of an Outline Style - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="graphics">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Image</emph> tab </variable></paragraph><section id="numnumerierung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Outline</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="numposition"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>. Open <emph>Position</emph> tab page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering - Position</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting - List Styles</emph> - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="grafikzuschn"><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Menu <emph>Format - Image </emph>- <emph>Crop</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><defaultinline>Icon on the <emph>Image</emph> toolbar:</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"/><default><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_grafattrcrop.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Crop</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></default></switch></section><section id="grossklein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph></paragraph></section><section id="ruby"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>Format - Asian phonetic guide</emph> </paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�XXf|1�G �G text/shared/00/00000401.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>File Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000401.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">File Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="webhtml">Choose <emph>File - Preview in Web Browser</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="neu"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>New</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar (the icon shows the type of the new document)</paragraph><section id="neutextdoc"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03251.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">New</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Key <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+N</paragraph></section><section id="neuvundd"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>File - New</emph>
<emph>- Templates</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Key Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+N</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etiketten">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etikettenein">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels - Labels</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="formateti"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels - Format</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards - Format</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="druckereti"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels - Options</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards - Options</emph> tab</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="visikart">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="visikartform">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards - Medium</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="viskartinhalt">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards - Business cards</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="viskartpriv">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards - Private</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="viskartgesch">Choose <emph>File - New - Business Cards - Business</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="oeffnen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+O</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syoeffnen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_open.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Open File</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="ascii"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>File - Open</emph>, File type <emph>Text Encoded</emph> selected</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>File - Save As</emph>, File type <emph>Text Encoded</emph> selected</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autobrief">Choose <emph>File - Wizards</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief1">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - Page design</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief2">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - Letterhead layout</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief3">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - Printed items</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief4">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - Recipient and sender</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief5">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - Footer</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotbrief6">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - </emph><emph>Name and Location</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotfax">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Fax</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotfax1">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Fax - Page Design</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotfax2">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Fax - Items to include</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotfax3">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Fax - Sender and Recipient</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotfax4">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Fax - Footer</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotfax5">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Fax - Name and location</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda1">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda - Page Design</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda2">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda - General Attributes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda3">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda - Headings</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda4">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda - Names</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda5">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda - Topics</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotagenda6">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Agenda - Title and Location</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dtapt">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Presentation</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dtapse">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Presentation - Page 1</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dtapsz">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Presentation - Page 2</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dtapsd">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Presentation - Page 3</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dtapsv">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Presentation - Page 4</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dtapsf">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Presentation - Page 5</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotformular">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Form</emph> in a database file window.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotreport">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Report</emph> in a database file window.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="webwizard">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Web Page</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppen">In form design, click the <emph>Group Box</emph> icon on the toolbar and use the mouse to create a frame.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppen1">In form design, click the <emph>Group Box</emph> icon on the toolbar and use the mouse to create a frame - Wizards page 1
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppen2">In form design, click the <emph>Group Box</emph> icon on the toolbar and use the mouse to create a frame - Wizards page 2
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppen3">In form design, click the <emph>Group Box</emph> icon on the toolbar and use the mouse to create a frame - Wizards page 3
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppen4">In form design, click the <emph>Group Box</emph> icon on the toolbar and use the mouse to create a frame - Wizards page 4, there must be a database connection.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppen5">In form design, click the <emph>Group Box</emph> icon on the toolbar and use the mouse to create a frame - last page of Wizards
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotmsimport">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotmsimport1">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autopilotmsimport2">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="euro">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Euro Converter</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="addressimport1"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>File - Wizards - Address Data Source</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="addressimport2"><emph>Address Data Source Wizards</emph> - <emph>Additional settings</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="addressimport3"><emph>Address Data Source Wizards</emph> - <emph>Select table</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="addressimport4"><emph>Address Data Source Wizards</emph><emph>- Data source title</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="addressimport5"><emph>Address Data Source Wizards</emph> - <emph>Field assignment</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schliessen">Choose <emph>File - Close</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="save"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Standard or Table Data Bar, click</paragraph><section id="sysave"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_save.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Save</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="sysaveas"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_saveas.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Save As</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select "HTML Document" file type, this dialog opens automatically
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern1">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 1 of the wizard
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern2">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 2 of the wizard
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern3">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 3 of the wizard
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern4">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 4 of the wizard
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern5">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 5 of the wizard
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="htmlspeichern6">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 6 of the wizard
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, select a graphics file type, dialog opens automatically
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="saveall">Choose <emph>File - Save All</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="saveas">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="last"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Reload</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info1">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info2">Choose <emph>File - Properties - General</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="digitalsig"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Digital Signatures</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Digital Signature</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Properties - General</emph> tab, click <emph>Digital Signatures</emph> button </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click the Signature field on the Status Bar.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="digitalsigsel">Choose <emph>File - Properties - General</emph> tab, click <emph>Digital Signatures</emph> button, then click <emph>Add</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info3">Choose <emph>File - Properties - Description</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info4">Choose <emph>File - Properties - Custom Properties</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info5">Choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="infosec">Choose <emph>File - Properties - Security</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info6">Choose <emph>File - Properties - Internet</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="info7">Choose <emph>File - Properties - Font</emph> tab</variable></paragraph><section id="ansicht"><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu<emph> File - Print Preview</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syansicht"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_printpreview.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Print Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="drucker"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="senden">Menu<emph> File - Send</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="dokument"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Send - E-mail Document</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sysendmail"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sendmail.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">E-mail Document</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="export">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="exportpdf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Export as PDF</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syexportpdf"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_exportdirecttopdf.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Export Directly as PDF</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="pdf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Send - E-mail as PDF</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="glo">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="drucken"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+P</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Standard Bar, click</paragraph><section id="sydrucken"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_print.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Print File Directly</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Print Preview</emph>
<emph>Bar</emph> of a text document, click</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_printpagepreview.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Print Page Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case></switch></section><section id="beenden"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Exit</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="neuglobal">Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="textimport"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> - select under "File type": "Text CSV" </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Data - Text to Columns</emph> (Calc)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="epsexport">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, if EPS is selected as file type, this dialog opens automatically
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="pbmppmpgm">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, if PBM, PPM or PGM is selected as file type, the dialog opens automatically
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="versionen"><variable id="autopilotberichtfeldauswahl">Choose <emph>File - Versions</emph></variable></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �X X text/shared/00/01010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Gallery context menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/01010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Gallery context menu</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU" id="bm_id3147519"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU">Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD" id="bm_id3156184"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD">Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK" id="bm_id3153882"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK">Inserts the selected graphic as a link.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW" id="bm_id3156560"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW">The<emph> Preview </emph>command displays the selected graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_TITLE" id="bm_id3152926"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gallerytitledialog/GalleryTitleDialog" id="bm_id3155892"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gallerytitledialog/GalleryTitleDialog">Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE" id="bm_id3155892"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE">Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X�W]�y �y text/shared/00/00000406.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tools Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000406.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Tools Menu</paragraph><section id="gallery"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Media - Clip Art Gallery</item> or on <emph>Standard</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="sygallery"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_gallery.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Gallery</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="galleryregisterdateien">Choose <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph> or click the <emph>Gallery </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar - <emph>New Theme</emph> button - <emph>Files</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="rechtschreibung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F7 key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click</paragraph><section id="syrechtschreibung"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_spelling.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Spelling and Grammar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hangul">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hangul/Hanja Conversion</emph> (Asian language support must be enabled)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="chinese">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Chinese Conversion</emph> (Asian language support must be enabled)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="chineseedit">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Chinese Conversion</emph> (Asian language support must be enabled) - <emph>Edit terms</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rechtschreibungmenue">Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zoptionen">Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>, then click <emph>Options</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="thesaurus"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7</paragraph></section><section id="etpip"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="mediaplayer">Choose <emph>Tools - Media Player</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="makro">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+F11 (if not assigned by your system)
</variable></paragraph><section id="recordmacro"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Record Macro</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="passwort">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>, click the <emph>Organizer</emph> button, click the <emph>Libraries</emph> tab, and then click the <emph>Password</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="packagemanager">Choose <emph>Tools - Extension Manager</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="packagemanager_eu">Choose <emph>Tools - Extension Manager</emph>, click <emph>Updates</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="xmlfilter">Choose <emph>Tools - XML Filter Settings</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="xmlfilteredit">Choose <emph>Tools - XML Filter Settings</emph>, then click <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="xmlfiltertest">Choose <emph>Tools - XML Filter Settings</emph>, then click <emph>Test XSLTs</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menu</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="menuenew">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menu</emph> tab, click <emph>New</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="menuemove">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menu</emph> tab, click <emph>Menu - Move</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tastatur">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab (a document must be opened)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="symbole">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="events">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokorr">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokooptionen">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokosmarttags">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Smart Tags</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokoersetzung">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokoausnahmen">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Exceptions</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Localized Options</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autokoworterg">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopas">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etoplayout">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress/%PRODUCTNAME Draw - View</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etotm">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="verzeichnis"><paragraph role="paragraph">Path selection button in various wizards</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Edit</emph> button for a few entries under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="optionen">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="optionenallgemein">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename]</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="benutzerdaten">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User Data</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="allg">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - General</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="arbeit">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Memory</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ansicht">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - View</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="drucken">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Print</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="pfade"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoText - Path</emph></paragraph></section><section id="color"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colors</emph> tab</paragraph></section><section id="color2"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colors</emph> tab<emph> - Edit</emph> button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - 3D Effects</emph> icon on the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab</paragraph><section id="farbdial"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/colordlg.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Select color on the <emph>Color</emph> tab page</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schriers">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Fonts</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="scripting">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Security</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="advanced">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Advanced</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="personalization">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Personalization</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="opencl">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Open CL</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="basicide">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Basic IDE Options</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="online_update">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Online Update </emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="accessibility">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Accessibility</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="appearance">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="landen">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rsave">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etsofi">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save</emph> - <emph>VBA Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etsofi2">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save</emph> - <emph>Microsoft Office</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="html">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save</emph> - <emph>HTML Compatibility</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="asiatypo">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sprachen">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sprachenctl">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages - Complex Text Layout</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="linguistik"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="linguistikmodule"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>, in the <emph>Available language modules </emph>list, select one of the language modules and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="writingaids"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="suchja">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Searching in Japanese</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="asialayout">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Asian Layout</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="internet">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Internet</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="internet1">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Internet - Proxy</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="optionentextdokument">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="compatibility">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="laden">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="mailmergeemail">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Mail Merge E-mail</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einfuegenbeschriftung">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="layout">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web </emph>- <emph>View</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="registerschattencursor">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web</emph> - <emph>Formatting Aids</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="raster">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/%PRODUCTNAME Calc/%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Grid</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="grundschriften"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Basic Fonts (Western)</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Basic Fonts (Asian)</emph> (only available if Asian language support is enabled)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="drucken1">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/ %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web </emph>- <emph>Print</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="drucken2">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="registertabelle">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Table</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="registeraenderungen">Open a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="webbrowser1">Open an HTML document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hinter">Open an HTML document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Background</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabellendokument">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabelleeingabe">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabelleinhalte">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopbe">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopco">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Compatibility</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopso">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopfo">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Formula</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopde">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Defaults</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="listekopieren">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists - Copy</emph> button
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exopaen">Open a spreadsheet document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etotall">Open a presentation document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etopsonstiges">Open a presentation document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress/%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etopas">Open a presentation document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress/%PRODUCTNAME Draw - View</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etopfe">Open a presentation document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress/%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etopdk">Open a presentation document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress/%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Print</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etotallz">Open a drawing document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Draw</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etsodr">Open a Math document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Math</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formeinst">Open a Math document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Math - Settings</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="diagrfarbe">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Charts</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Charts - Default Colors</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="datenqu">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Base</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verbindungen">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="registered">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X�z�� text/shared/00/00000408.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Help Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000408.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Help Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="content">Choose <emph>Help - %PRODUCTNAME Help</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="infoanwendung">Choose <emph>Help - About </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="online"><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically after <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> is first started.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Help - Registration</emph> (this is a direct link to an external website)</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X�6�� � text/shared/00/00000099.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>See also...</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000099.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="siehe">See also...
</variable></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="userszenarien"><link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Tools Menu - Scenarios</link></variable></paragraph></case></switch><section id="table"><paragraph role="paragraph">On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customizing $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag and drop.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want help with another module, switch to the help for that module with the combo box in the navigation area.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="winmanager">The availability of this function depends on your X Window Manager.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelpTip" id="bm_id2449436"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelpTip" id="bm_id3148491"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:HelpTip">Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ActiveHelp" id="bm_id987347"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ActiveHelp" id="bm_id3155341"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ActiveHelp">Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="keys"><paragraph role="note">Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�Xek�&� � text/shared/00/00000404.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000404.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="notiz">Choose <emph>Insert - Comment</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="scannen"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="quelle"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Media - Scan - Select Source</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="anfordern"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Media - Scan - Request</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="sonder"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customize - Character</emph> button
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customize - Character</emph> button
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="sysonder"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bullet.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Special Character</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="mov_sound"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="moviesound">Choose <emph>Insert - Media - Audio or Video</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="symoviesound"><table><tablerow><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Audio or Video</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="objekteinf">Choose <emph>Insert - Object</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="objektole"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Object - OLE Object</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syole"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insobjctrl.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">OLE Object</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="math"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Formula</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="systarmath"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertobjectstarmath.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Formula</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="diagramm1"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Type</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Chart </emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="diagramm2"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Type</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Chart</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="diagramm3"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Type</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Chart</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="chart"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Chart</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="systarchart"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawchart.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Chart</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="grafik"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Image</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar, click </paragraph><section id="sygrafik"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/lc_insertgraphic.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Image</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="eiobframe"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Floating Frame</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click</paragraph><section id="syframe"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertobjectfloatingframe.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Floating Frame</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is no text file
</variable></paragraph><section id="syfontworkgallery"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Fontwork Gallery</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sybasicshapes"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_basicshapes.diamond.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Basic Shapes</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sysymbolshapes"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_symbolshapes.smiley.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Symbol Shapes</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syblockarrows"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_arrowshapes.left-right-arrow.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Block Arrows</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syflowcharts"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_flowchartshapes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Flowcharts</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sycallouts"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Callouts</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="systars"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_starshapes.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Stars</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X�t�3 3 text/shared/00/00000007.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Toolbars</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000007.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Toolbars</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="werkzeugleiste">Icon on the Tools bar:
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="textobjektleiste">Icon on the Formatting Bar:
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="objektleiste">Icon on the Formatting Bar:
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="diaobjektleiste">Icon on the Slide View Bar:
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename].
</variable></paragraph><section id="asia"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Asian Language Support</paragraph><section id="asiahinweis"><paragraph role="paragraph">These commands can only be accessed after you enable support for Asian languages in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>.</paragraph></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X���B B text/shared/00/00000207.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Export text files</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000207.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/ImOptDialog" id="bm_id3154839"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Export text files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialog allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialog will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the field separator, text separator and character set that is used for the text export.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetdropdown" id="bm_id3154841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetdropdown">Specifies the character set for text export.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/field" id="bm_id3154840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Field delimiter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/field">Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/text" id="bm_id3146938"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text delimiter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/text">Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/quoteall" id="bm_id314783281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Quote all text cells</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/asshown" id="bm_id7735831"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save cell content as shown</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numerical values anymore.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/fixedwidth" id="bm_id3143281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fixed column width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/fixedwidth">Exports all data fields with a fixed width.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The width of a data field in the exported text file is set to the current width of the corresponding column.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Values are exported in the format as currently seen in the cell.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If a value is longer than the fixed column width, it will be exported as a ### string.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If a text string is longer than the fixed column width, it will be truncated at the end.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The alignment Left, Centered, and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp#csv_files"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X{:�rF F text/shared/00/00000215.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>ASCII Filter Options</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000215.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/AsciiFilterDialog" id="bm_id3159240"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">ASCII Filter Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialog appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#ascii"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the settings for importing or exporting your file. When exporting, only the character set and paragraph break can be defined.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/charset" id="bm_id3159242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/charset">Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/font" id="bm_id3150008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default fonts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/font">By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/language" id="bm_id3153124"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/language">Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paragraph break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the type of paragraph break for a text line.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/crlf" id="bm_id3149640"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">CR & LF</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/crlf">Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/cr" id="bm_id3150178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">CR</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/cr">Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/lf" id="bm_id3147374"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">LF</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/asciifilterdialog/lf">Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�R@�x x text/shared/00/01020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Context Menu of Web Pages in Read-Only Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/00/01020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Context Menu of Web Pages in Read-Only Mode</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC" id="bm_id3150502"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK" id="bm_id3147000"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK">Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC" id="bm_id3159224"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC">Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC" id="bm_id3152363"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the<emph> Load Graphics </emph>command to make them visible.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF" id="bm_id3144758"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF">Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND" id="bm_id3156560"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND">Allows you to save the background of a Web page.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X^f��$# $# text/shared/00/00000021.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>XML File Formats</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154408"/><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML" id="bm_id3159242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xmlformat"><link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">XML File Formats</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML">By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">OpenDocument file format names</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME uses the following file formats:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Document format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">File extension</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Text </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.odt</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Text Template</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.ott</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Master Document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.odm</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">HTML Document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.html</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">HTML Document Template</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.oth</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Spreadsheet</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.ods</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Spreadsheet Template</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.ots</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Drawing</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.odg</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Drawing Template</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.otg</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Presentation</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.odp</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Presentation Template</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.otp</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Formula</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.odf</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Database</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.odb</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">%PRODUCTNAME Extension</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*.oxt</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">The HTML format is not an OpenDocument format.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">ODF Chart is the name of the file format for stand alone charts. This format with the extension *.odc is currently not in use.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Evolution of the OpenDocument format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The OpenDocument format evolves over time.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">ODF version</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date of standard approval by OASIS</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">First supporting version of the software</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF 1.0 </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">2005-05-01</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OpenOffice.org 1.1.5 or StarOffice 7</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF 1.1 </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">2007-02-02</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OpenOffice.org 2.2 or StarOffice 8 Update 4</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF 1.2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">2011-09-30</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OpenOffice.org 3, StarOffice 9, Oracle Open Office</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF 1.2 (Extended)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">-</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">OpenOffice.org 3.2 or StarOffice 9.2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">In current versions, you can select to save your documents using ODF 1.2 (default) or ODF 1.0/1.1 (for backward compatibility). Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Load/Save - General</item> and select the ODF format version.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to exchange documents with users that still use OpenOffice.org 1 or StarOffice 7, save the document using the respectively named filter in the <emph>File type</emph> listbox.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you want to define another file format as the default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link> to find alternative file formats for each $[officename] document type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">XML file structure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Documents in OpenDocument file format are stored as compressed zip archives that contain XML files. To view these XML files, you can open the OpenDocument file with an unzip program. The following files and directories are contained within the OpenDocument files:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The text content of the document is located in <emph>content.xml</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimize the time for saving and opening the document. The use of indentations and line breaks can be activated in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp">Expert configuration</link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Save/Document PrettyPrinting</emph> to <emph>true</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The file <emph>meta.xml</emph> contains the meta information of the document, which you can enter under <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you save a document with a password, <emph>meta.xml</emph> will not be encrypted.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The file <emph>settings.xml</emph> contains further information about the settings for this document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In <emph>styles.xml,</emph> you find the styles applied to the document that can be seen in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The <emph>meta-inf/manifest.xml</emph> file describes the structure of the XML file.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Additional files and folders can be contained in the packed file format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Definition of the XML formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The schema for the OpenDocument formats can be found on the <link href="http://www.oasis-open.org">www.oasis-open.org</link> web site.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp">Document Converter Wizard</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X��M�K �K text/shared/00/00040502.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00040502.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Format Menu</paragraph><section id="linie1"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Line</emph> (Impress and Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Line </emph>(Writer)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Graphic - Line </emph>(Calc)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Line and Filling</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="sylinie"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formatline.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="linie2"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Line - Line</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>Modify/New - Line</emph> tab (presentation documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Borders</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Legend - Borders</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Line</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - Line</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Borders</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Floor - Borders</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Area - Borders</emph> tab (charts)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linienstile">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Line - Line Styles</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linienenden">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Line - Arrow Styles</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="flaeche1"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On <emph>Line and Filling</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syflaeche"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Area</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="flaeche2"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Area</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>Modify/New - Area</emph> tab (presentation documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Area</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Legend - Area</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Area</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Floor - Area</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Area - Area</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> tab (in $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw)</paragraph></section><section id="trans"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Area - Transparency</emph> tab (drawing documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Area - Transparency</emph> tab (presentation documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Area - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Floor - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - All Titles - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title - Transparency </emph>tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Subtitle - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (X Axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (Y Axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (Z Axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object Properties - Data Point - Transparency</emph> - tab (chart documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object Properties - Data Series - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schatte">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Shadow</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verlauf">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Gradients</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="schraffur">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Hatching</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="bitmap">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Bitmaps</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formattext">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - Text Attributes</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - Define Text Attributes</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Text</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="text">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - Text Attributes</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - Define Text Attributes</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Text</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Text</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="laufext">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - Text Attributes</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - Define Text Attributes</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Text</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Text Animation</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="position1"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">F4 key
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">F4 key
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="syposition"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_transformdialog.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Position and Size</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="adngpb"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the context menu for the object - choose <emph>Name</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="descript"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the context menu for the object - choose <emph>Description</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="position2">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size - Position and Size</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><section id="drehung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size - Rotation</emph> tab</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Rotate</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ecke">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size - Slant & Corner Radius</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="legende">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size - Callout</emph> tab (only for textbox callouts, not for custom shapes callouts)
</variable></paragraph><section id="punkte"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Points</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Open context menu - choose <emph>Edit Points</emph></caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Open context menu - choose <emph>Edit Points</emph></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">F8 key
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">F8 key
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="sypunktebearbeiten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="schrift2"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph> (drawing functions)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Character</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="groesse"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Size</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="stil"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="stilfett"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Bold</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syfett"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bold.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bold</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="stilkursiv"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Italic</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sykursiv"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_italic.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Italic</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="stilunter"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Underline</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syunterstreichen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_underline.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="stildurch"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Strikethrough</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="stilschatten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Shadow</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="stilkontur"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Contour</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="stilhoch"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Superscript</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="stiltief"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Style - Subscript</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="zeilenabstand"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Line Spacing</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="zeilenabstandein"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Line Spacing - Single</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="zeilenabstandeinsfuenf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Line Spacing - 1.5 Lines</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="zeilenabstandzwei"><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Line Spacing - Double</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="linkstext"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Left</emph> (drawing functions)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Left</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sylinksbuendig"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignleft.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="rechtstext"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Right</emph> (drawing functions)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Right</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syrechtsbuendig"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="zentrierttext"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centered</emph> (drawing functions)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Center</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syzentriert"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_centerpara.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Center Horizontally
</caseinline><defaultinline>Centered</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="blocktext"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Justified</emph> (drawing functions)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Justified</emph>
</paragraph><section id="syblocksatz"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_justifypara.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Justified</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="font">Click <emph>Fontwork</emph> icon on <emph>Drawing</emph> bar
</variable></paragraph><section id="gruppe"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Group</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Group</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="gruppie"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Group - Group</emph> (text documents, spreadsheets)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Group</emph> (drawing documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Group - Group</emph> (form objects)</paragraph><section id="sygruppieren"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formatgroup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Group</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="gruppieauf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Group - Ungroup</emph> (text documents, spreadsheets)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Ungroup</emph> (drawing documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Ungroup</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sygrupaufh"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formatungroup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Ungroup</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="adngvl"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Group - Exit Group</emph> (text documents, spreadsheets)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Exit Group</emph> (drawing documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Exit Group</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sygrupverl"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_leavegroup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Exit Group</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="adngte"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Group - Enter Group</emph> (text documents, spreadsheets)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Enter Group</emph> (drawing documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Enter Group</emph>
</paragraph><section id="sygrupbetr"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_entergroup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter Group</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xwa�} } text/shared/00/00040503.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00040503.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Format Menu</paragraph><section id="fozeihoe"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Row - Height</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a row header in an open database table - choose <emph>Row Height</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="fosb"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Column - Width</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu of a column header in a database table - choose <emph>Column Width</emph>
</paragraph></section><section id="zahlen"><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>Modify/New - Numbers</emph> tab
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu for a column header in an open database table - choose <emph>Column Format - Format</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Numbers</emph> tab (Chart Documents)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Also as <emph>Number Format</emph> dialog for tables and fields in text documents: Choose <emph>Format - Number Format</emph>, or choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Variables</emph> tab and select "Additional formats" in the <emph>Format</emph> list.</paragraph></section><section id="fozelaus"><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title - Alignment</emph> tab
</caseinline><defaultinline>Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Alignment</emph> tab</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART"/><defaultinline>Open context menu of a column header in a database table - choose <emph>Column Format - Alignment</emph> tab</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabform">Open context menu of a row header in a database table - choose <emph>Table Format</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltform">Open context menu of a column header in a database table - choose <emph>Column Format</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeilenloeschen">Context menu for a row header in an open database table - <emph>Delete Rows</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="spiegeln"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Flip</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Image</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Flip</emph> (presentation documents)</paragraph></section><section id="vertikal"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Flip - Vertically</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Image</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Flip - Vertically</emph> (presentation documents)</paragraph></section><section id="horizontal"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Flip - Horizontally</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image</emph>, and then click the <emph>Image</emph> tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Flip - Horizontally</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click a selected object, and then choose <emph>Flip - Horizontally</emph> ($[officename] Impress)</paragraph></section><section id="verteilung"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Modify - Distribution</emph> ($[officename] Draw)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu - choose <emph>Distribution</emph> ($[officename] Impress)</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X&�ʙ - - text/shared/00/00000208.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Import</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000208.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/TextImportCsvDialog" id="bm_id3148919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Text Import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/TextImportCsvDialog">Sets the import options for delimited data.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#textimport"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp#csv_files"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp#csv_formula"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Import</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/charset" id="bm_id3155934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character Set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/charset">Specifies the character set to be used in the imported file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/language" id="bm_id315593499"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Determines how the number strings are imported.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If Language is set to Default (for CSV import) or Automatic (for HTML import), Calc will use the globally set language. If Language is set to a specific language, that language will be used when importing numbers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialog, the global HTML option is ignored.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow" id="bm_id3153377"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">From Row</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Separator Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies whether your data uses separators or fixed widths as delimiters.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/tofixedwidth" id="bm_id3153894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fixed width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/tofixedwidth">Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.</ahelp> Click on the ruler in the preview window to set the width.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/toseparatedby" id="bm_id3147043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Separated by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/toseparatedby">Select the separator used in your data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/tab" id="bm_id3153345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/tab">Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/semicolon" id="bm_id3157959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Semicolon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/semicolon">Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/comma" id="bm_id3147089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comma</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/comma">Separates data delimited by commas into columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/space" id="bm_id3109848"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Space</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/space">Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/other" id="bm_id3149098"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/inputother" id="bm_id3149801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Other</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/inputother">Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/mergedelimiters" id="bm_id3146807"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Merge delimiters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/mergedelimiters">Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/textdelimiter" id="bm_id3147619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text delimiter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/textdelimiter">Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets some other import options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/charset" id="bm_id315790911"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Quoted fields as text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/detectspecialnumbers" id="bm_id315790922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Detect special numbers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The selected language influences how such special numbers are detected, since different languages and regions many have different conventions for such special numbers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When this option is disabled, Calc will detect and convert only decimal numbers. The rest, including numbers formatted in scientific notation, will be imported as text. A decimal number string can have digits 0-9, thousands separators, and a decimal separator. Thousands separators and decimal separators may vary with the selected language and region.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows how your data will look when it is separated into columns.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/columntype" id="bm_id3157909"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/columntype">Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.</ahelp> You can select one of the following options:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Function</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Standard</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$[officename] determines the type.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Imported data are treated as text.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date (DMY)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Applies a date format (Day, Month, Year) to the imported data in a column.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date (MDY)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Applies a date format (Month, Day, Year) to the imported data in a column.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date (YMD)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Applies a date format (Year, Month, Day) to the imported data in a column.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">US English</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Numbers formatted in US English are searched for and included regardless of the system language. A number format is not applied. If there are no US English entries, the <emph>Standard</emph> format is applied.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hide</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The data in the column are not imported.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you selected one of the date formats (DMY), (MDY), or (YMD) and you enter numbers without date delimiters, the numbers are interpreted as follows:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Number of characters </paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Two characters each are taken for day, month, and year in the selected order.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Four characters are taken for the year, two each for month and day, in the selected order.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">5 or 7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character less. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">If you want to include the leading zero in the data you import, in telephone numbers for example, apply the "Text" format to the column.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows how the imported text will look after it is separated into columns. To apply a format to a column when it is imported, click a column and select a <emph>Column type</emph>. When you select a <emph>Column type</emph>, the column heading displays the applied format.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to use a fixed width to separate the imported data into columns, click in the ruler to set the width boundaries.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp">Navigating Without the Mouse</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For more information, see <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">Information about Import and Export Filters</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�XYE ɥ � text/shared/00/00000403.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>View Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000403.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">View Menu</paragraph><section id="masstab"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Zoom</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Zoom also with (+) (-) (×) and (÷) on the number keypad
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Zoom also with (+) (-) (×) and (÷) on the number keypad
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click or right-click the field on the <emph>Status</emph> Bar</paragraph></section><section id="symbolleisten"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="funktion">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Standard</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="werkzeug">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Tools</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="task">Choose <emph>View - Status Bar</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="farbleiste">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Color Bar</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ime">Choose <emph>View - Input Method Status</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="hypdiainternet"><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon on <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click <emph>Internet</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Hyperlink</emph>
</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hypdiamailnews">Click <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon on <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click <emph>Mail</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hypdiadok">Click <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon on <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click <emph>Document</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hypdianeudok">Click <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon on <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click <emph>New Document</emph></variable></paragraph><section id="ganzer"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Full Screen</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+J</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="syfullscreen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fullscreen.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Full Screen (in Print Preview)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></case></switch></section><section id="datenanzeige"><paragraph role="paragraph">If a text document or spreadsheet is open:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Menu <emph>View - Data Sources</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F4 key</paragraph><section id="sydatenquellen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_viewdatasourcebrowser.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Data Sources</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="htmlsource"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - HTML Source</emph>
</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open context menu in an HTML document</paragraph><section id="syhtmlsource"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_sourceview.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">HTML Source</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="grid">Choose <emph>View - Grid</emph> (Impress or Draw)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="guides">Choose <emph>View - Snap Lines</emph> (Impress or Draw)
</variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X��/ / text/shared/00/00000450.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000450.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="DBTab">In a database file window, choose <emph>Tools - Table Filter</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="DBAbfragen"><emph>View - Database Objects - Queries</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Typ">In a database file window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties - Advanced Settings</emph> tab
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Datenquelle">In a database file window of type ODBC or Address book, choose Edit - Database - Connection Type
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Verzeichnis">Path selection button in various Wizards / <emph>Edit</emph> Buttons for some entries in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ODBC">In a database file window of type ODBC, choose Edit - Database - Connection Type
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ldap">In a database file window of type Address book - LDAP, choose Edit - Database - Properties
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="JDBC">In a database file window of type JDBC, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="mysql">In a database file window of type MySQL, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dBase">In a database file window of type dBASE, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dBasein">In a database file window of type dBASE, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph>, click <emph>Indexes</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Text">In a database file window of type Text, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ADO">In a database file window of type MS ADO, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="SQLStatement">In a database file window, choose <emph>Tools - SQL</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Abfragen">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Tabellen">In a database file window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon
</variable></paragraph><section id="tabellehinzu"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabellenentwurf">In a database file window, click the Tables icon. Choose Insert -<emph> Table Design</emph> or <emph>Edit - Edit</emph></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="indexentwurf">In a database file window, click the Tables icon. Choose <emph>Insert - Table Design</emph> or <emph>Edit - Edit</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="AbfrageNeu">In a database file window, choose <emph>Insert - Query (Design view)</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="entwab">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>. When referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialog
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="Joins">Open query design and choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, or double-click on a connection line between two tables.
</variable></paragraph><section id="sytabelle"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_addtable.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Tables</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="SyRelationen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_dbaddrelation.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">New Relation</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="datensuchen"><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the Table Data bar and Form Design bar</paragraph><section id="sydatensuchen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Find Record</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="sortieren"><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Sort Order</emph> icon on the Table Data bar and Form Design bar</paragraph><section id="sysortieren"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tablesort.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Sort Order</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="allgemein">In a database file window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabellecopy">Drag and drop a table or a query into the table part of another database file window
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formularneu">In a database file window, choose<emph> Insert - Form</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="benutzereinstellungen">In a database file window, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="relationen">In a database file window, choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph></variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�XzY��K �K text/shared/00/00000005.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General Glossary</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000005.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="glossarallgemein"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp">General Glossary</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This glossary includes explanations of some of the most important terms you will come across in $[officename].</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the glossary to look up unfamiliar terms found in any $[officename] application.</paragraph><sort order="asc"><section id="ascii"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156192"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">ASCII</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Abbreviation for American Standard Code for Information Interchange. ASCII is a character set for displaying fonts on personal computers. It consists of 128 characters including letters, numbers, punctuation and symbols. The extended ASCII character set contains 256 characters. Each character has been assigned a unique number, also referred to as ASCII Code.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In HTML pages, only characters from the 7 Bit ASCII character set should appear. Other characters, such as German umlauts, are distinguished by way of a separate code. You can input extended ASCII code characters: the $[officename] export filter performs the necessary conversion.</paragraph></section><section id="bezierobjekt"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Bézier Object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Developed by the French mathematician Pierre Bézier, a Bézier curve is a mathematically defined curve used in two-dimensional graphic applications. The curve is defined by four points: the initial position and the terminating position, and two separate middle points. Bézier objects can be modified by moving these points with the mouse.</paragraph></section><section id="ctl"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146907"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Complex Text Layout (CTL)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Languages with complex text layout may have some or all of the following features:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The language is written with characters or glyphs that are composed of several parts</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The text direction is from right to left.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as CTL languages.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enable CTL support using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="kontextmenue"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Context Menu</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#contextmenu"/></section><section id="dde"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">DDE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">DDE stands for "Dynamic Data Exchange," which is a predecessor of OLE, "Object Linking and Embedding". With DDE, objects are linked through file reference, but not embedded.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialog. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.</paragraph></section><section id="Section7"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Direct and Style Formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you format a document without Styles, it is referred to as "direct" formatting. This means modifying text or other objects, such as frames or tables, by applying various attributes directly. The format applies only to the selected area and all changes must be made separately. Styles, on the other hand, are not applied to the text directly, but rather are defined in the Styles and Formatting window and then applied. One advantage is that when you change a Style, all parts of the document to which that Style is assigned are modified at the same time.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can remove direct formatting from your document by selecting the entire text with the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A and then choosing <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="andocken"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155132"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Docking</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="andock1">Some windows in $[officename], for example the Styles and Formatting window and the Navigator, are "dockable" windows. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge. On each edge you can dock several windows on top of, or alongside each other; then, by moving the border lines, you can change the relative proportions of the windows.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="andock2">To undock and re-dock, holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, double-click a vacant area in the window. In the Styles and Formatting window, you can also double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons, while you hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="andock3"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Docking (AutoHide)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On any window edge where another window is docked you will see a button which allows you to show or hide the window.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you click the button on the window edge to show the window, the window will remain visible until you manually hide it again (with the same button).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you show the window by clicking the window border, but not the button, you activate the <emph>AutoHide</emph> function. The AutoHide function allows you to temporarily show a hidden window by clicking on its edge. When you click in the document, the docked window hides again.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="formatierung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3163710"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formatting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Formatting refers to the visual layout of text using a word-processing or DTP program. This includes defining the paper format, page borders, fonts and font effects, as well as indents and spacing. You can format text <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7">directly or with Styles</link> provided by $[officename].</paragraph></section><section id="IME"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156006"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">IME</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">IME stands for Input Method Editor. A program that allows the user to enter complex characters from non-western character sets using a standard keyboard.</paragraph></section><section id="jdbc"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151172"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">JDBC</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) API to connect to a database from %PRODUCTNAME. JDBC drivers are written in the Java programming language and are platform independent.</paragraph></section><section id="kerning"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151282"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Kerning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Kerning means increasing or decreasing the amount of space between pairs of letters to improve the overall appearance of the text.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The kerning tables contain information on which pairs of letters require more spacing. These tables are generally a component of a font.</paragraph></section><section id="verknuepfung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150592"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Links</emph> command is found in the <emph>Edit</emph> menu. The command can only be activated when at least one link is contained in the current document. When you insert a picture, for example, you can either insert the picture directly into the document or insert the picture as a link.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When an object is inserted directly into a document, the document size increases by (at least) the size in bytes of the object. You can save the document and open it on another computer, and the inserted object will still be in the same position in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you insert the object as a link, only a reference to the file name is inserted. The file size of the document increases only by the path and file reference. If you open your document on another computer, however, the linked file must be in exactly the same position as given by the reference in order to view the object in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use <emph>Edit - Links</emph> to see which files are inserted as links. The links can be removed if required. This will break the link and insert the object directly.</paragraph></section><section id="zahlensystem"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Number System</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A number system is determined by the number of characters available for representing numbers. The decimal system, for instance is based on the ten numbers (0..9), the binary system is based on the two numbers 0 and 1, the hexadecimal system is based on 16 characters (0...9 and A...F).</paragraph></section><section id="objekt"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156358"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An object is a screen element containing data. It can refer to application data, such as text or graphics.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects are independent and do not influence each other. Any object containing data can be assigned certain commands. For example, a graphic object has commands for image editing and a spreadsheet contains calculation commands.</paragraph></section><section id="odbc"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152827"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">ODBC</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouseclick and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The 32bit ODBC functions required here can be installed on your system at any time with the help of the setup program supplied with your database. You can then amend the properties through the Control Panel.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><section id="ole"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154479"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">OLE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) objects can be linked to a target document or may also be embedded. Embedding inserts a copy of the object and details of the source program in the target document. If you want to edit the object, simply activate the source program by double-clicking on the object.</paragraph></section><section id="opengl"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154507"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">OpenGL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">OpenGL represents a 3D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.</paragraph></section><section id="png"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">PNG</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.</paragraph></section><section id="primaerschluessel"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Primary key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A primary key serves as a unique identifier of database fields. The unique identification of database fields is used in <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#relational">relational databases</link>, to access data in other tables. If reference is made to a primary key from another table, this is termed a foreign key.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename], you define the primary key in the design view of a table, by choosing the relevant command from the context menu of a row header for the selected field.</paragraph></section><section id="relational"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Relational Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A relational database is a collection of data items organized as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganize the database tables. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. An RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A good example of a relational database can be given with a database containing Customer, Purchase, and Invoice tables. In the Invoice table, there is no actual customer or purchasing data; however, the table contains references through a relational link, or a relation, to the respective customer and purchasing table's fields (for example, the customer ID field from the customer table).</paragraph></section><section id="registerhaltigkeit"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147315"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Register-true</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Register-true is a typography term that is used in printing. This term refers to the congruent imprint of the lines within a type area on the front and the back side of book pages, newspaper pages and magazine pages. The register-true feature make these pages easier to read by preventing gray shadows from shining through between the lines of text. The register-true term also refers to lines in adjacent text columns that are of the same height.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you define a paragraph, Paragraph Style, or a Page Style as register-true, the base lines of the affected characters are aligned to a vertical page grid, regardless of font size or of the presence of graphics. If you want, you can specify the setting for this grid as a Page Style property.</paragraph></section><section id="rtf"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">RTF</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Rich Text Format (RTF) is a file format developed for the exchange of text files. A special feature is that the formatting is converted into directly readable text information. Unfortunately, in comparison to other file formats, this creates relatively large files.</paragraph></section><section id="speichern"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Saving Relatively and Absolutely</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In various dialogs (for example, <emph>Tools - AutoText</emph>) you can select whether you want to save files relatively or absolutely.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you choose to save relatively, the references to embedded graphics or other objects in your document will be saved relative to the location in the file system. In this case, it does not matter where the referenced directory structure is recorded. The files will be found regardless of location, as long as the reference remains on the same drive or volume. This is important if you want to make the document available to other computers that may have a completely different directory structure, drive or volume names. It is also recommended to save relatively if you want to create a directory structure on an Internet server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you prefer absolute saving, all references to other files will also be defined as absolute, based on the respective drive, volume or root directory. The advantage is that the document containing the references can be moved to other directories or folders, and the references remain valid.</paragraph></section><section id="drehfeld"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spin button</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#spinbutton"/></section><section id="sql"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">SQL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Structured Query Language (SQL) is a language used for database queries. In $[officename] you can formulate queries either in SQL or interactively with the mouse.</paragraph></section><section id="sqlserver"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">SQL Database / SQL Server</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An SQL database is a database system which offers an <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#sql">SQL</link> interface. SQL databases are often used in client/server networks in which different clients access a central server (for example, an SQL server), hence they are also called SQL server databases, or SQL servers for short.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disk as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC, or a native driver integrated into $[officename].</paragraph></section><section id="schuster"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Widows and Orphans</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum amount of lines to be kept together on a page.</paragraph></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X�]�� � text/shared/00/00000206.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Dif Import/Export/ Lotus import/ dBASE import</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Dif Import/Export/ Lotus import/ dBASE import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Defines the options for import/export. These dialogs will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetlist" id="bm_id3149987"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character set</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetlist">Select the character set from the options used for import/export.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For further information regarding filters, refer to the topic: <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">Information about Import and Export Filters</link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X���� � text/shared/00/00000004.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To access this command...</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000004.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="wie">To access this command...
</variable></paragraph><section id="related"><paragraph role="related"><variable id="related"><emph>Related Topics</emph></variable></paragraph></section><section id="sytextfarbe"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_color.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Font Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sytxtfarbe"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_color.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Font Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syeinzeilig"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_justifypara.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line spacing: 1</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syeineinhalbzeilig"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_spacepara15.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line spacing: 1.5</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syzweizeilig"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_spacepara2.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line spacing: 2</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syhochstellen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_superscript.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Superscript</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sytiefstellen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_subscript.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Subscript</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sylistil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/feldurch.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line Style</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sylifarbe"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/feldcolo.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sylibreite"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/feldbrei.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Line Width</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syflaechenstil"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00117.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Area Style / Filling</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syvertikaloben"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_aligntop.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Top</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syvertikalunten"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_cellvertbottom.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Bottom</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syvertikalmitte"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignvcenter.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Center Vertically</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syhinzufuegen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu01.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syentfernen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu02.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Cancel</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svtools/res/up_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Up One Level</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="fpicker/res/fp014.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Create New Directory</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="syuebergeordneterordner2"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svtools/res/up_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Up One Level</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syneuenordnererstellen2"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="fpicker/res/fp014.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Create New Folder</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="nopfli"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Go to the previous comment</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="nopfre"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06300.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Go to the next comment</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="syladen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_open.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Open File</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="sysichern"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_saveas.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Save As</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="pdf"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_exportdirecttopdf.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Export Directly as PDF</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X(^�T� � text/shared/00/00000003.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Conversion of measurement units</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000003.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="metrik"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147543"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Conversion of measurement units</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In some dialogs, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numerical value, the default measurement unit is used.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialog that you get by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In input boxes for length units you can also add the unit abbreviation according to the following list:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Unit abbreviation</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Explanation</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">mm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Millimeter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">cm</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Centimeter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">in or "</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inch</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">pi</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Pica</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">pt</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Point</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">The following formulas convert the units:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">1 cm = 10 mm</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">1 inch = 2.54 cm</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">1 inch = 6 Pica = 72 Point</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, in a text document, open <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>. To indent the current paragraph by one inch, enter <item type="literal">1 in</item> or <item type="literal">1"</item> into the "Before text" box. To indent the paragraph by 1 cm, enter <item type="literal">1 cm</item> into the input box.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To input the maximum or minimum allowed value respectively, click the current value and then press the <item type="keycode">Page Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Page Down</item> key.</paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X �t5�1 �1 text/shared/00/00000002.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Glossary of Internet Terms</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000002.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="glossar"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150702"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp">Glossary of Internet Terms</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are a newcomer to the Internet, you will be confronted with unfamiliar terms: browser, bookmark, e-mail, homepage, search engine, and many others. To make your first steps easier, this glossary explains some of the more important terminology you may find in the Internet, intranet, mail and news.</paragraph></section><sort><section id="cmis"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">CMIS</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Content Management Interoperability Services (CMIS) standard defines a domain model and Web Services and Restful AtomPub bindings that will enable greater interoperability of Enterprise Content Management (ECM) systems. CMIS uses Web services and Web 2.0 interfaces to enable rich information to be shared across Internet protocols in vendor-neutral formats, among document systems, publishers and repositories, within one enterprise and between companies.</paragraph></section><section id="webdav"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">WebDAV</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Short for Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning, an IETF standard set of platform-independent extensions to HTTP that allows users to collaboratively edit and manage files on remote Web servers. WebDAV features XML properties on metadata, locking - which prevents authors from overwriting each other's changes - namespace manipulation and remote file management. WebDav is sometimes referred to as DAV.</paragraph></section><section id="frame"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frames</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Frames are useful for designing the layout of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.</paragraph></section><section id="ftp"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">FTP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol and is the standard transfer protocol for files in the Internet. An FTP server is a program on a computer connected to the Internet which stores files to be transmitted with the aid of FTP. While FTP is responsible for transmitting and downloading Internet files, <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#http">HTTP</link> (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) provides the connection setup and data transfer between WWW servers and clients.</paragraph></section><section id="html"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145609"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">HTML</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is a document code language, which is used as the file format for WWW documents. It is derived from <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#sgml">SGML</link> and integrates text, graphics, videos and sound.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to type HTML commands directly, for example when doing exercises from one of the many available HTML books, remember that HTML pages are pure text files. Save your document under the document type <emph>Text </emph>and give it the file name extension .HTML. Be sure there are no umlauts or other special characters of the extended character set. If you want to re-open this file in $[officename] and edit the HTML code, you must load it with the file type <emph>Text</emph> and not with the file type <emph>Web pages</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are several references on the Internet providing an introduction to the HTML language.</paragraph></section><section id="http"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">HTTP</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a record of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).</paragraph></section><section id="hyperlink"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149290"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyperlink</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colors and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] you can assign hyperlinks to text as well as to graphics and text frames (see the Hyperlink Dialog icon on the Standard bar).</paragraph></section><section id="imagemap"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">ImageMap</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An ImageMap is a reference-sensitive graphic or text frame. You can click on defined areas of the graphic or text frame to go to a target (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link>), which is linked with the area. The reference areas, along with the linked URLs and corresponding text displayed when resting the mouse pointer on these areas, are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap Editor</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are two different types of ImageMaps. A Client Side ImageMap is evaluated on the client computer, which loaded the graphic from the Internet, while a Server Side ImageMap is evaluated on the server computer which provides the <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> page on the Internet. In server evaluation, clicking an ImageMap sends the relative coordinates of the cursor within the image to the server, and a dedicated program on the server responds. In the client evaluation, clicking a defined hotspot of the ImageMap activates the URL, as if it were a normal text link. The URL appears below the mouse pointer when passing across the ImageMap.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As ImageMaps can be used in different ways, they can be stored in different formats.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">ImageMap Formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analyzed on the server (i. e. your Internet provider) and those analyzed on the web browser of the reader's computer.</paragraph></section><section id="ss_imagemaps"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152881"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Server Side ImageMaps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Server Side ImageMaps appear for the reader as a picture or frame on the page. Click on the ImageMap with the mouse, and the coordinates of the relative position are sent to the server. Aided by an extra program, the server then determines the next step to take. There are several incompatible methods to define this process, the two most common being:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">W3C (CERN) HTTP Server (Format type: MAP - CERN)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">NCSA HTTP Server (Format type: MAP - NCSA)</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type </emph>list in the <emph>Save As </emph>dialog in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.</paragraph></section><section id="cs_imagemaps"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Client Side ImageMap</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The area of the picture or frame where the reader can click is indicated by the appearance of the linked <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link> when the mouse passes over the area. The ImageMap is stored in a layer below the picture and contains information about the referenced regions. The only disadvantage of Client Side ImageMaps is that older Web browsers cannot read them; a disadvantage that will, however, resolve itself in time.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When saving the ImageMap, select the file type <emph>SIP - StarView ImageMap</emph>. This saves the ImageMap directly in a format which can be applied to every active picture or frame in your document. However, if you just want to use the ImageMap on the current picture or text frame, you do not have to save it in any special format. After defining the regions, simply click <emph>Apply</emph>. Nothing more is necessary. Client Side ImageMaps saved in <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> format are inserted directly into the page in HTML code.</paragraph></section><section id="java"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159125"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Java</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Java programming language is a platform independent programming language that is especially suited for use in the Internet. Web pages and applications programmed with Java class files can be used on all modern operating systems. Programs using Java programming language are usually developed in a Java development environment and then compiled to a "byte code".</paragraph></section><section id="proxy"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Proxy</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A proxy is a computer in the network acting as a kind of clipboard for data transfer. Whenever you access the Internet from a company network and request a Web page that has already been read by a colleague, the proxy will be able to display the page much quicker, as long as it's still in the memory. All that has to be checked in this case is that the page stored in the proxy is the latest version. If this is the case, the page won't have to be downloaded from the much slower Internet but can be loaded directly from the proxy.</paragraph></section><section id="sgml"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154729"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">SGML</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">SGML stands for "Standard Generalized Markup Language". SGML is based on the idea that documents have structural and other semantic elements that can be described without reference to how such elements should be displayed. The actual display of such a document may vary, depending on the output medium and style preferences. In structured texts, SGML not only defines structures (in the DTD = Document Type Definition) but also ensures they are consistently used.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> is a specialized application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.</paragraph></section><section id="suchmaschine"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153950"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Search Engines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A search engine is a service in the Internet based on a software program used to explore a vast amount of information using key words.</paragraph></section><section id="tags"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tags</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> pages contain certain structural and formatting instructions called tags. Tags are code words enclosed by brackets in the document description language HTML. Many tags contain text or hyperlink references between the opening and closing brackets. For example, titles are marked by the tags <h1> at the beginning and </h1> at the end of the title. Some tags only appear on their own such as <br> for a line break or <img ...> to link a graphic.</paragraph></section><section id="url"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Uniform Resource Locator (URL) displays the address of a document or a server in the Internet. The general structure of a URL varies according to type and is generally in the form Service://Hostname:Port/Path/Page#Mark although not all elements are always required. An URL can be a FTP address, a WWW (HTTP) address, a file address or an e-mail address.</paragraph></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X!c�� � text/shared/00/00000011.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Menu Commands</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000011.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Menu Commands</paragraph><section id="menu_commands_text"><section id="kontexthidden"><paragraph role="note">The window containing the document you want to work on must be selected in order to use the menu commands. Similarly, you must select an object in the document to use the menu commands associated with the object.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in a text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.</paragraph></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�Xp ټP P text/shared/00/00000210.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Warning Print Options</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000210.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/sd:ModalDialog:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS" id="bm_id3158421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Warning Print Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SD:MODALDIALOG:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS">The<emph> Warning Print Options </emph>dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.</ahelp> This is the case, for example, if you draw a rectangle that is larger than the current page format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Print options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sd:RadioButton:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS:RBT_SCALE" id="bm_id3148765"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit page to print range</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp#fittopage"/><paragraph role="note">If you select the <emph>Fit page to print range </emph>option, the <emph>Warning Print Options</emph> dialog will not appear in subsequent print runs of this document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sd:RadioButton:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS:RBT_POSTER" id="bm_id3147009"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print on multiple pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS:RBT_POSTER">Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.</ahelp> The print range will be printed on multiple pages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sd:RadioButton:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS:RBT_CUT" id="bm_id3160302"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Trim</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS:RBT_CUT">Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
$w�X>gG�B B text/shared/00/00000409.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Toolbars</title><filename>/text/shared/00/00000409.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Toolbars</paragraph><section id="dnfitdf"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Data - Filter - Standard Filter</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Database table view: <emph>Standard Filter</emph> icon in the <emph>Database</emph> Toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Form view: <emph>Standard Filter</emph> icon in the <emph>Form</emph> Bar</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_formfiltered.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Standard Filter</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X text/shared/guide/PK
&w�X��?
?
( text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Special Characters</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_specialchar"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp">Inserting Special Characters</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To view a selection of all characters, choose <emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the large selection field click the desired character or several characters in succession. The characters are displayed at the bottom of the dialog. When you close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>, all displayed characters in the selected font are inserted in the current document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">At present there are three ways of entering letters with accents directly from the keyboard.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Linux / NetBSD:</emph> Using the dead-keys. In an xterm window first press the (´) or (`) key. The character should not appear on the screen. Now press a letter, such as "e". The e is given an accent, é or è. If not, then check in the XF86Config file if a "nodeadkeys" XkbdVariant has been loaded there and replace it. You may also have set the environment variable SAL_NO_DEADKEYS, which deactivates the dead-keys.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>All Unix systems:</emph> (Alt Graph) as additional compose key. The (Alt Graph) key can work in $[officename] like the Compose key, if you set the environment variable SAL_ALTGR_COMPOSE. The (Alt Graph) key must trigger a mode_switch, so, for example, xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_R = Mode_switch" must be set. First press (Alt Graph), then the first modifier, then the second modifier. The characters are combined as described on a Solaris system in the file /usr/openwin/include/X11/Suncompose.h.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special Characters</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X: �L L + text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="copytable2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</link></variable></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To copy a cell range into a text document, select the cell range in the sheet and then use either the clipboard or drag-and-drop to insert the cells into the text document. You will then find an OLE object in the text document, which you can edit further.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you drag cells to the normal view of a presentation document, the cells will be inserted there as an OLE object. If you drag cells into the outline view, each cell will form a line of the outline view.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">When you copy a cell range from $[officename] Calc to the clipboard, the drawing objects, OLE objects and charts within this range are also copied.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you insert a cell range with an enclosed chart, the chart will keep its link to the source cell range only if you copied the chart and the source cell range together.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�0�r % text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using the Filter Navigator</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150322"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="filternavigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp">Using the Filter Navigator</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterNavigator" id="bm_id6570985"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterNavigator" id="bm_id3149020"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR" id="bm_id3155767"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_EDIT" id="bm_id3146313"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_FILTER_IS_NULL" id="bm_id3146316"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_IS_NOT_NULL" id="bm_id3149108"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The context menu can be called for each entry in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. <ahelp hid="SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL">You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").</ahelp> It is also possible to delete the entry by using the context menu.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp#filtervorschlag"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�*�� � " text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Chart Legends</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147291"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chart_legend"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp">Editing Chart Legends</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit a chart legend:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose from the available tabs to make modifications, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To select the legend, first double-click on the chart (see step 1), then click on the legend. You can now move the legend within the chart using the mouse.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp">Format - Object Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X]n� text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ms_user"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening a Microsoft Office File</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">MS Office file...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">...will open in $[officename] module</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">MS Word, *.doc, *.docx</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$[officename] Writer</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">MS Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$[officename] Calc</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">MS PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$[officename] Impress</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Saving as a Microsoft Office File</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>File type</emph> box, select a Microsoft Office file format.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Default file format and ODF settings</emph> area, first select a document type, then select the file type for saving.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening Microsoft Office Files by Default</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_extensions"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Converting Many Microsoft Office Files into OpenDocument Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Document Converter Wizard</emph> will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] <link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Basic IDE</link> editor.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph></link> to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename].</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp#about"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��A� � - text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Viewing File Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152594"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="viewing_file_properties"><variable id="viewing"><link href="text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp">Viewing File Properties</link></variable></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog
</caseinline></switchinline>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To view file properties for the current document:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a file in the list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></case></switch></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp#version_number"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�v�� � text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>First Steps</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156324"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="aaa_start"><link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp">First Steps</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">How to simplify your work using samples and templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> includes many sample documents and ready-to-use templates. You can access these by choosing <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>, or press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+N.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open one of the templates, a new document is created based on this template.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Get more templates online</emph> link in the dialog to select and download more templates.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the various wizards (under the <emph>File - Wizards</emph> menu) to create your own templates, which you can use as a basis for further documents.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp">Working with <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">Working with Text Documents</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/guide/main.xhp">Working with Spreadsheets</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/guide/main.xhp">Working with Presentations</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp">Working with Drawings</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp">Working with Formulas</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�g�]� � text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing Icon Views</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="flat_icons"><link href="text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp">Changing Icon Size</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the icon view between small and large icons.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename]</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>View</emph> tab page, select the <emph>Toolbar icon size</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XX��2q q # text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Overview</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153031"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="database_main"><link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">Database Overview</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Working with databases in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data Source View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> or press F4 to call the data source view from a text document or spreadsheet.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Table Data bar</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data Sources</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp">Address book as data source</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp">View data source contents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp">Menu bar of a database file</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Forms and Reports</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp">Create new form document</link>, <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">edit form controls</link>, <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp">Entering data versus editing form</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp#data_report"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Queries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhp">Create new query or table view, edit query structure</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp">Enter, edit and copy records</link></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp">Create new table, edit table structure</link>, <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp">index</link>, <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp">relations</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp">Enter, edit and copy records</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xi� bY Y $ text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Executing SQL Commands</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_enter_sql"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp">Executing SQL Commands</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With the help of SQL commands you can control the database directly, and can also create and edit tables and queries.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Not all database types support all SQL instructions. If necessary, find out which SQL commands are supported by your database system.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To execute an SQL statement directly</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open a database file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - SQL</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Create Query in SQL View</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_dbnewquerysql.png"/> or</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select an existing query from the list and click the <emph>Edit</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_dbqueryedit.png"/>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Edit the SQL command.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Run</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_sbanativesql.png"/>. The result of the query is displayed in the upper window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Save</emph> or <emph>Save As</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_save.png"/> to save the query.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X����M M " text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating Reports </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3729667"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_reports"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp">Creating Reports</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following list gives you some information to decide which method to use for your data:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Report Builder</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Report Wizard</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Started by "Create Report in Design View" command.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Started by "Use Wizard to Create Report" command.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Full flexibility to use report headers and footers, page headers and footers, multi-column reports.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Uses a Writer template to generate a report document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use drag-and-drop to position the record fields or other design elements like pictures or lines.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select from several given choices to arrange the data records.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Generates a one-time snapshot of the data. To see an updated report, execute the same report again to create a Writer document with the updated data.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can choose to generate a one-time snapshot with fixed data, or a "live" report with links to the current data at the time when you open the Base file.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Saves the report as a Writer text document. Stores the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Saves the report and the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to create a new report with the current data.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to either see again the static snapshot of the data from first creation time, or to create a new report with the current data. This depends on your choice on the last page of the wizard.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to open the Report Builder window, with the report's information loaded.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to edit the Writer template file that was used to create the report.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Report Manually In Design View</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Create Report in Design View</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Report With the Report Wizard</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Report</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Follow the steps of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link> to create the report.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp#data_report"/><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XK6�ra ra text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility)</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3158421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp">Shortcuts (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Accessibility)</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can control <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On each module's main help page (for example, the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer or <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc main help page) there is a link to access the keyboard shortcuts' help for that module.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In addition, under the keyword "Accessibility" you find step-by-step instructions about how to control the selected module without a mouse device.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Working with the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> user interface without mouse</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Activating menu bar, toolbars, windows, and document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Repeatedly pressing F6 switches the focus and circles through the following objects:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">menu bar,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">every toolbar from top to bottom and from left to right,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">every free window from left to right,</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">document</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Shift+F6 to switch through objects in the opposite direction.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to switch to the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press F10 to switch to the menu bar and back.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Calling a menu command</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> or F6 or F10 to select the first menu (the <emph>File</emph> menu). With right arrow, the next menu to the right is selected; with left arrow, the previous menu.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected menu command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Executing an icon command</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press F6 repeatedly until the first icon on the toolbar is selected. Use the right and left arrows to select an icon on a horizontal toolbar. Similarly, use the up and down arrows to select an icon on a vertical toolbar. The Home key selects the first icon on a toolbar and the End key, the last.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected icon. If the selected icon normally demands a consecutive mouse action, such as inserting a rectangle, then pressing the Enter key is not sufficient: in these cases press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on an icon for creating a draw object. A draw object will be placed into the middle of the view, with a predefined size.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to set the focus into the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If a toolbar is longer than can be displayed on screen, it shows an icon at the right or lower edge. Select the toolbar and press PageUp or PageDown to display the remaining icons.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Special hints for toolbars</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press the down arrow or right arrow to open the selected toolbar. This is equivalent to a mouse click. In the toolbar use the right arrow and left arrow keys. The Home and End keys select the first and last icon in the toolbar, respectively.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Close the toolbar with Esc. It is not possible to move the toolbar without a mouse.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection from a combo box</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/zellvor.png" localize="true"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the combo box. Press Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the down arrow or Page Down key to scroll down the combo box entries, or the up arrow or Page Up key to scroll upwards. The Home key takes you to the first entry and the End key takes you to the last entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected entry.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection in Tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Spacebar: switches from selection of the current row and cancellation of any selection, but not if the current cell is in edit mode.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+spacebar: switches between selection of the current row and cancellation of this selection.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+spacebar: switches between selection of the current column and cancellation of this selection.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow: moves the window separator between table and form, for instance in the bibliography database.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In a table control or in the data source view, the Tab key moves to the next column. To move to the next control, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab. To move to the previous control, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">First press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+spacebar.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A system menu opens with menu commands like <emph>Move</emph>, <emph>Resize</emph> and <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose a command (down arrow, then Enter).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter to accept the change. Press Escape to cancel the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Docking and Undocking Windows and Toolbars</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press F6 until the window or toolbar is selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selecting objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Shift+F4 to select the first object in the current document. When an object is selected, press Tab to select the next object, or press Esc to go back to the text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A selected OLE object can be activated with the Enter key.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit Position and Size of Objects</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Set the grid resolution unit with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph> in the <emph>Resolution</emph> area. If you enter a number greater than 1 in the <emph>Subdivision</emph> area, you must press the arrow key as often as the number states to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and arrow keys to move the selected object by one pixel.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to enter the handle edit mode. The upper left handle is the active handle, it starts blinking. Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to select the next handle. Press Escape to exit the handle edit mode.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the handle edit mode, the arrow keys move the selected handle, which changes the object size.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit the Anchors of Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can move the anchor of an object with the arrow keys. First enter the handle edit mode and select the anchor. Depending on the type of anchor, you can then move the anchor in different directions.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter the handle edit mode with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The upper left handle starts blinking. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab several times, until no handle blinks. This signals that now the anchor of the object is activated. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In text documents you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to activate the anchor directly.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the anchor. The object follows the anchor as appropriate.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the anchor of the selected object for example in the object's context menu.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To Paragraph</emph>, the arrow keys move the object to the previous or next paragraph.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To character</emph>, the Arrow keys move it through the current paragraph.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To frame</emph>, the Arrow keys move it to the next frame in the respective direction.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Controlling the Dividing Lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Documents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw, and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress can be split horizontally and vertically into separate views. Each view can show other parts of the document. Using the mouse, you can drag a dividing line from the scrollbar into the document.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6: shows the dividing lines at default positions and focus a line.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a big step in the arrow direction.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a small step in the arrow direction.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Delete: deletes the current dividing line</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+Delete: deletes both dividing lines</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter: fixes the current position of the dividing lines</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Escape: resets the current dividing line to its default position</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="datenquellentext"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Data Source View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F4: opens and closes the data source view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F6: switches between document and toolbars.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">+ (plus key): expands the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">- (minus key): collapses the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+E: switches between data source explorer and table.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shortcuts in the Query Design Window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F6: switches between object bar, table view, and selection area.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down arrow: moves the border between table view and selection area up or down.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keys in the Table View (upper area of the query design) and in the Relations window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key: moves the selected table in the direction of the arrow.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow key: resizes the selected table in the table view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Del: removes the selected table or connection from the table view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Tab: switches between tables and connections in the table view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter: when a table is selected, the Enter key enters the first data field from the list box into the selection area.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keys in the Selection Area (bottom area of the query design)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Arrow or Right Arrow: moves the selected column to the left or to the right.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keys in the Table Design Window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">F6: switches between toolbar, column view, and properties area.</paragraph></section><section id="imagemaptext"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Controlling the ImageMap Editor</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter, an object of the selected type is created in default size.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the <emph>Select</emph> icon is selected and you press Ctrl+Enter, the first object in the image window gets selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the icon <emph>Edit Points</emph> to switch into the point edit mode for polygons and back.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use Ctrl+Tab in the image window to select the next point. Use Shift+Ctrl+Tab to select the previous point.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the Delete key with the focus in the image window to delete the selected object.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Help</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Shift+F1 to display the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp">Extended Tips</link> for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Navigating the main help pages</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the main help pages, use Tab to jump to the next hyperlink or Shift+Tab to jump to the previous link.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Enter to execute the selected hyperlink.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Backspace above the Enter key to return to the previous help page.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ruler</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Left or Right Arrow: go one position to the left or to the right</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Right Arrow: jump to the previous or to the next split</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow: move a split one position to the left or to the right</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Home or End: jump to the first or the last possible position</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Home or Ctrl+End: jump to the first or the last split</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+Ctrl+Home or Shift+Ctrl+End: move split to the first or to the last position</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Space key: insert or remove a split</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert key: insert a split (leave existing splits unchanged)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Delete key: delete a split</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+Delete: delete all splits</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Escape key (during mouse drag): cancel drag, move split to old position</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Left Arrow or Right Arrow: select left or right column and clear other selections</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Right Arrow: move focus to the left or to the right column (does not change selection)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+Left Arrow or Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range (does not change other selections)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Home or End: select the first or the last column (use Shift or Ctrl as with cursor keys)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column (does not change other selections)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+A: select all columns</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift+F10: open a context menu</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+1 ... Ctrl+7: set the 1st ... 7th column type for the selected columns</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ctrl+Home or Ctrl+End: scroll to the top or bottom of a table</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow opens a combo box. Enter selects the current entry in the combo box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Arrow buttons move through the main selection area. Spacebar adds the current character to the list of characters to be inserted.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�� ^
text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are many options for moving or copying objects using drag-and-drop. Text sections, drawing objects, graphics, form controls, hyperlinks, cell ranges, and many more can be moved or copied with the mouse.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Note that the mouse pointer displays a plus sign when copying and an arrow when creating a link or hyperlink.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Mouse Pointer</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/movedata.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moving</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/copydata.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copying</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/linkdata.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Creating a link</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> or Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while releasing the mouse button, you can control whether the object is copied, moved, or a link is created.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20238.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="tip">You can cancel a drag-and-drop operation in $[officename] at any time by pressing the Esc key before releasing the mouse button.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp#cellreference_dragdrop"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xޕ�u� � 2 text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>About Converting Microsoft Office Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149760"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="about"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp">About Converting Microsoft Office Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can load and save the Microsoft Office Open XML document formats with the extensions docx, xlsx, and pptx. The same versions can also run some Excel Visual Basic scripts, if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following lists provide a general overview of Microsoft Office features that may cause conversion challenges. These will not affect your ability to use or work with the content of the converted document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Word</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">AutoShapes</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Revision marks</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">OLE objects</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Certain controls and Microsoft Office form fields</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Indexes</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Tables, frames, and multi-column formatting</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Hyperlinks and bookmarks</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Microsoft WordArt graphics</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Animated characters/text</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft PowerPoint</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">AutoShapes</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Tab, line, and paragraph spacing</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Master background graphics</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Grouped objects</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Certain multimedia effects</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Microsoft Excel</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">AutoShapes</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">OLE objects</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Certain controls and Microsoft Office form fields</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Pivot tables</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">New chart types</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Conditional formatting</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Some functions/formulas (see below)</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">One example of differences between Calc and Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2. </paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In Calc, the formula =A1+A2 returns the value 2, and the formula =SUM(A1;A2) returns 2. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In Excel, the formula =A1+A2 returns 2, but the formula =SUM(A1,A2) returns 0.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">For a detailed overview about converting documents to and from Microsoft Office format, see the <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Migration_Guide">Migration Guide</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME can open the following Microsoft Office document types that are protected by a password.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Microsoft Office format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Supported encryption method</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Word 6.0, Word 95</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Weak XOR encryption</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Word 97, Word 2000, Word XP, Word 2003</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Office 97/2000 compatible encryption</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Word XP, Word 2003</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Weak XOR encryption from older Word versions</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Excel 2.1, Excel 3.0, Excel 4.0, Excel 5.0, Excel 95</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Weak XOR encryption</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Excel 97, Excel 2000, Excel XP, Excel 2003</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Office 97/2000 compatible encryption</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Excel XP, Excel 2003</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Weak XOR encryption from older Excel versions</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Microsoft Office files that are encrypted by AES128 can be opened. Other encryption methods are not supported.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X|����
�
" text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Saving Documents Automatically</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152924"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="doc_autosave"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp">Saving Documents Automatically</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To create a backup file every time you save a document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Mark <emph>Always create backup copy</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If the <emph>Always create backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file. </paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can change the backup directory by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The backup copy has the same name as the document, but the extension is .BAK. If the backup folder already contains such a file, it will be overwritten without warning.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To save recovery information automatically every n minutes</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Mark <emph>Save AutoRecovery information every</emph> and select the time interval.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">This command saves the information necessary to restore the current document in case of a crash. Additionally, in case of a crash %PRODUCTNAME tries automatically to save AutoRecovery information for all open documents, if possible.</paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp">Load/Save - General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp">Error Report Tool</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�#2 % text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145071"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_beamer"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A fast way of copying from a data source into a text or spreadsheet document, or of creating forms based on a data source, is by drag-and-drop.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/copydata.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Copying with Drag-and-Drop</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to reverse a drag-and-drop, position the cursor in your document and choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">It is also possible to copy by drag-and-drop from a document into a data source:</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">A text table or the selected range of a spreadsheet can be dragged using drag-and-drop to a table container in the data source explorer.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Using data in a text document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Applying data to a table document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Inserting controls in a text form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you create a text form linked to a database, you can generate controls by drag-and-drop from the data source view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you drag a database column into the text document, you insert a field. If you hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging, a text field is inserted, grouped with an appropriate label field. The text field already contains all the database information that you need for the form.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�K�^_ _ + text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Distributing an XML filter as package </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7007583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing An XML Filter As Package</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can distribute an XML filter to multiple users using a special package format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the filter that you want to distribute and click <emph>Save As Package</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Open Package</emph> and select the package file with the filter you want to install.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the filter you want to delete and click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X � �� � ' text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3157896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_dbase2office"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Importing Data into $[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To exchange data in a text format use the $[officename] Calc import/export filter.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Export the desired data from the source database in a text format. The CSV text format is recommended. This format separates data fields by using delimiters such as commas or semi-colons, and separates records by inserting line breaks.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph></link> and click the file to import.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select "Text CSV" from the <emph>File type</emph> combo box. Click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Once the data is in a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet, you can edit it as needed. Save the data as a $[officename] data source:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Save the current $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in dBASE format in the folder of a dBASE database. To do this, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>, then select the <emph>File type</emph> "dBASE" and the folder of the dBASE database.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Exporting in CSV Text Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can export the current $[officename] spreadsheet in a text format which can be read by many other applications.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In <emph>File type</emph> select the filter "Text CSV". Enter a file name and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp#data_im_export"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp#dbase_files"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xiڟ�5 5 ( text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Configuring $[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="configure_overview"><link href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp">Configuring $[officename]</link></variable></paragraph><section id="conftext"><paragraph role="paragraph">You can customize your $[officename] to suit your needs.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You are free to change the items on the menu bar. You can delete items, add new ones, copy items from one menu to another, rename them, and so on.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The toolbars may be freely configured.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can change the shortcut keys.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.</paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp">Tools - Customize</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���
� � * text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigating Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_redlining_navigation"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_navigation"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp">Navigating Changes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This feature is Writer-specific.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are two available commands to navigate changes in a Writer document:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NextTrackedChange" id="bm_next_tracked_change"/><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Edit - Track Changes - Next Change</emph>: <ahelp hid=".uno:NextTrackedChange">Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.</ahelp></paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PreviousTrackedChange" id="bm_previous_tracked_change"/><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Edit - Track Changes - Previous Change</emph>: <ahelp hid=".uno:PreviousTrackedChange">Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.</ahelp></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Using these commands in conjunction with the <emph>Accept Change</emph> and <emph>Reject Change</emph> commands allows navigating, accepting and rejecting changes without invoking the <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes</emph> dialog.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XM��� � text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting and Editing Buttons</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formfields"><link href="text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp">Adding a Command Button to a Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Add a Button to a Document </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Form Controls</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the document, drag to draw the button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the button and choose <emph>Control</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Specify the properties of the button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To change the button label, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and edit the text in the <emph>Label</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>... </emph>button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">(Optional) Specify the properties of the form that the button belongs to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Right-click the button and choose <emph>Form</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XHl ?
?
text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Assistive Tools in $[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="assistive"><link href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp">Assistive Tools in $[officename]</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] supports some assistive technology tools like screen magnification software, screen readers, and on-screen keyboards.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">A current list of supported assistive tools can be found on the Wiki at <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility">http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Supported Input Devices</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] provides the ability to use alternative input devices for access to all functions of $[officename].</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Screen magnification software allow users with low vision to work in $[officename] with caret and focus tracking.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On-screen keyboards enable users to perform almost all data input and commands with a mouse.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Screen readers allow visually impaired users to access $[officename] with text-to-speech and Braille displays.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp">$[officename] - View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">$[officename] - Application Colors</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp">$[officename] - Accessibility</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�^X|� � ' text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Protecting Records</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp">Protecting Changes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To protect the changes made in a document during editing, choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. To turn off the function or to accept or reject changes it is necessary to enter the correct password first.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Protect Changes</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a password consisting of at least one character and confirm it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�#�F� � " text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing with Reduced Data</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5201574"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_faster"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp">Printing faster with Reduced Data</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can decide to reduce the data necessary to print your document. The settings can be defined differently for printing directly to the printer or for printing to a file.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click one of the following settings options: </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Printer</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing directly to a printer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Print to file</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing to a file</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select any combination of the four options, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All documents that you print from now on will use the changed options.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Print your document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can reduce data for transparency, for gradients, or for bitmaps. When you reduce the data, on many printers you will not see a reduction of printing quality. But the printing time is substantially shorter, and when you print to a file, the file size is much smaller.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp">Print options</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp#print_blackwhite"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�W�� ) text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7430951"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="digitalsign_receive"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can open and save documents that are stored on a WebDAV server, using the secure HTTPS protocol.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>File name</emph> box, enter the path to the WebDAV folder. For example, enter <item type="literal">https://192.168.1.1/webfolder</item> to open a secure connection to the WebDAV server at the IP address 192.168.1.1, and to list the contents of the <item type="literal">webfolder</item> folder.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You should click the <emph>Examine Certificate</emph> button and examine the certificate.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you accept the certificate, choose "<emph>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</emph>" and click <emph>OK</emph>. Now you can open and save files from the WebDAV server without further questions, until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you do not trust the certificate, click <emph>Cancel</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you did accept the certificate, you can now select the file name or file names you want to open and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Continue</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">If you are sure both domains are the same, click the Continue button.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Cancel Connection</emph> - Cancels the connection.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your user name to log on to the WebDAV server.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�x�� � text/shared/guide/groups.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Working with Groups </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6888027"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="groups"><link href="text/shared/guide/groups.xhp">Working with Groups</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can combine several graphic objects into a group so that you can use them like a single object. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can move, transform, resize, distort, or convert all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group any time to change the individual objects. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the properties (line size, fill color, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Groups can also be nested to form groups within other groups. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To group objects</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the objects together that you want to group. Hold down Shift while you click the individual objects.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click any of the selected objects to open the context menu. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Group</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To select the objects, you can also drag a selection frame around the objects.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, you can group all of the objects in a company logo to move and resize the logo as a single object.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After you have grouped objects, selecting any part of the group selects the entire group.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To enter a group</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Enter Group</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you can select and edit a single object in the group.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colors.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To exit a group</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Exit Group</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">To exit a group in Draw or Impress, you can also double-click anywhere outside the group.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To ungroup a group</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Ungroup</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you can select and edit all objects as individual objects.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp#select_object"/><embed href="text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp#groups"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�1|�[ [ ! text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Working with Tables</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1983703"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_tables"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp">Working with Tables</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Data is stored in tables. As an example, your system address book that you use for your e-mail addresses is a table of the address book database. Each address is a data record, presented as a row in that table. The data records consist of data fields, for example the first and the last name fields and the e-mail field.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Table With the Table Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new table using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link>:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Table</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Table With the Design View</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Table View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some database types support table views. A table view is a query that is stored with the database. For most database operations, a view can be used as you would use a table.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new table view.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Create Table View</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the View Design window, which is almost the same as the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �! ! text/shared/guide/activex.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="activex"><link href="text/shared/guide/activex.xhp">ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Under Windows only, you can view any $[officename] document in a window of the Microsoft Internet Explorer. Install the ActiveX control in the $[officename] Setup program.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Installing the ActiveX control</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Close $[officename] and the Quickstarter.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar. Choose <emph>Control Panel</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Control Panel, click <emph>Add or Remove Programs</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the list, click %PRODUCTNAME, then click <emph>Change</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the Installation Wizard, select <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub menu of the icon and select to install the feature.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Next</emph> and <emph>Install</emph>. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Viewing $[officename] documents</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In Internet Explorer, browse to a web page that contains a link to a $[officename] Writer document, for example.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the link to view the document in the Internet Explorer window.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">You may still right-click the link to save the file on your harddisk.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing $[officename] documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The $[officename] document inside the Internet Explorer shows a set of read-only toolbar icons.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Edit file</emph> icon in the document's toolbar to open a copy of the document in a new $[officename] window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Edit the copy of the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp#about"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�Q�w w & text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Hyperlinks</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp">Inserting Hyperlinks</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert hyperlinks in two ways: as text or as a button. In both cases, the visible text can be different from the URL.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png"/> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link> appears.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To jump to a specific line in a text document, first enter a bookmark at that position (<emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>). </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To jump to a cell in a spreadsheet, first enter a name for the cell (<emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">Hyperlinks can also be inserted by drag-and-drop from the Navigator. Hyperlinks can refer to references, headings, graphics, tables, objects, directories or bookmarks.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you wish to insert in a text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp#hyperlink_rel_abs"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��F F text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting and Editing Tab Stops</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3144436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="tabs"><link href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp">Inserting and Editing Tab Stops</link></variable></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"/><default><paragraph role="paragraph">On the horizontal ruler you can see the tab stops for the current paragraph. If you want to change the tab stops, you should first consider the scope to which you want to change tab stops as follows:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the default tab stops for all documents: Use the menu <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the tab stops for all paragraphs using the current Paragraph Style: Right-click the paragraph to open the context menu, choose <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>, click <emph>Tabs</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the tab stops for one or more paragraphs: Select the paragraphs, then click inside the ruler.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">In the following, you find instructions for all above mentioned tasks.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can set a tab stop by clicking on the ruler or by selecting <emph>Format - Paragraph - Tabs.</emph> Both methods affect the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the ruler once to set a left-justified tab. Right-click a tab icon on the ruler to see the context menu in which you can change the tab type.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To set several decimal tabs one after the other, keep clicking the icon to the left of the ruler until the desired tab type is shown, then click on the ruler.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description:</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00177.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Setting left tabs</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00178.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Setting right tabs</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00179.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Setting decimal tabs</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="res/helpimg/swh00180.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Setting centered tabs</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Moving Tabs on the Ruler</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Move individual tab stops on the ruler using the mouse.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move several tab stops on the ruler, press the Shift key before you click a tab. Drag one tab while continuing to press Shift to move that tab as well as all the tabs to the right of it. The spacing between those tabs remains the same.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> when you drag a tab on the ruler to move that tab and all the tabs to the right of it. This results in the spacing between those tabs changing proportionally to their distance from the margin.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Changing the Properties of Tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change tab type, click the tab you want to change on the ruler, then right-click to open the context menu.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Deleting Tabs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a tab, hold down the mouse button while you drag the tab outside the ruler.</paragraph></default></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Changing the Defaults</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</link></caseinline><defaultinline>(module name) - General</defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialog box.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"/><default><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#kontextmenue">context menu</link> of the ruler allows you to change the displayed units of measurement. These changes are only valid until you exit $[officename], and they only apply to the ruler on whose context menu you made the change. If you want to change the ruler measurement units permanently, choose <emph>Tools - Options - [Document type] - View</emph> and change the measurement unit there.</paragraph></default></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp">Ruler</link></paragraph></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�e:� � ! text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Drawing Lines in Text</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143206"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="line_intext"><link href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp">Drawing Lines in Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To define the line attributes and direction, use the <emph>Line</emph> drawing object as follows:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_insertdraw.png"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_line.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">1.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">In your document, click where the line should begin. Hold down the mouse button and drag to the point where you want the line to end. If you also hold down the Shift key, you can draw only horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">3.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">4.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp"><emph>Borders</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic lines in Writer</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you start a new line in a Writer text document by typing three or more hyphen characters and press the Enter key, the characters are removed and the previous paragraph gets a line as a bottom border.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores ( _ ), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To remove an automatically drawn border, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph> and select no border.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To undo an automatic border replacement once, choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To disable the automatic borders, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> and clear <emph>Apply border</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="warning">The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link>, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">When you enter a line width, you can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�>�B� � * text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copying Graphics From the Gallery</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dndfromgallery01"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_fromgallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you drag a graphic from the Gallery into a text, spreadsheet or presentation document, the graphic will be inserted there.</paragraph></section><section id="dndfromgallery02"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you release the graphic <emph>directly on a draw object</emph>, please note the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you move the graphic (drag it without pressing any key, in which case no additional symbol appears next to the mouse pointer), only the attributes are copied from the graphic and applied to the draw object on which you release the mouse button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you copy the graphic (drag it while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, in which case a plus sign appears next to the mouse pointer), the graphic will be inserted as an object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you create a hyperlink (drag while holding down Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, in which case a linking arrow appears next to the mouse pointer), the drawing object is replaced by the graphic from the Gallery, but the position and size of the replaced draw object are retained.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XO'��� � " text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Working with Queries</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id840784"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_queries"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp">Working with Queries</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you often want to access only a subset of your data that can be well defined by a filter condition, you can define a query. This is basically a name for the new view at the filtered data. You open the query and see the current data in the table layout that you defined.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Query With the Query Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new query using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link>:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Query</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Query With the Design View</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Create Query in Design View</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X����� � & text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Line Styles</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153825"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="linestyle_define"><link href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp">Defining Line Styles</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line drawing object in a document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Drawing Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Line</emph> and click the <emph>Line Styles</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Specify the line options that you want.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To specify the length of the line as a percentage of the line width, select <emph>Fit to line width</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a name for the line style and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To save the line style in a custom line style list, click the <emph>Save Line Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xs몲� � $ text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Versions and Build Numbers</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3144436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="version_number"><link href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp">Versions and Build Numbers</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialog containing information about the program.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/about-us/credits/">See lists of code and Wiki contributors</link> on the LibreOffice website.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�\z�M M & text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing in Black and White</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150125"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_blackwhite"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp">Printing in Black and White</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing Text and Images in Black and White</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the option to print in black and white. For further information, refer to the user's manual of your printer.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The current document will be printed in black and white.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing in Black and White in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress or Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Draw, as appropriate.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Grayscale</emph> converts all colors to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colors into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing Only Text in Black and White</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing All Text Documents with Black and White Text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer or Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">All text documents or HTML documents will be printed with black text.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing the Current Text Document with Black and White Text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. Then click the <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print text in black</emph> and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing dialogs</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp">Tools - Options dialog</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X2�yn n text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>XML Form Documents (XForms)</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="xforms"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5215613"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XML Form Documents (XForms)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">XForms are a new type of web form that was developed by the World Wide Web Consortium. The XForm model is defined in Extensible Markup Language (XML). The model uses separate sections to describe what a form does and what a form looks like. You can view the specification for XForms at: <link href="http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/">http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/</link>.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Working with XForms</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The Design Mode for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After you create and save an XForms document, you can open the document, fill out the form, and submit the changes to a server.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create a New XForms Document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - XML Form Document</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The XForms design window opens in an empty Writer document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Design your form.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert a control, select the default model in the property browser, and enter a binding statement.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the data navigator, add an element to the instance.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Load a new instance from an XML file and add controls to the relevant XML elements or attributes.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Open an XForms Document</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the XForms document. An XForm document has the same extension as a Writer text document (*.odt).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Edit an XForms Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the XForms document and use the following toolbars and windows:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp">Form Design toolbar</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls toolbar</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp">Data Navigator</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X-��az& z& % text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selecting the Document Language</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3083278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="language_select"><link href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp">Selecting the Document Language</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The language you select applies to the whole document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Within the document, you can apply a separate language to any paragraph style. This has priority over the language of the whole document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can assign a language to selected pieces of text in a paragraph, either by direct formatting or with a character style. This assignment has priority over the paragraph style and document language.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for the whole document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Go to <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp"><emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for a Paragraph Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph whose paragraph style you want to edit.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">All paragraphs formatted with the current paragraph style will have the selected language.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Applying a language directly to selected text</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the text to which you want to apply a language.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> and proceed accordingly.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for a Character Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the Styles and Formatting window and click on the <emph>Character Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on the name of the character style to which you want to apply a different language.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Then open the context menu in the Styles and Formatting window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Now you can apply the character style to your selected text.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Adding More Text Languages</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Dictionaries are supplied and installed as extensions. Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Language - More Dictionaries Online</item> to open the dictionaries page in your default web browser.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a dictionary in the list of descriptions. Click the heading in a dictionary description that you want to get.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the next page, click the Get It icon to download the dictionary extension. Note the folder name to which your browser downloads the file. Download additional dictionaries as you like.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> and click Add to install the downloaded extensions.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">After you installed the extensions, you should close %PRODUCTNAME (including the Quickstarter), and restart.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setting UI Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A standard installation of %PRODUCTNAME software will give you a user interface (UI) of your chosen language.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click OK and restart the %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Adding More UI Languages</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Run %PRODUCTNAME installer, choose Modify, then select the language that you would like to install from the Additional user interface languages group.</paragraph></listitem></list></case><case select="UNIX"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you use %PRODUCTNAME packages maintaned by your Linux distribution, follow the steps below.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open your favourite package manager, look for %PRODUCTNAME language packs, and install the languages that you would like to use.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you downloaded %PRODUCTNAME packages from the main %PRODUCTNAME Web site, follow the steps below.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open your Web browser and enter <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">http://www.libreoffice.org/download/</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Install the language pack. Unpack tar.gz file and install the packages according to standard practice on your platform.</paragraph></listitem></list></case><case select="MAC"><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open your Web browser and enter <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">http://www.libreoffice.org/download/</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Install the language pack by double-clicking the dmg file.</paragraph></listitem></list></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Format - Character - Font</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��%�] ] text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Opening Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147834"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="doc_open"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">Opening Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening an existing document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">File – Open</item></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="listitem">Choose<item type="menuitem"> File – Open remote file</item></paragraph><list type="ordered"/><paragraph role="listitem">Do a long click in the <emph>Open</emph> icon on the standard toolbar and select <emph>Open Remote File</emph> in the bottom of the list.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the file you want to open and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restrict Files to Display</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To restrict the display of files in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog to a certain type select the corresponding <emph>File type</emph> from the list. Select <emph>All Files</emph> to display all files.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cursor Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In general, all documents open with the cursor at the start of the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">One exception appears when the author of a Writer text document saves and reopens a document: The cursor will be at the same position where it has been when the document was saved. This only works when the name of the author was entered in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - User Data</emph>.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Shift+F5 to set the cursor to the last saved position.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening an Empty Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>New</emph> icon on the Standard bar or choose <emph>File - New</emph>. This opens a document of the document type specified.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click the arrow next to the <emph>New</emph> icon, a submenu opens in which you can select another document type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">System File Dialogs or %PRODUCTNAME Dialogs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On most operating systems, you can choose to use the system file dialogs or %PRODUCTNAME dialogs.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</item> to switch the type of open/save dialogs.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The %PRODUCTNAME dialogs support file download and upload using secure https connections.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening Files from a Web Server</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter a URL in the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. The URL must start with file:/// or ftp:// or http://.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you use the %PRODUCTNAME dialog, you can use the https:// prefix for a secure connection, and you can save a document on the web server.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="warning">When you open a file by a URL from the Windows file dialog, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialog opens a local copy of the file in the system's temp folder.</paragraph></case></switch><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X {�$U U text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fontwork For Graphical Text Art</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3696707"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/fontworkgallerydialog/FontworkGalleryDialog" id="bm_id3156416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fontwork"><link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork For Graphical Text Art</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use Fontwork to create graphical text art objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To create a Fontwork object</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you don't see the Drawing toolbar or the Fontwork toolbar, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars</item> to enable the toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar or on the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> icon.
<image src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/fontworkgallerydialog/ctlFavorites" id="bm_id3156415"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialog, select a Fontwork style and click OK.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2D to 3D and back.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click the object to enter text edit mode.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Replace the default Fontwork text with your own text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Esc to exit text edit mode.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To edit a Fontwork object</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Fontwork object. If the Fontwork object is inserted in the background, hold down the Ctrl key while you click.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp"><emph>Fontwork</emph></link> toolbar is displayed. If you do not see the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Fontwork</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click an icon in the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following icons are available:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Fontwork Gallery - adds another Fontwork object</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Fontwork Shape - edits the shape</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Fontwork Same Letter Heights - changes the height of characters</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Fontwork Alignment - aligns the text</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Fontwork Character Spacing - changes the character spacing and kerning</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To edit more Fontwork attributes</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Fontwork object. If the Fontwork object is inserted in the background, hold down the Ctrl key while you click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line color, fill color, fill style, and more.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp">Fontwork toolbar</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp#fntwrk"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X R-�� � " text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp">Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table </emph>toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click one of the predefined border styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">This <emph>adds</emph> the selected style to the current border style of the table cells. Select the blank border style at the top left of the <emph>Borders</emph> window to clear all border styles.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph> (Writer) or <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph> (Calc).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you select more than one row or column, you can change the middle lines between rows or columns. Select the middle markers in the <emph>User-defined</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X~�Ò
�
% text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printing Address Labels</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="labels_database"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp">Printing Address Labels</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets you want to print on. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose the database and table from which to get the data.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a database field of which you want to print the contents. Click the button that shows a left arrow to insert the database field into the Label Text box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Continue to select and insert database fields if you want more fields on every label. You can press Enter to insert a new line, and you can type any character to insert fixed text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialog box a small window opens with a Synchronize button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronize button to copy your work to every label of the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>New Document</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">When you see the label document, you might want to temporarily enable <item type="menuitem">View - Field Names</item>. This displays the fields in a more visible manner, so that you can arrange and edit label contents more easily.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You can save and/or print the label document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog. In the Mail Merge dialog, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X|�� � % text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Undoing Direct Formatting for a Document</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6606036"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="undo_formatting"><link href="text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp">Undoing Direct Formatting for a Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can undo all formatting that has not been made by styles in a few steps.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Writer Document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+A</item> to select the whole text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">While pressing the Shift key click the first and then the last sheet tab to select all sheets.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+A</item> to select the whole text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Presentation</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Outline</emph> tab to open outline view.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+A</item> to select the whole text.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp">Undo Options</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�n&5 text/shared/guide/email.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sending Documents as E-mail</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/email.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="email"><link href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp">Sending Documents as E-mail</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Working in $[officename], you can send the current document as an e-mail attachment.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Send - E-mail Document</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">$[officename] opens your default e-mail program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another e-mail program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - E-mail</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In your e-mail program, enter the recipient, subject and any text you want to add, then send the e-mail.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">In case you want to send the e-mail to a recipient who only has software that cannot read the OpenDocument format, you can send the current document in an often used proprietary format.<br/>For a text document, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft Word</item>. For a spreadsheet, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft Excel</item>. And for a presentation, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft PowerPoint</item>. <br/>If you want to send the document as a read-only file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as PDF</item>.<br/>These commands do not change your current document. Only a temporary copy is created and sent.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X1 " text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing the Title of a Document</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156324"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="change_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp">Changing the Title of a Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify a title for your document. Some file manager utilities can display the titles next to the filenames of your documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">How to change the title of the current document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Description</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Type the new title in the <emph>Title</emph> box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp">Document Properties</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X !�Z&
&
" text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Searching With a Form Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8772545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_search2"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp">Searching With a Form Filter</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a form document that contains database fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As an example, open an empty text document and press F4. Open the bibliography database table <emph>biblio</emph> in the data source view. While pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, drag a few column headers into the document so that the form fields are created.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Design Mode On/Off</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_switchcontroldesignmode.png"/> to turn off the design mode.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png"/>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">More information about wildcards and operators can be found in <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link>. </paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id9819688"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id3148617"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExecute">If you click the <emph>Apply Form-Based Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the filter will be applied.</ahelp> You see the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar and can browse through the found records.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id2865336"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id3149959"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExit">If you click on the <emph>Close</emph> button on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp"><emph>Apply Filter</emph></link> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_datafilterstandardfilter.png"/> on the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar to change to the filtered view.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp"><emph>Reset Filter/Sort</emph></link> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_removefiltersort.png"/>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp#filternavigator"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xk�hVE E text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Working With %PRODUCTNAME XML Filters </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7007583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To create an XML filter, you must have a good understanding of XML and XSLT concepts. These concepts are beyond the scope of this help.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An XML filter contains <emph>stylesheets</emph> that are written in the XSLT language. The stylesheets define the transformation from the OpenDocument file format to another XML format through export and import filters. There are three types of XML filters:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialog</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialog</link>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://www.w3.org/Style/XSL/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible <emph>Stylesheet</emph> Language (XSL)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible Markup Language (XML)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating and Testing XML filters</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xu��� � & text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Borders for Paragraphs</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147571"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph for which you want to define a border.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the paragraph contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the paragraph contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp#border_character"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X?��o� � % text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="microsoft_terms"><link href="text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp">Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table lists Microsoft Office features and their $[officename] equivalents.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Microsoft Office XP</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">$[officename]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">AutoShapes</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp">Gallery Objects</link><br/>Shapes are on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar (menu <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Drawing</item>)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Change Case</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/01/05050000.xhp">Case/Characters</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click and Type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp">Direct Cursor</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Compare and Merge Documents</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp">Compare</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Document Map</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp">Navigator</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Formula Auditing</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp">Detective</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Lines and Page Breaks</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp">Text Flow</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page setup</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp">Format - Page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">For spreadsheets see also <link href="text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp">View - Page Break Preview</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Mail Merge</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp">Form Letter</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Markup</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp">Track Changes - Show Changes</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Refresh Data (in Excel)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp">Refresh Range</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Replace text as you type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Show/Hide</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp">Nonprinting Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp">Hidden Paragraphs</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spelling and Grammar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spellcheck</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Track changes</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp">Changes - Record</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Validation</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp">Validity</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Workbook</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/scalc/main0503.xhp">Spreadsheet</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Worksheet</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Sheet</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shared Workbooks</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><link href="text/shared/guide/collab.xhp">Collaboration</link></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X �Hk1
1
& text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copying Graphics Between Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_graphic"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp">Copying Graphics Between Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can copy a graphic from one document to another by drag-and-drop. If you plan to publish your document, please observe copyright laws and obtain the consent of the authors.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the document in which you want to insert the graphic object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the document from which you want to copy the graphic.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, to select it without executing any hyperlinks it may refer to.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Keep the mouse button pressed and wait a moment while the object is copied to an internal memory.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the graphic is connected with a hyperlink, the hyperlink and not the graphic is inserted.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�, �� � text/shared/guide/protection.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="protection"><link href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> from being modified, deleted or viewed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protecting All Documents When Saving</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All documents that are saved in <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">OpenDocument format</link> can be saved with a password. Documents that are saved with a password cannot be opened without the password. The content is secured so that it cannot be read with an external editor. This applies to content, graphics and OLE objects.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box. Save the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and clear the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="warning">Information entered in <emph>File - Properties</emph> is not encrypted. This includes the name of the author, creation date, word and character counts.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protecting Revision Marking</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With every change made in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, the review function records who made the change. This function can be turned on with protection, so that it can only be turned off when the correct password is entered. Until then, all changes will continue to be recorded. Acceptance or rejection of changes is not possible.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. Enter and confirm a password of at least one character.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. Enter the correct password.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protecting Frames, Graphics, and OLE Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can protect the content, position and size of inserted graphics. The same applies to frames (in Writer) and OLE objects.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, for graphics inserted in Writer: Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab. Under <emph>Protect</emph>, mark <emph>Contents</emph>, <emph>Position</emph> and/or <emph>Size</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, for graphics inserted in Writer: Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab. Under <emph>Protect</emph>, unmark as appropriate.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protecting Drawing Objects and Form Objects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp">Protecting Cells in %PRODUCTNAME Calc</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X=3�� � text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Saving Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="doc_save"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp">Saving Documents</link></variable></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Save</emph> icon or press the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_save.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The document is saved under its path and name on the current local data medium or network drive or on the Internet, overwriting any file of the same name.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link> dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can set the automatic creation of a backup copy under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic extension to the file name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When saving a file, %PRODUCTNAME always appends an extension to the file name, except when the file name already has an extension that matches the file type. See the list of <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">ODF extensions</link>. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some examples for the automatic extensions are listed in the following table:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">You enter this file name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">You select this file type</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">File is saved with this name</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.odt</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.odt</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.odt</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.txt</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">ODF Text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.txt.odt</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.txt</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text (.txt)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">my file.txt</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp#doc_autosave"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp">Load/Save - General</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xl �n n text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Clickable Hotspots to Images</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150502"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="imagemap"><link href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp">Adding Clickable Hotspots to Images</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An ImageMap allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a picture in your document. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can draw three types of hotspots: rectangles, ellipses, and polygons. When you click a hotspot, the URL is opened in the browser window or frame that you specify. You can also specify the text that appears when your mouse rests on the hotspot.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To add a clickable hotspot to an image</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Position the cursor where you want the ImageMap in your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Image</emph>, select and insert a bitmap image.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">With the image selected, choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph>. You see the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap Editor</link>, which displays the image at the background.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the icons in the ImageMap Editor to draw a hotspot shape, for example a rectangle, over the image at the background.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can see an extended help text on the functions of each icon when you enable Extended Help in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the "Address" URL that will be shown in a Web browser when the user clicks the hotspot.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Optionally, enter the "Text" that will be shown as a tip when the user points the mouse to the hotspot.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Apply button to apply your changes, and close the ImageMap Editor.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Save the document in the %PRODUCTNAME or HTML format.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You may save the ImageMap as a file and upload that file to a Web server, for example.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ss_imagemaps"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#cs_imagemaps"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�a>%D D text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing Your Working Directory </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="workfolder"><link href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp">Changing Your Working Directory</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You also use this procedure to change the directory displayed by $[officename] when you want to insert a graphic. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths - Images</emph>, then follow step 3.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp">Paths</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�
���
�
! text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using and Editing Database Reports </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147834"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp">Using and Editing Database Reports</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using a Report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the database file window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click one of the report names to open the report.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">These links are added automatically when you create a new report by the Report Wizard or in the Report Builder window.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing a Report Created in the Report Builder Window</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click the name of a report in the database file window, then choose Edit.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The Report Builder window opens with the report's information loaded. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the toolbars and menu commands and drag-and-drop to edit the report as stated in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Execute the report to see the resulting report document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You can edit the page styles for the first page and the following pages of the report as well as the paragraph styles, the number formats, the printed field labels, and more.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Unless you have a thorough understanding of the database the report accesses, do not edit the SQL statement, database name, the hidden form controls, or the related information on the report.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�p�
�
* text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Comparing Versions of a Document</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_doccompare"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp">Comparing Versions of a Document</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Imagine you have some co-authors or reviewers who collaborate with you writing your original document. One day you send out copies of your document to all reviewers. You ask them to edit the copy and send it back.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Normally, the reviewers enable change tracking by <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph> and you can easily see the changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If one of the authors has made changes to a document without recording them, you can compare the changed document to your original document.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the reviewer's document and then choose <emph>Edit - Compare Document</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">You should always start with opening the newer document and compare it with the older document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">A file selection dialog appears. Select your older original document and confirm the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> combines both documents into the reviewer's document. All text passages that occur in the reviewer's document but not in the original are identified as having been inserted, and all text passages that got deleted by the reviewer are identified as deletions.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can now accept or reject the insertions and deletions. At the end you may save the reviewer's document as a new original with a new name.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp#redlining_enter"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��6�
�
' text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing Default Templates</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154285"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="standard_template"><link href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp">Changing Default Templates</link></variable></paragraph><section id="text"><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customized Styles or other contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modifying Default Templates</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">First, open either an existing $[officename] template and modify it, or open a new document and edit it as necessary to create the desired template.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You can define a document template for each $[officename] module. The following describes how to proceed for text documents.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Save the document by choosing <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph>and saving the document in the <emph>My Templates</emph> category.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click <emph>My Templates</emph> in the list. You will see the user-defined templates in the user directory specified under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph>. Select the template you have just saved.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Set as default</emph>. The next time you open a new text document, the new document will be based on the new default template.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Custom Templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are several ways to make your work easier by using your own custom templates. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Templates in the Template Folder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can save a new template with <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph> or by selecting "Template" file type in any Save dialog. Save the template in the user directory specified under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> to be able to access the template from within the <emph>File - New - Templates</emph> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the template for editing, choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>, select the template and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button.</paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01110000.xhp">Templates</link></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�L�q�$ �$ text/shared/guide/collab.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Collaboration</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/collab.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4459669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="collab"><link href="text/shared/guide/collab.xhp">Collaboration</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME Writer, Impress, and Draw, only one user at a time can open any document for writing. In Calc, many users can open the same spreadsheet for writing at the same time.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShareDocument" id="bm_id8779564"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sharedocumentdlg/ShareDocumentDialog" id="bm_id8779565"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sharedocumentdlg/share" id="bm_id7900021"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Collaboration in Calc</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME Calc, document sharing allows simultaneous write access for many users. Every user who wants to collaborate should enter a name on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - User Data</emph> tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Some commands are not available (grayed out) when change tracking or document sharing is activated. For a new spreadsheet you cannot apply or insert the grayed out elements. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Creating a new spreadsheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A creates a new spreadsheet document. The following conditions can apply:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The user does not want to share the spreadsheet for collaboration.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A opens, edits, and saves the document as described above for Writer, Impress, and Draw document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The user wants to share the document for collaboration.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The user chooses <item type="menuitem">Tools - Share Document</item> to activate the collaboration features for this document. A dialog opens where the user can choose to enable or disable sharing. If the user enables sharing, the document will be saved in shared mode, which is also shown on the title bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The <item type="menuitem">Tools - Share Document</item> command can be used to switch the mode for the current document from unshared mode to shared mode. If you want to use a shared document in unshared mode, you would save the shared document using another name or path. This creates a copy of the spreadsheet that is not shared.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Opening a spreadsheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A opens a spreadsheet document. The following conditions can apply:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The spreadsheet document is not in shared mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The user can open, edit, and save the document as described above for Writer, Impress, and Draw documents.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The spreadsheet document is in shared mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The user sees a message that the document is in shared mode and that some features are not available in this mode. The user can disable this message for the future. After clicking OK, the document is opened in shared mode.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/conflictsdialog/ConflictsDialog" id="bm_id9671926"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/conflictsdialog/keepmine" id="bm_id1640369"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Keeps your change, voids the other change.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/conflictsdialog/keepother" id="bm_id1640360"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/conflictsdialog/keepallmine" id="bm_id1640361"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/conflictsdialog/keepallothers" id="bm_id1640363"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Saving a shared spreadsheet document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A saves a shared document. The following conditions can apply:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The document was not modified and saved by another user since user A opened the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The document is saved.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The document was modified and saved by another user since user A opened the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the changes do not conflict, the document is saved.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the changes conflict, the Resolve Conflicts dialog will be shown. User A must decide for the conflicts which version to keep, "Keep Mine" or "Keep Other". When all conflicts are resolved, the document is saved. While user A resolves the conflicts, no other user is able to save the shared document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Another user tries to save the shared document and resolves conflicts in this moment.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A sees a message that a merge-in is in progress. User A can choose to cancel the save command for now, or retry saving some time later.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When a user successfully saves a shared spreadsheet, the document will be reloaded after the save command, so that the spreadsheet shows the latest version of all changes that got saved by all users. A message shows that "foreign changes have been added" when another user did change some contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Collaboration in Writer, Impress, and Draw</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For all modules Writer, Impress, Draw, and for Calc when document sharing is not enabled, a file locking is possible. This file locking is available even when accessing the same document from different operating systems:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A opens a document. The following conditions can apply:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The document is not locked by any other user.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This document will be opened for read and write access by user A. The document will be locked for other users until user A closes the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The document is marked as "read-only" by the file system.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This document will be opened in read-only mode. Editing is not allowed. User A can save the document using another document name or another path. User A can edit this copy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The document is locked by another user.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">User A sees a dialog that tells the user the document is locked. The dialog offers to open the document in read-only mode, or to open a copy for editing, or to cancel the Open command.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User access permissions and sharing documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some conditions must be met on operating systems with a user permission management.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The shared file needs to reside in a location which is accessible by all collaborators.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The file permissions for both the document and the corresponding lock file need to be set so that all collaborators can create, delete, and change the files.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="warning">Write access also enables other users to (accidentally or deliberately) delete or change a file.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X>b�� � " text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Charts</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chart_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp">Inserting Charts</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Different methods exist to start a chart:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert a chart based on data from cells in Calc or Writer.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These charts update automatically when the source data changes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Data Table dialog to enter your own data for that chart.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These charts can be created in Writer, Impress and Draw. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Copy a chart from Calc or Writer into another document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These charts are snapshots of the data at the time of copying. They do not change when the source data changes.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">In Calc, a chart is an object on a sheet that can be copied and pasted on another sheet of the same document, the data series will stay linked to the range on the other sheet. If it is pasted on another Calc document, it has its own chart data table and is no more linked to the original range.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chart in a Calc spreadsheet</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click inside the cell range that you want to present in your chart.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Insert Chart</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You see a chart preview and the Chart Wizard.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chart in a Writer text document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a Writer document, you can insert a chart based on the values in a Writer table. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click inside the Writer table. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You see a chart preview and the Chart Wizard.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chart based on values of its own</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In Writer, Draw or Impress, choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph> to insert a chart based on default data.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can change the default data values by double-clicking on the chart and then choosing <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp"><emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp#wiz_chart_type"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp#wiz_data_range"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp#wiz_data_series"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_elements.xhp#wiz_chart_elements"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp#chart_barformat"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X4�Ed�
�
" text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Turning off Automatic URL Recognition</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="autocorr_url"><link href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp">Turning off Automatic URL Recognition</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognize URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Undo URL Recognition</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">When you are typing and notice that a text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z to undo this formatting.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you do not notice this conversion until later, select the hyperlink, open the context menu and choose <emph>Remove Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Turn off URL Recognition</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Load a document of the type for which you want to modify the URL recognition.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to modify the URL recognition for text documents, open a text document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you unmark <emph>URL Recognition</emph>, words will no longer be automatically replaced with hyperlinks.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">In $[officename] Writer there are two check boxes in front of <emph>URL Recognition</emph>. The box in the first column is for later post-editing and the box in the second column is for AutoCorrect as you type.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XI�� $ text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Line Breaks in Cells</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6305734"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="breaking_lines"><link href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp">Inserting Line Breaks in Cells</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting line breaks in $[officename] Calc spreadsheet cells</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a line break in a spreadsheet cell, press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter keys. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This will work only with the text edit cursor inside the cell, not at the input line. So first double-click the cell, then single-click at the text position where you want the line break.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">You can search for a newline character in the Find & Replace dialog by searching for \n as a regular expression. You can use the text function CHAR(10) to insert a newline character into a text formula.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Formatting $[officename] Calc cells for automatic line wrapping</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the cells for which you want an automatic line break.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Alignment</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select <emph>Wrap text automatically</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting line breaks in $[officename] Writer text document tables</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a line break in a text document table cell, press the Enter key.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">An automatic line break will be performed while you type across the end of each cell.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Alignment</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��l text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Opening documents saved in other formats</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153988"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="import_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp">Opening documents saved in other formats</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can open a document saved in another format by using the following procedure:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a format from the<emph> Files of type</emph> list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a file name and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you always want the file dialogs to show another format by default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Converting all documents of a folder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the wizard, which guides you through the operation, to copy and convert all documents from Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel or Microsoft PowerPoint into OpenDocument file format documents. You can select a source and target directory, specify whether to convert documents and/or templates, and more besides.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem></list><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening HTML files in Writer</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose the file type "HTML Document" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web. This is the default for HTML documents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">All the options of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web are now available to you, such as <emph>Show HTML source</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose "HTML Document (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer)" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">All the options of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer are now available to you. Not all options that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer offers for editing of documents can be saved in HTML format.</paragraph></listitem></list></case></switch></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp#about"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp">Working with VBA code</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�E�@� � ( text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Version Management</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_versions"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp">Version Management</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>File</emph> menu contains a <link href="text/shared/01/01190000.xhp"><emph>Versions</emph></link> command that enables you to save multiple versions of a document in the same file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with color markings.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the dialog to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp#redlining_enter"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XC� �� � % text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Recording a Macro</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3093440"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="macro_recording"><link href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp">Recording a Macro</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the document for which you want to record a macro.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Record Macro</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If <emph>Tools - Macros - Record Macro</emph> menu item is missing, make sure that macro recording feature is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">You see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialog with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Perform the actions you want to be recorded in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Press the Escape key to deselect an object, as the macro recorder currently does not record this action by mouse click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The <emph>Macro</emph> dialog appears, in which you can save and run the macro.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To save the macro, first select the object where you want the macro to be saved in the <emph>Save macro in</emph> list box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library </emph>or <emph>New Module </emph>button and enter a name for the library or module.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a name for the new macro in the <emph>Macro name</emph> text box. Do not use Basic keywords as a name.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="head2">Limitations of the macro recorder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following actions are <emph>not</emph> recorded:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Opening of windows is not recorded.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Actions carried out in another window than where the recorder was started are not recorded.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Window switching is not recorded.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Actions that are not related to the document contents are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialog, macro organizer, customizing.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor traveling), but not when the mouse is used.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The macro recorder works only in Calc and Writer.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Programming in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�o� text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Viewing a Database</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2339854"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><variable id="data_view"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp">Viewing a Database</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are two different methods of viewing a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open the database file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> gives you full access to tables, queries, reports, and forms. You can edit the structure of your tables and change the contents of the data records.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Data source</emph> to view the registered databases.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">data source view</link> can be used to drag-and-drop table fields from registered databases into your documents and to produce mail merges.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X+��:% % text/shared/guide/main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General Instructions for %PRODUCTNAME</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp">General Instructions for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Opening and Saving Documents and Templates</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp#aaa_start"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp#change_title"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp#doc_autosave"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp#remote-files"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/><embed href="text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp#classdoc"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/collab.xhp#collab"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp#viewing"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp#hyperlink_rel_abs"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp#protection"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><embed href="text/shared/guide/activex.xhp#activex"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Windows, Menus and Icons</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp#contextmenu"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp#active_help_on_off"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp#autocorr_url"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp#edit_symbolbar"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp#navigator_setcursor"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Accessibility</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copying Data by Drag and Drop or Menu Commands</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp#dragdrop_beamer"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp#copytable2application"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp#insert_specialchar"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data Sources</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Working with databases in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Forms Wizard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp#data_im_export"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp#data_dbase2office"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp#data_enter_sql"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp#data_search2"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp#data_tabledefine"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp#formfields"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp#data_report"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Recording Changes (Revision Marking)</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp#redlining_enter"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Configuring and Modifying <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><embed href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp#spadmin"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp#edit_symbolbar"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp#fax"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp#flat_icons"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"/><default><embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/></default></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp#text_color"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Charts</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp#chart_insert"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp#chart_barformat"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp">General Terminology</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp">Internet Terminology</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp#ctl"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/groups.xhp#groups"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><embed href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp#spadmin"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp#navpane_on"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp#active_help_on_off"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp#pasting"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp#protection"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp#hyperlink_edit"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp#language_select"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp#pageformat_max"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp#print_blackwhite"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp#round_corner"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp#imagemap"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp#space_hyphen"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp#version_number"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp#scripting"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp#error_report"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp#integratinguno"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xc'�� � text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Working with Forms</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5762199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_forms"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp">Working with Forms</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogs of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Form With the Form Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can create a new form using the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link>:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Form</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating a New Form Manually</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Create Form in Design View</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">A new text document opens. Use the <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls</link> to insert form controls.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon to access all forms that were created from within the current database window. In addition, you can use the <emph>Form Controls</emph> icons to add database form controls to any Writer or Calc document, but these documents will not be listed in the database window. </paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xca_� � text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigator for Document Overview</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator for Document Overview</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All contents of the Navigator window are referred to here as "categories," whether titles, sheets, tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, sections, hyperlinks, references, indexes or comments.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Navigator displays all types of objects contained in a document. If a plus sign appears next to a category, this indicates that at least one object of this kind exists. If you rest the mouse pointer on the category name, the number of objects is displayed in an extended tip.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a category by clicking on the plus sign. If you only want to view the entries in a certain category, select the category and click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon. Until you click the icon again, only the objects of this category will be displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double click on the gray area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp#navigator_setcursor"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp#format_table"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� mh " text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="space_hyphen"><link href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Non-breaking spaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline> and the Shift key when you type a space between the words.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">In Calc, you cannot insert non-breaking spaces.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Non-breaking hyphen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press Shift+Ctrl+ minus sign. In other words, hold down the Shift and Ctrl keys and press the minus key.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replacing hyphens by dashes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In order to enter dashes, you can find under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> the <emph>Replace dashes</emph> option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link>).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>
<emph>- </emph><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp"><emph>Replace</emph></link>. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Soft hyphen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+minus sign. The word is separated at this position when it is at the end of the line, even if automatic hyphenation for this paragraph is switched off.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special characters</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp#formattingmark"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �m m % text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="textmode_change"><link href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp">Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">With the keyboard:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Press Insert to toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode. The current mode is displayed on the Status Bar.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> The text cursor must be enabled in the cell or in the input line.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">With the mouse:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Status Bar, click on the area indicating the current mode in order to switch to the other mode:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>INSRT</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Insert mode is enabled. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The text cursor is a blinking vertical line.
</caseinline></switchinline>Click on the area to enable the overwrite mode.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>OVER</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The overwrite mode is enabled. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The text cursor is a blinking block.
</caseinline></switchinline>Click on the area to enable insert mode.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">Keyboard commands</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X2� & & * text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Data From Text Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="copytext2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp">Inserting Data From Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert text into other document types, such as spreadsheets and presentations. Note that there is a difference between whether the text is inserted into a text frame, a spreadsheet cell, or into the outline view of a presentation.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you copy text to the clipboard, you can paste it with or without text attributes. Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V to paste.</paragraph></listitem></list><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_paste.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">To select the format in which the clipboard contents will be pasted, click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard bar, or choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, then select the proper format.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If a text document contains headings formatted with the Heading Paragraph Style, choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph>. A new presentation document is created, which contains the headings as an outline.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to transfer each heading together with its accompanying paragraphs, select the <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> command. You must have formatted the headings with a corresponding Paragraph Style to be able to see this command.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Copying Text Using Drag-and-Drop</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you select text and drag it into a spreadsheet with drag-and-drop, it will be inserted as text into the cell where you release the mouse.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you drag text to the normal view of a presentation, an OLE object is inserted as a $[officename] plug-in.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you drag the text to the outline view of a presentation, it will be inserted at the cursor location.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp#copytable2application"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��H��Q �Q & text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Starting $[officename] Software With Parameters</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="start_parameters"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Starting $[officename] Software With Parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By starting $[officename] software from the command line you can assign various parameters, with which you can influence the performance. The use of command line parameters is only recommended for experienced users.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">For normal handling, the use of command line parameters is not necessary. A few of the parameters require a deeper knowledge of the technical background of $[officename] software technology.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Starting $[officename] Software From the Command Line</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under Windows, select <emph>Run</emph> from the Windows Start menu, or open a shell under Linux, *BSD, or Mac OS X platforms.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under Windows, type the following text in the <emph>Open </emph>text field and click <emph>OK</emph>. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under UNIX-like systems, type the following line of text, then press <emph>Return</emph>:</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">{install}\program\soffice.exe {parameter}</caseinline><caseinline select="UNIX">{install}/program/soffice {parameter}</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Replace <emph>{install}</emph> with the path to your installation of $[officename] software (for example, <emph>C:\Program Files\Office</emph>, or <emph>~/office</emph>)</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Valid Command Line Parameters</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Using without special arguments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Using without any arguments opens the start center.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>{file}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tries to open the file (files) in the components suitable for them.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>{file} macro:///[Library.Module.MacroName]</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the file and applies specified macros from the file.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Getting help and information</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><variable id="parameter">Parameter</variable></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><variable id="meaning">Meaning</variable></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--help / -h / -?</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Lists the available command line parameters to the console.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpwriter</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Writer.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpcalc</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Calc.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpdraw</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Draw.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpimpress</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Impress.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpbase</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Base.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpbasic</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Basic scripting language.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--helpmath</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens $[officename] built-in or online Help on Math.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--version</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shows $[officename] version and quits.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--nstemporarydirectory</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">(MacOS X sandbox only) Returns path of the temporary directory for the current user and exits. Overrides all other arguments.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">General arguments</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#parameter"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#meaning"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--quickstart=[no]</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates[Deactivates] the Quickstarter service. It can take only one parameter <emph>no</emph> which deativates the Quickstarter service. Without parameters this service is activated.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--nolockcheck</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Disables check for remote instances using the installation.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--infilter={filter}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Forces an input filter type, if possible. For example:<br/><item type="input">--infilter="Calc Office Open XML"</item><br/><item type="input">--infilter="Text (encoded):UTF8,LF,,,."</item></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--pidfile={file}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Store soffice.bin pid to <emph>{file}</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--display {display}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sets the <emph>DISPLAY </emph>environment variable on UNIX-like platforms to the value <emph>{display}</emph>. This parameter is only supported by the start script for $[officename] software on UNIX-like platforms.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">User/programmatic interface control</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#parameter"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#meaning"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--nologo</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Disables the splash screen at program start.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--minimized</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts minimized. The splash screen is not displayed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--nodefault</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts without displaying anything except the splash screen.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--invisible</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts in invisible mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Neither the start-up logo nor the initial program window will be visible. $[officename] software can be controlled, and documents and dialogs can be controlled and opened via the <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org">API</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Using the parameter, $[officename] can only be ended using the taskmanager (Windows) or the <emph>kill </emph>command (UNIX-like systems).</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">It cannot be used in conjunction with <emph>--quickstart</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">More information is found in <emph>$[officename] Developer's Guide</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--headless</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts in "headless mode" which allows using the application without user interface.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">This special mode can be used when the application is controlled by external clients via the <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org">API</link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--norestore</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Disables restart and file recovery after a system crash.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--safe-mode</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts in a safe mode, i.e. starts temporarily with a fresh user profile and helps to restore a broken configuration.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--accept={UNO}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Notifies $[officename] software that upon the creation of "UNO Acceptor Threads", a "UNO Accept String" will be used.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">UNO-URL is string the such kind <emph>uno:connection-type,params;protocol-name,params;ObjectName</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">More information is found in <emph>$[officename] Developer's Guide</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--unaccept={UNO-URL}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Closes an acceptor that was created with <emph>--accept={UNO-URL}</emph>. Use <emph>--unaccept=all</emph> to close all open acceptors.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--language={lang}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Uses specified language, if language is not selected yet for UI. The lang is a tag of the language in IETF language tag.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Developer arguments</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#parameter"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#meaning"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--terminate_after_init</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Exit after initialization complete (no documents loaded).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--eventtesting</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Exit after loading documents.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New document creation arguments</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The arguments create an empty document of specified kind. Only one of them may be used in one command line. If filenames are specified after an argument, then it tries to open those files in the specified component.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#parameter"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#meaning"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--writer</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty Writer document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--calc</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty Calc document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--draw</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty Draw document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--impress</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty Impress document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--math</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty Math document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--global</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty Writer master document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--web</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Starts with an empty HTML document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File open arguments</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The arguments define how following filenames are treated. New treatment begins after the argument and ends at the next argument. The default treatment is to open documents for editing, and create new documents from document templates.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#parameter"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#meaning"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>-n</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Treats following files as templates for creation of new documents.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>-o</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens following files for editing, regardless whether they are templates or not.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--pt {Printername}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Prints the following files to the printer <emph>{Printername}</emph> and ends. The splash screen does not appear.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If used multiple times, only last <emph>{Printername}</emph> is effective for all documents of all <emph>--pt</emph> runs.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Also, <emph>--printer-name</emph> argument of <emph>--print-to-file</emph> switch interferes with <emph>{Printername}</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>-p</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Prints following files to the default printer, after which those files are closed. The splash screen does not appear.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--view</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens following files in viewer mode (read-only).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--show</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens and starts the following presentation documents of each immediately. Files are closed after the showing. Files other than Impress documents are opened in default mode , regardless of previous mode.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--convert-to OutputFileExtension[:OutputFilterName] [--outdir output_dir]</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Batch convert files (implies --headless). If --outdir isn't specified, then current working directory is used as output_dir.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If --convert-to is used more than once, last value of OutputFileExtension[:OutputFilterName] is effective. If --outdir is used more than once, only its last value is effective. For example:</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent"><item type="input">--convert-to pdf *.doc</item><br/><item type="input">--convert-to pdf:writer_pdf_Export --outdir /home/user *.doc</item><br/><item type="input">--convert-to \"html:XHTML Writer File:UTF8\" *.doc</item><br/><item type="input">--convert-to \"txt:Text (encoded):UTF8\" *.doc</item></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--print-to-file [--printer-name printer_name] [--outdir output_dir]</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Batch print files to file. If <emph>--outdir</emph> is not specified, then current working directory is used as output_dir.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">If <emph>--printer-name</emph> or <emph>--outdir</emph> used multiple times, only last value of each is effective. Also, <emph>{Printername}</emph> of <emph>--pt</emph> switch interferes with <emph>--printer-name</emph>. For example:</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent"><item type="input">--print-to-file *.doc</item><br/><item type="input">--print-to-file --printer-name nasty_lowres_printer --outdir /home/user *.doc</item></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--cat</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Dump text content of the following files to console (implies <emph>--headless</emph>). Cannot be used with <emph>--convert-to</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>-env:VAR[=VALUE]</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Set a bootstrap variable. For example: to set a non-default user profile path:</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent"><item type="input">-env:UserInstallation=file:///tmp/test</item></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ignored switches</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#parameter"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp#meaning"/></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>-psn</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Ignored (MacOS X only)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>-Embedding </emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Ignored (COM+ related; Windows only)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--nofirststartwizard</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Does nothing, accepted only for backward compatibility.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><emph>--protector {arg1} {arg2}</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Used only in unit tests and should have two arguments.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�爵 & text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Design</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155448"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_tabledefine"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp">design view</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file of the database where you want a new table. Click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon. Choose <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph> to create a new table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Design view, you can now create the fields for your table.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter new fields in rows from top to bottom. Click the <emph>Field Name</emph> cell and enter a field name for each data field.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the next cell to the right, define the <emph>Field Type</emph>. When you click in the cell, you can select a field type in the combo box.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">Each field can only accept data corresponding to the specified field type. For example, it is not possible to enter text in a number field. Memo fields in dBASE III format are references to internally-managed text files which can hold up to 64KB text.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter an optional <emph>Description</emph> for each field. The text of the description will appear as a tip on the column headings in the table view.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter properties for each selected data field. Depending on the database type, some input facilities may not be available.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Default value</emph> box, enter the default contents for every new record. This contents can be edited later.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Entry required</emph> box, specify whether or not the field may remain empty.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For the <emph>Length</emph> box, a combo box may be shown that provides the available choices.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X!�1zO O $ text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Integrating new UNO components</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149760"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="integratinguno"><link href="text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp">Integrating new UNO components</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Programmers can write and integrate their own UNO (Universal Network Objects) components to $[officename]. Those new components can be added to the $[officename] menus and toolbars; we call them "Add-Ons".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The integration of new components is supported by some tools and services. Details can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide. The three main steps are as follows:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Register the new components within $[officename]. This can be accomplished using the tool <item type="literal">unopkg</item>, which can be found in {installpath}<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">/
</caseinline><defaultinline>\</defaultinline></switchinline>program.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Integrate the new components as services. The ProtocolHandler and JobDispatch services assist you; more information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Change the user interface (menus or toolbars). This can be done almost automatically by writing an XML text file that describes the changes. More information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The Add-Ons can extend the functionality of $[officename]. They are not related to the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">Add-Ins</link></caseinline><defaultinline>Add-Ins</defaultinline></switchinline> that provide new functions for $[officename] Calc.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
��O�# �# text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Scripting %PRODUCTNAME</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5277565"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="scripting"><link href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp">Assigning Scripts in %PRODUCTNAME</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialog controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME internally supports the following scripting languages:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME Basic</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">JavaScript</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">BeanShell</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Python</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">In addition, developers can use high-level languages, for example Java programming language, to control %PRODUCTNAME externally. The API reference is online at <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org/">api.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a new menu entry</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Category</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select a script.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A list of the script functions appears in the <emph>Commands</emph> list box. Select a function.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Add</emph> to create a new menu assignment. The new menu entry appears in the <emph>Entries</emph> list box.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a key combination</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Category</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Commands</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the option button for %PRODUCTNAME or Writer (or whichever application is currently open). </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Selecting the option button sets the scope of the new key combination to be applicable in all of %PRODUCTNAME or only in documents of the current module.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a key combination from the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list box and click <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to an event</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Macro</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Library</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Assigned Action</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select to save in %PRODUCTNAME or current document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This sets the scope of the new event assignment to be applicable in all of %PRODUCTNAME or only in documents of the current module.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to an event for an embedded object</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the embedded object, for example a chart, in your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Macro</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Macros</emph> list box, open the %PRODUCTNAME Scripts entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You see entries for share (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), user (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Existing macros in</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a hyperlink</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Position the cursor inside the hyperlink. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Events</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a graphic</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the graphic in your document. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Macro</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a form control</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert a form control, for example a button: Open the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon, drag open a button on your document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">With the form control selected, click <emph>Control</emph> on the Form Controls toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a control in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialog with a control on it.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click the control, then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph></listitem></list></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�l�o� � text/shared/guide/background.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/background.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp">Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select a background color or a background graphic.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">In spreadsheets this background appears only in the print behind the cells not formatted elsewhere.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp"><emph>Background</emph> tab page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp">Backgrounds in Text</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp">Backgrounds in Spreadsheets</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��yC3 3 ( text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153394"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="copy_drawfunctions"><link href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp">Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] it is possible to copy drawing objects between text, spreadsheets and presentation documents. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the drawing object or objects.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Copy the drawing object to the clipboard, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Switch to the other document and place the cursor where the drawing object is to be inserted.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert the drawing object, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting into a text document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a popup menu where you can select the anchor type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting into a spreadsheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current cell. You can change the anchor between cell and page by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_toggleanchortype.png"/>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp#copytable2application"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��"Q Q ) text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="navigator_setcursor"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This is a common use of the Navigator.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click an object in the Navigator to jump directly to the position of the object in the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can use the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar to scroll to the previous or next object of a specific category.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the toolbar using the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon below the vertical scroll bar of a text document, or in the Navigator window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, you first select the category, then click on one of the buttons, <emph>Previous Object</emph> or <emph>Next Object</emph>. The names of the buttons refer to the category, for example, the button "Next Object" is named "Next Page" or "Next Bookmark" according to the category.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�WŎ� � ' text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Relative and Absolute Links</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_rel_abs"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp">Relative and Absolute Links</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you include hyperlinks, two factors must be taken into account: whether they are set as relative or absolute on saving, and whether or not the file is present.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link> and specify in the <emph>Save URLs relative to</emph> field if $[officename] creates <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern">relative or absolute hyperlinks</link>. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialog, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local images to Internet</emph> under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">An absolute path such as "C:\homepage\graphics\picture.gif" would no longer function on the provider server. Neither a server nor the computer of a reader needs to have a C hard drive: operating systems such as Unix or MacOS do not recognize drive letters, and even if the folder homepage\graphics existed, your picture would not be available. It is better to use relative addressing for file links.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">A link to a web page, for example, "www.example.com" or "www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html" is an absolute link.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">$[officename] also reacts differently, depending on whether the file referred to in the link exists, and where it is located. $[officename] checks every new link and sets a target and protocol automatically. The result can be seen in the generated HTML code after saving the source document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The following rules apply: A relative reference ("graphic/picture.gif") is only possible when both files exist on the same drive. If the files are on different drives in your local file system, the absolute reference follows the "file:" protocol ("file:///data1/xyz/picture.gif"). If the files are on different servers or if the target of the link is not available, the absolute reference uses the "http:" protocol ("http://data2/abc/picture.gif").</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="warning">When you rest your mouse on a hyperlink, a help tip displays the absolute reference, since $[officename] uses absolute path names internally. The complete path and address can only be seen when you view the result of the HTML export, by loading the HTML file as "Text" or opening it with a text editor.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp#hyperlink_edit"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���� � ( text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Merging Versions</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_docmerge"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp">Merging Versions</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When a document has been edited by more than one person, it is possible to merge the edited copies into the original. The only requirement is that the documents differ only and exclusively in the recorded changes - all other original text must be identical.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the original document into which you want to merge all copies.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialog appears.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the copy of the document from the dialog. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialog appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">After you merge the documents you will see the recorded changes from the copy in the original document.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp#redlining_enter"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XL==�G G text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Saving Documents in Other Formats</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159233"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="export_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp">Saving Documents in Other Formats</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>Save as type</emph> or <emph>File type</emph> list box, select the desired format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a name in the <emph>File name</emph> box and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��|� � % text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Searching for Attributes</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id5681020"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="find_attributes"><link href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp">Searching for Attributes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can search for text with attributes that are applied either by direct formatting or by styles. For example, if you search for the <emph>Font</emph> attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace </emph>dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you want to search for text in which attributes were set by using direct formatting and styles, select the <emph>Including Styles</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The search criteria for attributes are listed below the <emph>Find</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To search for all font changes</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Clear the <emph>Find</emph> text box if necessary.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Attributes</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Font</emph> check box, and click OK.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog, you now can read "Font" below the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Find Next</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">All places where a font change was applied, either directly or by assigning an appropriate style, are found.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To reset the Find & Replace mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog to normal mode.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>No Format</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog</paragraph></section></case><default><paragraph role="paragraph">Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialog for text documents.</paragraph></default></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X?K h h " text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Error Report Tool</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150616"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="error_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp">Error Report Tool</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Error Report Tool starts automatically when a program crash occurs.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Error Report Tool gathers all necessary information that can help the program developers to improve the code, so that in later versions this error can possibly be avoided. Please help us to improve the software and send the generated error report.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Starting the Error Report Tool</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With most program crashes the Error Report Tool will start automatically.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Completing the Report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the main Error Report Tool dialog, you can enter some additional information that may help the developers to localize the error. For example, if the error only appears after a change in your hardware or software environment, or if you clicked on a button, please include that information.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sending the Error Report</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Error Report Tool uses the HTTP PUT / SOAP protocol to send the report data. You may optionally enter some descriptive text that will help us to identify the context of the program crash. Then click the <emph>Send</emph> button.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">You will not get an answer to your error report. If you need support, please visit the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp">support forum</link> on the Internet.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You may choose to respond to questions that the developers may have about the reported error. Mark the check box if you want to be contacted by e-mail, should additional information be required. By default this box is not marked, so you will not get any e-mail.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">What Data is Sent?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The error report consists of several files. The main file contains information about the error type, operating system name and version, memory usage, and the description that you entered. You can click the <emph>Show Report</emph> button on the main dialog of the Error Report Tool to view what will get sent in the main file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In addition, relevant memory contents and stack traces are gathered by some system standard tools ("dbhhelp.dll" on Windows systems, "pstack" on UNIX systems). This information will be sent also.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XIcj�� � " text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating Round Corners</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150040"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="round_corner"><link href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp">Creating Round Corners</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/hand01.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">If you place the cursor on the box it changes to a hand symbol. You can now drag the box to change the amount of rounding. An outline shows a preview of the result.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XՖ�CK K text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copying Attributes With the Clone Formatting Tool</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="paintbrush"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id380260"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formatpaintbrush"><link href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp">Copying Formatting With the Clone Formatting Tool</link></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the Clone Formatting tool to copy formatting from a text selection or from an object and apply the formatting to another text selection or object.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">In Calc, the Clone Formatting tool only applies to cell formatting.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the text or object whose formatting you want to copy.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="2"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The cursor changes to a paint bucket.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you want to apply the formatting to more than one selection, double-click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_formatpaintbrush.png"/>. After you apply all the formatting, click the icon again.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select or click the text or object that you want to apply the formatting to.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">By default only the character formatting is copied ; to include paragraph formatting, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> when you click. To copy only the paragraph formatting, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift when you click.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>paragraph</emph> formats are the formats applied to the whole paragraph. The <emph>character</emph> formats are those applied to a portion of the paragraph. For example, if you apply the bold format to a whole paragraph the bold format is a <emph>paragraph</emph> format. Then if you unbold a portion of this paragraph, the bold format is still a <emph>paragraph</emph> format but the portion you unbold has a "not bold" <emph>character</emph> format.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table describes the formatting attributes that the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> tool can copy:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Type of Selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Comment</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Nothing selected, but cursor is inside a text passage</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting of the current paragraph and the character formatting of the next character in the text flow direction.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting of the last selected character and of the paragraph that contains the character.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Frame is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the frame attributes that are defined in <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item> dialog. The contents, size, position, linking, hyperlinks, and macros in the frame are not copied.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Object is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogs. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Form control is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Not supported</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Drawing object is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text contents of the object is also copied.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Text within Calc cells is selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Not supported</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Writer table or cells are selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialog. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calc table or cells are selected</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialog as well as the formatting of the cell contents</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X@���� � & text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Accepting or Rejecting Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150247"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_accept"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp">Accepting or Rejecting Changes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="note">In Writer text documents you can also accept or reject changes by choosing commands from the context menu.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">When you edit a document in which others have made changes, you can accept or reject the changes individually or all together.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you have put multiple copies of the document in circulation, first merge these into one document (see <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/>).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes</emph>. The <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a change on the <emph>List</emph> tab. The change is selected and displayed in the document and you can now enter your decision with one of the buttons.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If one author has modified another author's change, you will see the changes hierarchically arranged with a plus sign for opening up the hierarchy.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialog and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Color-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Gray entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xc�˄� � text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150713"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="autohide"><link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp">Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Docking and Undocking Windows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To dock a window, do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the window by its title bar to the side, or</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles and Formatting window, double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">These methods can also be used to undock a currently docked window.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/ein.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the button on the edge of the docked window to show or hide the docked window. The AutoHide function allows you to temporarily show a hidden window by clicking on its edge. When you click in the document, the docked window hides again. </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#docking_win"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�vm�� � ( text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>About Digital Signatures</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7430951"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="digital_signatures"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About Digital Signatures</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can digitally sign your documents and macros. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Certificates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To sign a document digitally, you need a personal key, the certificate. A personal key is stored on your computer as a combination of a private key, which must be kept secret, and a public key, which you add to your documents when you sign them.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save and sign the document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you apply a digital signature to a document, a kind of checksum is computed from the document's content plus your personal key. The checksum and your public key are stored together with the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open a signed document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When someone later opens the document on any computer with a recent version of %PRODUCTNAME, the program will compute the checksum again and compare it with the stored checksum. If both are the same, the program will signal that you see the original, unchanged document. In addition, the program can show you the public key information from the certificate.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can compare the public key with the public key that is published on the web site of the certificate authority.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Whenever someone changes something in the document, this change breaks the digital signature. After the change, there will be no sign that you see the original document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can see any of the following icons and messages when you open a signed document.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Icon in Status bar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Signature status</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The signature is valid.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="xmlsecurity/res/notcertificate_16.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The signature is OK, but the certificates could not be validated.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The signature and the certificate are OK, but not all parts of the document are signed. (For documents that were signed with old versions of the software, see note below.)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><image src="svx/res/caution_11x16.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The signature is invalid.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Signatures and software versions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The signing of contents got changed with OpenOffice.org 3.2 and StarOffice 9.2. Now all contents of the files, except the signature file itself (META-INF/documentsignatures.xml) are signed. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you sign a document with OpenOffice.org 3.2 or StarOffice 9.2 or a later version, and you open that document in an older version of the software, the signature will be displayed as "invalid". Signatures created with older versions of the software will be marked with "only parts of the document is signed" when loaded in the newer software.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you sign an OOXML document, then the signature will be always marked with "only parts of the document is signed". Metadata of OOXML files are never signed, to be compatible with Microsoft Office.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you sign a PDF document, then this marking is not used. Signing only parts of the document is simply an invalid signature.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Signing other document formats is not supported at the moment.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">When you load an ODF document, you might see an icon in the status bar and the status field in the dialog that indicates that the document is only partially signed. This status will appear when the signature and certificate are valid, but they were created with a version of OpenOffice.org before 3.2 or StarOffice before 9.2. In versions of OpenOffice.org before 3.0 or StarOffice before 9.0, the document signature was applied to the main contents, pictures and embedded objects only and some contents, like macros, were not signed. In OpenOffice.org 3.0 and StarOffice 9.0 the document signature was applied to most content, including macros. However, the mimetype and the content of the META-INF folder were not signed. And in OpenOffice.org 3.2, StarOffice 9.2, and all versions of LibreOffice all contents, except the signature file itself (META-INF/documentsignatures.xml), are signed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Security Warnings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you receive a signed document, and the software reports that the signature is valid, this does not mean that you can be absolutely sure that the document is the same that the sender has sent. Signing documents with software certificates is not a perfectly secure method. Numerous ways are possible to circumvent the security features.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Example: Think about someone who wants to camouflage his identity to be a sender from your bank. He can easily get a certificate using a false name, then send you any signed e-mail pretending he is working for your bank. You will get that e-mail, and the e-mail or the document within has the "valid signed" icon. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Do not trust the icon. Inspect and verify the certificates.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The validation of a signature is not a legally binding guarantee of any kind.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On Windows operating systems, the Windows features of validating a signature are used. On Solaris and Linux systems, files that are supplied by Thunderbird, Mozilla or Firefox are used. You must ensure that the files that are in use within your system are really the original files that were supplied by the original developers. For malevolent intruders, there are numerous ways to replace original files with other files that they supply.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The messages about validation of a signature that you see in %PRODUCTNAME are the messages that the validation files return. The %PRODUCTNAME software has no way to ensure that the messages reflect the true status of any certificate. The %PRODUCTNAME software only displays the messages that other files that are not under control of %PRODUCTNAME report. There is no legal responsibility of %PRODUCTNAME that the displayed messages reflect the true status of a digital signature.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying digital signatures</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a document using WebDAV over HTTPS</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��� � text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing the Color of Text</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156014"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the Color of Text</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_color.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Font Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149795"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Font color</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���5� � # text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_bitmap"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp">Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting Bitmaps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A bitmap image can be inserted in $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress documents.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the file. In the <emph>File type</emph> box you can restrict the selection to certain file types.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the <emph>Link</emph> box if you want a link to the original file.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is marked, whenever the document is updated and loaded the bitmap image is reloaded. The editing steps that you have carried out in the local copy of the image in the document are re-applied and the image is displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is not marked, you are always working with the copy created when the graphic was first inserted.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">To embed graphics that were first inserted as links, go to <emph>Edit - Links</emph> and click the <emph>Break Link</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Open</emph> to insert the image.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing Bitmaps</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Icons on the Image bar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you select the bitmap image, the <emph>Image</emph> Bar offers you the tools for editing the image. Only a local copy is edited in the document, even if you have inserted an image as a link.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Image</emph> Bar may look slightly different depending to the module you are using.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A number of filters are located on the <link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp"><emph>Image Filter</emph></link> toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the <emph>Image</emph> Bar. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The original image file will not be changed by the filters. Filters are applied to an image only inside the document. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">In $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress, you can add text and graphics, select these objects together with the bitmap, and export the selection as a new bitmap image.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">The Image dialog</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the properties of the selected image, then click OK.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Saving Bitmaps</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to save in a format such as GIF, JPEG or TIFF, you must select and export the bitmap image.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To export a bitmap in Draw or Impress:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the bitmap image. You can also select additional objects, such as text, to be exported with the image by pressing the shift key while selecting or by opening a selection frame around all objects.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The <emph>Export</emph> command writes the image with all applied filter effects to a file. The <emph>Save Image</emph> command in the context menu saves the image without any filter effects, if the image was inserted as a linked image. An embedded image will always be saved or exported with filters applied.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the <emph>File format</emph> field, select the file format you want, for example GIF or JPEG.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you only want to export the selected objects, mark the <emph>Selection</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If <emph>Selection</emph> is not marked, the entire page of the document is exported.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter a name for the file and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveGraphic" id="bm_id0801200803523126"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp#imagemap"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp">Image Filter Bar from the Image Bar</link></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��rw w ! text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Context Menus</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153394"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="contextmenu"><link href="text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp">Using Context Menus</link></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#context"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
:� + text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Graphic Objects </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_drawit"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp">Editing Graphic Objects</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Drawing</emph> to open the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, if it is not already open.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Drawing objects can be subsequently edited and modified. Drawing objects created in this way are vector graphics, which you can scale freely without any loss of quality.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a rectangle, click the rectangle icon and move your cursor to the place in the document where you want one corner of the rectangle to be. Press the mouse button and hold it down while dragging to the opposite corner of the rectangle. When you release the mouse button, the rectangle is inserted in the document. It is selected, and you can edit its properties through the context menu.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">To draw multiple objects of the same type, double-click the icon.
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">To draw multiple objects of the same type, double-click the icon.
</caseinline><defaultinline>Draw multiple objects of the same type. Click the document without moving the mouse to stop drawing objects.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to open up draw objects from the center instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With some window managers, you may need to hold down also the meta key.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Holding down the Shift key while dragging restricts the created object. For example, instead of a rectangle you get a square, instead of an ellipse you get a circle. When you drag a handle of an existing object with Shift held down, the aspect ratio of the object is retained.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To scale the objects, first select them by clicking on them with the selection tool. You then see eight handles around the object. When you drag one of the four corner handles, the opposite corner remains fixed while the other three corners move. When you drag one of the side handles, the opposite side remains fixed.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To scale a draw object using the keyboard, first select the object, then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab repeatedly to highlight one of the handles. Then press an arrow key. To scale in smaller steps, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while pressing an arrow key. Press Esc to leave the point edit mode.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move draw objects, first select them. To select more than one object, press the Shift key while clicking. Select text objects by clicking exactly on their edge. While holding down the mouse button, drag the objects to the new location.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To move a draw object using the keyboard, first select the object, then press an arrow key. To move in smaller steps, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while pressing an arrow key.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To enter text to be a part of a graphics object, select the object and start typing your text. Click outside the object to end entering text. Double-click text inside an object to edit the text.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To revert to normal mode after creating and editing draw objects, click in an area of the document containing no objects. If you see a drawing cursor, first exit this mode by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp">Information about the individual icons</link></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xd
S� � text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="navpane_on"><link href="text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Help window, you can show or hide the navigation pane as needed.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sfx2/res/indexon_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">On the toolbar of the <emph>Help</emph> window, click the left icon to show or hide the navigation pane.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XM|���" �" - text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Remote Files</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="setup_remote_files"><bookmark branch="hid/svtools/uiconfig/ui/placeedit/PlaceEditDialog" id="bm_id3137069"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id170820161244279161"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp">Setting up a remote file service connection</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">To access remote servers, you must use LibreOffice own Open and Save dialogs. If you currently use your operating system dialogs for saving and opening files, go to <item type="menuitem">Tools > Options > LibreOffice > General</item> and check the option <item type="menuitem">Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</item>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">To enable a remote server connection, use one of these methods:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Click on the Remote Files button in the Start Center.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Select <item type="menuitem">File > Open Remote Files...</item> </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Select <item type="menuitem">File > Save to Remote Server...</item></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Then click on the Add Service button in the dialog to open the File Services dialog.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id170820162240508275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connecting to a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#webdav">WebDAV</link> server</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="introservice">In the File Services dialog, set:</variable></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Type</emph>: WebDAV</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Host</emph>: the server URL, usually in the form <item type="literal">file.service.com</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Port</emph>: port number (usually <item type="literal">80</item>)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Select <emph>Secure Connection</emph> checkbox to access the service through <item type="literal">https</item> protocol and port <item type="literal">443</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><variable id="labelpar"><emph>Label</emph>: give a name for this connection. This name will show in the Service listbox of the Open or Save remote files dialog.</variable></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><variable id="rootpar"><emph>Root</emph>: enter the path to the root URL of your account.</variable></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">Note: the root of the file service is provided by the file service administrator and may consists of scripts files, parameters and paths. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="okbutton">Once the connection is defined, click <emph>OK</emph> to connect. The dialog will dim until the connection is established with the server.</variable> A dialog asking for the user name and the password may pop up to let you log in the server. Proceed entering the right user name and password.</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id170820161240508275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connecting to <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp">FTP</link> and SSH servers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#introservice" markup="keep"/></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Type</emph>: FTP or SSH</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Host</emph>: the server URL, usually in the form <item type="literal">file.service.com</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Port</emph>: port number (usually 21 for FTP and 22 for SSH).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>User, Password</emph>: the username and password of the FTP service.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><variable id="rememberpw"><emph>Remember password</emph>: Check to store the password in %PRODUCTNAME user profile. The password will be secured by the master password in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - LibreOffice - Security - Internet passwords</item>.</variable></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#labelpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#rootpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#okbutton"/>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connecting to a Windows share</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id170820161249395796"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#introservice" markup="keep"/></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Type</emph>: Windows Share</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Host</emph>: the server URL, usually in the form <item type="literal">file.service.com</item></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Share</emph>: The Windows share.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#rememberpw" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#labelpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#rootpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#okbutton"/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connecting to Google Drive</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id170820161251022847"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#introservice" markup="keep"/></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Type</emph>: Google Drive.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>User, Password</emph>: the username and password of the Google account.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#rememberpw" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#labelpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#okbutton"/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Connecting to a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#cmis">CMIS</link> server</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id170820161254261587"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#introservice" markup="keep"/></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Type</emph>: Select the type of server in the list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Host</emph>: the server URL. A URL default template is provided according to the server type. Set data accordingly.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>User, Password</emph>: the username and password of the CMIS service.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#rememberpw" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Repository</emph>: select the files repository in the drop-down list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><emph>Refresh button</emph>: click to refresh the contents of the repository list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#labelpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp#rootpar" markup="keep"/></paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp">Opening and saving documents in remote file servers</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp#check">Checking-in and checking-out documents</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
�#L L ! text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Start Center</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id0820200802500562"/><bookmark branch="hid/FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW" id="bm_id0820200802550234"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/StartCenter" id="bm_id0820200802550237"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/help" id="bm_id0820200802550235"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/extensions" id="bm_id0820200802550236"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/all_recent" id="bm_id0820200802550238"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Welcome to %PRODUCTNAME.
Thank you for using the %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">application help</link>.
Press F1 whenever you need help using the %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the Start Center when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME.
It is divided into two panes. <ahelp hid=".">Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.</ahelp>
</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/writer_all" id="bm_id1022200910564632"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/calc_all" id="bm_id1022200910570124"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/draw_all" id="bm_id1022200910571273"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/impress_all" id="bm_id102220091057270"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/database_all" id="bm_id102220091057437"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/math_all" id="bm_id1022200910575575"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Text Document</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/swriter/main0000.xhp">Writer</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Spreadsheet</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/scalc/main0000.xhp">Calc</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Presentation</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/simpress/main0000.xhp">Impress</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Drawing</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/sdraw/main0000.xhp">Draw</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Database</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Base</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Formula</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp">Math</link></paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/templates_all" id="bm_id1022200910584084"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Templates</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp">Templates and Documents</link> dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/open_all" id="bm_id1022200910595546"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Open a document</emph> icon presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The right pane contains thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened. Hover your mouse over the thumbnail to highlight the document, display a tip about the document location and display an icon on the top right to delete the thumbnail from the pane and from the recent files list. Click on the thumbnail to open the document underneath.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Not every file type will display a thumbnail image of its content. Instead, you may see a large icon used by your computer for that filetype.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�P�� text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Languages Using Complex Text Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153662"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ctl"><link href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl">CTL languages</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you select the text flow from right to left, embedded Western text still runs from left to right. The cursor responds to the arrow keys in that Right Arrow moves it "to the text end" and Left Arrow "to the text start".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the text writing direction directly be pressing one of the following keys:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+D or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Right Shift Key - switch to right-to-left text entry</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+A or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Shift Key - switch to left-to-right text entry</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The modifier-only key combinations only work when CTL support is enabled.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">In multicolumn pages, sections or frames that are formatted with text flow from right to left, the first column is the right column and the last column is the left column.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] Writer text formatted in <emph>Thai language</emph> has the following features:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In paragraphs with justified alignment, the characters are stretched to flush the lines at the margins. In other languages the spaces between words are stretched.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the Delete key to delete a whole composite character. Use the Backspace key to delete the last part of the previous composite character.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the Right or Left Arrow key to jump to the next or previous whole composite character. To position the cursor into a composite character, use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp#language_select"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp">Language Settings - Complex Text Layout</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ss� � $ text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pageformat_max"><link href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Not all printers can print a paper up to its edges. Most of them leave an unprinted margin.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$[officename] offers a semi-automatic feature that enables you to print as close to the paper's edge as is possible.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the <emph>Format - Page</emph> command, and go to the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X d'�� � $ text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Defining Line Ends</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146117"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="lineend_define"><link href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp">Defining Line Ends</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define any object to be included in the list of available line ends.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the draw functions to create an object to be used as a line end.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the object and choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Drawing Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline>
<emph>Line</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the dialog, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Add</emph> and assign a name to the new arrow style.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X:�� � & text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Toolbars</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="floating_toolbar"><link href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp">Using Toolbars</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some toolbar icons, for example the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, can open another toolbar. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar containing further icons.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You now have a choice: either click the icon that you want to activate, or seize the toolbar by its title bar and drag it while holding down the mouse button. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Context of Toolbars</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some toolbars open automatically depending on the context. For example, when you click inside a table in a text document, the Table toolbar opens. When you click inside a numbered paragraph, the Bullets and Numbering toolbar opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Toolbars are hidden by default when the <link href="text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp">Notebook bar</link> is active.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Close a Toolbar Temporarily</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the icon in the toolbar's title bar, or choose <emph>Close Toolbar</emph> from the context menu. The toolbar will be shown automatically again when the context becomes active again.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To Close a Toolbar Permanently</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">While the toolbar is visible, choose <emph>View - Toolbars</emph> and click the name of the toolbar to remove the check mark.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Show a Closed Toolbar</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars</emph> and click the name of the toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Make a Toolbar a Floating Toolbar</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the handle at the start of the toolbar, and drag the toolbar into the document.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Reattach a Floating Toolbar</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Drag the title bar of the toolbar to an edge of the document window. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To reattach a floating window, drag-and-drop the window's title bar to an edge of the document window. The mouse pointer should be very close to the document window's edge when you release the mouse button.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on your system's window manager settings, you may also double-click an empty place on the toolbar or window, while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Or double-click the title bar of the floating toolbar or window.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="docking_win"><paragraph role="note">Docking toolbars and windows by drag-and-drop depends on your system's window manager settings. You must enable your system to show the full window contents when you move a window, instead of showing just the outer frame.</paragraph></section></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp">Notebook bar</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�l9 9 text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Configuring Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chapter_all"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154422"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="spadmin"><link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp">Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms</link></variable></paragraph><section id="chapter_body"><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME uses the installed fonts of your system. In a text document you can select from all printable fonts. In an HTML document or in Web layout, only fonts that are visible on screen are offered. In spreadsheets and drawings you can select from all installed fonts.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Changing Printer Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog, select the printer from the <emph>printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Paper</emph> tab page, you can define the paper format and paper tray to be used as the default settings for this printer.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "grayscale" under <emph>Color</emph>, otherwise choose "color". If switching to grayscale leads to unfavorable results, you can also select "color" under <emph>Color</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colors are described as well as the PostScript level.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Selecting a Default Printer </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To make the printer selected from the <emph>Installed printers</emph> list box the default printer, double-click its name or click the <emph>Default</emph> button.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Fax Functionality</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have installed fax4CUPS on your computer you can send faxes with the $[officename] software.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A dialog prompting you for the phone numbers to send the fax to will appear after the printout when printing to a fax4CUPS printer. Multiple numbers can be entered separated by ;</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialog select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then select the <emph>Single print jobs</emph> check box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"/></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��K* * & text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Registering an Address Book</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152823"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_addressbook"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp">Registering an Address Book</link></variable></paragraph><section id="adressbuch"><paragraph role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> you can register different data sources. The contents of the data fields are then available to you for use in various fields and controls. Your system address book is such a data source.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> templates and wizards use fields for the contents of the address book. When activated, the general fields in the templates are automatically replaced with the fields from the data source of your address book.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The address book data is read-only in %PRODUCTNAME Base. It is not possible to add, edit, or delete address data from within Base.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address Data Source Wizard</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To call the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp">Address Data Source</link> wizard, choose <emph>File - Wizards - Address Data Source</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Registering An Existing Address Book Manually</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialog appears.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Data source</emph> combo box, select the system address book or the data source you want to use as an address book.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have not yet registered the system address book in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> as the data source, click the <emph>Address Data Source ...</emph> button. This takes you to the <emph>Address Book Data Source Wizard</emph>, in which you can register your address book as a new data source in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Table</emph> combo box, select the database table you want to use as the address book.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for first name, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">When finished, close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Now your data source is registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> as the address book. If you now open a template from the <emph>Business Correspondence</emph> category, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> can automatically insert the correct fields for a form letter.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�*�� � text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Recording and Displaying Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150499"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp">Recording and Displaying Changes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When several authors are working on the same text or spreadsheet, the review function records and displays who made the various changes. On the final edit of the document, it is then possible to look at each individual change and decide whether it should be accepted or rejected.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example: You are an editor and are delivering your latest report. But before publication the report must be read by the senior editor and the proofreader, and both will add their changes. The senior editor writes "clarify" after one paragraph and crosses out another entirely. The proofreader corrects the spelling of your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The edited document comes back to you, and you can incorporate or ignore the suggestions of the two reviewers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Let's say you also e-mailed a copy of the report to a good friend and colleague who has done research on a similar topic in the past. You asked for a few suggestions, and the document is now returned by e-mail with your colleague's suggestions.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">As all your colleagues and the managers in your company work with $[officename], you can produce a final version of the document from the results you get back.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp#redlining_enter"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �3� � text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Applying Line Styles</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153884"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="linestyles"><link href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp">Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar contains icons and combo boxes to define various line attributes.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_formatline.png"/> to open the <emph>Line</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph> icon
<image src="cmd/sc_lineendstyle.png"/> to select an arrow style for the right and left ends of a line.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a style from the <emph>Line Style</emph> box and specify the width in the <emph>Line Width</emph> box. A width of 0 corresponds to 1 pixel.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the line and arrow color in the <emph>Line Color</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ͬv� � ! text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Chart Titles</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chart_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp">Editing Chart Titles</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit a chart title that you have inserted into a $[officename] document:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click on an existing title text. A gray border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Title</emph> to enter the text in a dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">A single-click on the title allows you to move it with the mouse.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select one of the available tabs in the dialog to make modifications.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>. In your document, click outside the chart to exit chart editing mode.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp">Format - Object properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X `�[E E ! text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Searching Tables and Form Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4066896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_search"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp">Searching Tables and Form Documents</link></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values. </paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp">$[officename] Help</link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp#data_search2"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��4 4 text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Chart Axes</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155555"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chart_axis"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp">Editing Chart Axes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the axes of a chart that you have inserted:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialog appears.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select from the available sections and make the required changes (for example, select the <emph>Scale</emph> tab if you want to modify the scale of the axis).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>. In your document, click outside the chart to exit chart editing mode.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp">Format - Object properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XmU�'* * text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating a New Database</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6911526"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_new"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp">Creating a New Database</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Database</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link>, where you create a new database file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Database Wizard, select the type of database, and select the option to open the Table Wizard as the next wizard.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link> helps you to add a table to the new database file.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X!�]ױ � $ text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Buttons to Toolbars </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/newtoolbardialog/NewToolbarDialog" id="bm_id3148647"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="edit_symbolbar"><link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp">Adding Buttons to Toolbars</link></variable></paragraph><section id="edtext"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To add a button to a toolbar:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the context menu of the toolbar (right click) and choose <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> and then select the button you want to display.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible" id="bm_id3149517"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To add a button to the list of Visible Buttons:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click on the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the<emph> Toolbars </emph>box, select the toolbar you want to change.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph> , select the new command, then click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands </emph>list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XІd�s s $ text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Importing and Exporting Data in Base </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6911546"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_im_export"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Base</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An easy method to import and export database tables uses Calc as a "helper application".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Exporting data from Base</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You copy a table from Base to a new Calc sheet, then you can save or export the data to any file format that Calc supports.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the database file that contains the database table to be exported. Click Tables to view the tables, or click Queries to view the queries.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Spreadsheet</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Base window, right-click the name of the table to export. Choose <emph>Copy</emph> from the context menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click cell A1 in the new Calc window, then choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Now you can save or export the data to many file types.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Importing data to Base</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can import text files, spreadsheet files, and your system address book in read-only mode only. </paragraph><paragraph role="note">When you import from a text or spreadsheet file, the file must have a first row of header information. The second row of the file is the first valid data row. The format of every field in the second row determines the format for the entire column. Any format information from a spreadsheet file gets lost when importing to Base.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must make sure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open a Base file of the database type that you want. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Either create a new Base file using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link>, or open any existing Base file that is not read-only.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Calc file that contains the data to be imported to Base. You can open a *.dbf dBASE file or many other file types. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the data to be copied to Base. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter a range reference like A1:X500 in the Name Box if you don't want to scroll.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you copy a dBASE sheet, include the top row that contains the header data.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Base window, click <emph>Tables</emph> to view the tables.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Base window, choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You see the Copy Table dialog. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to check the <emph>Create primary key</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">On Windows systems, you can also use drag-and-drop instead of Copy and Paste. Also, for registered databases, you can open the datasource browser (press F4) instead of opening the Base window.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph><embed href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp#dbase_files"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp#csv_files"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�o2 2 ' text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Selecting Measurement Units</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="measurement_units"><link href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp">Selecting Measurement Units</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select separate measurement units for $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Writer/Web, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw documents.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open a document of the type for which you want to change the measurement units.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> if you want to select the measurement units for text documents.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on <emph>General</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp">Entering measurement units directly</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xo��K4 4 text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Pasting Contents in Special Formats</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3620715"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pasting"><link href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp">Pasting Contents in Special Formats</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialog or a drop-down icon.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The available options depend on the contents of the clipboard.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer text documents, you can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V to paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pasting clipboard contents using an icon menu</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to open the menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select one of the options.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you do not like the result, click the <emph>Undo</emph> icon and then paste again with another option.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select one of the options and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog to copy cells using basic or advanced options.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Transpose</emph>: swaps the rows and the columns of the cell range to be pasted.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Link</emph>: pastes the cell range as a link. If the source file changes, the pasted cells change also.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialog from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xx#q q $ text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="numbering_stop"><link href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp">Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs</link></variable></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">Bullets and Numbering of paragraphs is supported only in Writer, Impress and Draw.</paragraph></case><case select="MATH"/><case select="WRITER"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_removebullets.png"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">For the current paragraph or selected paragraphs you can switch off the automatic numbering or listing. Click the <emph>Numbering Off</emph> icon in the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case><default><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></default></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To remove numbering from a paragraph using the keyboard:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Place the cursor at the beginning of a numbered paragraph and press the Backspace key.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The numbering of the paragraph disappears and is removed from the numbering sequence. Numbering resumes in the following paragraph.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you press the Enter key in an empty numbered paragraph, the numbering stops.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��ap
p
# text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Accessibility in %PRODUCTNAME</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150502"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="accessibility"><link href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp">Accessibility in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following accessibility features are part of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Support of <link href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp">external devices and applications</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Access to all functions by keyboard. The keys that replace the mouse actions are listed in the <link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Help</link></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Improved readability of screen contents</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Zooming of on-screen user interface for menus, icons, and documents</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogs is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogs in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program startup may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment has to be started as well.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp#assistive"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Application Colors</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Accessibility</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��~� � ' text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using Remote Files</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="using_remote_files"><bookmark branch="hid/fps/ui/remotefilesdialog/RemoteFilesDialog" id="bm_id3148069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="remote-files"><link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp">Opening and saving files on remote servers</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="fps/ui/remotefilesdialog/RemoteFilesDialog">Remote Files Service User Guide</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME can open and save files stored on remote servers. Keeping files on remote servers allows to work with the documents using different computers. For example, you can work on a document in the office during the day and edit it at home for last-minute changes. Storing files on a remote server also backs up documents from computer loss or hard disk failure. Some servers are also able to check-in and check-out files, thus controlling their usage and access.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME supports many document servers that use well known network protocols such as FTP, WebDAV, Windows share, and SSH. It also supports popular services like Google Drive as well as commercial and open source servers that implement the OASIS CMIS standard.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To work with a remote file service you must first <link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp">setup a remote file connection</link>.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id190820161715167576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To open a file in a remote file service</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Do one of the following:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Open remote file</item> in any %PRODUCTNAME module</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">Click the <emph>Remote Files</emph> button the Start Center</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">The Remote Files dialog appears.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="2"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph> or press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">The Remote Files dialog which then appears has many parts. The upper list box contains the list of remote servers you have previously defined. The line below the list box shows the path to access the folder. On the left is the folder structure of the user space in the server. The main pane displays the files in the remote folder.</paragraph><section id="check"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id190820161721082861"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Checking out and checking in files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Check Out and Check In services control updates to document and prevent unwanted overwrites in a CMIS remote service.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Checking out a document locks it, preventing other users writing changes to it. Only one user can have a particular document checked out (locked) at any time. Checking in a document or canceling the check out unlocks the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">There are no check controls for remote files in Windows Shares, WebDAV, FTP and SSH services.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When a file is open from a CMIS remote file service, %PRODUCTNAME display a <emph>Check-out</emph> button on the top message area. Click the <emph>Check-out</emph> button to lock the file in the server to prevent edition by another user. Alternatively choose <item type="menuitem">File - Check-out</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME creates a working copy of the file in the server (and inserts the string <item type="literal">(Working Copy)</item> in the file name) when a file is checked-out. Every edition and save operation is done in the working copy. You can save your file as many times you want. When you finished your changes, check-in the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To check-in the file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Check-in</item>. A dialog opens to insert comments about the last edition. These comments are recorded in the CMIS server for version control. The working copy replaces the existing file and its version number is updated.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To cancel a check-out, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Cancel Check-Out</item>. A warning message will inform that the latest edition will be discarded. If confirmed, no version updates occurs.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Remember to check-in the file when finishing using it. Not doing so will lock the file and no other user will be allowed to modify it.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id190820161722159908"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To save a file in a remote file server</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Do one of the following</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">If the file was opened from a CMIS server, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Save</item>, click on the <emph>Save</emph> button or hit <item type="literal">Ctrl + S</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">If the file is not stored in a CMIS server, Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Save to Remote Server </item>or do a long click in the <emph>Save</emph> icon, and select <emph>Save Remote File</emph></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ul_item">The <emph>Remote files</emph> dialog appears</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="2"><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">In the <emph>Filter</emph> list box, select the desired format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">Enter a name in the File name box and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="ol_item">If you will end working with the file, check-in the file, Go to <item type="menuitem">File - Check-in</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id19082016172305788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties of files stored in CMIS servers</paragraph><paragraph role="ol_item">Files stored in CMIS server have properties and metadata not available in a local storage. These metadata are important for controls and debugging of the CMIS connection and server implementation. All parameters dispalyed are read-only.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Properties</item>, CMIS tab.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp">Setting up a remote file service</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xٜ�T T % text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Recording Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_enter"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp">Recording Changes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Not all changes are recorded. For example, the changing of a tab stop from align left to align right is not recorded. However, all usual changes made by a proofreader are recorded, such as additions, deletions, text alterations, and usual formatting.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">1.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">To start recording changes, open the document to be edited and choose <link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Track Changes</emph></link> and then choose <emph>Record Changes</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">2.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in color, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in color.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">3.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">If you move to a marked change with the mouse pointer, you will see a reference to the type of change, the author, date and time of day for the change in the Help Tip. If the Extended Tips are also enabled, you will also see any available comments on this change.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">Changes in a spreadsheet document are highlighted by a border around the cells; when you point to the cell you can see more detailed information on this change in the Help Tip.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Comment on Change</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To stop recording changes, choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph> again. The check mark is removed and you can now save the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional colored marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the settings for tracking changes, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp"><emph>Changes</emph></link> or on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp"><emph>Changes</emph></link>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp#redlining_accept"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp#redlining_versions"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X.�� % text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Texture to Chart Bars</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chart_barformat"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp">Adding Texture to Chart Bars</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter edit mode by double-clicking on the chart.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on any bar of the bar series you want to edit. All bars of this series are now selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you want to edit only one bar, click again on that bar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In the context menu choose <emph>Object Properties</emph>. Then choose the <emph>Area</emph> tab.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�a��� � & text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Applying Digital Signatures</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7430951"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Getting a Certificate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can get a certificate from a certification authority. No matter if you choose a governmental institution or a private company it is common to be charged for this service, for example when they certify your identity. Few other authorities issue certificates free of costs, like the Open Source Project <link href="https://www.CAcert.org/">CAcert</link> which is based on the well-known and reliable Web of Trust model and is of growing popularity.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Managing your Certificates</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are using Microsoft Windows, you can manage your certificates from the Control Panel applet "Internet Options" on the "Contents" tab page.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Import your new root certificate into the Trusted Root Certification Authorities list.</paragraph></case><default><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are using Solaris or Linux, you must install a recent version of Thunderbird or Firefox to install some system files that are needed for encryption.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you have created different profiles in Thunderbird or Firefox, and you want %PRODUCTNAME to use one specified profile for certificates, then you can set the environment variable MOZILLA_CERTIFICATE_FOLDER to point to the folder of that specified profile.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open your web browser’s preferences, select the <emph>Advanced</emph> section, click on the <emph>Certificates</emph> tab, and then choose <emph>View Certificates</emph>. The <emph>Certificate Manager</emph> dialog will appear.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Import your new root certificate, then select and edit the certificate. Enable the root certificate to be trusted at least for web and email access. This ensures that the certificate can sign your documents. You may edit any intermediate certificate in the same way, but it is not mandatory for signing documents.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">When you have edited the new certificates, restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph></listitem></list></default></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Signing a document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Digital Signatures</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A message box advises you to save the document. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to save the file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">After saving, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialog. Click <emph>Add</emph> to add a public key to the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog, select your certificate and click OK. </paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">You see again the Digital Signatures dialog, where you can add more certificates if you want. Click OK to add the public key to the saved file.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">A signed document shows an icon
<image src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png"/> in the status bar. You can double-click the icon in the status bar to view the certificate.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Signing the macros inside a document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Normally, macros are part of a document. If you sign a document, the macros inside the document are signed automatically. If you want to sign only the macros, but not the document, proceed as follows:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Digital Signature</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply the signature as described above for documents.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open the Basic IDE that contains signed macros, you see an icon
<image src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png"/> in the status bar. You can double-click the icon in the status bar to view the certificate.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose this setting to accept the certificate until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose this setting to cancel the connection.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X~Y�
$ text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open both the text document and the spreadsheet.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the sheet area you want to copy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Point to the selected area and press the mouse button. Keep the mouse button pressed for a moment, then drag the area into the text document.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Once the cursor is located in the place where you want to insert the sheet area, release the mouse button. The sheet area is inserted as an OLE object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can select and edit the OLE object at any time.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">To edit the OLE object, double-click on it.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Alternatively, select the object and choose <emph>Edit - Object - Edit</emph> or choose <emph>Edit</emph> from the context menu. You edit the object in its own frame within the text document, but you see the icons and menu commands needed for spreadsheets.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Open</emph> to open the source document of the OLE object.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XB�c� � & text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Adding Graphics to the Gallery</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X��8� � text/shared/guide/fax.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156426"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fax"><link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Configuring $[officename] a Fax Icon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the fax driver from the <emph>Fax</emph> list box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the "Documents" category, then select the "Send Default Fax" command.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab page, click the down arrow button to position the new icon where you want it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Your <emph>Standard</emph> bar now has a new icon to send the current document as a fax.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp#edit_symbolbar"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���! ! ( text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Turning Extended Tips On and Off</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="active_help_on_off"><link href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp">Turning Extended Tips On and Off</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Extended tips</emph> provide a brief description of the function of a particular icon, text box or menu command when you rest your cursor on that item.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To turn Extended Tips on and off:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>, and check <emph>Extended tips</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A check mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To turn Extended Tips on temporarily:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press the shortcut keys Shift+F1 to activate extended tips once.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time you click the mouse.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X9;*K K ' text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating XML Filters </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7007583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating XML Filters</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you create an XML filter for %PRODUCTNAME, you need to design an <emph>XSLT stylesheet</emph> that can convert to and from the OpenDocument XML file format.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">For more information about the OpenDocument XML format, go to <link href="http://xml.openoffice.org/">http://xml.openoffice.org/</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can include a <emph>template</emph> with your filter to apply %PRODUCTNAME styles to an XML document that you import.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Create an XML Filter</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Create an XSLT transformation <emph>stylesheet</emph> that maps the elements of the external XML format to the elements of the OpenDocument XML file format and back again.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Create a template that assigns %PRODUCTNAME styles to elements in the external XML format when you import a file in this format into %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME Writer, create a text document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Filter Name</emph> box, enter a name for the XML filter.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Application</emph> box, select the %PRODUCTNAME application that the filter is for.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>Name of File Type</emph> box, enter the file type that the filter is for.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>File extension</emph> box, enter the extension for the exported file.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To differentiate the file from other XML files, enter an extension other than *.xml.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="6"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page, define the transformation properties for the filter.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">(Optional) In the <emph>DocType</emph> box, enter the document type identifier for the external file format.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This identifier is used to detect the file type on import.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>XSLT for export</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from OpenDocument format to the external format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the <emph>XSLT for import</emph> box, enter the path and file name to the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from the external format to OpenDocument format.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">(Optional) In the <emph>Template for import</emph> box, enter the path and name of the template that defines the %PRODUCTNAME styles that are used in the imported file.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The files that are specified on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page are copied to the local %PRODUCTNAME users directory.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="7"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To Test an XML Filter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can perform basic tests on a custom XML filter in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The document is not altered by these tests. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Create or open a text document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the list of filters, select the filter that you want to test, and click <emph>Test XSLTs</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Browse</emph>, select the %PRODUCTNAME document that you want to test, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To test the current document, click <emph>Current Document</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="ordered" startwith="5"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�2 � � ! text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ms_doctypes"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp">Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the association of Microsoft Office file name extensions to open the files either in $[officename] or in Microsoft Office, using Microsoft Windows:</paragraph><section id="ms_extensions"><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In Windows’ File Explorer, right-click a file of the type that you want to assign to another application.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the context menu, choose <emph>Open with - Choose another app</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the list of applications that appears, select the program that should open the current type of files. Make sure that “Always use this app” is checked.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If these steps do not apply to your brand of Microsoft Windows, search your Microsoft Windows Help for instructions how to change the file associations.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�~��b b text/shared/guide/labels.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="labels"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Designing Labels and Business Cards</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Format</emph>, define the label format.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">$[officename] Writer contains many formats of commercially available sheets for labels, badges, and business cards. You can also add other, user-defined formats.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Inscription</emph>, you can choose what you want written on the labels.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">This often involves database fields, so that the labels can be printed with varying content, when sending "Form Letters" for example. It is also possible to have the same text printed on every label.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Format</emph> tab you can define your own label formats, not covered by the predefined formats. To do this, select "User" from the <emph>Type</emph> list box. On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, you can specify whether all labels or only certain ones are to be created.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click on <emph>New Document</emph> to create a new document with the settings you have entered.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.</paragraph></listitem></list><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp#data_new"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp">Business Cards</link></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xg�S� � # text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Registering and Deleting a Database </title><filename>/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4724570"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_register"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp">Registering and Deleting a Database</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organized, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To register an existing database file:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>New</emph> and select the database file.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To remove a registered database from %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the database file and click <emph>Delete</emph>. </paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�XZ�Aۧ � $ text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Editing Hyperlinks</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_edit"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp">Editing Hyperlinks</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>-click a hyperlink in a Writer document, your web browser opens with the requested web address. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the hyperlink and open the context menu by Shift+F10, then choose Open Hyperlink.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Change the text of a hyperlink as follows</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In Writer documents, you can click anywhere into a hyperlink and edit the visible text. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="listitem">If you leave the hyperlink by positioning the cursor somewhere else, only the visible text will be changed.</paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">If you leave the hyperlink by entering a space character directly following the last character, the AutoCorrect - if enabled - will change the target URL to be the same as the visible text.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialog to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Change the URL of a hyperlink as follows</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink Dialog</link>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Change the attribute of all hyperlinks</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Open the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the Character Styles icon.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Right-click the "Internet Link" or "Visited Internet Link" character style, and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the dialog, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit a hyperlink button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the hyperlink is a button, click on the border to select it, or press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking. Open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog through the context menu. You can edit the label text under "Caption," and modify the address in the "URL" field.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp#hyperlink_rel_abs"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�Xі? 6 6 $ text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Objects From the Gallery</title><filename>/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert an object in a document either as a <emph>copy</emph> or as a <emph>link</emph>. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a copy</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select an object using a single click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the object into the document, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Copy</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a link</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the object into the document while pressing the Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> keys, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a background graphic</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the context menu and choose <emph>Insert - Background - Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag the object on to the other object in the document while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X
�7J� � text/shared/need_help.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>We Need Your Help</title><filename>/text/shared/need_help.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="needhelp"><paragraph role="warning">This help page needs further work for correctness and completion. Please join the LibreOffice project and help us out to write the missing information.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�: ��
�
text/shared/main0226.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Design Toolbar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0226.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formularentwurf"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp">Form Design Toolbar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Form Design toolbar becomes visible as soon as you select a form object when working in the design mode.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#Section3"/><embed href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp#datanavigator"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp#formex"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syformex"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp">Add Field</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp#text"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syfeldhinzu"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp#tabordner"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#sytabordner"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01171000.xhp#imentwurfsmodusoeffnen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syimentwurfsmodusoeffnen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp#Section1"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05230000.xhp#positionundgroesse"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syposition"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syverankerung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#ganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#ganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syganznachhinten"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290100.xhp">Group</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290100.xhp#gruppierentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sygruppieren"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290200.xhp">Ungroup</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290200.xhp#aufhebentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sygrupaufh"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290300.xhp">Enter Group</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290300.xhp#betretentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sygrupbetr"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290400.xhp">Exit Group</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290400.xhp#verlassentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sygrupverl"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05110000.xhp#ausrichten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/05110000.xhp#syausrichten"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01171200.xhp">Display Grid</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#rastersicht"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01171200.xhp#syrastsicht"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GridUse" id="bm_id5272811"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GridUse" id="bm_id3156424"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01171300.xhp">Snap to Grid</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:GridUse">Specifies that you can move objects only between grid points.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01171300.xhp#syrafang"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp">Helplines While Moving</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp#verschieb"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp#syhline"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X text/shared/menu/PK
&w�X�v4�� � ! text/shared/menu/insert_chart.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Chart</title><filename>/text/shared/menu/insert_chart.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chart"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertObjectChart" id="bm_id030420160952412994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/menu/insert_chart.xhp">Chart</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a chart based on data from a cell or table range or with default data.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp#chart_insert"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp#wiz_chart_type"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp#wiz_data_range"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp#wiz_data_series"/><embed href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_elements.xhp#wiz_chart_elements"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp#chart_barformat"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���� � ! text/shared/menu/insert_shape.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shape</title><filename>/text/shared/menu/insert_shape.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="shape_submenu"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShapesMenu" id="bm_id030420161051536316"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/menu/insert_shape.xhp">Shape</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains common shapes like a line, circle, triangle, and square, or a symbol shape like a smiley face, heart, and flower that can be inserted into the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShapesLineMenu" id="bm_id03072016064620617"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains straight, freeform, curved and polygon line shapes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#line_title">Line</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#line_text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Basic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This submenu contains basic shapes like rectangles, circles, triangles, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, cylinder, and cube.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Symbol</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This submenu contains symbols shapes like smiley face, heart, sun, moon, flower, puzzle, beveled shapes, and brackets.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X˓%� � ( text/shared/menu/insert_form_control.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Control</title><filename>/text/shared/menu/insert_form_control.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="form_control_submenu"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameInteract" id="bm_id030720160612074867"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/menu/insert_form_control.xhp">Form Control</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains form controls like a textbox, checkbox, option button, and listbox that can be inserted into the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X text/shared/01/PK
%w�X���J
J
text/shared/01/06150120.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Transformation</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/XmlFilterTabPageTransformation" id="bm_id3148731"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="transformation"><link href="text/shared/01/06150120.xhp">Transformation</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".">Enter or edit file information for an <link href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp">XML filter</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilteredit"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc" id="bm_id3148731"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">DocType</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc" visibility="visible">Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="listitem">The public identifier is used to detect the filter when you open a file without specifying a filter.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browseexport" id="bm_id3153749"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browseimport" id="bm_id3157863"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browsetemp" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browsetemp" visibility="visible">Opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport" id="bm_id3156426"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">XSLT for export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport" visibility="visible">If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport" id="bm_id3151110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">XSLT for import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport" visibility="visible">If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport" id="bm_id3155831"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Template for import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport" visibility="visible">Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The path to the directory that contains the template must be included in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>. When you open an XML file whose filter uses the template, the template opens first. In the template, you can map $[officename] styles to display XML tags in the XML document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� � text/shared/01/01050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Close</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="close"><section id="schliessen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154545"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CloseDoc" id="bm_id5360279"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CloseDoc" id="bm_id3150702"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01050000.xhp">Close</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CloseDoc">Closes the current document without exiting the program.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#schliessen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Close </emph>command closes all of the open windows for the current document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you have made changes to the current document, you are prompted if you want to <link href="text/shared/01/01060000.xhp">save</link> your changes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you close the last open document window, you see the <link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/10100000.xhp">Close the current window</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01170000.xhp">Exit $[officename]</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X]L#nF F text/shared/01/05290200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Ungroup</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatUngroup" id="bm_id2549758"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatUngroup" id="bm_id3155577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05290200.xhp">Ungroup</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aufhebentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormatUngroup" visibility="visible">Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#gruppieauf"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To break apart the nested groups within a group, you must repeat this command on each subgroup.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�̑R� � text/shared/01/01010300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Business cards</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertBusinessCard" id="bm_id4830478"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertBusinessCard" id="bm_id3150431"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp">Business cards</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBusinessCard">Design and create your own business cards.</ahelp> You can choose from a number of pre-defined size formats or create your own.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#visikart"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/01010301.xhp#etiketten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010302.xhp#visitenkarten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010303.xhp#privat"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010304.xhp#geschaeft"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp#format"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010203.xhp#drucker"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X7}M�) ) text/shared/01/01100300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Custom Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="benutzer"><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/custominfopage/CustomInfoPage" id="bm_id3154926"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp">Custom Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/custominfopage/CustomInfoPage">Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info4"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/custominfopage/properties" id="bm_id0811200812001788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/custominfopage/properties">Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/custominfopage/add" id="bm_id0811200812054521"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to add a new row to the Properties list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�<}��3 �3 text/shared/01/06040100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="optionen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155620"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acoroptionspage/AutocorrectOptionsPage" id="bm_id3148765"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/ApplyAutoFmtPage" id="bm_id3147527"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/ApplyAutoFmtPage">Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">In text documents, you can choose to apply the AutoCorrect corrections while you type [T], or only when you modify existing text [M] with <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">When you choose to modify existing text with all options deselected, still all "Default" paragraph styles will be converted to "Text body" styles. </paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use replacement table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you type a letter combination that matches a shortcut in the <link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">replacement table</link>, the letter combination is replaced with the replacement text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Correct TWo INitial CApitals</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you type two uppercase letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second uppercase letter is automatically replaced with a lowercase letter.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Capitalize first letter of every sentence.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Capitalizes the first letter of every sentence.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">The first letter in a Calc cell will never be capitalized automatically.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic *bold* and _underline_</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically applies bold formatting to text enclosed by asterisks (*), and underline to text enclosed by underscores ( _ ), for example, *bold*. The asterisks and underscores are not displayed after the formatting is applied.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">This feature does not work if the formatting characters * or _ are entered with an <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#IME">Input Method Editor</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">URL Recognition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically creates a hyperlink when you type a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace Dashes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Replaces one or two hyphens with a long dash (see the following table).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Text will be replaced after you type a trailing white space (space, tab, or return). In the following table, the A and B represent text consisting of letters A to z or digits 0 to 9.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Text that you type:</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result that you get:</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A - B (A, space, minus, space, B)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A – B (A, space, en-dash, space, B)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A -- B (A, space, minus, minus, space, B)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A – B (A, space, en-dash, space, B)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A--B (A, minus, minus, B)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A—B (A, em-dash, B)<br/>(see note below the table)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A-B (A, minus, B)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A-B (unchanged)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A -B (A, space, minus, B)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A -B (unchanged)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A --B (A, space, minus, minus, B)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A –B (A, space, en-dash, B)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">If the hyphens are there between digits or the text has the Hungarian or Finnish language attribute, then two hyphens in the sequence A--B are replaced by an en-dash instead of an em-dash.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of paragraph
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of a paragraph. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete blanks and tabs at end and start of lines
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of each line. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ignore double spaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Replaces two or more consecutive spaces with a single space.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply numbering - symbol
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically creates a numbered list when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a number followed by a period, a space, and text. If a line starts with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*), followed by a space, and text, a bulleted list is created when you press Enter.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To cancel automatic numbering when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a numbering symbol, press Enter again.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="tip">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically applies a border at the base of the preceding paragraph when you type three or more specific characters, and then press Enter. To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores ( _ ), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete the created line, click the paragraph above the line, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>, delete the bottom border.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table summarizes the line thickness for the different characters: </paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">---</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">0.5pt single underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">___</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">1.0pt single underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">===</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">1.1pt double underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">***</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">4.5pt double underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">~~~</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">6.0pt double underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">###</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">9.0pt double underline</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Create table
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Creates a table when you press Enter after typing a series of hyphens (-) or tabs separated by plus signs, that is, +------+---+. Plus signs indicate column dividers, while hyphens and tabs indicate the width of a column.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">+-----------------+---------------+------+
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply Styles
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically replaces the "Default" paragraph style with the Heading 1 to Heading 8 paragraph styles. To apply the Heading 1 paragraph style, type the text that you want to use as a heading (without a period), and then press Enter twice. To apply a sub-heading, press Tab one or more times, type the text (without a period), and then press Enter.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Remove blank paragraphs
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes empty paragraphs from the current document when you choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace Custom Styles
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replaces the custom paragraph styles in the current document with the "Default", the "Text Body", or the "Text Body Indent" paragraph style.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace bullets with
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Converts paragraphs that start with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*) directly followed by a space or a tab, to bulleted lists. This option only works on paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text Body", or "Text Body Indent" paragraph styles. To change the bullet style that is used, select this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than ...
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Combines consecutive single-line paragraphs into a single paragraph. This option only works on paragraphs that use the "Default" paragraph style. If a paragraph is longer than the specified length value, the paragraph is combined with the next paragraph. To enter a different length value, select the option, and then click <link href="text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp"><emph>Edit</emph></link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/edit" id="bm_id9193700"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Edit
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/edit">Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��8f� � text/shared/01/online_update.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Check for Updates </title><filename>/text/shared/01/online_update.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7647328"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="online_update"><link href="text/shared/01/online_update.xhp">Check for Updates</link></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/autodownload" id="bm_id1509140"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/changepath" id="bm_id0116200901051320"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to select a folder to download the files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/desktop:CheckBox:TP_UPDATE_CHECK:CB_UPDATE_CHECK" id="bm_id6052125"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">You can check for updates manually or automatically.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Checking for updates will also look for updates of all installed extensions.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Help - Check for Updates</item> to check manually.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can disable or enable the automatic check in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp">Online Update</link>.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If an update is available, an icon
<image src="extensions/source/update/ui/onlineupdate_16.png"/> on the menu bar will notify you of the update. Click the icon to open a dialog with more information.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialog with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you need a proxy server, enter the proxy settings in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Internet - Proxy.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If a newer version is available and %PRODUCTNAME is not set up for automatic downloading, then you can select any of the following actions:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Download the new version.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Install the downloaded files.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Abort this check for updates for now.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimize the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If automatic downloads are disabled, start the download manually.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If no update was found, you can close the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">You need Administrator rights to update %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�T��1 1 text/shared/01/01010100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Templates Manager</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="vudintrotext"><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Templates Manager</emph> dialog allows you to manage your templates.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the <emph>Templates Manager</emph> dialog, do one of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>
</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+N.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL" id="bm_id3154317"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Categories</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the<emph> Templates and Documents</emph> dialog. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the <emph>Title </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW" id="bm_id3147275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title Box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW">Lists the available templates or documents for the selected category. Select a template or document and, then click <emph>Open</emph>. To preview the document, click the <emph>Preview</emph> button above the box on the right.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK" id="bm_id3154897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Back</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK">Moves back to the previous window in the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV" id="bm_id3150275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Up One Level</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svtools/res/up_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV">Moves up one folder level, if available.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT" id="bm_id3159414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Print</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_print.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT">Prints the selected template or document.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT">Allows you to preview the template or document, as well as view the document properties.</ahelp> To preview the template or document, click the <emph>Preview</emph> icon at the top of the Preview box on the right side of the dialog. To view the properties of the document, click the <emph>Document Properties</emph> icon at the top of the Preview box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW" id="bm_id3157322"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svtools/res/preview_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW">Allows you to preview the selected template or document.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO" id="bm_id3155996"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Document Properties</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svtools/res/info_small.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO">Displays the properties for the selected template or document.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:PushButton:DLG_DOCTEMPLATE:BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE" id="bm_id3153188"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Organize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE">Adds, removes, or rearranges templates or sample documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svtools:PushButton:DLG_DOCTEMPLATE:BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT" id="bm_id3145364"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT">Opens the selected template for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT">Opens the selected document or creates a document based on the selected template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">To add another folder to the template path, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp"><emph>$[officename] - Paths</emph></link>, and then enter the path.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp#aaa_start"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp">File properties</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���ww w text/shared/01/05110800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Subscript</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tief"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110800.xhp">Subscript</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SubScript">Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stiltief"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sytiefstellen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �
A A text/shared/01/05260200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Paragraph</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="amabsatz"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToPara" id="bm_id5539902"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToPara" id="bm_id3156053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260200.xhp">To Paragraph</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetAnchorToPara" visibility="visible">Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#amabsatz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The anchor icon is displayed at the left page margin at the beginning of the paragraph.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�:2R text/shared/01/01190000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Versions</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="versions"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1759697"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:VersionDialog" id="bm_id3149948"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/VersionsOfDialog" id="bm_id3149949"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01190000.xhp">Versions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="versionentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:VersionDialog">Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#versionen"/></section><paragraph role="warning">If you save a copy of a file that contains version information (by choosing <emph>File - Save As)</emph>, the version information is not saved with the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New versions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the options for saving a new version of the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save" id="bm_id3151110"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Save New Version</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment </emph>dialog before you save the new version.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Insert Version Comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show </emph>to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/always" id="bm_id3145316"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Always save version when closing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/always">If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you save the document manually, do not change the document after saving, and then close, no new version will be created.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/versions" id="bm_id3148642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Existing versions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/versions">Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#schliessen"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/open" id="bm_id3158431"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/open">Opens the selected version in a read-only window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/show" id="bm_id3148943"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/show">Displays the entire comment for the selected version.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/delete" id="bm_id3149655"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/delete">Deletes the selected version.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/compare" id="bm_id3154389"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Compare</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/compare">Compare the changes that were made in each version.</ahelp> If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XU�յ յ text/shared/01/05020301.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Number Format Codes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="zahlenformatcodes"><link href="text/shared/01/05020301.xhp">Number Format Codes</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Number format codes can consist of up to four sections separated by a semicolon (;).</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In a number format code with two sections, the first section applies to positive values and zero, and the second section applies to negative values.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">In a number format code with three sections, the first section applies to positive values, the second section to negative values, and the third section to the value zero.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can also assign conditions to the three sections, so that the format is only applied if a condition is met.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Fourth section applies if the content is not a value, but some text. Content is represented by an at sign (@).</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Decimal Places and Significant Digits</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use zero (0), the number sign (#) or the question mark (?) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The (#) only displays significant digits, while the (0) displays zeroes if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format. The (?) works as the (#) but adds a space character to keep decimal alignment if there is a hidden non-significant zero.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use question marks (?) to represent the number of digits to include in the numerator and the denominator of a fraction. Fractions that do not fit the pattern that you define are displayed as floating point numbers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a number contains more digits to the right of the decimal delimiter than there are placeholders in the format, the number is rounded accordingly. If a number contains more digits to the left of the decimal delimiter than there are placeholders in the format, the entire number is displayed. Use the following list as a guide for using placeholders when you create a number format code:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Placeholders</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Explanation</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">#</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Does not display extra zeros.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">?</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays space characters instead of extra zeros.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">0 (Zero)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Displays extra zeros if the number has less places than zeros in the format.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Number Format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format Code</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">3456.78 as 3456.8</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">####.#</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">9.9 as 9.900</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">#.000</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">13 as 13.0 and 1234.567 as 1234.57</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">#.0#</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">5.75 as 5 3/4 and 6.3 as 6 3/10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code"># ???/???</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">.5 as 0.5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">0.##</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">.5 as 0.5 (with two extra spaces at the end)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">0.???</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Thousands Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on your language setting, you can use a comma, a period or a blank as a thousands separator. You can also use the separator to reduce the size of the number that is displayed by a multiple of 1000 for each separator.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Number Format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format Code</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">15000 as 15,000</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">#,###</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">16000 as 16</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">#,</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Including Text in Number Format Codes</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text and Numbers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell containing numbers, place a double quotation mark (") in front of and behind the text, or a backslash (\) before a single character. For example, enter <emph>#.# "meters"</emph> to display "3.5 meters" or <emph>#.# \m</emph> to display "3.5 m".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text and Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell that might contain text, enclose the text by double quotation marks (" "), and then add an at sign (@). For example, enter <emph>"Total for "@</emph> to display "Total for December".</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To use a character to define the width of a space in a number format, type an underscore ( _ ) followed by the character. The width of the space varies according to the width of the character that you choose. For example, <emph>_M</emph> creates a wider space than <emph>_i</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To fill free space with a given character, use an asterisk (*) followed by this character. For instance:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">*\0</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">will display integer value (0) preceded by as many as needed backslash characters (\) to fill column width. For accounting representation, you may left align currency symbol with a format similar to:</paragraph><paragraph role="code">$_-* 0.--;$-* 0.--;$_-* -</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To set the color of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following color names in square brackets [ ]:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">CYAN</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">GREEN</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">BLACK</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">BLUE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">MAGENTA</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">RED</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">WHITE</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">YELLOW</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conditions</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Conditional Brackets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can define a number format so that it only applies when the condition that you specify is met. Conditions are enclosed by square brackets [ ].</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use any combination of numbers and the <, <=, >, >=, = and <> operators.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, if you want to apply different colors to different temperature data, enter:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">[BLUE][<0]#.0 "°C";[RED][>30]#.0 "°C";[BLACK]#.0 "°C"</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All temperatures below zero are blue, temperatures between 0 and 30 °C are black, and temperatures higher than 30 °C are red.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Positive and Negative Numbers</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To define a number format that adds a different text to a number depending on if the number is positive, negative, or equal to zero, use the following format:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">"plus" 0;"minus" 0;"null" 0</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Percentages, Scientific Notation and Fraction Representation</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Percentages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To display numbers as percentages, add the percent sign (%) to the number format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Scientific Notation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Scientific notation lets you write very large numbers or very small fractions in a compact form. For example, in scientific notation, 650000 is written as 6.5 x 10^5, and 0.000065 as 6.5 x 10^-5. In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, these numbers are written as 6.5E+5 and 6.5E-5, respectively. To create a number format that displays numbers using scientific notation, enter a # or 0, and then one of the following codes E-, E+, e- or e+. If sign is omitted after E or e, it won't appear for positive value of exponent. To get engineering notation, enter 3 digits (0 or #) in the integer part.For instance: ###.##E+00</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fraction Representation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To represent a value as a fraction, format consists of two or three parts: integer optional part, numerator and denominator. Integer and numerator are separated by a blank or any quoted text. Numerator and denominator are separated by a slash character. Each part can consist of a combination of #, ? and 0 as placeholders.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Denominator is calculated to get the nearest value of the fraction with repsect to the number of placeholders. For example, PI value is represented as 3 16/113 with format:</paragraph><paragraph role="example"># ?/???</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Denominator value can also be forced to the value replacing placeholders. For example, to get PI value as a multiple of 1/16th (i.e. 50/16), use format:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">?/16</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Number Format Codes of Currency Formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (Euros).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, [$€-407] represents Euros in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the <emph>Language</emph> list on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab of the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp#waehrungtext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date and Time Formats</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Date Formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To display days, months and years, use the following number format codes. </paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Not all format codes give meaningful results for all languages.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format Code</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Month as 3.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">M</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Month as 03.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">MM</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Month as Jan-Dec</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">MMM</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Month as January-December</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">MMMM</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">First letter of Name of Month</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">MMMMM</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Day as 2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">D</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Day as 02</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">DD</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Day as Sun-Sat</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">NN or DDD</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Day as Sunday to Saturday</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">NNN or DDDD</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Day followed by comma, as in "Sunday,"</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">NNNN</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Year as 00-99</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">YY</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Year as 1900-2078</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">YYYY</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calendar week</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">WW</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Quarterly as Q1 to Q4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">Q</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Quarterly as 1st quarter to 4th quarter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">QQ</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Era on the Japanese Gengou calendar, single character (possible values are: M, T, S, H)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">G</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Era, abbreviation</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">GG</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Era, full name</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">GGG</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number of the year within an era, without a leading zero for single-digit years</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">E</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number of the year within an era, with a leading zero for single-digit years</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">EE or R</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Era, full name and year</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">RR or GGGEE</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">The above listed formatting codes work with your language version of %PRODUCTNAME. However, when you need to switch the locale of %PRODUCTNAME to another locale, you will need to know the formatting codes used in that other locale. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, if your software is set to an English locale, and you want to format a year with four digits, you enter YYYY as a formatting code. When you switch to a German locale, you must use JJJJ instead. The following table lists only the localized differences.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Locale</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Year</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Month</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Day</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Hour</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Day Of Week</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Era</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">English - en</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">and all not listed locales</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Y</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">M</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">D</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">H</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">N</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">G</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">German - de</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">J</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Netherlands - nl</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">J</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">U</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">French - fr</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">J</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">O</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Italian - it</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">G</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">O</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">X</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Portuguese - pt</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">O</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spanish - es</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">O</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Danish - da</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Norwegian - no, nb, nn</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Swedish - sv</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finnish - fi</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">V</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">K</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">P</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Entering Dates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To enter a date in a cell, use the Gregorian calendar format. For example, in an English locale, enter 1/2/2002 for Jan 2, 2002.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All date formats are dependent on the locale that is set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language settings - Languages</emph>. For example, if your locale is set to 'Japanese', then the Gengou calendar is used. The default date format in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the Gregorian Calendar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To specify a calendar format that is independent of the locale, add a modifier in front of the date format. For example, to display a date using the Jewish calendar format in a non-Hebrew locale, enter: [~jewish]DD/MM/YYYY.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Modifier</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~buddhist]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Thai Buddhist Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~gengou]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese Gengou Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~gregorian]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Gregorian Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~hanja] or [~hanja_yoil]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~hijri]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arabic Islamic Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~jewish]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jewish Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[~ROC]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Republic Of China Calendar</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">If you perform a calculation that involves one or more cells using a date format, the result is formatted according to the following mappings:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Initial Format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date + Date</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number (Days)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date + Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date + Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date&Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date + Date&Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time + Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time + Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time + Date&Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date&Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date&Time + Date&Time</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date&Time + Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Date&Time</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number + Number</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Number</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">The Date&Time format displays the date and time that an entry was made to a cell with this format.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp#jahreszahlen"/><paragraph role="note">By default in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, a date with the value "0" corresponds to Dec 30, 1899.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Time Formats</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To display hours, minutes and seconds use the following number format codes.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Format Code</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hours as 0-23</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">H</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hours as 00-23</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">HH</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hours as 00 up to more than 23</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[HH]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Minutes as 0-59</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">M</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Minutes as 00-59</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">MM</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Minutes as 00 up to more than 59</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[MM]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Seconds as 0-59</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">S</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Seconds as 00-59</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">SS</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Seconds as 00 up to more than 59</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="code">[SS]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">To display seconds as fractions, add the decimal delimiter to your number format code. For example, enter <emph>HH:MM:SS.00</emph> to display the time as "01:02:03.45".</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Minute time formats M and MM must be used in combination with hour or second time formats to avoid confusion with month date format.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a time is entered in the form 02:03.45 or 01:02:03.45 or 25:01:02, the following formats are assigned if no other time format has been specified: MM:SS.00 or [HH]:MM:SS.00 or [HH]:MM:SS</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Displaying Numbers Using Native Characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To display numbers using native number characters, use a [NatNum1], [NatNum2], ... [NatNum11] modifier at the beginning of a number format codes.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The [NatNum1] modifier always uses a one to one character mapping to convert numbers to a string that matches the native number format code of the corresponding locale. The other modifiers produce different results if they are used with different locales. A locale can be the language and the territory for which the format code is defined, or a modifier such as [$-yyy] that follows the native number modifier. In this case, yyy is the hexadecimal MS-LCID that is also used in currency format codes. For example, to display a number using Japanese short Kanji characters in an English US locale, use the following number format code:</paragraph><paragraph role="example">[NatNum1][$-411]0</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the following list, the Microsoft Excel [DBNumX] modifier that corresponds to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> [NatNum] modifier is shown. If you want, you can use a [DBNumX] modifier instead of [NatNum] modifier for your locale. Whenever possible, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> internally maps [DBNumX] modifiers to [NatNumN] modifiers.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displaying dates using [NatNum] modifiers can have a different effect than displaying other types of numbers. Such effects are indicated by 'CAL: '. For example, 'CAL: 1/4/4' indicates that the year is displayed using the [NatNum1] modifier, while the day and month are displayed using the [NatNum4] modifier. If 'CAL' is not specified, the date formats for that particular modifier are not supported.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum0]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Try to convert any native number string to ASCII Arabic digits. If already ASCII, it remains ASCII.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum1]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese lower case characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">short Kanji characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum1]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL: 1/4/4 [DBNum1]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean lower case characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum1]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hebrew</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hebrew characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arabic</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arabic-Indic characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Thai</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Thai characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hindi</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Indic-Devanagari characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Odia</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Odia (Oriya) characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Marathi</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Indic-Devanagari characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Bengali</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Bengali characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Punjabi</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Punjabi (Gurmukhi) characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Gujarati</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Gujarati characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tamil</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tamil characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Telugu</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Telugu characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Kannada</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Kannada characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Malayalam</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Malayalam characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Lao</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Lao characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tibetan</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tibetan characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Burmese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Burmese (Myanmar) characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Khmer</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Khmer (Cambodian) characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Mongolian</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Mongolian characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Nepali</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Indic-Devanagari characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Dzongkha</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tibetan characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Farsi</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">East Arabic-Indic characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Church Slavic</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Cyrillic characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum2]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese upper case characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL 2/8/8 [DBNum2]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">traditional Kanji characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL 2/5/5 [DBNum2]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean upper case characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum2]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL 2/8/8 [DBNum2]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hebrew</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hebrew numbering</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum3]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">fullwidth Arabic digits</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">fullwidth Arabic digits</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">fullwidth Arabic digits</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum3]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum4]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">lower case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum1]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">modern long Kanji text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum2]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">formal lower case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum5]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese upper case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum2]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">traditional long Kanji text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum3]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">formal upper case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum6]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">fullwidth text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum3]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">fullwidth text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">fullwidth text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum7]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">short lower case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">modern short Kanji text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">informal lower case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum8]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Chinese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">short upper case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Japanese</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">traditional short Kanji text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum4]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">informal upper case text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum9]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hangul characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum10]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">formal Hangul text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[DBNum4]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">CAL 9/11/11 [DBNum4]</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">[NatNum11]</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Transliterations</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Native Number Characters</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">DBNumX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Date Format</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Korean</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">informal Hangul text</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell/><tablecell/></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�
D text/shared/01/06140500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Events</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ereignisse"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152427"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableEvents" id="bm_id1163922275"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/macroassignpage/MacroAssignPage" id="bm_id1163922276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06140500.xhp">Events</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="assignaction"><ahelp hid=".">Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#events"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">The dialog box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/savein" id="bm_id1163975"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save In</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="705547787">Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">A macro that is saved with a document can only be run when that document is opened.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/events" id="bm_id1800286"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/macroassignpage/assignments" id="bm_id1800286"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="40000">The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click <emph>Assign Macro</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/macroassignpage/assign" id="bm_id755672891"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/macro" id="bm_id752891"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assign Macro</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONFIG_EVENT:PB_ASSIGN">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro Selector</link> to assign a macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/delete" id="bm_id9109164.00000001"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/macroassignpage/delete" id="bm_id9109164341"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove Macro</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONFIG_EVENT:PB_DELETE">Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">List of events</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X%7��� � text/shared/01/05240000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Flip</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="legende"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151264"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FlipMenu" id="bm_id7839594"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp">Flip</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#spiegeln"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05240100.xhp#vertikal"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05240200.xhp#horizontal"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� text/shared/01/05020300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbers / Format</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152942"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/NumberingFormatPage" id="bm_id3150147"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableNumberFormatDialog" id="bm_id2370759"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Numbers / Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zahlen"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableNumberFormatDialog">Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#zahlen"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/categorylb" id="bm_id3153312"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/categorylb">Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the <emph>Format </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">The default currency format for a cell is determined by the regional settings of your operating system.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/formatlb" id="bm_id3155449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/formatlb">Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.</ahelp> The code for the selected option is displayed in the <emph>Format Code</emph> box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/currencylb" id="bm_id3154381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Currency category list boxes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/currencylb">Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the <emph>Format</emph> list to view the formatting options for the currency.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="waehrungtext"><paragraph role="note">The format code for currencies uses the form [$xxx-nnn], where xxx is the currency symbol, and nnn the country code. Special banking symbols, such as EUR (for Euro), do not require the country code. The currency format is not dependent on the language that you select in the<emph> Language</emph> box. </paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/languagelb" id="bm_id3148797"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/languagelb">Specifies the language setting for the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">cells </caseinline><defaultinline>fields</defaultinline></switchinline>. With the language set to <emph>Automatic</emph>, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">cells </caseinline><defaultinline>fields</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The language setting ensures that date and currency formats, as well as decimal and thousands separators, are preserved even when the document is opened in an operating system that uses a different default language setting.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/sourceformat" id="bm_id3145747"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Source format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/sourceformat">Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the options for the selected format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/decimalsed" id="bm_id3151178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Decimal places</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/decimalsed">Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/denominatored" id="bm_id3151179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Denominator places</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/denominatored">With fraction format, enter the number of places for the denominator that you want to display.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/leadzerosed" id="bm_id3153106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Leading zeroes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/leadzerosed">Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/negnumred" id="bm_id3157895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Negative numbers in red</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/negnumred">Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/thousands" id="bm_id3148645"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use thousands separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/thousands">Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/engineering" id="bm_id3148646"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Engineering notation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/engineering">With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/formatted" id="bm_id3150961"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format code</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/formatted">Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.</ahelp> The following options are only available for user-defined number formats.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/add" id="bm_id3163717"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/add">Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/delete" id="bm_id3159181"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/delete">Deletes the selected number format.</ahelp> The changes are effective after you restart $[officename].</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/edit" id="bm_id3151119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit Comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/edit">Adds a comment to the selected number format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingformatpage/commented" id="bm_id3154470"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/commented">Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020301.xhp">Number format codes</link>: <link href="text/shared/01/05020301.xhp">custom format codes</link> defined by user.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xm��V� � text/shared/01/02230500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Merge Document</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="merge_documents"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeDocuments" id="bm_id2244498"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeDocuments" id="bm_id3146946"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230500.xhp">Merge Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dokzus"><ahelp hid=".uno:MergeDocuments" visibility="visible">Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.</ahelp></variable> Identical changes are merged automatically.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#einfuegen"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"/></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �Kg� � text/shared/01/01100200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokument"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149955"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentinfopage/DocumentInfoPage" id="bm_id3154926"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01100200.xhp">General</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/documentinfopage/DocumentInfoPage">Contains basic information about the current file.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info2"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentinfopage/nameed" id="bm_id3149283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/documentinfopage/nameed">Displays the file name.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the file type for the current document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Location:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the path and the name of the directory where the file is stored.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Size:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the size of the current document in bytes.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Created:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the date and time and author when the file was first saved.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modified:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the date and time and author when the file was last saved in a $[officename] file format.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Template:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the template that was used to create the file.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentinfopage/signature" id="bm_id3149284"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Digitally signed:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the date and the time when the file was last signed as well as the name of the author who signed the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Digital Signature</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialog where you can manage digital signatures for the current document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Last printed:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the date and time and user name when the file was last printed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Total editing time:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the amount of time that the file has been open for editing since the file was created. The editing time is updated when you save the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Revision number:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the number of times that the file has been saved.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentinfopage/userdatacb" id="bm_id3159270"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply User Data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/documentinfopage/userdatacb">Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User Data</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentinfopage/reset" id="bm_id3148686"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reset Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/documentinfopage/reset">Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X#}h� � text/shared/01/05100200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Split Cells</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zellenteilen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SplitCell" id="bm_id3525727"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/SplitCellsDialog" id="bm_id3147405"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp">Split Cells</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="teilentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SplitCell">Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>
</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syzellenteilen"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_splitcell.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Split Cells</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Split cell into</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/countnf">Enter the number of rows or columns that you want to split the selected cell(s) into.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontally</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/hori">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Into equal proportions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/prop">Splits cells into rows of equal height.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/vert">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��40� � text/shared/01/06040500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect context menu</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect context menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To access this menu, right-click a misspelled word in your document. To view the misspelled words in your document, choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_REPLACE" id="bm_id3151097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><Replacement Suggestions></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_REPLACE">Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_START" id="bm_id3155934"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG" id="bm_id3155351"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spellcheck</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spellcheck</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_ADDWORD" id="bm_id3154422"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD" id="bm_id3153551"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD">Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_IGNORE" id="bm_id3147571"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD" id="bm_id3150144"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore all</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD">Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_EDITENG_SPELLER_AUTOCORRECT" id="bm_id3145345"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR" id="bm_id3145313"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">AutoCorrect</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR">To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE" id="bm_id3149398"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Word is <name of language></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE">Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE" id="bm_id3150503"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paragraph is <name of language></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE">Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�r��d d text/shared/01/01170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Exit</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="exit"><section id="beenden"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154545"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Quit" id="bm_id3155619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01170000.xhp">Exit</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.</ahelp> This command does not exist on Mac OS X systems.</paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#beenden"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01050000.xhp">Close the current document</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�+� � text/shared/01/01020103.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Filter Selection</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Filter Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to select an import filter.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#filterauswahl"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/filterselect/filters" id="bm_id1646778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:LISTBOX:DLG_FILTER_SELECT:LB_DLG_LISTBOX">Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If $[officename] does not recognize the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select the import filter from the list.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Ensure that the file extension corresponds to the file type of the document. For example, a Microsoft Word document must have a (*.doc) extension for $[officename] to use the appropriate filter.</paragraph></listitem></list><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Install a missing import filter with the <emph>$[officename] Setup</emph> program.</paragraph></listitem></list></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�n� � text/shared/01/06150100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>XML Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xml_filter"><link href="text/shared/01/06150100.xhp">XML Filter</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">View and edit the settings of an <link href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp">XML filter</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilteredit"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/06150110.xhp#general"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06150120.xhp#transformation"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�fK�2 2 ! text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Find</title><filename>/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="find"><bookmark branch="hid/vnd.sun.star.findbar:FocusToFindbar" id="bm_id102920151224228356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp">Find</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Toggle the visibility of the <emph>Find</emph> toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#find"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#02100000"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#finding"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X.� � � text/shared/01/04140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Inserting Pictures</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertGraphic" id="bm_id3150278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp">Inserting Images</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="image_text"><variable id="grafiktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertGraphic">Inserts an image into the current document <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">with optimal page wrapping and centered on the line
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">at the current cell position
</caseinline><defaultinline>centered on the page or slide</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#grafik"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3150902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE">Select the frame style for the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_OFA_HYPERLINK_URL_TXT" id="bm_id3157991"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB" id="bm_id3152542"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB">Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/HID_IMPGRF_CB_PREVIEW" id="bm_id3148548"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB" id="bm_id3147043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB">Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X@<R� � text/shared/01/04060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Scan</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="scannen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Scan" id="bm_id4211756"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Scan" id="bm_id3147090"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp">Scan</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="scan"><ahelp hid=".uno:Scan">Inserts a scanned image into your document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To insert a scanned image, the driver for your scanner must be installed. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Under UNIX systems, install the SANE package found at http://www.mostang.com/sane/. The SANE package must use the same libc as $[officename].
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#scannen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04060100.xhp">Select Source</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04060100.xhp#quellaus"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04060200.xhp">Request</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04060200.xhp#anford"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X<# �7 �7 text/shared/01/02070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Paste Special</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="paste_special"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PasteClipboard" id="bm_id3149987"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PasteSpecial" id="bm_id3154100"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pastespecial/PasteSpecialDialog" id="bm_id3154101"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/PasteSpecial" id="bm_id3154101"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="inhalteeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PasteSpecial">Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#inhalte"/></section></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><section id="Section1"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#inhalte"/></section></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><section id="Section2"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#inhalte"/></section></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><section id="Section3"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#inhalte"/></section></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pastespecial/source" id="bm_id3156410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pastespecial/source">Displays the source of the clipboard contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pastespecial/list" id="bm_id080420080314218"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pastespecial/list">Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">When you paste HTML data into a text document, you can choose "HTML format" or "HTML format without comments". The second choice is the default; it pastes all HTML data, but no comments.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertContents" id="bm_id7770068"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Paste Special
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">This dialog appears in Calc if the clipboard contains spreadsheet cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Selection
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/paste_all" id="bm_id3148991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Paste all
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/paste_all">Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/text" id="bm_id3149796"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Text
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/text"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts cells containing text.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/numbers" id="bm_id3147303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Numbers
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/numbers"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts cells containing numbers.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/datetime" id="bm_id3154936"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Date & Time
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/datetime"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts cells containing date and time values.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/formulas" id="bm_id3151210"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulas
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/formulas">Inserts cells containing formulae.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/comments" id="bm_id3159149"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Comments
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/comments"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts comments that are attached to cells. If you want to add the comments to the existing cell content, select the "Add" operation.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/formats" id="bm_id3145171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formats
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/formats"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts cell format attributes.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/objects" id="bm_id3145202"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Objects
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/objects"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Operations
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Select the operation to apply when you paste cells into your sheet.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/none" id="bm_id3153213"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">None
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/none"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/add" id="bm_id3149064"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Add
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/add"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Adds the values in the clipboard cells to the values in the target cells. Also, if the clipboard only contains comments, adds the comments to the target cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/subtract" id="bm_id3152576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Subtract
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/subtract"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Subtracts the values in the clipboard cells from the values in the target cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/multiply" id="bm_id3149667"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Multiply
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/multiply"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Multiplies the values in the clipboard cells with the values in the target cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/divide" id="bm_id3153140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Divide
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/divide"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Divides the values in the target cells by the values in the clipboard cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Options
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Sets the paste options for the clipboard contents.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/skip_empty" id="bm_id3149485"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Skip empty cells
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/skip_empty">Empty cells from the clipboard do not replace target cells. If you use this option in conjunction with the <emph>Multiply</emph> or the <emph>Divide</emph> operation, the operation is not applied to the target cell of an empty cell in the clipboard.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">If you select a mathematical operation and clear the<emph> Skip empty cells </emph>box, empty cells in the clipboard are treated as zeroes. For example, if you apply the <emph>Multiply</emph> operation, the target cells are filled with zeroes.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/transpose" id="bm_id3145649"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Transpose
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/transpose">The rows of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become columns of the output range. The columns of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become rows.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/link" id="bm_id3154270"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Link
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/link">Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the <emph>Insert All</emph> option is also selected. </ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can also link sheets within the same spreadsheet. When you link to other files, a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde">DDE link</link> is automatically created. A DDE link is inserted as a matrix formula and can only be modified as a whole.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Shift Cells
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Set the shift options for the target cells when the clipboard content is inserted.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/no_shift" id="bm_id3145208"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Don't shift
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/no_shift"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserted cells replace the target cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/move_down" id="bm_id3149020"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Down
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/move_down"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Target cells are shifted downward when you insert cells from the clipboard.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/move_right" id="bm_id3150043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Right
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pastespecial/move_right"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Target cells are shifted to the right when you insert cells from the clipboard.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�x�AF F text/shared/01/03040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Input Method Status</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="input_method_status"><section id="ime"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159079"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowImeStatusWindow" id="bm_id4129286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03040000.xhp">Input Method Status</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#ime"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Currently only the Internet/Intranet Input Method Protocol (IIIMP) under Unix is supported.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�|�$ $ text/shared/01/05040100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Organizer</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verwalten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153383"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/ManageStylePage" id="bm_id3145356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp">Organizer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/ManageStylePage">Set the options for the selected style.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#seiteverwalten"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/namerw" id="bm_id3804437"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/namero" id="bm_id3804438"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/namerw">Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/autoupdate" id="bm_id8273873"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">AutoUpdate
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/autoupdate">Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/nextstyle" id="bm_id1614123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/nextstyle">Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/linkedwith" id="bm_id373241"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Linked with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/linkedwith">Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/category" id="bm_id7994018"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/category">Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot change the category for a predefined style.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/managestylepage/desc" id="bm_id3153127"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Contains</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/managestylepage/desc">Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assign Shortcut Key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page where you can assign a shortcut key to the current Style.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Update Style</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X颩�$
$
text/shared/01/05200300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Arrow Styles</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linienenden"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LineEndPage" id="bm_id3152942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp">Arrow Styles</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LineEndPage">Edit or create arrow styles.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#linienenden"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Organize arrow styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lets you organize the current list of arrow styles.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/EDT_NAME" id="bm_id3152426"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/EDT_NAME">Displays the name of the selected arrow style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LB_LINEENDS" id="bm_id3153578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Arrow style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LB_LINEENDS">Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_ADD" id="bm_id3153346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_ADD">To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_MODIFY" id="bm_id3159158"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_MODIFY">Changes the name of the selected arrow style.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_LOAD" id="bm_id3148992"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Load Arrow Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_LOAD">Imports a list of arrow styles.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_SAVE" id="bm_id3150772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save Arrow Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_SAVE">Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X]�l��
�
text/shared/01/05230500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Callout</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="legende"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149038"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05230500.xhp">Callout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the properties of the selected callout.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#legende"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/CalloutPage" id="bm_id3149999"/><paragraph role="note">These callouts are a legacy of the first versions of %PRODUCTNAME. You must customize a toolbar or menu to insert these callouts. The newer custom shape callouts offer more features, for example a Callouts toolbar
<image src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png"/> where you can select the shape.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/valueset" id="bm_id3149999"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Callout Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/valueset">Click the <emph>Callout</emph> style that you want to apply to the selected callout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/spacing" id="bm_id3152425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/spacing">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/position" id="bm_id3147043"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/by" id="bm_id3153394"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/extension" id="bm_id3153527"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extension</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/position">Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/length" id="bm_id3146958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/length">Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Length </emph>box is only available if you select the <emph>Angled connector line</emph> callout style, and leave the <emph>Optimal </emph>checkbox cleared.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/optimal" id="bm_id3153332"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Optimal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/optimal">Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�t�� � text/shared/01/05350500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Textures</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="texturen"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texture" id="bm_id3148410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05350500.xhp">Textures</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texture">Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>, hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#3dtexturen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Textures</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the texture properties.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the color properties of the texture.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/textype" id="bm_id3166461"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Black & White</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/textype">Converts the texture to black and white.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/luminanc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Black & White</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcolor" id="bm_id3150130"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcolor">Converts the texture to color.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/color.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Color</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Show or hide shading.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texreplace" id="bm_id3154905"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Only Texture</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texreplace">Applies the texture without shading.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/replac3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Only Texture</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texmodulate" id="bm_id3151106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Texture and Shading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texmodulate">Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the <emph>Shading</emph> button in this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/modula3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Texture and Shading</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Projection X</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the options for displaying the texture.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texobjx" id="bm_id3151041"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Object-specific</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texobjx">Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/objspc3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Object-specific</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texparallelx" id="bm_id3149560"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parallel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texparallelx">Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/parallel.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Parallel</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcirclex" id="bm_id3144440"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Circular</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcirclex">Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/parallel.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Circular</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Projection Y</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the respective buttons to define the texture for the object Y axis.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texobjy" id="bm_id3145113"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Object-specific</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texobjy">Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/objspc3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Object-specific</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texparallely" id="bm_id3145799"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Parallel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texparallely">Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/parallel.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Parallel</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcircley" id="bm_id3154096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Circular</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcircley">Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/parallel.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Circular</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Filter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Filters out some of the 'noise' that can occur when you apply a texture to a 3D object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/texfilter" id="bm_id3155085"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Filtering On/Off</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texfilter">Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx10715.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Filtering On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X {n� text/shared/01/05110400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Strikethrough</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="durch"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152942"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Strikeout" id="bm_id9620823"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Strikeout" id="bm_id3153899"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110400.xhp">Strikethrough</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Strikeout" visibility="visible">Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stildurch"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�!Cv text/shared/01/06150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>XML Filter Settings</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="xmlfilter"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153272"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenXMLFilterSettings" id="bm_id1477589"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/XMLFilterSettingsDialog" id="bm_id3149964"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp">XML Filter Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OpenXMLFilterSettings">Opens the <emph>XML Filter Settings </emph>dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilter"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp#xsltfilter"/><paragraph role="note">Some filters are only available as optional components during the %PRODUCTNAME installation. To install an optional filter, run the %PRODUCTNAME Setup application, select "Modify", and then select the filter that you want in the list of modules.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The term <emph>XML filter</emph> is used in the following as a shortcut for the more exact description as an <emph>XSLT based filter</emph>.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Term</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">XML</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Extensible Markup Language</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">XSL</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Extensible Stylesheet Language</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">XSLT</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation. XSLT files are also called XSLT stylesheets.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">The XHTML export filter produces valid "XHTML 1.0 Strict" output for Writer, Calc, Draw, and Impress documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/filterlist" id="bm_id3166460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/filterlist">Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some filters are only available as optional components during the %PRODUCTNAME installation. To install an optional filter, run the %PRODUCTNAME Setup application, select "Modify", and then select the filter that you want in the list of modules.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The lists shows the name and the type of the installed filters.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click a filter to select it.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Shift-click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>-click to select several filters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click a name to edit the filter.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new" id="bm_id3148924"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xsltfilterdialog/XSLTFilterDialog" id="bm_id3149965"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit" id="bm_id3154810"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test" id="bm_id3149415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Test XSLTs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete" id="bm_id3150669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save" id="bm_id3149245"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save as Package</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open" id="bm_id3152361"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open Package</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help" id="bm_id3154388"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Help</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close" id="bm_id3143279"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� �[ [ text/shared/01/05320000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Animation</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="lauftext"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TextAnimation" id="bm_id3147477"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05320000.xhp">Text Animation</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TextAnimation">Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#laufext"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text animation effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the effect that you want to apply, and then set the properties of the effect.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT" id="bm_id3149205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT">Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select <emph>No Effect</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT" id="bm_id3152801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To the Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT">Scrolls text from right to left.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06301.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Left arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT" id="bm_id3145072"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To the Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT">Scrolls text from left to right.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sc06300.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Right arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP" id="bm_id3146138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To the Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP">Scrolls text from bottom to top.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="dbaccess/res/sortup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Up arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN" id="bm_id3150944"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To the Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN">Scrolls text from top to bottom.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="dbaccess/res/sortdown.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Down arrow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE" id="bm_id3151056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start Inside</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE">Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_STOP_INSIDE" id="bm_id3151108"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text visible when exiting</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_STOP_INSIDE">Text remains visible after the effect is applied.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Animation effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the looping options for the animation effect.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS" id="bm_id3144434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continuous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT" id="bm_id3154821"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continuous box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT">Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Increment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the increment value for scrolling the text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL" id="bm_id3152803"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Pixels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL">Measures increment value in pixels.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT" id="bm_id3152936"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Increment box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT">Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delay</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount time to wait before repeating the effect.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO" id="bm_id3147352"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the<emph> Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY" id="bm_id3153952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY">Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���>� � text/shared/01/05120200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>1.5 Lines</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeilen15"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpacePara15" id="bm_id4429118"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpacePara15" id="bm_id3158442"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05120200.xhp">1.5 Lines</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SpacePara15">Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#zeilenabstandeinsfuenf"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syeineinhalbzeilig"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �\ \ text/shared/01/05360000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Distribution</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DistributeSelection" id="bm_id9823972"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/DistributionPage" id="bm_id3144750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05360000.xhp">Distribution</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verteilungtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DistributeSelection">Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#verteilung"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects are distributed with respect to the outermost objects in the selection.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontally</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the horizontal distribution for the selected objects.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/hornone" id="bm_id3154381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/hornone">Does not distribute the objects horizontally.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/horleft" id="bm_id3156156"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/horleft">Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/horcenter" id="bm_id3149903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/horcenter">Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/hordistance" id="bm_id3149235"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/hordistance">Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/horright" id="bm_id3156152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/horright">Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the vertical distribution for the selected objects.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/vernone" id="bm_id3151384"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/vernone">Does not distribute the objects vertically.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/vertop" id="bm_id3145068"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/vertop">Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/vercenter" id="bm_id3154758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/vercenter">Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/verdistance" id="bm_id3152772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/verdistance">Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/distributionpage/verbottom" id="bm_id3153778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/distributionpage/verbottom">Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����C C " text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Embedding Fonts</title><filename>/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="font"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149955"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentfontspage/DocumentFontsPage" id="bm_id3154926"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp">Font</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/documentfontspage/DocumentFontsPage">Embed document fonts in the current file.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info7"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/documentinfopage/embedFonts" id="bm_id3149283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fonts embedding</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/documentfontspage/embedFonts">Mark this box to embed document fonts into the document file, for portability between different computer systems.</ahelp> The document with embedded fonts has a larger size and the fonts are used on the target computer for better rendering of the document layout.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Consider embedding fonts when your document use rare or custom fonts not generally available in other computers.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�G`I� � text/shared/01/05250300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Send Backward</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="positionnachhinten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Backward" id="bm_id2505918"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Backward" id="bm_id3149988"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectBackOne" id="bm_id0801200803071063"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectBackOne" id="bm_id0801200803082118"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05250300.xhp">Send Backward</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#nachhinten"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Layer</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Ϫm m text/shared/01/01010203.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drucker"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/LabelOptionsPage" id="bm_id3154894"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010203.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/LabelOptionsPage" visibility="visible">Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#druckereti"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/entirepage" id="bm_id3159233"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entire Page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/entirepage" visibility="visible">Creates a full page of labels or business cards.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/singlelabel" id="bm_id3147089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Single Label</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/singlelabel" visibility="visible">Prints a single label or business card on a page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/cols" id="bm_id3155338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Column</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/cols" visibility="visible">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/rows" id="bm_id3150443"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Row</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/rows" visibility="visible">Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/synchronize" id="bm_id3159166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Synchronize contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/synchronize">Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the <emph>Synchronize Labels </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/floatingsync/sync" id="bm_id3145119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Synchronize Labels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Synchronize labels </emph>button only appears in your document if you selected the <emph>Synchronize contents </emph>on the<emph> Options tab </emph>when you created the labels or business cards.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/floatingsync/sync" visibility="visible">Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the name of the currently selected printer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/setup" id="bm_id3155180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Setup</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/setup">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp">Printer Setup</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��>� � text/shared/01/06040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>AutoCorrect</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153391"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoCorrectDlg" id="bm_id1521736"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AutoCorrectDlg" id="bm_id3147543"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">AutoCorrect</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="autoko"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoCorrectDlg">Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokorr"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">The AutoCorrect settings are applied when you press the Spacebar after you enter a word.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To turn on or to turn off the AutoCorrect feature, in $[officename] Calc choose <emph>Tools - Cell Contents - AutoInput</emph>, and in $[officename] Writer choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>. To apply the AutoCorrect settings to an entire text document, choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp#ersetzung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06040300.xhp#ausnahmen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp#optionen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp#typanf"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp#worterg"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp#smarttags"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XH�c� � text/shared/01/05120300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Double (Line)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeilen2"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpacePara2" id="bm_id7139917"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpacePara2" id="bm_id3152942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05120300.xhp">Double (Line)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SpacePara2">Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#zeilenabstandzwei"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syzweizeilig"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��V V text/shared/01/06130500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Append libraries</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Append libraries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ImportLibDialog" id="bm_id3152937"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ImportLibDialog">Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref" id="bm_id3147090"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Insert as reference (read-only)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/replace" id="bm_id3152895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace existing libraries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/replace">Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XT��2� � text/shared/01/02230402.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="filter"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp">Filter</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the criteria for filtering the list of changes on the <link href="text/shared/01/02230401.xhp"><emph>List</emph></link> tab.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/RedlineFilterPage" id="bm_id3149399"/></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#rotliniefilter"/></section><section id="calc"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/date" id="bm_id3149398"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/datecond" id="bm_id3147653"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/startdate" id="bm_id3156113"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/starttime" id="bm_id3148992"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/enddate" id="bm_id3155450"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/endtime" id="bm_id3149795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/endtime">Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/startclock" id="bm_id3155179"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/endclock" id="bm_id3156330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Set Date/Time</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_timefield.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/endclock">Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/author" id="bm_id3149955"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/authorlist" id="bm_id3149786"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Author</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/authorlist">Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/range" id="bm_id3151246"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/rangeedit" id="bm_id3152472"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Range
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/rangeedit">Filters the list of changes according to the range of cells that you specify. To select a range of cells in your sheet, click the <emph>Set Reference </emph>button (<emph>...</emph>).</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/dotdotdot" id="bm_id3149457"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Set Reference
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/helpimg/starmath/mi22011.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/dotdotdot">Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/sc:ImageButton:RID_SCDLG_HIGHLIGHT_CHANGES:RB_ASSIGN" id="bm_id3147230"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/simplerefdialog/SimpleRefDialog" id="bm_id3151044"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Shrink/Max
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="formula/res/refinp1.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/simplerefdialog/SimpleRefDialog">Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter, and then click this button to return to the filter list.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/action" id="bm_id3149984"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/actionlist" id="bm_id3145785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Action
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/actionlist">Filters the list of changes according to the type of change that you select in the <emph>Action</emph> box.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/comment" id="bm_id3145264"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/commentedit" id="bm_id3150105"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/commentedit">Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter. </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also use <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">regular expressions</link> (wildcards) when you filter the comments.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xc f�=
=
text/shared/01/06010600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Chinese Conversion</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="chinese"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id49745"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChineseConversion" id="bm_id9033860"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/chineseconversiondialog/ChineseConversionDialog" id="bm_id2549516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06010600.xhp">Chinese Conversion</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.</ahelp> You can only use this command if you enable Asian language support in <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Languages</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#chinese"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conversion direction</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the conversion direction.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Traditional Chinese to Simplified Chinese</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts traditional Chinese text characters to simplified Chinese text characters. Click <emph>OK</emph> to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Simplified Chinese to Traditional Chinese</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts simplified Chinese text characters to traditional Chinese text characters. Click <emph>OK</emph> to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Common terms</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Common terms are words that have the same meaning in traditional and simplified Chinese but are written with different characters.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Convert Common Terms</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts words with two or more characters that are in the list of common terms. After the list is scanned, the remaining text is converted character by character.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit terms</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010601.xhp">Edit Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X5��J J text/shared/01/05070600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Align Bottom</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="unten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignDown" id="bm_id6953148"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignDown" id="bm_id3159079"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignBottom" id="bm_id0801200803174823"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignBottom" id="bm_id0801200803174999"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp">Align Bottom</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#unten"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects are aligned to the bottom edge of the bottom most object in the selection. <embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>
</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�w�?n n text/shared/01/03010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Zoom & View Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zoom"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154682"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/ZoomDialog" id="bm_id2031101"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Zoom" id="bm_id3153321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp">Zoom & View Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zoom_text"><variable id="massstabtext"><ahelp hid=".">Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></variable></variable> The current zoom factor is displayed as a percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#masstab"/></section><paragraph role="note">Zooming is handled differently on Unix, Linux, and Windows platforms. A document saved with a 100% zoom factor in Windows is displayed at a larger zoom factor on Unix/Linux platforms. To change the zoom factor, double-click or right-click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select the zoom factor that you want.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Zoom factor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the zoom factor at which to display the current document and all documents of the same type that you open thereafter.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/optimal" id="bm_id3145606"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL" id="bm_id3150498"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Optimal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Resizes the display to fit the width of the selected cell area at the moment the command is started.</caseinline><defaultinline>Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started.</defaultinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/fitwandh" id="bm_id3150359"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE" id="bm_id3150358"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fit width and height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Resizes the display to fit the width and height of the selected cell area at the moment the command is started.</caseinline><defaultinline>Displays the entire page on your screen.</defaultinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/fitw" id="bm_id3148797"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH" id="bm_id3154140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fit width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH">Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="hdrt"><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100" id="bm_id3149560"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Zoom100Percent" id="bm_id3159252"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/100pc" id="bm_id051420080349501"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">100 %</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the document at its actual size.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/variable" id="bm_id3147478"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/zoomsb" id="bm_id3151352"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Variable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/zoomdialog/zoomsb">Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View layout</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For text documents, you can set the view layout. Reduce the zoom factor to see the effects of different view layout settings.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/automatic" id="bm_id2504654"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/singlepage" id="bm_id5292519"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Single page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/columns" id="bm_id3984496"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/columnssb" id="bm_id9693899"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/zoomdialog/bookmode" id="bm_id8689230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Book mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xڹ��� � text/shared/01/02230150.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Protect Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="red_protect"><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_CHG_PROTECT" id="bm_id3153116"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ProtectTraceChangeMode" id="bm_id4566479"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ProtectTraceChangeMode" id="bm_id3154100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230150.xhp">Protect Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ProtectTraceChangeMode">Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X3]��N N text/shared/01/02180000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Links</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02180000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LinkDialog" id="bm_id199976"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LinkDialog" id="bm_id3150008"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditLinks" id="bm_id5458456"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditLinks" id="bm_id3154926"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ManageLinks" id="bm_id4013242"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ManageLinks" id="bm_id3147588"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156156"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/BaseLinksDialog" id="bm_id4889980"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Links</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="links_text"><variable id="verknuepfungentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLinks">Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#link"/></section><paragraph role="note">When you open a file that contains links, you are prompted to update the links. Depending on where the linked files are stored, the update process can take several minutes to complete.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you are loading a file that contains DDE links, you are prompted to update the links. Decline the update if you do not want to establish a connection to the DDE server.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/TB_LINKS" id="bm_id4889980"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/TB_LINKS">Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"><paragraph role="warning">When you open a file by an URL from the Windows file dialog, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialog opens the remote file.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Source file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the path to the source file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Element</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the application (if known) that last saved the source file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the file type, such as graphic, of the source file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Status</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists additional information about the source file.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/AUTOMATIC" id="bm_id0720200903092114"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/AUTOMATIC">Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.</ahelp> This option is not available for a linked graphic file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available for DDE links. You can insert a DDE link by copying the contents from one file and pasting by choosing <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and then selecting the <emph>Link</emph> box. As DDE is a text based linking system, only the displayed decimals are copied into the target sheet.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/MANUAL" id="bm_id0720200903100119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Manual</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/MANUAL">Only updates the link when you click the <emph>Update </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/UPDATE_NOW" id="bm_id0720200903105198"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/UPDATE_NOW">Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/CHANGE_SOURCE" id="bm_id0720200903111714"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/CHANGE_SOURCE">Change the source file for the selected link.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/baselinksdialog/BREAK_LINK" id="bm_id0720200903114311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Break Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/BREAK_LINK">Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xނ�� � text/shared/01/05290100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatGroup" id="bm_id9823810"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatGroup" id="bm_id3150502"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05290100.xhp">Group</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="gruppierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormatGroup" visibility="visible">Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#gruppie"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The properties of individual objects are maintained even after you group the objects. You can nest groups, that is, you can have a group within a group.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� � " text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Extension Update</title><filename>/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/updatedialog/UpdateDialog" id="bm_id5684377"/><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/updateinstalldialog/UpdateInstallDialog" id="bm_id7576525"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Extension Update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Check for Updates</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">Extension Manager</link> to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Update</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#packagemanager_eu"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialog is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/updatedialog/DESCRIPTIONS" id="bm_id7764824"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If no updates are available, the message in the dialog tells you there are no updates. Close the dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If updates are available, the updates can either be installed automatically, or you must respond with some action:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Extension Update dialog may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed. </paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Dependencies are not fulfilled (the update needs some more or newer files to be installed).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Insufficient user rights (the Extension Manager was started from the menu, but shared extensions can only be modified when %PRODUCTNAME does not run, and only by a user with appropriate rights). See <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">Extension Manager</link> for details.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A manual update is necessary.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/updatedialog/INSTALL" id="bm_id4799645"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialog. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some extensions may be marked with the phrase "browser based update". These extensions cannot be downloaded by the Extension Manager. A web browser must be opened to download the extension update from a particular web site. That site may require several more user interaction to download the extension. After downloading you must install the extension manually, for example by double-clicking the extension's icon in a file browser.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For extensions marked as "browser based update", the Extension Manager will open your web browser on the respective web site. This happens when you close the dialog, after downloading any other extension updates. If there are no extensions which can be directly downloaded then the web browser is started immediately.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After the last extension has been downloaded, the installation begins. First all installed extensions for which an update could be downloaded successfully, are removed. Then the updated extensions are installed. If an error occurs, a message that the installation failed is displayed, but the operation proceeds.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialog shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/updatedialog/UPDATE_ALL" id="bm_id3114108"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show all Updates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">Extension Manager</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�UKa� � text/shared/01/05340404.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Delete Rows</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeilenloeschen"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05340404.xhp">Delete Rows</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected row(s).</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#zeilenloeschen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This command can be activated only when you select the <link href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp">Edit</link> icon on the Table Data bar or Standard bar.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XƤ!Z� � text/shared/01/05350200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Geometry</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="geometrie"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/geometry" id="bm_id3149783"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05350200.xhp">Geometry</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/geometry">Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose <emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>, or <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#3dgeometrie"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Geometry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define the shape properties for the selected 3D object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/diagonal" id="bm_id3151111"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rounded edges</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/diagonal">Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/scaleddepth" id="bm_id3154381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Scaled depth</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/scaleddepth">Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/angle" id="bm_id3153127"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rotation angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/angle">Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/depth" id="bm_id3145120"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Depth</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/depth">Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Segments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the number of segments that are used to draw a 3D rotation object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/hori" id="bm_id3159167"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/hori">Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/veri" id="bm_id3150977"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/veri">Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Normals</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to modify the rendering style of the 3D surface.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/objspecific" id="bm_id3154280"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Object-Specific</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/objspecific">Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/normobjs.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Object-Specific</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/flat" id="bm_id3158408"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Flat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/flat">Renders the 3D surface as polygons.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/normflat.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Flat</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/spherical" id="bm_id3152933"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spherical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/spherical">Renders a smooth 3D surface.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/normsphe.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Spherical</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/invertnormals" id="bm_id3147354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Invert Normals</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/invertnormals">Inverts the light source.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/invert3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Invert Normals</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/doublesidedillum" id="bm_id3147295"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Double-sided Illumination</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/doublesidedillum">Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the <emph>Invert Normals</emph> button.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/lght2sid.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-sided illumination</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/doublesided" id="bm_id3153516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Double-Sided</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/doublesided">Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (<emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>).</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/doublesi.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-Sided</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X'�ّT T ! text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Namespaces</title><filename>/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8286080"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Form Namespaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/namespaces" id="bm_id8072450"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Namespaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/add" id="bm_id5343485"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new namespace to the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/edit" id="bm_id3851435"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Edits the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/delete" id="bm_id2580034"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ��l l text/shared/01/02230000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Track Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="track_changes"><section id="aenderungen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangesMenu" id="bm_id8352305"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp">Track Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#aenderungen"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/02230100.xhp#aufzeichnen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02230150.xhp#red_protect"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp#text"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp">Manage Changes</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp#redlining"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/02230300.xhp">Comment on Change</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/02230300.xhp#kommentartext"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/02240000.xhp#compare_document"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02230500.xhp#merge_documents"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��=�
�
text/shared/01/06010500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Language</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="language"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LanguageMenu" id="bm_id7076326"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06010500.xhp">Language</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.</ahelp></paragraph></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetLanguageSelectionMenu" id="bm_id3691824"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">For Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the selected text. <br/>Choose None to exclude the selected text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetLanguageParagraphMenu" id="bm_id5369426"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">For Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetLanguageAllTextMenu" id="bm_id1342204"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">For all Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for all text. <br/>Choose None to exclude all text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/06200000.xhp#hangul"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06010600.xhp#chinese"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp#thesaurus"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hyphenation"/></case><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Format - Cells - Alignment</link> tab page.</paragraph></case><case select="DRAW"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Turns hyphenation on and off.</paragraph></case><case select="IMPRESS"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Turns hyphenation on and off.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MoreDictionaries" id="bm_id0805200811520622"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">More Dictionaries Online</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� text/shared/01/06130001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Macros</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="macro"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06130001.xhp">Macros</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lets you record or organize and edit macros.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/06130010.xhp#recordmacro"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RunMacro" id="bm_id4431927"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RunMacro" id="bm_id9429303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Run Macro</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06130200.xhp#organizemacros"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MacroSignature" id="bm_id9232221"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MacroSignature" id="bm_id5859248"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signature</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MacroOrganizer?TabId:short=1" id="bm_id9360942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Organize Dialogs</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XP!�, , text/shared/01/05340600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Show Columns</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="alleeinblenden"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05340600.xhp">Show Columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click <emph>All </emph>to display all of the hidden columns.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�T�` ` text/shared/01/01010304.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Business</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="geschaeft"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/BusinessDataPage" id="bm_id3147652"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010304.xhp">Business</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the <emph>Business Cards</emph> tab.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#viskartgesch"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Business data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the contact information that you want to include on your business card.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you want to include your name on a business card, enter your name on the <emph>Private </emph>tab. Then choose a layout on the <emph>Business Cards </emph>tab that includes a name placeholder.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datenf"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company2" id="bm_id3147653"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Company 2nd line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company2">Enter additional company details.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/slogan" id="bm_id3149955"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Slogan</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/slogan">Enter the slogan of your company.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#strplzort"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/state" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Country</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/state">Enter the name of the country where your business is located.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#dateng"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/phone" id="bm_id3156152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Phone</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/phone">Enter your business telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/mobile" id="bm_id3148990"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mobile</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/mobile">Enter your mobile telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datend"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url" id="bm_id3153665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Homepage</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url">Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datene"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X$¼� � text/shared/01/06050600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Position</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="position_s"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/OutlinePositionPage" id="bm_id3150280"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/NumberingPositionPage" id="bm_id3150281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp">Position</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the indent, spacing, and alignment options for the numbered or bulleted list.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numposition"/></section><paragraph role="note">The Position tab page looks different for documents using the new position and spacing attributes introduced with OpenOffice.org 3.0 (and used in all versions of LibreOffice), or documents using the old attributes from versions before 3.0. The new version of this tab page shows the controls "Numbering followed by", "Numbering alignment", "Aligned at", and "Indent at". The old version of this tab page that can be seen in an old numbered or bulleted list shows the controls "Indent", "Width of numbering", "Minimum space between numbering and text", and "Numbering alignment".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/levellb" id="bm_id3149119"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/levellb" id="bm_id3153323"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/levellb">Select the level(s) that you want to modify.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numfollowedbylb" id="bm_id7650990"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering followed by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/atmf" id="bm_id3496810"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numalignlb" id="bm_id3151246"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numalignlb" id="bm_id3151245"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/num2alignlb" id="bm_id5262611"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Numbering alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numalignlb">Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Numbering alignment</emph> option does not set the alignment of the paragraph.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/alignedatmf" id="bm_id8847621"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Aligned at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/indentatmf" id="bm_id1841792"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Indent at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id3153032"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3155830"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id1336405"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Indent</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149166"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149164"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative">Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numberingwidthmf" id="bm_id3153349"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf" id="bm_id3153348"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width of numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149237"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149235"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Minimum space between numbering and text
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">Enter the minimum amount of space to leave between the right edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/standard" id="bm_id3154138"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/standard" id="bm_id3151211"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/standard">Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp">Paragraph alignment</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XY�ZI� � text/shared/01/05080200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Right</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rechts"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RightPara" id="bm_id4765924"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RightPara" id="bm_id3083278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05080200.xhp">Right</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rechtstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RightPara" visibility="visible">Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#rechtstext"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �0�6, 6, text/shared/01/05280000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fontwork</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fontwork"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontWork" id="bm_id8473091"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/DockingFontwork" id="bm_id3155620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fntwrk"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp">Fontwork Dialog (Previous Version)</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FontWork">Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This <emph>Fontwork</emph> dialog is only available for Fontwork in old Writer text documents that were created prior to OpenOffice.org 2.0. You must first call <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> to add a menu command or an icon to open this dialog.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the shape of the text baseline to match semicircles, arcs, circles, and freeform lines.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alignment icons</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS" id="bm_id3156414"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS" visibility="hidden">Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The top row contains the following baseline shapes: <emph>Upper Semicircle</emph>, <emph>Lower Semicircle</emph>, <emph>Left Semicircle</emph> and <emph>Right Semicircle</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The middle row contains the following baseline shapes: <emph>Upper Arc</emph>, <emph>Lower Arc, Left Arc</emph> and <emph>Right Arc</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The bottom row contains the following baseline shapes: <emph>Open Circle, Closed Circle, Closed Circle II</emph>, and <emph>Open Circle Vertical</emph>. For the best results, the drawing object must contain more than two lines of text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/off" id="bm_id3155388"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/off">Removes baseline formatting.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fontwork.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/rotate" id="bm_id3148552"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/rotate">Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw02.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Rotate</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/upright" id="bm_id3154126"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/upright">Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw03.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Upright</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/hori" id="bm_id3150449"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/hori">Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw04.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Slant Horizontal</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/vert" id="bm_id3144446"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/vert">Vertically slants the characters in the text object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw05.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Slant Vertical</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/orientation" id="bm_id3149288"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/orientation">Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw06.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Orientation</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/left" id="bm_id3155369"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/left">Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignleft.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Left</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/center" id="bm_id3159155"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/center">Centers the text on the text baseline.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_centerpara.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Center</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/right" id="bm_id3146928"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/right">Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_alignright.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Align Right</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/autosize" id="bm_id3144766"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/autosize">Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw010.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">AutoSize Text</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/distance" id="bm_id3155600"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/distance">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw020.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Distance</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/indent" id="bm_id3148496"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/indent">Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw021.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Indent</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/contour" id="bm_id3157841"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/contour">Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw011.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Contour</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/textcontour" id="bm_id3143236"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/textcontour">Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw012.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Text Contour</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/noshadow" id="bm_id3154222"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/noshadow">Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw013.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">No Shadow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/vertical" id="bm_id3151187"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/vertical">Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the <emph>Distance X</emph> and the <emph>Distance Y</emph> boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw014.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Vertical</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/slant" id="bm_id3150644"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/slant">Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the <emph>Distance X</emph> and the <emph>Distance Y</emph> boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw015.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Slant</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/distancex" id="bm_id3150980"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Horizontal Distance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/distancex">Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw016.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">X Distance</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/distancey" id="bm_id3148873"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical Distance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/distancey">Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/fw017.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Y Distance</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingfontwork/color" id="bm_id3155111"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shadow Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/color">Select a color for the text shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��r�Z Z text/shared/01/05200200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Line Styles</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linienstile"><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_LINE_DEF" id="bm_id3150467"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05200200.xhp">Line Styles</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_LINE_DEF">Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#linienstile"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_LINESTYLES" id="bm_id3147212"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Line style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_LINESTYLES">Select the style of line that you want to create.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_TYPE_1" id="bm_id3151097"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_TYPE_2" id="bm_id3152895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_TYPE_2">Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/NUM_FLD_1" id="bm_id3146067"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/NUM_FLD_2" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/NUM_FLD_2">Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_LENGTH_1" id="bm_id3153935"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_LENGTH_2" id="bm_id3149283"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_LENGTH_2">Enter the length of the dash.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3156414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_DISTANCE">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE" id="bm_id3147250"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit to line width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_ADD" id="bm_id3152551"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_ADD">Creates a new line style using the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/namedialog/NameDialog" id="bm_id3145313"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_MODIFY" id="bm_id3147011"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_MODIFY">Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_LOAD" id="bm_id3149812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Load line style table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_LOAD">Imports a list of line styles.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_SAVE" id="bm_id3149579"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save line style table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_SAVE">Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� 8�4 �4 text/shared/01/05040200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Page</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="seite"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150620"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/PageFormatPage" id="bm_id3149877"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp">Page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/PageFormatPage">Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#seite"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/pageformatpage/PageFormatPage.png"/></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp#pageformat_max"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Paper format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select from a list of predefined paper sizes, or define a custom paper format.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageFormat" id="bm_id3147834"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageFormat">Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the <emph>Height </emph>and <emph>Width </emph>boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinWidth" id="bm_id3155893"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinWidth">Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinHeight" id="bm_id3155392"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinHeight">Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/radiobuttonPortrait" id="bm_id3147276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Portrait</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/radiobuttonPortrait">Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/radiobuttonLandscape" id="bm_id3159116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Landscape</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/radiobuttonLandscape">Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboTextFlowBox" id="bm_id3146774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text direction</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboTextFlowBox">Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.</ahelp> The "right-to-left (vertical)" text flow direction rotates all layout settings to the right by 90 degrees, except for the header and footer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPaperTray" id="bm_id3154516"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Paper tray</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPaperTray">Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Margins</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space to leave between the edges of the page and the document text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargLeft" id="bm_id3148943"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left / Inner</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargLeft">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the <emph>Mirrored</emph> page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargRight" id="bm_id3154758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right / Outer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargRight">Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the <emph>Mirrored</emph> page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargTop" id="bm_id3148739"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargTop">Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargBot" id="bm_id3153797"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/spinMargBot">Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkRegisterTrue" id="bm_id3159123"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Register-true
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkRegisterTrue">Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.</ahelp> The spacing of the grid is defined by the <emph>Reference Style</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboRegisterStyle" id="bm_id3147426"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid. </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Reference Style
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboRegisterStyle"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Table alignment
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Specify the alignment options for the cells on a printed page.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonHorz" id="bm_id3149270"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Horizontal
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonHorz"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonVert" id="bm_id3154063"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Vertical
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonVert"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Layout settings</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Page Layout</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Select the page layout style to use in the current document.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageLayout" id="bm_id3153104"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Page layout</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageLayout"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.</defaultinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Right and left</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>The current page style shows both odd and even pages with left and right margins as specified.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Mirrored</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>The current page style shows both odd and even pages with inner and outer margins as specified. Use this layout if you want to bind the printed pages like a book. Enter the binding space as the "Inner" margin.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Only right</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>The current page style shows only odd (right) pages. Even pages are shown as blank pages.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Only left</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>The current page style shows only even (left) pages. Odd pages are shown as blank pages.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Register-true
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboLayoutFormat" id="bm_id3149417"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboLayoutFormat">Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkAdaptBox" id="bm_id3156178"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="OFFICE"/><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><caseinline select="IMAGE"/><defaultinline>AutoFit object to page format</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="OFFICE"/><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="CHART"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><caseinline select="IMAGE"/><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkAdaptBox">Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#metrik">Changing measurement units</link></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Writing Register-true</link></paragraph></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���
text/shared/01/06201000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hangul/Hanja Options</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Hangul/Hanja Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define options for the <link href="text/shared/01/06200000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja conversion</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/dicts" id="bm_id3277077"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User-defined dictionaries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new" id="bm_id4629657"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new">Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/entry" id="bm_id8444471.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/entry">Enter a name for the dictionary.</ahelp> To display the new dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionaries</emph> list box, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit" id="bm_id6776635"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/delete" id="bm_id6255684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/delete">Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies additional options for all dictionaries.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/ignorepost" id="bm_id6259346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Ignore post-positional word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/ignorepost">Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/showrecentfirst" id="bm_id231940"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show entries recently used first</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/showrecentfirst">Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/autoreplaceunique" id="bm_id3751029"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace all unique entries automatically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/autoreplaceunique">Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��GE E text/shared/01/06010101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Writing aids</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Writing aids</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for the spellchecking.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#zoptionen"/></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp#benutzerwb"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp#optionen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Q� text/shared/01/05100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Size</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="groesse"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153391"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05100000.xhp">Size</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the font size for the selected text.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#groesse"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��U�� � text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data (for XML Form Documents)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="data"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp">Data (for XML Form Documents)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Data tab page of the Properties dialog for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#xformsdatatab"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The possible settings of the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a control depend on the respective control. You will only see the options that are available for the current control and context. The following fields are available:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL" id="bm_id2136295"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">XML data model</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME" id="bm_id908841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Binding</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION" id="bm_id9841608"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Binding expression</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED" id="bm_id4186223"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT" id="bm_id1491134"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Relevant</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as relevant.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY" id="bm_id2873622"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Read-only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as read-only.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT" id="bm_id2374034"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Constraint</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as a constraint.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION" id="bm_id1687063"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Calculation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares that the item is calculated.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE" id="bm_id8982207"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a data type which the control should be validated against.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE" id="bm_id3486434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">x</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE" id="bm_id3068636"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">+</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The following lists all facets that are valid for data types. Some facets are only available for some data types.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES" id="bm_id7074190"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Whitespaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN" id="bm_id5452436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Pattern</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS" id="bm_id9527878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Digits (total)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS" id="bm_id6342356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Digits (fraction)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE" id="bm_id166936"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Max. (inclusive)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE" id="bm_id6826990"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Max. (exclusive)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE" id="bm_id6897183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Min. (inclusive)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE" id="bm_id7003387"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Min. (exclusive)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH" id="bm_id4897915"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of characters for a string.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length (at least)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the minimum number of characters for a string.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH" id="bm_id3908810"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Length (at most)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Ⰴ� � text/shared/01/05340200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Column width</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/ColWidthDialog" id="bm_id7108329"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ColumnWidth" id="bm_id3155619"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNWIDTH" id="bm_id3150756"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Column width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/ColWidthDialog" visibility="visible">Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#fosb"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To fit the column width to the cell contents, double-click the divider.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/value" id="bm_id3154984"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/colwidthdialog/value" id="bm_id3153346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/value" visibility="visible">Enter the column width that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/default" id="bm_id3155392"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/automatic" id="bm_id3157959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Default value</caseinline><defaultinline>Automatic</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/default" visibility="visible">Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X+�2�w w text/shared/01/05120000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Line Spacing</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="abstand"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152876"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05120000.xhp">Line Spacing</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#zeilenabstand"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05120100.xhp#zeilen1"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05120200.xhp#zeilen15"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05120300.xhp#zeilen2"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Indents and Spacing</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��vt� � text/shared/01/05260000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Anchor</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verankerung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AnchorMenu" id="bm_id9715262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp">Anchor</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="note">If the selected object is in a frame, you can also anchor the object to the frame.</paragraph></case></switch><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#wechsel"/></section><embed href="text/shared/02/03200000.xhp#verankerungtext"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#syverankerung"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#ankcalc"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/05260100.xhp#anderseite"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/01/05260400.xhp#anzelle"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"/></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05260200.xhp#amabsatz"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05260300.xhp#amzeichen"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05260600.xhp#alszeichen"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05260500.xhp#amrahmen"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�R�`.
.
text/shared/01/06010601.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Dictionary</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id905789"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/chinesedictionary/ChineseDictionaryDialog" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Dictionary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Edit the <link href="text/shared/01/06010600.xhp">Chinese conversion</link> terms.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#chineseedit"/></section><paragraph role="note">You can use this dialog to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Traditional Chinese to Simplified Chinese</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Simplified Chinese to Traditional Chinese</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reverse Mapping</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically adds the reverse mapping direction to the list for each modification that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Term</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text that you want to replace with the Mapping term.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mapping</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text that you want to replace the Term with.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Property</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the class of the selected term.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the term to the conversion dictionary. If the term is already in the dictionary, the new term receives precedence.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the modified entry to the database file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected user-defined entry from the dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� ˌ' ' text/shared/01/05030700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Alignment</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ausrichtung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150008"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/ParaAlignPage" id="bm_id3149495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp">Alignment</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/ParaAlignPage">Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#absatzausrichtung"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the alignment options for the current paragraph.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_LEFTALIGN" id="bm_id3155941"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linkstext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_LEFTALIGN">Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.</ahelp></variable> If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Left/Top.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sylinksbuendig"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_RIGHTALIGN" id="bm_id3150465"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rechtstext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_RIGHTALIGN">Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.</ahelp></variable> If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Right/Bottom.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syrechtsbuendig"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN" id="bm_id3155179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Centered</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN">Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syzentriert"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN" id="bm_id3159270"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Justify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="blocksatztext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN">Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_LASTLINE" id="bm_id3153896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Last Line
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_LASTLINE">Specify the alignment for the last line in the paragraph.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_EXPAND" id="bm_id3150542"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Expand single word
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_EXPAND">If the last line of a justified paragraph consists of one word, the word is stretched to the width of the paragraph.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_SNAP" id="bm_id3154123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Snap to text grid (if active)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_SNAP">Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp"><emph>Format - Page - Text Grid</emph></link>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_VERTALIGN" id="bm_id3384807"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text-to-text - Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_VERTALIGN">Select an alignment option for oversized or undersized characters in the paragraph relative to the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><section id="textflow"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_TEXTDIRECTION" id="bm_id3151044"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/textdirection" id="bm_id3149791"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/textdirectionlb" id="bm_id3148971"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text direction</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/textdirectionlb">Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���R R text/shared/01/01060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Save</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="save"><section id="speichern"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Save" id="bm_id7373002"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Save" id="bm_id3151097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01060000.xhp">Save</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Save">Saves the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#save"/></section><paragraph role="note">When you edit an AutoText entry, this command changes to <emph>Save AutoText</emph>.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� � text/shared/01/05030800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Crop</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zuschneiden"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3148585"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/CropPage" id="bm_id3154752"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp">Crop</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#grafikzuschn"/></section><section id="pixelcut"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Crop</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this area to trim or scale the selected graphic, or to add white space around the graphic.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/keepscale" id="bm_id3154751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep scale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/keepscale">Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/keepsize" id="bm_id3147577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep image size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/keepsize">Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/left" id="bm_id3155392"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/left">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/right" id="bm_id3154750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/right">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/top" id="bm_id3153320"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/top">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/bottom" id="bm_id3156156"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/bottom">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Changes the scale of the selected graphic.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/widthzoom" id="bm_id3151384"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/widthzoom">Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/heightzoom" id="bm_id3144422"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/heightzoom">Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Image size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Changes the size of the selected graphic.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/width" id="bm_id3150359"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/width">Enter a width for the selected graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/height" id="bm_id3157320"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/height">Enter a height for the selected graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/origsize" id="bm_id3153178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Original Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/origsize">Returns the selected graphic to its original size.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��C? ? text/shared/01/07080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document List</title><filename>/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="dokumentliste"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/07080000.xhp">Document List</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the currently open documents. Select the name of a document in the list to switch to that document.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000407.xhp#liste"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��U�� � text/shared/01/05080300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Center</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zentriert"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CenterPara" id="bm_id8057145"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CenterPara" id="bm_id3145348"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp">Center</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CenterPara" visibility="visible">Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#zentrierttext"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�-o�D
D
text/shared/01/05350600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Material</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="material"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/material" id="bm_id3155182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05350600.xhp">Material</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/material">Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#3dmaterial"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Material</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Assigns a predefined color scheme or lets you create your own color scheme.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/favorites" id="bm_id3149205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Favorites</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/favorites">Select a predefined color scheme, or select <emph>User-defined</emph> to define a custom color scheme.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/objcolor" id="bm_id3150710"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Object color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/objcolor">Select the color that you want to apply to the object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/colorbutton3" id="bm_id3151226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp#farbentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#farbdial"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/illumcolor" id="bm_id3157864"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Illumination color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/illumcolor">Select the color to illuminate the object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/colorbutton4" id="bm_id3143268"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp#farbentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#farbdial"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Specular</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the light reflection properties for the selected object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/speccolor" id="bm_id3145383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/speccolor">Select the color that you want the object to reflect.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/colorbutton5" id="bm_id3147243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp#farbentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#farbdial"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/intensity" id="bm_id3149276"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Intensity</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/intensity">Enter the intensity of the specular effect.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X j��� � text/shared/01/05030500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Borders</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="umrandung"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/BorderPage" id="bm_id3150756"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Borders</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/BorderPage">Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify the border position, size, and style in Writer or Calc. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In $[officename] Writer, you can add borders to pages, frames, graphics, tables, paragraphs, characters and to embedded objects.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#umrandung"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="tip">To modify the border of an entire table, place the cursor in a table cell, right-click, choose <emph>Table</emph>, and then click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab. To modify the border of a table cell, select the cell, right-click, choose <emph>Table</emph>, and then click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/></case><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/presets" id="bm_id3159157"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line arrangement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/presets">Select a predefined border style to apply.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are in a table or spreadsheet, you can also add or remove predefined borders. Use the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table Bar</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syumrandung"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/linestylelb" id="bm_id3153896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/linestylelb">Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#sylinienstil"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/linecolorlb" id="bm_id3154072"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/linecolorlb">Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing to contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space that you want to leave between the border and the contents of the selection.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/leftmf" id="bm_id3154819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/leftmf">Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/rightmf" id="bm_id3143231"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/rightmf">Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/topmf" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/topmf">Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/bottommf" id="bm_id3148451"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/bottommf">Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/sync" id="bm_id3157893"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Synchronize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/sync">Applies the same <emph>spacing to contents</emph> setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shadow style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also apply a shadow effect to borders. For the best results, only apply this effect when all four borders are visible.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Graphics or objects that are anchored to a frame in the document cannot exceed the size of the frame. If you apply a shadow to the borders of an object that fills an entire frame, the size of the object is reduced to display the shadows.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/shadows" id="bm_id3154321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/shadows">Click a shadow style for the selected borders.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/distancemf" id="bm_id3152576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/distancemf">Enter the width of the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/shadowcolorlb" id="bm_id3152463"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/shadowcolorlb">Select a color for the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies the properties for the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/mergewithnext" id="bm_id177312"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Merge with next paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/mergewithnext">Merges the border style and the shadow style of the current paragraph with the next paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are only merged if the indent, border, and shadow styles of the next paragraph are the same as the current paragraph. This option is also available for Paragraph Styles.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/borderpage/mergeadjacent" id="bm_id678731"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Merge adjacent line styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/mergeadjacent">Merges two different border styles of adjacent cells in a Writer table into one border style. This property is valid for a whole table in a Writer document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The rules can be condensed to the statement that the stronger attribute wins. If, for example, one cell has a red border of 2 point width, and the adjacent cell has a blue border of 3 point width, then the common border between these two cells will be blue with 3 point width.</paragraph></case></switch><section id="relatedtopics"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/></case></switch><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp#border_character"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��H�a a text/shared/01/01110400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bearbeiten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenTemplate" id="bm_id8325283"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OpenTemplate" id="bm_id3148668"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01110400.xhp">Edit</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:OpenTemplate">Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�{c[� � text/shared/01/01010303.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Private</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="privat"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010303.xhp">Private</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Contains personal contact information for business cards. Business card layouts are selected on the <emph>Business Cards</emph> tab.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#viskartpriv"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Private data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the contact information that you want to include on your business card. You can also modify or update these entries by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User Data</emph>.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datena"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2" id="bm_id3145314"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">First name 2</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2">Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2" id="bm_id3155941"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Last name 2</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2">Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname2" id="bm_id3153663"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Initials 2</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname2">Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#strplzort"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/country" id="bm_id3149955"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Country</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/country">Enter the name of the country in which you live.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datenb"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/job" id="bm_id3155504"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Profession</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/job">Enter the title of your profession.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/phone" id="bm_id3148491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Phone</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/phone">Enter your home telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/mobile" id="bm_id3152349"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mobile</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/mobile">Enter your mobile telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datend"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url" id="bm_id3155261"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Homepage</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url">Enter the address of your internet homepage.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#datene"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� ��Q Q text/shared/01/06040700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Smart Tags</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="smarttags"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/SmartTagOptionsPage" id="bm_id8832055"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9057588"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Smart Tags</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokosmarttags"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/main" id="bm_id8832056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Label text with smart tags</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Currently installed smart tags</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all installed Smart Tags. To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/properties" id="bm_id9547410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X?B�]� � text/shared/01/06150210.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>XML Filter output</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_VALIDATE_OUPUT" id="bm_id3153136"/><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW" id="bm_id3152790"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xmlfilteroutput"><link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW">Lists the test results of an <link href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp">XML filter</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilter"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output </emph>window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE" id="bm_id3150040"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Validate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE">Validates the contents of the <emph>XML Filter output</emph> window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The window splits into two areas and the results of the validation are displayed in the lower area.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XѶ�oa
a
text/shared/01/06150110.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/XmlFilterTabPageGeneral" id="bm_id4698019"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="general"><link href="text/shared/01/06150110.xhp">General</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or edit general information for an <link href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp">XML filter</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilteredit"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername" id="bm_id3154788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Filter name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/application" id="bm_id3144436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Application</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Select the application that you want to use with the filter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename" id="bm_id3152594"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name of file type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogs.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogs.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/extension" id="bm_id3147557"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File extension</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/extension">Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/description" id="bm_id3152551"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/description">Enter a comment (optional).</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�ٚ�~ ~ text/shared/01/04060100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Source</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04060100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TwainSelect" id="bm_id1436185"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TwainSelect" id="bm_id3153391"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Select Source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="quellaus"><ahelp hid=".uno:TwainSelect" visibility="visible">Selects the scanner that you want to use.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#quelle"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��r� � text/shared/01/password_main.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Set Master Password</title><filename>/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="password_main"><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/SetMasterPasswordDialog" id="bm_id098200904183274"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Set Master Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="password_text"><paragraph role="paragraph">You can save some passwords for the duration of a session, or permanently to a file protected by a master password.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You must enter the master password to access a file or service that is protected by a saved password. You only need to enter the master password once during a session.</paragraph></section><section id="password_rules"><paragraph role="paragraph">You should only use passwords that are hard to find by other persons or programs. A password should follow these rules:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Length of eight or more characters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Contains a mix of lower case and upper case letters, numbers, and special characters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopedia.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Has no direct relation to your personal data, e.g., date of birth or car plate.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Master password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1">Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Confirm master password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password2">Re-enter the master password.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp#protection"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�s�t t text/shared/01/02020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Redo</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="redo"><section id="wiederholen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149991"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Redo" id="bm_id5051868"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_REDO" id="bm_id3155069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02020000.xhp">Redo</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo</emph> command. To select the <emph>Undo</emph> step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the <emph>Redo</emph> icon on the Standard bar.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#redo"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�
U; ; " text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Security Warning</title><filename>/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6499832"/><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK" id="bm_id5382854"/><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/MacroWarnMedium" id="bm_id7777947"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="securitywarning"><link href="text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp">Security Warning</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialog box to set the options.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View Signature</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/viewSignsButton">Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Always trust macros from this source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/alwaysTrustCheckbutton">Adds the current macro source to the list of <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">trusted sources</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable Macros</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/ok">Allows macros in the document to run.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Disable Macros</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/cancel">Does not allow macros in the document to run.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xc�ƾ text/shared/01/05340500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hide Columns</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="feldausblenden"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05340500.xhp">Hide Columns</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Hides the selected column(s). To display hidden columns, right-click any column header, and then choose <emph>Show Columns</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X=-Za a text/shared/01/05220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="text"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146856"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TextAttributes" id="bm_id3160463"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TextAttributesPage" id="bm_id3153514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05220000.xhp">Text</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TextAttributesPage">Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#text"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The text is positioned relative to the edges of the drawing or text object.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH" id="bm_id3154230"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit width to text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH">Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT" id="bm_id3146109"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit height to text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT">Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_FIT_TO_SIZE" id="bm_id3150144"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit to frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_FIT_TO_SIZE">Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_CONTOUR" id="bm_id3155942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Adjust to contour</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_CONTOUR">Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT" id="bm_id8065736"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Word wrap text in shape</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE" id="bm_id8341929"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Resize shape to fit text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing to borders</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space to leave between the edges of the drawing or text object and the borders of the text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_LEFT" id="bm_id3149812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_LEFT">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_RIGHT" id="bm_id3143271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_RIGHT">Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_TOP" id="bm_id3145227"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_TOP">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_BOTTOM" id="bm_id3150130"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_BOTTOM">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text anchor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the anchor type and the anchor position.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/CTL_POSITION" id="bm_id3149955"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Graphic field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textattrtabpage/CTL_POSITION">Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_FULL_WIDTH" id="bm_id3149763"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Full width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing object or text object.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �}\ \ text/shared/01/04160500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert Floating Frame</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149783"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertObjectFloatingFrame" id="bm_id9760166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert Floating Frame</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="floating_frame_text"><variable id="frameeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#eiobframe"/></section><paragraph role="note">If you want to create HTML pages that use floating frames, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML compatibility</emph>, and then select the "MS Internet Explorer" option. The floating frame is bounded by <IFRAME> and </IFRAME> tags.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02210101.xhp">Floating frame properties</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�uP��
�
$ text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Digital Signatures</title><filename>/text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="digitalsignatures"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Signature" id="bm_id9475924"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Signature" id="bm_id127567"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:PushButton:TP_DOCINFODOC:BTN_SIGNATURE" id="bm_id4573503"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#digitalsig"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">You must save a file before you can apply a digital signature to the file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">You must save a file in OpenDocument format before you can apply a digital signature to the file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG" id="bm_id685445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the digital signatures for the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Signed icon
<image src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png"/> indicates a valid digital signature, while the Exclamation mark icon
<image src="svx/res/caution_11x16.png"/> indicates an invalid digital signature.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">See also <link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsecurity:PushButton:RID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG:BTN_VIEWCERT" id="bm_id7360759"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View Certificate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/padmin:PushButton:RID_PADIALOG:RID_PA_BTN_STD" id="bm_id2279122"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sign Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/padmin:PushButton:RID_PADIALOG:RID_PA_BTN_DEL" id="bm_id4170964"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected source from the list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�lA� text/shared/01/05120100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Single Line</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeilen1"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpacePara1" id="bm_id4606294"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpacePara1" id="bm_id3155271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05120100.xhp">Single Line</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SpacePara1" visibility="visible">Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#zeilenabstandein"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syeinzeilig"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XG�Fr text/shared/01/01010200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Labels</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertLabels" id="bm_id6021898"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/LabelDialog" id="bm_id3153255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp">Labels</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="etikett"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertLabels">Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.</ahelp> You can print labels using a pre-defined or a custom paper format.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also print a single label or an entire sheet of labels.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#etiketten"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/01010201.xhp#etiketten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp#format"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01010203.xhp#drucker"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/ok" id="bm_id3166460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/ok">Creates a new document for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp">Creating labels</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp#data_new"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�߁� � text/shared/01/05190000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Name</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05190000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147366"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NameGroup" id="bm_id539508"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NameGroup" id="bm_id3153899"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RenameObject" id="bm_id8549583"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RenameObject" id="bm_id3150278"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NameGroup" id="bm_id4983367"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="name"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameObject">Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#adngpb"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><defaultinline>The name is also displayed in the Status Bar when you select the object.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_FORMAT_NAME_OBJECT_NAME" id="bm_id3154422"/><bookmark branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT" id="bm_id3154186"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/objectnamedialog/ObjectNameDialog" id="bm_id8149052"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT">Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Dqw text/shared/01/05020500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Font Position</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="position"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154841"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/PositionPage" id="bm_id3145138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp">Font Position</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp">Position</link></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/PositionPage">Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#position"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#hinweis"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp#super_subscript"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the subscript or superscript options for a character.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SuperScript" id="bm_id5816078"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/superscript" id="bm_id3153032"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Superscript</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hochtext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/superscript">Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/normal" id="bm_id3154897"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Normal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/normal">Removes superscript or subscript formatting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SubScript" id="bm_id879503"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/subscript" id="bm_id3159157"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Subscript</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tieftext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/subscript">Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/raiselowersb" id="bm_id3156152"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Raise/lower by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/raiselowersb">Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/fontsizesb" id="bm_id3156155"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relative font size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/fontsizesb">Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/automatic" id="bm_id3153666"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/automatic">Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rotation / scaling</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the rotation and the scaling options for the selected text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/0deg" id="bm_id3154347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">0 degrees</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/0deg">Does not rotate the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/90deg" id="bm_id3151056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">90 degrees</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/90deg">Rotates the selected text to the left by 90 degrees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/270deg" id="bm_id3150792"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">270 degrees</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/270deg">Rotates the selected text to the right by 90 degrees.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/fittoline" id="bm_id3157320"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit to line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/fittoline">Stretches or compresses the selected text so that it fits between the line that is above the text and the line that is below the text.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/scalewidthsb" id="bm_id3150447"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Scale width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/scalewidthsb">Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the spacing between individual characters.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/kerningsb" id="bm_id3150103"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/kerningsb">Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the text in the spin button.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To increase the spacing, set a positive value; to reduce it, set a negative value.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/pairkerning" id="bm_id3153095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#kerning">Pair kerning</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/pairkerning">Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Kerning is only available for certain font types and requires that your printer support this option.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ��� text/shared/01/06140100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="menue"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id900601"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp">Menu</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can add new commands, modify existing commands, or rearrange the menu items.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#menue"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/toplevellist" id="bm_id1940061"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/toplevellist">Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/toplevelbutton" id="bm_id6241340"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/toplevelbutton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140101.xhp">New Menu</link> dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/menuedit" id="bm_id1544541"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/menuedit">Opens a submenu with additional commands.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Move</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140102.xhp">Move Menu</link> dialog where you can specify the location of the selected menu.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected menu.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the new name for the selected menu.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To specify the keyboard accelerator for a menu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A keyboard accelerator allows you to select a menu command when you press Alt+ an underlined letter in a menu command. For example, to select the <emph>Save All</emph> command by pressing Alt+V, enter Sa~ve All. </paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a menu or menu entry.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Menu</emph> button and select <emph>Rename</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Add a tilde (~) in front of the letter that you want to use as an accelerator. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Deletes the selected menu or menu entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can only delete custom menus and custom menu entries.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/entries">Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="updown"><paragraph role="paragraph">To rearrange the order of menu entries, select an entry, and then click the up or down arrow button.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/up" id="bm_id16574620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/up">Moves the selected item up one position.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="dbaccess/res/sortup.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arrow Up</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/down" id="bm_id16574640"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/down">Moves the selected item down one position.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="dbaccess/res/sortdown.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arrow Down</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/add" id="bm_id1657460"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add Commands</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/macroselectordialog/categories" id="bm_id1657465"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/macroselectordialog/commands" id="bm_id1657467"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/modify" id="bm_id8946195"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Command</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/modify">Opens a menu that contains additional commands.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add Submenu</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the Add Submenu dialog, where you enter the name of a submenu.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add Separator</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a separator line under the current menu entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Rename</emph> dialog, where you enter a new name for the selected command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the new name for the selected command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Deletes the selected command.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/menuassignpage/savein" id="bm_id3804132"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save In</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/savein">Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.</ahelp> A separate menu configuration is saved for the item that you select.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit a menu configuration that is associated with an item in the list, select the item, make the changes that you want, and then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot load a menu configuration from one location and save the configuration to another location.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X#"|�% �% text/shared/01/05030100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Indents and Spacing</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="einzuege"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154689"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/ParaIndentSpacing" id="bm_id3145138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Indents and Spacing</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/ParaIndentSpacing">Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">To change the measurement units used in this dialog, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. </paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="tip">You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>.</paragraph></case></switch><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#einzug"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Indent</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space to leave between the left and the right page margins and the paragraph.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LEFTINDENT" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Before text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LEFTINDENT">Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_RIGHTINDENT" id="bm_id3149656"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">After text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_RIGHTINDENT">Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_FLINEINDENT" id="bm_id3144762"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">First line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_FLINEINDENT">Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "<link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp">Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position</link>".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_AUTO" id="bm_id3155994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatic
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_AUTO">Automatically indents a paragraph according to the font size and the line spacing. The setting in the <emph>First Line </emph>box is ignored.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount of space to leave between selected paragraphs.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_TOPDIST" id="bm_id3147350"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Above paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_TOPDIST">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#textobjektleiste"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/shared/02/03110000.xhp#syabstanderhoehen"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/shared/02/03120000.xhp#syabstandvermindern"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#textobjektleiste"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/shared/02/03110000.xhp#syabstanderhoehen"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/shared/02/03120000.xhp#syabstandvermindern"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_BOTTOMDIST" id="bm_id3154921"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Below paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_BOTTOMDIST">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING" id="bm_id3154922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Don't add space between paragraphs of the same style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING">Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/comboLB_LINEDIST" id="bm_id3153095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/comboLB_LINEDIST">Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Single</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="einzeiligtext">Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">1.5 lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="eineinhalbzeiligtext">Sets the line spacing to 1.5 lines.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Double</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zweizeiligtext">Sets the line spacing to two lines.
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Proportional</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select this option and then enter a percentage value in the box, where 100% corresponds to single line spacing.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">At Least</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the minimum line spacing to the value that you enter in the box.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you use different font sizes within a paragraph, the line spacing is automatically adjusted to the largest font size. If you prefer to have identical spacing for all lines, specify a value in <emph>At least</emph> that corresponds to the largest font size.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Leading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the height of the vertical space that is inserted between two lines.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Fixed
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Sets the line spacing to exactly match the value that you enter in the box. This can result in cropped characters.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LINEDISTPERCENT" id="bm_id3147582"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LINEDISTMETRIC" id="bm_id3147338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">of</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LINEDISTMETRIC">Enter the value to use for the line spacing.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Register-true
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_REGISTER" id="bm_id3147344"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Activate
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_REGISTER">Aligns the baseline of each line of text to a vertical document grid, so that each line is the same height. To use this feature, you must first activate the <emph>Register-true </emph>option for the current page style. To do this, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click on the <emph>Page </emph>tab, and then select the<emph> Register-true</emph> box in the<emph> Layout settings</emph> area.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#indenting"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Writing Register-true</link></paragraph></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��<¢ � text/shared/01/01160000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Send</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="send"><section id="senden"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendToMenu" id="bm_id2095095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01160000.xhp">Send</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#senden"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/01160200.xhp">E-mail Document</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01160200.xhp#versendentext"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendMailDocAsOOo" id="bm_id827967"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendMailDocAsMS" id="bm_id7119052"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail as OpenDocument Spreadsheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail as Microsoft Excel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft Excel file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph></case><case select="IMPRESS"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail as OpenDocument Presentation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail as Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft PowerPoint file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph></case><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail as OpenDocument Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">E-mail as Microsoft Word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft Word file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp#ref_pdf_send_as"/><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp#ref_pdf_send_as_text"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/01160300.xhp">Create Master Document</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01160300.xhp#globtext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp">Create HTML Document</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#htmltext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp#sendenstarimpress"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp#sendenclipboard"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp">Create AutoAbstract</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#autoabstracttext"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#sendenpraeser"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XS�8�= = text/shared/01/01990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Recent Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="recentdocs"><section id="picklist"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecentFileList" id="bm_id1430383"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecentFileList" id="bm_id4438612"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="picktitle"><link href="text/shared/01/01990000.xhp">Recent Documents</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The number of files that are listed can be changed in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp">Expert configuration</link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/History PickListSize</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The file is opened by the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> module that saved it.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�[V
text/shared/01/05090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Font</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schrift"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05090000.xhp">Font</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the font options for the selected text.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#schrift2"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��dJ� � # text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Add Condition</title><filename>/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8615680"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/AddConditionDialog" id="bm_id5080723"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Add Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/condition" id="bm_id5080721"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Condition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a condition.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Result</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the result.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/edit" id="bm_id5074007"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Namespaces</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��y� � text/shared/01/02040000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Cut</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="cut"><section id="ausschneiden"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146936"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Cut" id="bm_id389633"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Cut" id="bm_id3149991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02040000.xhp">Cut</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Cut">Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#cut"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�;� � " text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>E-mail as PDF</title><filename>/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendMailDocAsPDF" id="bm_id4080921"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendMailDocAsPDF" id="bm_id3146856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ref_pdf_send_as"><link href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp">E-mail as PDF</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ref_pdf_send_as_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendMailDocAsPDF">Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#pdf"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp#ref_pdf_export"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��W�� � text/shared/01/06050300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Outline</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierung"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickoutlinepage/PickOutlinePage" id="bm_id3148521"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050300.xhp">Outline</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numnumerierung"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickoutlinepage/valueset" id="bm_id3148520"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pickoutlinepage/valueset">Click the outline style that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� � text/shared/01/02090000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select All</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="select_all"><section id="auswaehlen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectAll" id="bm_id1119112"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectAll" id="bm_id3159079"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Select" id="bm_id9111451"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Select" id="bm_id3154788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02090000.xhp">Select All</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="allestext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Select" visibility="visible">Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">To select all of the cells on a sheet, click the button at the intersection of the column and row header in the top left corner of the sheet.</caseinline><defaultinline/></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#alles"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableSelectAll" id="bm_id4889160"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableSelectAll" id="bm_id3152349"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">To select all of the sheets in a spreadsheet file, right-click the name tab of a sheet, and then choose <emph>Select All Sheets</emph>.<ahelp hid=".uno:TableSelectAll" visibility="hidden">Selects all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet.</ahelp></caseinline><defaultinline/></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X_l� � text/shared/01/06140102.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Move Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Move Menu</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#menuemove"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/movemenu/MoveMenuDialog" id="bm_id16574660"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Menu position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp#updown"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���T T text/shared/01/05120600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Space Columns Equally</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="gleichverteilen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DistributeColumns" id="bm_id2213069"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DistributeColumns" id="bm_id3149055"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp">Space Columns Equally</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verteilentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DistributeColumns">Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.</ahelp> The total width of the table cannot exceed the width of the page.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Distribute Columns Equally</emph>
</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syverteilentext"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_distributecolumns.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Space Columns Equally</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X v��X! X! text/shared/01/01010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="new"><section id="neu"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddDirect" id="bm_id8961193"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddDirect" id="bm_id3152895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010000.xhp">New</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddDirect">Creates a new $[officename] document.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW" id="bm_id3153748"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW" visibility="hidden">Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#neu"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewDoc" id="bm_id9433271"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If you want to create a document from a template, choose <emph>New - Templates.</emph></ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A template is a file that contains the design elements for a document, including formatting styles, backgrounds, frames, graphics, fields, page layout, and text.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Icon</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Name</emph></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Function</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03251.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Text Document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03250.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Spreadsheet</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03249.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Presentation</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03246.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Drawing</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03245.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Database</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link> to create a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03139.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">HTML Document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new HTML document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03251.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">XML Form Document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new <link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XForms</link> document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03248.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Master Document</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp">master document</link>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03247.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Formula</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03255.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Labels</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp">Labels</link> dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03255.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Business Cards</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp">Business Cards</link> dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="res/sx03242.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Templates</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a new document using an existing template.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">Opening documents</link></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/swriter" id="bm_id6933194"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/scalc" id="bm_id7905819"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/simpress?slot=6686" id="bm_id4543900"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/sdraw" id="bm_id1608935"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog" id="bm_id9905087"/><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/sdatabase?Interactive" id="bm_id90639"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/swriter/web" id="bm_id2533646"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new HTML document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/swriter?slot=21053" id="bm_id4444715"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new XForms document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/swriter/GlobalDocument" id="bm_id6132694"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new master document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/smath" id="bm_id1440473"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/swriter?slot=21051" id="bm_id9589220"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/private:factory/swriter?slot=21052" id="bm_id3158665"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/slot:5500" id="bm_id3525193"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�|U+� � text/shared/01/02200200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Open</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="oeffnen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3085157"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02200200.xhp">Open</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the selected OLE object with the program that the object was created in.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#edit3"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This menu command is inserted into <emph>Edit – Objects</emph> submenu by the application that created the linked object. Depending on the application, the “Open” command for the OLE object might have a different name.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After you have completed your changes, close the source file for the OLE object. The OLE object is then updated in the container document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XxJ � � text/shared/01/06150200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Test XML Filter</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="testxml"><link href="text/shared/01/06150200.xhp">Test XML Filter</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Tests the XSLT stylesheets used by the selected <link href="text/shared/01/06150000.xhp">XML filter</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfiltertest"/></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilter"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE" id="bm_id4476454"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">XSLT for export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transform document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the file name of the document that you want to use to test the XSLT filter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE" id="bm_id3152363"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE">Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT" id="bm_id3147226"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Current Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT">The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link> window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Import</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_XSLT_FILE" id="bm_id8536027"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">XSLT for import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT">Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_TEMPLATE_FILE" id="bm_id2557145"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Template for import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT">Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transform file</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE" id="bm_id3149812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Display source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE">Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE" id="bm_id3154577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE">Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT" id="bm_id3150465"/><bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT_FILE" id="bm_id264595"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Recent File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�93� � text/shared/01/05050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Change Case</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grossklein"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TransliterateMenu" id="bm_id668355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05050000.xhp">Change Case</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#grossklein"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE" id="bm_id7402005"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToSentenceCase" id="bm_id3149347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sentence case</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToLower" id="bm_id7402004"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToLower" id="bm_id3149346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">lowercase</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToLower">Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToUpper" id="bm_id5342659"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToUpper" id="bm_id3149205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">UPPERCASE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToUpper">Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE" id="bm_id7402014"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToTitleCase" id="bm_id3149316"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Capitalize Every Word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE" id="bm_id7402024"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToToggleCase" id="bm_id3149326"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">tOGGLE cASE</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Toggles case of all selected western characters.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToHalfWidth" id="bm_id203258"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToHalfWidth" id="bm_id3154288"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Half-width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToHalfWidth">Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToFullWidth" id="bm_id4930999"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToFullWidth" id="bm_id3147242"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Full Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToFullWidth">Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToHiragana" id="bm_id3224908"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToHiragana" id="bm_id3147275"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hiragana</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToHiragana">Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToKatakana" id="bm_id3845243"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeCaseToKatakana" id="bm_id3155449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Katakana</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToKatakana">Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�ͫ\ \ text/shared/01/05110300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Underline</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="unter"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150756"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Underline" id="bm_id1925019"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Underline" id="bm_id3144750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110300.xhp">Underline</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Underline" visibility="visible">Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is underlined.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UnderlineDouble" id="bm_id2889232"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UnderlineDouble" id="bm_id3147143"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UnderlineDouble" visibility="hidden">Underlines the selected text with two lines.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stilunter"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �Y Y text/shared/01/06040600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Word Completion</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="worterg"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the options for completing frequently occurring words while you type.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokoworterg"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#word_completion"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/WordCompletionPage" id="bm_id4897916"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/enablewordcomplete" id="bm_id4897915"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable word completion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/enablewordcomplete">Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/appendspace" id="bm_id6168401"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Append space</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/appendspace">If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.</ahelp> The space is added as soon as you begin typing the next word.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/showastip" id="bm_id668355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Show as tip</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/showastip">Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/collectwords" id="bm_id2998138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Collect words</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/collectwords">Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click<emph> Delete Entry</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/whenclosing" id="bm_id29981338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/whenclosing">When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/acceptwith" id="bm_id3945738"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Accept with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/acceptwith">Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Press Esc to decline the word completion.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/minwordlen" id="bm_id7839594"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Min. word length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/minwordlen">Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/maxentries" id="bm_id3337199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Max. entries</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/maxentries">Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/entries" id="bm_id6878566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Word Completion list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/entries">Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/delete" id="bm_id6572161"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Entry</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/delete">Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#word_completion"/></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XR�1�3 3 text/shared/01/02100001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>List of Regular Expressions</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146765"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="02100001"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp">List of Regular Expressions</link></variable></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Character</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result/Use</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Any character</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents the given character unless otherwise specified.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents any single character except for a line break or paragraph break. For example, the search term "sh.rt" returns both "shirt" and "short".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">^</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Only finds the search term if the term is at the beginning of a paragraph. Special objects such as empty fields or character-anchored frames, at the beginning of a paragraph are ignored. Example: "^Peter".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">$</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Only finds the search term if the term appears at the end of a paragraph. Special objects such as empty fields or character-anchored frames at the end of a paragraph are ignored. Example: "Peter$".</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">$ on its own matches the end of a paragraph. This way it is possible to search and replace paragraph breaks.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">*</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds zero or more of the characters in front of the "*". For example, "Ab*c" finds "Ac", "Abc", "Abbc", "Abbbc", and so on.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">+</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds one or more of the characters in front of the "+". For example, "AX.+4" finds "AXx4", but not "AX4".</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The longest possible string that matches this search pattern in a paragraph is always found. If the paragraph contains the string "AX 4 AX4", the entire passage is highlighted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">?</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds zero or one of the characters in front of the "?". For example, "Texts?" finds "Text" and "Texts" and "x(ab|c)?y" finds "xy", "xaby", or "xcy".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">\</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Search interprets the special character that follows the "\" as a normal character and not as a regular expression (except for the combinations \n, \t, \>, and \<). For example, "tree\." finds "tree.", not "treed" or "trees".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">\n</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a line break that was inserted with the Shift+Enter key combination. To change a line break into a paragraph break, enter <emph>\n</emph> in the <emph>Find</emph> and <emph>Replace</emph> boxes, and then perform a search and replace.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">\n in the <emph>Find</emph> text box stands for a line break that was inserted with the Shift+Enter key combination.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">\n in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box stands for a paragraph break that can be entered with the Enter or Return key.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">\t</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a tab. You can also use this expression in the <emph>Replace</emph> box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">\b</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Match a word boundary. For example, "\bbook" finds "bookmark" but not "checkbook" whereas "book\b" finds "checkbook" but not "bookmark". The discrete word "book" is found by both search terms.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">^$</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds an empty paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">^.</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds the first character of a paragraph.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">& or $0</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Adds the string that was found by the search criteria in the <emph>Find</emph> box to the term in the <emph>Replace</emph> box when you make a replacement.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">For example, if you enter "window" in the <emph>Find</emph> box and "&frame" in the <emph>Replace</emph> box, the word "window" is replaced with "windowframe".</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can also enter an "&" in the <emph>Replace</emph> box to modify the <emph>Attributes</emph> or the <emph>Format</emph> of the string found by the search criteria.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[abc123]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents one of the characters that are between the brackets.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[a-e]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents any of the characters that are between a and e, including both start and end characters</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The characters are ordered by their code numbers.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[a-eh-x]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents any of the characters that are between a-e and h-x.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[^a-s]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents everything that is not between a and s.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">\uXXXX</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">\UXXXXXXXX</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a character based on its four-digit hexadecimal Unicode code (XXXX).</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">For obscure characters there is a separate variant with capital U and eight hexadecimal digits (XXXXXXXX).</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">For certain symbol fonts the code for special characters may depend on the used font. You can view the codes by choosing <emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">|</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Finds the terms that occur before the "|" and also finds the terms that occur after the "|". For example, "this|that" finds "this" and "that".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">{2}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Defines the number of times that the character in front of the opening bracket occurs. For example, "tre{2}" finds and selects "tree".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">{1,2}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Defines the minimum and maximum number of times that the character in front of the opening bracket can occur. For example, "tre{1,2}" finds and selects "tre" and "tree".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">{1,}</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Defines the minimum number of times that the character in front of the opening bracket can occur. For example, "tre{2,}" finds "tree", "treee", and "treeeee".</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">( )</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">In the <emph>Find</emph> box:</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Defines the characters inside the parentheses as a reference. You can then refer to the first reference in the current expression with "\1", to the second reference with "\2", and so on.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">For example, if your text contains the number 13487889 and you search using the regular expression (8)7\1\1, "8788" is found.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">You can also use () to group terms, for example, "a(bc)?d" finds "ad" or "abcd".</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In the <emph>Replace</emph> box:</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Use $ (dollar) instead of \ (backslash) to replace references. Use $0 to replace the whole found string.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:alpha:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents an alphabetic character. Use [:alpha:]+ to find one of them.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:digit:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a decimal digit. Use [:digit:]+ to find one of them.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:alnum:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents an alphanumeric character ([:alpha:] and [:digit:]).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:space:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a space character (but not other whitespace characters).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:print:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a printable character.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:cntrl:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a nonprinting character.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:lower:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents a lowercase character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">[:upper:]</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Represents an uppercase character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options.</emph>
</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Examples</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">e([:digit:])? -- finds 'e' followed by zero or one digit. Note that currently all named character classes like [:digit:] must be enclosed in parentheses.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">^([:digit:])$ -- finds lines or cells with exactly one digit.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can combine the search terms to form complex searches.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To find three-digit numbers alone in a paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="code">^[:digit:]{3}$</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">^ means the match has to be at the start of a paragraph, </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">[:digit:] matches any decimal digit, </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">{3} means there must be exactly 3 copies of "digit", </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">$ means the match must end a paragraph. </paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#02100000"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#finding"/></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Regular_Expressions_in_Writer">Wiki page about regular expressions in Writer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Regular_Expressions_in_Calc">Wiki page about regular expressions in Calc</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XS�cxY Y text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data Navigator</title><filename>/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="datanavigator"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6823023"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowDataNavigator" id="bm_id7463799"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/toolbar" id="bm_id0130200901571189"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/DataNavigator" id="bm_id0130200901573014"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xformsdata"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp">Data Navigator</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelslist" id="bm_id759300"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Model name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the XForms model that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsbutton" id="bm_id6110721"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Models</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsadd" id="bm_id6934415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/addmodeldialog/name" id="bm_id0130200901582112"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the name.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/addmodeldialog/modify" id="bm_id0910200811130823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Model data updates change document's modification status</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsremove" id="bm_id5671559"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsedit" id="bm_id8617816"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected Xform model.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesdetails" id="bm_id5646229"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show Details</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show or hide details.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/items" id="bm_id2524491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Instance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the items that belong to the current instance.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Submissions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the submissions.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Bindings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the bindings for the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instances" id="bm_id3339335"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Instances</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesadd" id="bm_id9214148"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesedit" id="bm_id4229255"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesremove" id="bm_id1858882"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Show data types</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less details.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT" id="bm_id2156132"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT" id="bm_id1840879"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE" id="bm_id9931943"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE" id="bm_id1840878"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD" id="bm_id1840876"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_ADD" id="bm_id1840877"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT" id="bm_id1051362"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_EDIT" id="bm_id1051361"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE" id="bm_id3862117"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_REMOVE" id="bm_id1051363"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�XwI� � text/shared/01/02230300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Comment</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CommentChangeTracking" id="bm_id3153391"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CommentChange" id="bm_id3152459"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/comment/CommentDialog" id="bm_id3153882"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="kommentartext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/comment/edit">Enter a comment for the recorded change.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#kommentar"/></section><paragraph role="note">You can attach a comment when <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">the cursor is in a changed text passage
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">the changed cell is selected
</caseinline></switchinline>, or in the <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialog.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialog.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X/�YO� � text/shared/01/06130100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Change Password</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog" id="bm_id3083278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Change Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog">Protects the selected library with a password.</ahelp> You can enter a new password, or change the current password.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#passwort"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Old password</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry" id="bm_id3152895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry">Enter the current password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New password</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry" id="bm_id3144436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry">Enter a new password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry" id="bm_id3156302"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Confirm</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Reenter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��.� text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Preview in Web Browser</title><filename>/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="previewinbrowser"><section id="webhtml"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:WebHtml" id="bm_id8864406"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp">Preview in Web Browser</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#webhtml"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The HTML formatted copy is written to the temporary files folder that you can select in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</item>. When you quit %PRODUCTNAME, the HTML file will be deleted.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can set the HTML export filter options by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</item>.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XX*��A A $ text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Certificate</title><filename>/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Select Certificate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the certificate that you want to <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">digitally sign</link> the current document with.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#digitalsigsel"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/><bookmark branch="hid/XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES" id="bm_id8177129"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsecurity:PushButton:RID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER:BTN_VIEWCERT" id="bm_id5101168"/><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/certpage/viewcert" id="bm_id3395794"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View Certificate</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/certpage/description" id="bm_id3395794"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Type a purpose for the signature.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�r�H H text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Password</title><filename>/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="passwort"><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/PasswordDialog" id="bm_id3152878"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp">Password</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorized changes.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/password_main.xhp#password_rules"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The open password must be entered to open the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The permission password must be entered to edit the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/pass1ed" id="bm_id3152878"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/pass2ed" id="bm_id3152879"/><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE" id="bm_id3154044"/><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/password/newpassEntry" id="bm_id3154099"/><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/masterpassworddlg/password" id="bm_id0928200904183274"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_PASSWD_TABLE">Type a password. A password is case sensitive.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/confirm1ed" id="bm_id3149496"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/confirm2ed" id="bm_id3149497"/><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC" id="bm_id3154863"/><bookmark branch="hid/uui/ui/password/confirmpassEntry" id="bm_id0928200904190676"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Confirm</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Re-enter the password.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Undoing password protection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To remove a password, open the document, then save without password.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/password/expander" id="bm_id09233676"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to show or hide the file sharing password options.</ahelp></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X"�:� � text/shared/01/05350400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Illumination</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="beleuchtung"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light" id="bm_id3147273"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05350400.xhp">Illumination</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/light">Define the light source for the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#3dbeleuchtung"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Illumination</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the light source for the object, as well as the color of the light source and of the ambient light. You can define up to eight different light sources.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light1" id="bm_id3149177"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light2" id="bm_id3143267"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light3" id="bm_id3145071"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light4" id="bm_id3155355"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light5" id="bm_id3147088"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light6" id="bm_id3149095"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light7" id="bm_id3150506"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/light8" id="bm_id3149182"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Light source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/light8">Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the <emph>Ambient light</emph> box.</ahelp> You can also press the Spacebar to turn the light source on or off. </paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/lighton.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Light is on</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/light.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Light is off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/lightcolor1" id="bm_id3159400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/lightcolor1">Select a color for the current light source.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/colorbutton1" id="bm_id3153349"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Select Color in the color dialog</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp#farbentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#farbdial"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ambient light</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/ambientcolor" id="bm_id3149655"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/ambientcolor">Select a color for the ambient light.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/colorbutton2" id="bm_id3154923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp#farbentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#farbdial"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays a preview of the light source changes.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�0� � text/shared/01/05100500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Top</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="oben"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CellVertTop" id="bm_id3149048"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp">Top</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CellVertTop">Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zelleoben">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Top</emph></variable></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xmam�o o text/shared/01/05250400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Send to Back</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ganznachhinten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendToBack" id="bm_id87651"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendToBack" id="bm_id3149987"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp">Send to Back</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendToBack" visibility="visible">Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#ganzhinten"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Layer</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���s
s
text/shared/01/02230200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Show Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149988"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowTrackedChanges" id="bm_id9726954"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/ShowChangesDialog" id="bm_id3154349"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowChanges" id="bm_id3147240"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp">Show Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowChanges">Shows or hides recorded changes.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#anzeigen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can change the display properties of the markup elements by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a <emph>Tip</emph> displays the author and the date and time that the change was made.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> If the <emph>Extended Tips</emph> are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/showchanges" id="bm_id3152551"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show changes in spreadsheet</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/showchanges">Shows or hides recorded changes.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp#calc"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/showaccepted" id="bm_id3154810"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show accepted changes</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/showaccepted">Shows or hides the changes that were accepted.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/showrejected" id="bm_id3155829"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show rejected changes
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="relatedtopics"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/showchangesdialog/showrejected">Shows or hides the changes that were rejected.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02230300.xhp">Comments</link></paragraph></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xq �� � text/shared/01/05250200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bring Forward </title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="positionnachvorn"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Forward" id="bm_id9123117"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Forward" id="bm_id3155620"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectForwardOne" id="bm_id0801200803082196"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectForwardOne" id="bm_id080120080307113"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp">Bring Forward </link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#nachvorn"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Layer</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XMf�h text/shared/01/05250000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Arrange</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="anordnung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152427"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectPosition" id="bm_id8728812"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectPosition" id="bm_id3149551"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrangeMenu" id="bm_id3945738"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ArrangeFrameMenu" id="bm_id0801200803311649"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Arrange</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectPosition">Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#anordnung"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Layer for text and graphics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. Use the arrange commands to change the stacking order of objects in your document. You cannot change the stacking order of text.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#ganznachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp#positionnachvorn"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250300.xhp#positionnachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250400.xhp#ganznachhinten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250500.xhp#indenvordergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05250600.xhp#indenhintergrund"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��!<� � text/shared/01/06202000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Custom Dictionary</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/HangulHanjaEditDictDialog" id="bm_id9376505"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Edit Custom Dictionary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Add and delete entries that are used for the <link href="text/shared/01/06200000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Conversion</link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/book" id="bm_id9376506"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Book</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/book">Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/original" id="bm_id6413159"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Original</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/original">Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.</ahelp> To move from the Original box to the first text box in the Suggestions area, press Enter.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit1" id="bm_id6543778"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit2" id="bm_id2266914"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit3" id="bm_id5476241"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit4" id="bm_id2326120"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Suggestions (max. 8)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit1">Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/new" id="bm_id7013153"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/new">Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/delete" id="bm_id5783562"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/delete">Deletes the selected entry.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XL���� � text/shared/01/06050200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Numbering Style</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierungsart"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/picknumberingpage/PickNumberingPage" id="bm_id3153256"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050200.xhp">Numbering</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the different numbering styles that you can apply.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numnumerierungsart"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/picknumberingpage/valueset" id="bm_id3153257"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/picknumberingpage/valueset">Click the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�wc� � text/shared/01/05230100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Position and Size</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="position"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154350"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/PositionAndSize" id="bm_id3154185"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05230100.xhp">Position and Size</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Resizes or moves the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#position2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the location of the selected object on the page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X" id="bm_id3154184"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position X</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X">Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y" id="bm_id3155805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position Y</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y">Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_POSRECT" id="bm_id3155338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Base point</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_POSRECT">Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the <emph>Position Y</emph> and <emph>Position X</emph> boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the amount by which you want to resize the selected object with respect to the selected base point .</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_WIDTH" id="bm_id3150693"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_WIDTH">Enter a width for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_HEIGHT" id="bm_id3166410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_HEIGHT">Enter a height for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/CBX_SCALE" id="bm_id3156327"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep ratio</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/CBX_SCALE">Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_SIZERECT" id="bm_id3153665"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Base point</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_SIZERECT">Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Protect</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_POSPROTECT" id="bm_id3153717"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_POSPROTECT">Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_SIZEPROTECT" id="bm_id3155434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_SIZEPROTECT">Prevents you from resizing the object.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Adapt</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specifies, if the size of a drawing object should be adjusted to fit the size of entered text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH" id="bm_id3150290"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit width to text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH">Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT" id="bm_id3154909"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit height to text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT">Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp">Anchor types</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��2Q Q text/shared/01/06140402.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Change Icon</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/IconSelector" id="bm_id1383710"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Change Icon</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Icons</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customize</link> dialog, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/importButton" id="bm_id1383709"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can only import icons that are in the PNG file format and that are 16x16 or 26x26 pixels in size.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/deleteButton" id="bm_id1383799"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xl�L�V V text/shared/01/05020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Character</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontDialog" id="bm_id7592030"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontDialog" id="bm_id3153514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeichentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FontDialog">Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#zeichen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Font</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#zn"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CHART"/><default><embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#schrifteffekt"/></default></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CHART"/><default><embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#position"/></default></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05020600.xhp#asilayout"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp">Hyperlink</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#hyperlinktext"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Sj
text/shared/01/04150000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Object</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="object_submenu"><section id="objekt"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMenu" id="bm_id2569353"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04150000.xhp">Object</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts an embedded object into your document, including formulas, 3D models, charts and OLE objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#objekteinf"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04160300.xhp">Formula</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04160300.xhp#starmath"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Chart From File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertObjectChartFromFile">Inserts a chart from within another spreadsheet or from an ODF Chart file (*.odc).</ahelp></paragraph></case><case select="IMPRESS"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">3D Model</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert3DModel">Inserts a 3D models in the glTF format. This option is currently only available for Windows and Linux.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/04150100.xhp">OLE Object</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/04150100.xhp#ole"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��I� � text/shared/01/05260100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Page</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="anderseite"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToPage" id="bm_id4556654"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToPage" id="bm_id3156045"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToPage" id="bm_id0801200803434125"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260100.xhp">To Page</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetAnchorToPage">Anchors the selected item to the current page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The anchored item remains on the current page even if you insert or delete text.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#anseite"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The anchor icon is displayed at the top left corner of the page.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�U�z z text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Add / Edit</title><filename>/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/AddDataItemDialog" id="bm_id5775628"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id7194738"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Add / Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.</ahelp> Items can be elements, attributes, submissions, or bindings.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">%PRODUCTNAME inserts a new item directly after the currently selected item in the Data Navigator. A new attribute is added to the currently selected element.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/name" id="bm_id5775627"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the item.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">The attribute names must be unique within the same group.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the type of a new item. You cannot change the type of an edited item.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/value" id="bm_id9302041"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a default value for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/datatype" id="bm_id5551011"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Data type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data type for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/required" id="bm_id2487258"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED" id="bm_id1239661"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Required</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/requiredcond" id="bm_id1404156"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/relevant" id="bm_id8867458"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT" id="bm_id3679616"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relevant</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as relevant.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/relevantcond" id="bm_id3488570"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/constraint" id="bm_id2007812"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT" id="bm_id8594622"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Constraint</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as a constraint.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/constraintcond" id="bm_id2240058"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/readonly" id="bm_id6203192"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY" id="bm_id4252449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Read-only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as read-only.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/readonlycond" id="bm_id165105"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/calculate" id="bm_id6361583"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION" id="bm_id383617"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Calculate / Calculation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares that the item is calculated.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/calculatecond" id="bm_id2518997"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter the calculation.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xn�n> > text/shared/01/02110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Navigator for Master Documents</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator for Master Documents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp">master document</link>, you can switch the Navigator between normal view and master view.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST" id="bm_id3150616"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST">The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The master view in the Navigator displays the following icons:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Toggle Master View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Switches between master view and normal view.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Toggle Master View</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/edit" id="bm_id3166460"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT" id="bm_id3156346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT">Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20245.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/update" id="bm_id3150771"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE" id="bm_id3156194"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE">Click and choose the contents that you want to update.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20246.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Update</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL" id="bm_id3144423"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL">Updates the contents of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX" id="bm_id3152811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Indexes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX">Updates all indexes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK" id="bm_id3150398"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Links</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK">Updates all links.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL" id="bm_id3148797"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL">Updates all contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK" id="bm_id3151043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This command is found by right-clicking an inserted file in the Navigator.<ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK">Changes the link properties for the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/insert" id="bm_id3157960"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT" id="bm_id3148920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT">Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also insert files into the master document by dragging a file from your desktop and dropping on the master view of the Navigator.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20247.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX" id="bm_id3154920"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Index</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX">Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE" id="bm_id3146121"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE">Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE" id="bm_id3150686"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE">Creates and inserts a new sub-document.</ahelp> When you create a new document, you are prompted to enter the file name and the location where you want to save the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT" id="bm_id3150012"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT">Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/save" id="bm_id3163717"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save Contents as well</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/save">Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20248.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Save Contents as well</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/down" id="bm_id3149583"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Down</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel.down">Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.</ahelp> You can also move entries by dragging and dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Down</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/up" id="bm_id3153224"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Up</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/up">Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.</ahelp> You can also move entries by dragging and dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Up</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_GLBLTREE_DEL" id="bm_id3147224"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_DEL">Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xz� � � text/shared/01/05060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Asian Phonetic Guide</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ruby"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9598376"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RubyDialog" id="bm_id5297284"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/AsianPhoneticGuideDialog" id="bm_id3160463"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05060000.xhp">Asian Phonetic Guide</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RubyDialog">Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#ruby"/></section><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Select one or more words in the document.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Asian Phonetic Guide</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide in the <emph>Ruby text</emph> box.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left1ED" id="bm_id3149031"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left2ED" id="bm_id3153209"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left3ED" id="bm_id3156082"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left4ED" id="bm_id3148981"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Base text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left4ED">Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right1ED" id="bm_id3154821"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right2ED" id="bm_id3153180"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right3ED" id="bm_id3149767"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right4ED" id="bm_id3152922"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ruby text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right4ED">Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/adjustlb" id="bm_id3146874"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/adjustlb">Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/positionlb" id="bm_id3154684"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/positionlb">Select where you want to place the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/stylelb" id="bm_id3143231"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Style for ruby text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/stylelb">Select a character style for the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/styles" id="bm_id3154123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/styles">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting deck of the Sidebar</link></caseinline><defaultinline>Styles and Formatting deck of the Sidebar</defaultinline></switchinline> where you can select a character style for the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#uebernehmen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xn�x*9 9 text/shared/01/05020400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hyperlink</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152895"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/CharURLPage" id="bm_id3153089"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertHyperlinkDlg" id="bm_id3155934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp">Hyperlink</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="hyperlinktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertHyperlinkDlg">Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.</ahelp></variable> A hyperlink is a link to a file on the Internet or on your local system.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also assign or edit a named HTML anchor, or <link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp">Bookmark</link>, that refers to a specific place in a document.</paragraph></case></switch><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#hyperl"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyperlink</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the properties for the hyperlink.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urled" id="bm_id3148685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">URL</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="texturl"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urled">Enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link> for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.</ahelp> If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
</variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urlpb" id="bm_id3150771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urlpb">Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/texted" id="bm_id3159166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reference</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/texted">Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/eventpb" id="bm_id3148491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Events</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/eventpb">Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/nameed" id="bm_id3146847"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><section id="textname"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/nameed">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp> $[officename] inserts a NAME tag in the hyperlink:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><A HREF="http://www.example.com/" NAME="Nametext" TARGET="_blank">Note</A></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/targetfrmlb" id="bm_id3146795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Frame</paragraph><section id="textframe2"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="textframe"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/targetfrmlb">Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.</ahelp> If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
</variable></paragraph></section><section id="targets"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Name of Frame</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Definition</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Named entries</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File opens in a named frame in the current HTML document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">_self</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File opens in the current frame.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">_blank</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File opens in a new page.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">_parent</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File opens in the parent frame of the current frame. If there is no parent frame, the current frame is used.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">_top</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">File opens in the topmost frame in the hierarchy.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the formatting options for the hyperlink.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb" id="bm_id3148740"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Visited links</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb" id="bm_id3148676"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Unvisited links</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">Assign macro</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��mm m text/shared/01/05250500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Foreground</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="indenvordergrund"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetObjectToForeground" id="bm_id9671646"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetObjectToForeground" id="bm_id3149551"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="foreground"><link href="text/shared/01/05250500.xhp">To Foreground</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetObjectToForeground">Moves the selected object in front of text.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#vornebringen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Layer</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�hD�
text/shared/01/06130200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Organize Macros</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="organizemacros"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3237403"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScriptOrganizer" id="bm_id3864046"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScriptOrganizer" id="bm_id542008"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="organize_macros"><link href="text/shared/01/06130200.xhp">Organize Macros</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Basic</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScriptOrganizer?ScriptOrganizer.Language:string=JavaScript" id="bm_id1124912"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp#script">JavaScript</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp#scripting"/></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ScriptOrganizer?ScriptOrganizer.Language:string=BeanShell" id="bm_id1355632"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp#script">BeanShell</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp#scripting"/></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X~Gn- - text/shared/01/02100100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Similarity Search</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="similarity_search"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156045"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similarity" id="bm_id3148410"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/SimilaritySearchDialog" id="bm_id3154815"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbApprox" id="bm_id3154814"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/pbApproxSettings" id="bm_id3154817"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02100100.xhp">Similarity Search</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similarity">Find terms that are similar to the <emph>Find</emph> text. Select this checkbox, and then click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to define the similarity options.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">For example, a similarity search can find words that differ from the <emph>Find</emph> text by two characters.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#suchenaehnlichkeit"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similaritybtn" id="bm_id3155351"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Similarities</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similaritybtn">Set the options for the similarity search.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define the criteria for determining if a word is similar to the search term.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/otherfld" id="bm_id3155338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Exchange characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/otherfld">Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.</ahelp> For example, if you specify 2 exchanged characters, "sweep" and "creep" are considered similar.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/longerfld" id="bm_id3150443"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/longerfld">Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/shorterfld" id="bm_id3158430"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Remove characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/shorterfld">Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/relaxbox" id="bm_id3159400"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Combine</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/relaxbox">Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xt��� text/shared/01/01100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Document Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="properties"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetDocumentProperties" id="bm_id1332604"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetDocumentProperties" id="bm_id3147000"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="eigen_von"><link href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp">Document Properties</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dokumentinfotext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetDocumentProperties">Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info1"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01100200.xhp#dokument"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01100100.xhp#beschreibung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp#benutzer"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01100600.xhp#security"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp#statistik"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp#font"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/><paragraph role="note">Depending on your access rights to the file, you might not see all of the tabs in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�o%X text/shared/01/04150100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Insert OLE Object</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153116"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/insertoleobject/InsertOLEObjectDialog" id="bm_id9083923"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertObject" id="bm_id3152952"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Insert OLE Object</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ole"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertObject">Inserts an <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ole">OLE</link> object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#objektole"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To speed up the display of the document, OLE objects are kept in the program cache. If you want to change the cache settings, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Options - $[officename] - Memory</emph></link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You cannot use the clipboard or drag and drop to move OLE objects to other files.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Empty and inactive OLE objects are transparent.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create new</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertoleobject/createnew">Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Object type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertoleobject/types">Select the type of document that you want to create.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create from file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertoleobject/createfromfile">Creates an OLE object from an existing file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose the file that you want to insert as an OLE object.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertoleobject/urled">Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click <emph>Search</emph>, to locate the file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Search...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertoleobject/urlbtn">Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Link to file</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XOղF� � text/shared/01/03020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Standard Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="funktionsleiste"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150467"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FunctionBarVisible" id="bm_id3152823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03020000.xhp">Standard Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FunctionBarVisible">Shows or hides the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#funktion"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����/ / text/shared/01/01010202.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Format</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="format"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/LabelFormatPage" id="bm_id3147588"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp">Format</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/LabelFormatPage">Set paper formatting options.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#formateti"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/hori" id="bm_id3149180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontal pitch</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/hori">Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/vert" id="bm_id3145669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical pitch</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/vert">Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/width" id="bm_id3156411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/width">Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150507"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/height">Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/left" id="bm_id3143267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Left margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/left">Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/top" id="bm_id3163802"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Upper margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/top">Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/cols" id="bm_id3155830"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/cols">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/rows" id="bm_id3153146"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/rows">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/save" id="bm_id3153716"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/save">Saves the current label or business card format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/SaveLabelDialog" id="bm_id3158431"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save Label Format</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/brand" id="bm_id3158430"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Brand</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/brand">Enter or select the desired brand.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/type" id="bm_id3144438"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/type">Enter or select a label type.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�B�ш � text/shared/01/02200100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bearbeiten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02200100.xhp">Edit</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".">Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the <emph>Insert – Object</emph> command.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#edit2"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�B�, text/shared/01/02200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Object</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="object"><section id="objekt"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMenue" id="bm_id4538964"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMenue" id="bm_id3152876"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02200000.xhp">Edit Object</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="object_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectMenue">Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the <item type="menuitem">Insert - Object</item> command.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#edit1"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/02200100.xhp#bearbeiten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02200200.xhp#oeffnen"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/04150000.xhp">Insert - Object</link></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OriginalSize" id="bm_id501724"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OriginalSize" id="bm_id216986"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Resizes the object to the original size.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��ͱG) G) text/shared/01/01020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Open</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145211"/><section id="open"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Open" id="bm_id3908743"/><bookmark branch="hid/fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/ExplorerFileDialog" id="bm_id3147069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">Open</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="oeffnentext"><ahelp hid="fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/ExplorerFileDialog">Opens, opens a remote file or imports a file.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#oeffnen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The following sections describe the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <emph>Open</emph> dialog box. To activate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialog boxes, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME- General</emph></link>, and then select the <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogs</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the file that you want to open contains Styles, <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp#vorlagen">special rules</link> apply.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#connecttoserver"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP" id="bm_id1104770"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Up One Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP">Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syuebergeordneterordner2"/><bookmark branch="hid/fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/new_folder" id="bm_id393993"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create New Folder</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/new_folder">Creates a new folder.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syneuenordnererstellen2"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#places"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD">Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.</ahelp> To open a file, select the file, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To open more than one document at the same time, each in an own window, hold <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you click the files, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Click a column header to sort the files. Click again to reverse the sort order.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE" id="bm_id3149902"/><paragraph role="listitem"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE">To delete a file, right-click the file, and then choose <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></listitem><listitem><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME" id="bm_id3148491"/><paragraph role="listitem"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME">To rename a file, right-click the file, and then choose <emph>Rename</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/querydeletedialog/yes" id="bm_id3151245"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/yes" visibility="hidden">Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/querydeletedialog/no" id="bm_id3150822"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/no" visibility="hidden">Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/querydeletedialog/all" id="bm_id3154346"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/all" visibility="hidden">Click to delete all selected files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_FOLDER_FILENAME" id="bm_id3149656"/><bookmark branch="hid/fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/file_name" id="bm_id3149045"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/file_name">Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link> that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can use wildcards in the <emph>File name </emph>box to filter the list of files that is displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>For example, to list all of the text files in a folder, enter the asterisk wildcard with the text file extension (*.txt), and then click<emph> Open</emph>. Use the question mark (?) wildcard to represent any character, as in (??3*.txt), which only displays text files with a '3' as the third character in the file name.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#autocompurl"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION" id="bm_id3151210"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Version</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION">If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.</ahelp> You can save and organize multiple versions of a document by choosing <emph>File - Versions</emph>. The versions of a document are opened in read-only mode.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/file_type" id="bm_id9219641"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/file_type">Select the file type that you want to open, or select <emph>All Files (*)</emph> to display a list of all of the files in the folder.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/open">Opens the selected document(s).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN" id="bm_id3154948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you opened the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - File</emph>, the <emph>Open</emph> button is labeled <emph>Insert</emph>. <ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN">Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY" id="bm_id3156215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Read-only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY">Opens the file in read-only mode.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DOPLAY" id="bm_id3145324"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Play</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_DOPLAY">Plays the selected sound file. Click again to stop playing the sound file.</ahelp></paragraph></case></switch><section id="vorlagen"><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_QUERY_LOAD_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3151118"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Opening Documents With Templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> recognizes templates that are located in any folder from the following list:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">the shared template folder</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">the user template folder <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">in the home directory
</caseinline><defaultinline>in the Documents and Settings folder</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">all template folders as defined in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph></link></paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">When you use <item type="menuitem">File - Template - Save</item> to save a template, the template will be stored in your user template folder. When you open a document that is based on such a template, the document will be checked for a changed template as decribed below. The template is associated with the document, it may be called a "sticky template".</paragraph><paragraph role="note">When you use <item type="menuitem">File - Save As</item> and select a template filter to save a template at any other folder that is not in the list, then the documents based on that template will not be checked.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you open a document that was created from a "sticky template" (as defined above), <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> checks to see if the template has been modified since the document was last opened. If the template was changed a dialog is shown where you can select which styles to apply to the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To apply the new styles from the template to the document, click <emph>Update Styles</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To retain the styles that are currently used in the document, click <emph>Keep Old Styles</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a document was created using a template that cannot be found a dialog is shown that asks you how to proceed next time the document is opened.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To break the link between the document and the missing template, click <emph>No</emph>, otherwise <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will look for the template the next time you open the document.</paragraph></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">Opening Documents</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">Import and Export Filters</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xl�*F� � text/shared/01/01100100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Description</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="beschreibung"><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/DescriptionInfoPage" id="bm_id3154788"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01100100.xhp">Description</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/DescriptionInfoPage">Contains descriptive information about the document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info3"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/title" id="bm_id3149798"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/title">Enter a title for the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/subject" id="bm_id3145136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subject</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/subject">Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/keywords" id="bm_id3145313"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Keywords</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/keywords">Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/comments" id="bm_id3147009"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/descriptioninfopage/comments">Enter comments to help identify the document.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����� � ! text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Extension Manager</title><filename>/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="packagemanager"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2883388"/><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/extensionmanager/ExtensionManagerDialog" id="bm_id307931"/><bookmark branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.deployment.ui.PackageManagerDialog" id="bm_id2198553"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">Extension Manager</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="42772">The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#packagemanager"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The following are examples of %PRODUCTNAME extensions:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">UNO components (compiled software modules)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Configuration data (for menu commands)</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME dialog libraries</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Extension files (*.oxt files containing one or more extensions of the above listed types)</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Extension Scope</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialog where they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialog opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">A user without root privileges can only install an extension for own usage. This is called a user extension.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To install an extension</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">An extension is available as a file with the file extension .oxt.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can find a collection of extensions on the Web. Click the "Get more extensions here" link in the Extension Manager to open your Web browser and see the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/">http://extensions.libreoffice.org/</link> page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">To install a user extension</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Do any of the following:</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Double-click the <item type="literal">.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">On a web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> and click <item type="menuitem">Add</item>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="heading" level="4">To install a shared extension in text mode (for system administrators)</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">As an administrator, open a terminal or command shell.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Change to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">\
</caseinline><defaultinline>/</defaultinline></switchinline>program folder in your installation.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the following command, using the path and file name of your extension:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><item type="literal">unopkg add --shared path_filename.oxt</item></paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/extensionmanager/extensions" id="bm_id8800927"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="42769">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="2180256276">Click Add to add an extension.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A file dialog opens where you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/desktop/ui/showlicensedialog/ShowLicenseDialog" id="bm_id2089297"/><paragraph role="paragraph">An extension can show a license dialog. <ahelp hid=".">Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_REMOVE" id="bm_id0523200810562584"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Remove</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="2180256277">Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE" id="bm_id0523200810570553"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enable or disable the extension.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="2180256278">Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Disable</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="2180256279">Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Update</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.</ahelp> You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp">Extension Update</link> dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS" id="bm_id052320081054360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the license text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�|�Rm m text/shared/01/05350300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shading</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="darstellung"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/representation" id="bm_id3156053"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05350300.xhp">Shading</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/representation">Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#3ddarstellung"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shading</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the type of shading to apply to the selected 3D object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/mode" id="bm_id3150772"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/mode">Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/shadow" id="bm_id3149820"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shadow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/shadow">Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/shadow3d.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">3D Shadowing On/Off</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/slant" id="bm_id3149165"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Surface angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/slant">Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Camera</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the camera options for the selected 3D object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/distance" id="bm_id3154758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/distance">Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/focal" id="bm_id3145068"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Focal length</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/focal">Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X%��R'* '* text/shared/01/06050500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Options</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="optionen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4096499"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/NumberingOptionsPage" id="bm_id3150041"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp">Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the formatting options for numbered or bulleted lists. If you want, you can apply formatting to individual levels in the list hierarchy.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numoptionen"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the level(s) that you want to modify, and then specify the formatting that you want to use.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/levellb" id="bm_id3150040"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Level</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/levellb">Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.</ahelp> The selected level is highlighted in the preview.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/numfmtlb" id="bm_id3150789"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Numbering</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/numfmtlb">Select a numbering style for the selected levels.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Description</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">1, 2, 3, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Arabic numerals</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A, B, C, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Capital letters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">a, b, c, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Lowercase letters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">I, II, III, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Roman numerals (uppercase)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">i, ii, iii, ...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Roman numerals (lowercase)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Bullet</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Adds a bullet to the beginning of a line. Select this option, and then click the <emph>Character</emph> button to choose a bullet style.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Bullets are resized to fit the current line height. If you want, you can define a Character Style that uses a different font size for bullets.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Image</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets embedded into the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Linked graphics</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets inserted as a link to the image file.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">None</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Does not apply a numbering style.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="paragraph">The availability of the following fields depends on the style that you select in the <emph>Numbering </emph>box.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/prefix" id="bm_id3145318"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Before</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/prefix">Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/suffix" id="bm_id3152933"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">After</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/suffix">Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/charstyle" id="bm_id3151380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Character Styles
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/charstyle">Select the Character Style that you want to use in the numbered list.</ahelp> To create or edit a <link href="text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp">Character Style</link>, open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the Character Styles icon, right-click a style, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/sublevels" id="bm_id3153768"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Show sublevels
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/sublevels">Enter the number of previous levels to include in the numbering style. For example, if you enter "2" and the previous level uses the "A, B, C..." numbering style, the numbering scheme for the current level becomes: "A.1".</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/startat" id="bm_id3157895"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start at</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/startat">Enter a new starting number for the current level.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/color" id="bm_id3153726"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Color
</caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Color
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/color">Select a color for the current numbering style.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/relsize" id="bm_id3161659"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Relative size
</caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Relative size
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="CALC"/><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/relsize">Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/bullet" id="bm_id3153363"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/bullet">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special Characters</link> dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Options for graphics:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/bitmap" id="bm_id3153954"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Select...</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/bitmap">Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/widthmf" id="bm_id3147426"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/widthmf">Enter a width for the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/heightmf" id="bm_id3146986"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/heightmf">Enter a height for the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/keepratio" id="bm_id3152880"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep ratio</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/keepratio">Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/orientlb" id="bm_id3149410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/orientlb">Select the alignment option for the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">All levels
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Set the numbering options for all of the levels.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/allsame" id="bm_id3153052"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Consecutive numbering
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/allsame">Increases the numbering by one as you go down each level in the list hierarchy.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���B B text/shared/01/05010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Clear Direct Formatting</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="standard"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3157959"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ResetAttributes" id="bm_id2958684"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ResetAttributes" id="bm_id3150758"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetDefault" id="bm_id3244018"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetDefault" id="bm_id3154840"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StandardTextAttributes" id="bm_id2575480"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StandardTextAttributes" id="bm_id3150008"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ResetAttributes" id="bm_id6007568"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05010000.xhp">Clear Direct Formatting</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StandardTextAttributes">Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART"/><defaultinline>Direct formatting is formatting that you applied without using styles, such as setting bold typeface by clicking the <emph>Bold</emph> icon.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#standard"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="tip">To stop applying a direct format, such as underlining, while you type new text at the end of a line, press Shift+Ctrl+X.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�&"* * text/shared/01/05240100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Vertically</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="vertikal"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MirrorVert" id="bm_id3130053"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MirrorVert" id="bm_id3149948"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMirrorVertical" id="bm_id8976524"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMirrorVertical" id="bm_id3337199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05240100.xhp">Vertically</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MirrorVert">Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#vertikal"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�#�h
h
text/shared/01/05230300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Rotation</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="drehung"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/rotationtabpage/Rotation" id="bm_id3156045"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp">Rotation</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/rotationtabpage/Rotation">Rotates the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#drehung"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pivot point</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The selected object is rotated around a pivot point that you specify. The default pivot point is at the center of the object.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you set a pivot point too far outside of the object boundaries, the object could be rotated off of the page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X" id="bm_id3109848"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">X Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X">Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y" id="bm_id3159158"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Y Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y">Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_RECT" id="bm_id3148491"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Defaults</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_RECT">Click where you want to place the pivot point.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rotation angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object, or click in the rotation grid.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/rotationtabpage/NF_ANGLE" id="bm_id3149785"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/rotationtabpage/NF_ANGLE">Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_ANGLE" id="bm_id3154380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Defaults</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_ANGLE">Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �
3 3 text/shared/01/05260600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>As Character</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="alszeichen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorAsChar" id="bm_id9494613"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToChar" id="bm_id080120080342379"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260600.xhp">As Character</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#alszeichen"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�tࢶ � text/shared/01/05020600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Asian Layout</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="asilayout"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156053"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/TwoLinesPage" id="bm_id3146324"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05020600.xhp">Asian Layout</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#asilayout"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Double-lined</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the double-line options for the selected text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/twolines" id="bm_id3154318"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Write in double lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/twolinespage/twolines">Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enclosing characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the characters to enclose the double-lined area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/startbracket" id="bm_id3147620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Initial character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/twolinespage/startbracket">Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select <emph>Other Characters</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/endbracket" id="bm_id3159158"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Final character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/twolinespage/endbracket">Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select <emph>Other Characters</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�+�o� � text/shared/01/05100100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Merge</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="verbinden"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeCells" id="bm_id1766491"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MergeCells" id="bm_id3149051"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp">Merge</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verbindentext"><ahelp hid=".">Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>
</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">On the <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syzellenverbinden"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_mergecells.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Merge Cells</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><paragraph role="warning">Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulas in the table.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XFZC�� � text/shared/01/05040400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Footer</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fusszeile"><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FORMAT_FOOTER" id="bm_id3145348"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05040400.xhp">Footer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FORMAT_FOOTER">Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can also add borders or a background fill to a footer.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp#footer"/></case></switch><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#fusszeile"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To insert a footer into the current document, select <emph>Footer on</emph>, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to extend a footer into the page margins, insert a frame into the footer.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="tip">To quickly move the text cursor from the document text to the header or footer, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up or Page Down. Press the same key again to move the text cursor back into the document text.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Footer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the properties of the footer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_TURNON" id="bm_id3155434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Footer on</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_TURNON">Adds a footer to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_SHARED" id="bm_id3149244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Same content left/right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_SHARED">Even and odd pages share the same content.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To assign a different footer to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_SHARED_FIRST" id="bm_id3150544"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Same content on first page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_SHARED_FIRST">First and even/odd pages share the same content.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_LMARGIN" id="bm_id3149457"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_LMARGIN">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_RMARGIN" id="bm_id3153360"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_RMARGIN">Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_DIST" id="bm_id3154123"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_DIST">Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_DYNSPACING" id="bm_id3152933"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Use dynamic spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING">Overrides the <emph>Spacing </emph>setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_HEIGHT" id="bm_id3150495"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:ED_HEIGHT">Enter the height you want for the footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx:CheckBox:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_HEIGHT_DYN" id="bm_id3153968"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoFit height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_HEIGHT_DYN">Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:BTN_EXTRAS" id="bm_id3147084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">More</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:BTN_EXTRAS">Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT" id="bm_id3145787"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Edit
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Add or edit footer text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp">Add or edit footer text.</link></caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp">Footers</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">Changing measurement units</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Borders</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp">Backgrounds</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� text/shared/01/01010302.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Business Cards</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="visitenkarten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/CardFormatPage" id="bm_id3153071"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010302.xhp">Business Cards</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Define the appearance of your business cards.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#viskartinhalt"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/treeview" id="bm_id3153070"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a design layout for your business card.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/treeview">Select a business card category in <emph>AutoText - Section</emph> box, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/autotext" id="bm_id3150603"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoText - Section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/autotext">Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X=� ?�
�
text/shared/01/05020700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Asian Typography</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="asitypo"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155620"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/AsianTypography" id="bm_id3155356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp">Asian Typography</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box, and then select the <emph>Enabled</emph> box in the <emph>Asian language support</emph> area.</ahelp> The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#asitypo"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line change</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the options for line breaks in Asian language documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkForbidList" id="bm_id3155355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply list of forbidden characters to the beginning and end of line</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkForbidList">Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.</ahelp> To edit the list of restricted characters, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp"><emph>Asian Layout</emph></link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct" id="bm_id3156410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow hanging punctuation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct">Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkApplySpacing" id="bm_id3149811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><emph>Apply spacing between Asian, Latin and Complex text</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkApplySpacing">Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Enabling Asian language support</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�q�� � text/shared/01/05110100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bold</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fett"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150278"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bold" id="bm_id5293762"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bold" id="bm_id3154613"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110100.xhp">Bold</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bold">Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stilfett"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xg �L �L text/shared/01/01130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Print</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="print"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154621"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Print" id="bm_id1076258"/><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/PrintDialog" id="bm_id0818200912034231"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Print</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Print">Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.</ahelp></variable> The printing options can vary according to the printer and the operating system that you use.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#drucken"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The Print dialog consists of three main parts: A preview with navigation buttons, several tab pages with control elements specific to the current document type, and the Print, Cancel, and Help buttons. </paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you just want to know how to print your document, click any of the following links.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Printing text documents:</emph></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Printing spreadsheets:</emph></paragraph><embed href="text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp#printranges"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp#print_details"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp#print_exact"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp#print_landscape"/><embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp#print_title_row"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Printing presentations:</emph></paragraph><embed href="text/simpress/guide/printing.xhp#printing"/><embed href="text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp#print_tofit"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>General printing:</emph></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp#print_blackwhite"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp#pageformat_max"/><paragraph role="note">The settings that you define in the Print dialog are valid only for the current print job that you start by clicking the Print button. If you want to change some options permanently, open Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To set the default <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> printer options for text documents, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp"><emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">To set the default <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> printer options for spreadsheet documents, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhp"><emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print</emph></link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">To set the default <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>printer options for presentation documents, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp"><emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Print</emph></link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Press Shift+F1 or choose <item type="menuitem">Help - What's This?</item> and point to any control element in the Print dialog to see an extended help text.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The preview shows how each sheet of paper will look. You can browse through all sheets of paper with the buttons below the preview.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">General</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the General tab page, you find the most important control elements for printing. You can define which contents of your document are to be printed. You can select the printer and open the printer settings dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintPageBackground:CheckBox" id="bm_id1"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintPicturesAndObjects:CheckBox" id="bm_id3"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the graphics and drawings or OLE objects of your text document are printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintHiddenText:CheckBox" id="bm_id5"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintTextPlaceholder:CheckBox" id="bm_id7"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintControls:CheckBox" id="bm_id9"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintBlackFonts:CheckBox" id="bm_id11"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to always print text in black.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintEmptyPages:CheckBox" id="bm_id13"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintAnnotationMode:FixedText" id="bm_id15"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specify where to print comments (if any).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintAnnotationMode:ListBox" id="bm_id17"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specify where to print comments (if any).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:TitleRow:CheckBox" id="bm_id19"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:FormulaText:CheckBox" id="bm_id21"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:Border:CheckBox" id="bm_id23"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintFormat:RadioButton:0" id="bm_id25"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintFormat:RadioButton:1" id="bm_id27"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintFormat:RadioButton:2" id="bm_id29"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintScale:NumericField" id="bm_id31"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:IsIncludeEmptyPages:CheckBox" id="bm_id33"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If checked empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintPaperFromSetup:CheckBox" id="bm_id35"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For printers with multiple trays this option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintContent:RadioButton:0" id="bm_id3149957"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Prints the entire document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintContent:RadioButton:1" id="bm_id3148924"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the <emph>Pages</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintContent:RadioButton:2" id="bm_id3149902"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PageRange:Edit" id="bm_id0818200903284799"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/printtofile" id="bm_id3156955A"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Prints to a file instead of to a printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/singleprintjob" id="bm_id37"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/reverseorder" id="bm_id39"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Check to print pages in reverse order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/copycount" id="bm_id3154347"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the number of copies that you want to print.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/collate" id="bm_id3148663"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Preserves the page order of the original document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/setup" id="bm_id3150693"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/expander" id="bm_id41"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Show/Hide detailed information of the selected printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/printers" id="bm_id3147144"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintLeftRightPages:ListBox" id="bm_id43"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specify which pages to include in the output.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintProspect:CheckBox" id="bm_id45"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintProspectInclude:ListBox" id="bm_id47"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select which pages of a brochure to print.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PrintProspectRTL:ListBox" id="bm_id0818200903241442"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/bordercb" id="bm_id49"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Check to draw a border around each page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/orderlb" id="bm_id51"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select order in which pages are to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/orientationlb" id="bm_id53"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the orientation of the paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/sheetmarginsb" id="bm_id55"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select margin between the printed pages and paper edge.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/pagemarginsb" id="bm_id57"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select margin between individual pages on each sheet of paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/pagerows" id="bm_id59"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select number of rows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/pagecols" id="bm_id61"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select number of columns.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/paperspersheetlb" id="bm_id63"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select how many pages to print per sheet of paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/vcl/ui/printdialog/pagespersheetbtn" id="bm_id65"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Print multiple pages per sheet of paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PageContentType:ListBox" id="bm_id67"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select which parts of the document should be printed.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:SlidesPerPage:ListBox" id="bm_id69"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select how many slides to print per page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:SlidesPerPageOrder:ListBox" id="bm_id71"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specify how to arrange slides on the printed page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:IsPrintName:CheckBox" id="bm_id73"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print the page name of a document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:IsPrintDateTime:CheckBox" id="bm_id75"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print the current date and time.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:IsPrintHidden:CheckBox" id="bm_id77"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:Quality:RadioButton:0" id="bm_id79"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print in original colors.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:Quality:RadioButton:1" id="bm_id81"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colors as grayscale.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:Quality:RadioButton:2" id="bm_id83"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colors as black and white.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PageOptions:RadioButton:0" id="bm_id85"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specify how to scale slides in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PageOptions:RadioButton:1" id="bm_id87"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PageOptions:RadioButton:2" id="bm_id89"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpID:vcl:PrintDialog:PageOptions:RadioButton:3" id="bm_id91"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">%PRODUCTNAME Writer / Calc / Impress / Draw / Math</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The tab page with the same name as the current application can be used to define the contents, color, size, and pages to be printed. You define settings that are specific to the current document type.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page Layout</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Page Layout tab page can be used to save some sheets of paper by printing several pages onto each sheet of paper. You define the arrangement and size of output pages on the physical paper.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the arrangement of pages to be printed on every sheet of paper. The preview shows how every final sheet of paper will look.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For some document types, you can choose to print a brochure.</paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">On the Options tab page you can set some additional options for the current print job. Here you can specify to print to a file instead of printing on a printer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Unix hints
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">You can also use the <link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp">printer settings</link> to specify additional printer options.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�S�5 5 text/shared/01/01020101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Select Path</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Select Path</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets file paths.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#verzeichnis"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN" id="bm_id3150445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN" visibility="visible">Selects the indicated path.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME" id="bm_id3153910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Path:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME" visibility="visible">Enter or select the path from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph> Dialog</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xa��� � text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Files</title><filename>/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/GalleryFilesPage" id="bm_id3151331"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="stargallerymanager">Adds new files to the selected theme.
</variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#galleryregisterdateien"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/filetype" id="bm_id3151330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/filetype">Select the type of file that you want to add.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/files" id="bm_id3150902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Files found</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/files">Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. To add all of the files in the list, click <emph>Add All</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/findfiles" id="bm_id3155552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Find files</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/findfiles">Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/add" id="bm_id3147576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/add">Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/addall" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add all</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/addall">Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/preview" id="bm_id3147654"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/preview">Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview box</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW">Displays a preview of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X q�ݽ � text/shared/01/05260500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Frame</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="amrahmen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToFrame" id="bm_id9059528"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToFrame" id="bm_id3146959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260500.xhp">To Frame</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetAnchorToFrame" visibility="visible">Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#amrahmen"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X9�W3� � text/shared/01/06010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Spelling and Grammar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rechtschreibung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149047"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Spelling" id="bm_id3150702"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpellingAndGrammarDialog" id="bm_id1022200801253693"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/SpellingDialog" id="bm_id1022200801253694"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spelling and Grammar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="recht"><ahelp hid=".uno:Spelling">Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#rechtschreibung"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position and advances to the end of the document or selection. You can then choose to continue the spellcheck from the beginning of the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Spellcheck looks for misspelled words and gives you the option of adding an unknown word to a user dictionary. When the first misspelled word is found, the <emph>Spellcheck</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a grammar checking extension is installed, this dialog is called <emph>Spelling and Grammar</emph>. Spelling errors are underlined in red, grammar errors in blue. First the dialog presents all spelling errors, then all grammar errors.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/checkgrammar" id="bm_id1024200804045685"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable <emph>Check grammar</emph> to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/sentence" id="bm_id756859"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Not in dictionary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/suggestionslb" id="bm_id9300210"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Suggestions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/suggestionslb">Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click <emph>Correct</emph> or <emph>Correct All</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/languagelb" id="bm_id3150822"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/languagelb">Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp#sprachenfeld"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/autocorrect" id="bm_id9182103"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">AutoCorrect
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/autocorrect">Adds the current combination of the incorrect word and the replacement word to the AutoCorrect replacements table.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/options" id="bm_id9094821"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/options">Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/addmb" id="bm_id5068819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add to Dictionary</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/add">Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignore" id="bm_id7157811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore Once</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignore">Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This label of this button changes to <emph>Resume</emph> if you leave the Spellcheck dialog open when you return to your document. To continue the spellcheck from the current position of the cursor, click <emph>Resume</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignorerule" id="bm_id1024200804072166"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignoreall" id="bm_id4155705"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignoreall">Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/change" id="bm_id2069765"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Correct</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/change">Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/changeall" id="bm_id9187902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Correct All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/changeall">Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/spellingdialog/undo" id="bm_id9617297"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Undo</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp">Thesaurus</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�P��h h " text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formatting Mark </title><filename>/text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formatting_mark"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormattingMarkMenu" id="bm_id7235023"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id9930722"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formattingmark"><link href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp">Formatting Mark</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertNonBreakingSpace" id="bm_id2567217"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Non-breaking space</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertHardHyphen" id="bm_id6757713"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Non-breaking hyphen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertSoftHyphen" id="bm_id8669698"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Soft hyphen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts an invisible optional hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertZWSP" id="bm_id1068758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">No-width optional break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertZWNBSP" id="bm_id8484450"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">No-width no break</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertLRM" id="bm_id714743"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Left-to-right mark</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertRLM" id="bm_id3938413"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Right-to-left mark</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�j.�z z text/shared/01/05230400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Slant & Corner Radius</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schraegstellen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149988"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/SlantAndCornerRadius" id="bm_id3143272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05230400.xhp">Slant & Corner Radius</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/SlantAndCornerRadius">Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#ecke"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Corner Radius</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can only round the corners of a rectangular object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_RADIUS" id="bm_id3156042"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Radius</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_RADIUS">Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Slant</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Slants the selected object along an axis that you specify.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_ANGLE" id="bm_id3154318"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_ANGLE">Enter the angle of the slant axis.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X^=�7 7 text/shared/01/05070400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Align Top</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="oben"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignUp" id="bm_id7303719"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignUp" id="bm_id3155271"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignTop" id="bm_id0801200803203572"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignTop" id="bm_id0801200803203641"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp">Align Top</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignTop">Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#oben"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects are aligned to the top edge of the topmost object in the selection. <embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>
</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�c$ � � text/shared/01/02030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Repeat</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="repeat"><section id="letzterbefehl"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150279"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RepeatAction" id="bm_id5256071"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Repeat" id="bm_id3145138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02030000.xhp">Repeat</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Repeat">Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� 9�� � text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Audio or Video</title><filename>/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="moviesound"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1907712"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertAVMedia" id="bm_id6085699"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertAVMedia" id="bm_id6890774"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="moviesoundtitle"><link href="text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp">Audio or Video</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a video or audio file into your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#moviesound"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To insert a movie or sound file into your document</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click where you want to insert the file.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Media - Audio or Video</emph>.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">In the File Open dialog, select the file that you want to insert.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The file types that are listed in this dialog are not supported by all operating systems.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Link</emph> box if you want a link to the original file. If it is not checked, the media file will be embedded (not supported with all file formats).</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Media Player</item> to open the Media Player. Use the Media Player to preview all supported media files. Click the Apply button in the Media Player window to insert the current media file into your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To play a movie or sound file</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the object icon for the movie or sound file in your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the icon is arranged on the background, hold down Ctrl while you click.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Media Playback toolbar is shown.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">Click <emph>Play</emph> on the <emph>Media Playback</emph> toolbar.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">When you show an Impress presentation, the embedded sound or video on the current slide plays automatically until it's over or until you leave the slide.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also use the Media Playback Bar to pause, to stop, to loop, as well as to adjust the volume or to mute the playback of the file. The current playback position in the file is indicated on the left slider. Use the right slider to adjust the playback volume. For movie files, the bar also contains a list box where you can select the zoom factor for the playback.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp#mediaplayertitle"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X+�J:O O text/shared/01/05070300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Align Right</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rechts"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlignRight" id="bm_id8583142"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlignRight" id="bm_id3150756"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignRight" id="bm_id0801200803235699"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignRight" id="bm_id0801200803235673"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp">Align Right</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignRight">Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#rechts"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects are aligned to the right edge of the rightmost object in the selection.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xz�N� � text/shared/01/03060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Status Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="status_bar"><section id="taskleiste"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152823"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TaskBarVisible" id="bm_id5089973"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StatusBarVisible" id="bm_id9749388"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03060000.xhp">Status Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom edge of the window.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#task"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xg� � � text/shared/01/06040200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Replace</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ersetzung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152876"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/AcorReplacePage" id="bm_id3150502"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">Replace</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/AcorReplacePage">Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To enable the replacement table, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>, click the <emph>Options</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Use replacement table</emph>. To use the replacement table while you type, check <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokoersetzung"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/06040300.xhp#sprache"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/tabview" id="bm_id3154810"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replacement table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/tabview">Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the <emph>Replace </emph>and <emph>With </emph>boxes, and then click <emph>New</emph>. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the <emph>With</emph> box, and then click <emph>Replace</emph>. To delete an entry, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the AutoCorrect feature to apply a specific character format to a word, abbreviation or a word part. Select the formatted text in your document, open this dialog, clear the <emph>Text only</emph> box, and then enter the text that you want to replace in the<emph> Replace</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">You can also include frames, graphics, and OLE objects in an AutoCorrect entry, so long as they are anchored <emph>as characters</emph> in the text. Select the frame, graphic or OLE object and at least one text character in front of and behind the object. Open this dialog, type a name for this AutoCorrect entry in the <emph>Replace </emph>box, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/origtext" id="bm_id1574449"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/origtext">Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To replace word parts or characters within words, you can use starting and terminating wildcard character sequences in the same pattern. For example, entering time values can be faster using only numerical keys, and double decimal separators as colons in the following way: set the pattern ".*...*" or ".*,,.*" (double dots or commas within words) and the replacement text ":", and entering "10..30" or "10,,30" results "10:30" automatically.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/newtext" id="bm_id6447340"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">With:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/newtext">Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the<emph> Replace</emph> box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/textonly" id="bm_id8239997"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/textonly">Saves the entry in the <emph>With</emph> box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/new" id="bm_id8823511"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorreplacepage/replace" id="bm_id8823512"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/new">Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen1"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�LO4� � text/shared/01/05110200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Italic</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="kursiv"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155182"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Italic" id="bm_id6296030"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Italic" id="bm_id3159079"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110200.xhp">Italic</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Italic">Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stilkursiv"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� VB B text/shared/01/02100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Find & Replace</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="find_and_replace"><section id="suchenersetzen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SearchProperties" id="bm_id3160463"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SearchDialog" id="bm_id7754440"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/FindReplaceDialog" id="bm_id3149031"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="02100000"><link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="suchenersetzentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SearchDialog">Finds or replaces text or formats in the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#suchen"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FindText" id="bm_id001"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DownSearch" id="bm_id002"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpSearch" id="bm_id003"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/searchterm" id="bm_id3144568621"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/searchlist" id="bm_id3147572"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/searchlist">Enter the text that you want to find, or select a previous search from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Search options are listed under the <emph>Find</emph> box and in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcase" id="bm_id3147303"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154760"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exakt"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/wholewords" id="bm_id7736442"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Entire Cells</caseinline><defaultinline>Whole words only</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="ganze"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/wholewords">Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152960"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/allsheets" id="bm_id4897915"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">All sheets</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replaceterm" id="bm_id3148621"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replacelist" id="bm_id3149096"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replacelist">Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Replacement options are listed are listed under the <emph>Find</emph> box and in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the dialog.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"/><case select="IMPRESS"/><default><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).</paragraph></default></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/searchall" id="bm_id3150439"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/backsearch" id="bm_id3153964"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find Previous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/backsearch">Finds and selects the previous occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/search" id="bm_id3153954"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find Next</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/search">Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replace" id="bm_id2296212"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replace">Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replaceall" id="bm_id1346781"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.</ahelp><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Repeat this command until all replacements on your slide have been made.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Other options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/label3" id="bm_id7809076"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Shows more or fewer search options. Click this label again to hide the extended search options.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147264"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/selection" id="bm_id7007354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Current selection only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Searches only the selected text or cells.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replace_backwards" id="bm_id7027802"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace backwards</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/replace_backwards">Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/regexp" id="bm_id5147862"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Regular expressions</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>Allows you to use wildcards in your search.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Allows you to use wildcards in your search.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"/><case select="IMPRESS"/><default><embed href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp#02100001"/></default></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout" id="bm_id6146427"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"/><case select="IMPRESS"/><default><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout" id="bm_id6146427"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Paragraph Styles / Including Styles</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">Cell Styles</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the <emph>Find</emph> list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the <emph>Replace</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph></default></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="note">After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you want to search for text in which attributes were set by using direct formatting and styles, select the <emph>Including Styles</emph> box.</paragraph></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/02100100.xhp#similarity_search"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcharwidth" id="bm_id3149807"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/HalfFullFormsCJK" id="bm_id3153655"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><variable id="halbnormaltitel">Match character width (only if Asian languages are enabled)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="halbnormaltext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcharwidth">Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslike" id="bm_id3156422"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/SoundsLikeCJK" id="bm_id3148750"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><variable id="aehnlichtitel">Sounds like (Japanese) (only if Asian languages are enabled)
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aehnlichtext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslike">Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the <emph>Sounds</emph> button to specify the search options.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslikebtn" id="bm_id3150650"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/SoundsLikeCJKSettings" id="bm_id3155506"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="aehnlichbutton"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslikebtn" visibility="hidden">Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp">Searching in Japanese</link></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/notes" id="bm_id0302200901445934"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.</ahelp></paragraph></case><default/></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/01/02100200.xhp">Attributes</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/02100200.xhp#attributetext"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp#find_attributes"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/01/02100300.xhp">Format</link></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/noformat" id="bm_id3153138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">No Format</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click in the <emph>Find</emph> or the <emph>Replace</emph> box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="note">The search criteria for formatting attributes are displayed under the <emph>Find</emph> or the <emph>Replace</emph> box.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Direction</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Determines the order for searching the cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/rows" id="bm_id4603106"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Rows
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches from left to right across the rows.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches from left to right across the rows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/cols" id="bm_id3145542"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Columns
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches from top to bottom through the columns.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches from top to bottom through the columns.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Search in
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/findreplacedialog/calcsearchin" id="bm_id6838282"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulas</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Values</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Notes</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in the comments that are attached to the cells.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in the comments that are attached to the cells.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#schliessen"/><paragraph role="tip">After you close the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog, you can still search using the last search criteria that you entered, by pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp#02100001"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#finding"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xi'z�� � text/shared/01/03170000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Color Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="farbleiste"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147477"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ColorControl" id="bm_id8369955"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ColorControl" id="bm_id3156045"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp">Color Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ColorControl">Show or hides the <emph>Color Bar</emph>. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click on the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#farbleiste"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS" id="bm_id3151234"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS">Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also drag a color from the <emph>Color Bar</emph> and drop it on a draw object on your slide.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To detach the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, click on a gray area of the toolbar and then drag. To reattach the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, drag the title bar of the toolbar to the edge of the window.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�'W W text/shared/01/05290000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Group</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="gruppe"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GroupMenu" id="bm_id6878566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp">Group</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#gruppe"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Working with groups</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the individual objects of a group, select the group, right-click, and then choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Enter Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Group - Enter Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you are editing a group, the objects that are not part of the group are faded.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use Tab and Shift+Tab to move forwards and backwards through the objects in a group.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To exit a group, right-click, and then choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Exit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Group - Exit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290100.xhp">Group</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290100.xhp#gruppierentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290200.xhp">Ungroup</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290200.xhp#aufhebentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290300.xhp">Enter Group</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290300.xhp#betretentext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05290400.xhp">Exit Group</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05290400.xhp#verlassentext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X(�6*� � text/shared/01/01160200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>E-mail Document</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01160200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sendemail"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendMail" id="bm_id1274021"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendMail" id="bm_id3155619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01160200.xhp">E-mail Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="versendentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendMail">Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.</ahelp></variable> If the document is new and unsaved, the format specified in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General is used.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#dokument"/></section><paragraph role="note">If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XwMx� � text/shared/01/01100400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Statistics</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="statistik"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1472518"/><bookmark branch="hid/sc:TabPage:RID_SCPAGE_STAT" id="bm_id3145356"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/statisticsinfopage/StatisticsInfoPage" id="bm_id3147294"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp">Statistics</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/statisticsinfopage/StatisticsInfoPage">Displays statistics for the current file.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info5"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Some statistic values can be used as <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">variables in formulas</link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pages:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Number of pages in the file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Tables:</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">Sheets:</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of tables in the file.
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">Number of sheets in the file.
</caseinline></switchinline> This statistic does not include tables that were inserted as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ole">OLE</link> objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Cells:</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Number of cells with content in the file.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Images:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of images in the file. This statistic does not include images that were inserted as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ole">OLE</link> objects.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">OLE Objects:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ole">OLE</link> objects in the file, including tables and graphics that were inserted as OLE objects.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Paragraphs:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of paragraphs (including blank paragraphs) in the file.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Words:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of words (including words consisting of a single character) in the file.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Characters:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of characters (including spaces) in the file. Non-printable characters are not included.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Lines:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Number of lines in the file.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/statisticsinfopage/update" id="bm_id3154940"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Update
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/statisticsinfopage/update">Updates the statistics.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�gV�� � text/shared/01/06050400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Image</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="graphics"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickgraphicpage/PickGraphicPage" id="bm_id0611200904382858"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050400.xhp">Graphics</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in a bulleted list.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#graphics"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickgraphicpage/valueset" id="bm_id0611200904382857"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickgraphicpage/linkgraphics" id="bm_id0611200904355924"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Link graphics</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X|��F� � text/shared/01/grid.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Grid</title><filename>/text/shared/01/grid.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="grid"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4263435"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GridMenu" id="bm_id9596240"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/grid.xhp">Grid</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the display properties of a grid.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#grid"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display Grid</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays or hides grid lines that you can use to align objects such as graphics on a page.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Snap to Grid</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically aligns objects to vertical and horizontal grid lines. To override this feature, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option key</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt key</defaultinline></switchinline> when you drag an object.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grid to Front</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the grid lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the grid color on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colors</link>.</paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ��; ; text/shared/01/05230000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Position and Size</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="positionundgroesse"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TransformDialog" id="bm_id2566032"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TransformDialog" id="bm_id3143272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05230000.xhp">Position and Size</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="groessetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:TransformDialog">Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#position1"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05230100.xhp#position"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp#drehung"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CHART"/><default><embed href="text/shared/01/05230400.xhp#schraegstellen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05230500.xhp#legende"/></default></switch><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�h�� � text/shared/01/gallery.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Gallery</title><filename>/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW" id="bm_id3146946"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW" visibility="hidden">Displays the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as icons.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW" id="bm_id3152821"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW" visibility="hidden">Displays the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as small icons, with title and path information.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="media_gallery"><section id="stargallery"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Gallery" id="bm_id2975847"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp">Gallery</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="media_gallery_text"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as icons, or icons with titles and path information.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To zoom in or zoom out on a single object in the <emph>Gallery</emph>, double-click the object, or select the object, and then press the Spacebar.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#gallery"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST" id="bm_id3150774"/><paragraph role="paragraph">Themes are listed on the left side of the <emph>Gallery</emph>.<ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST">Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_WINDOW" id="bm_id3157958"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_WINDOW">To insert a <emph>Gallery </emph>object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Adding a New File to the Gallery</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To add a file to the <emph>Gallery</emph>, right-click a theme, choose <emph>Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Files</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also click an object in the current document, hold, and then drag it to the <emph>Gallery</emph> window.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME" id="bm_id3154381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New theme</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME">Adds a new theme to the <emph>Gallery</emph> and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To access the following commands, right-click a theme in the <emph>Gallery</emph>:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#loeschen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#loeschen2"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#umbenennen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#aktualisieren"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Properties of (Theme)</emph> dialog contains the following tabs:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/01050000.xhp#allgemein"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp">Files</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp#stargallerymanager"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#hinzufuegen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000010.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��:< < text/shared/01/guides.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Snap Lines</title><filename>/text/shared/01/guides.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="snap_lines"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1441999"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SnapLinesMenu" id="bm_id2510147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/guides.xhp">Snap Lines</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the display options for snap lines.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#guides"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelplinesVisible" id="bm_id102920150534279595"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display Snap Lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays or hides snap lines that you can use to align objects on a page.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelplinesUse" id="bm_id102920150534155159"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Snap to Snap Lines</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Automatically aligns objects to vertical and horizontal snap lines. To override this feature, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option key
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt key </defaultinline></switchinline>when you drag an object.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelplinesFront" id="bm_id102920150534012459"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Snap Lines to Front</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X{�� � text/shared/01/03110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Full Screen</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="full_screen"><section id="ganzerbildschirm"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3160463"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FullScreen" id="bm_id2234144"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03110000.xhp">Full Screen</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the <emph>Full Screen</emph> button or press the Esc key.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#ganzer"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX" id="bm_id3154673"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX">In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">You can still use shortcut keys in <emph>Full Screen</emph> mode, even though the menus are unavailable. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">To open the <emph>View</emph> menu, press Alt+V.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� i{Y Y text/shared/01/01180000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Save All</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="saveall"><section id="allesspeichern"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveAll" id="bm_id8186141"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveAll" id="bm_id3149988"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01180000.xhp">Save All</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SaveAll">Saves all modified $[officename] documents.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#saveall"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link> dialog appears.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� � text/shared/01/05260300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Character</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="amzeichen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToChar" id="bm_id9823184"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorAtChar" id="bm_id0801200803430844"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorAtChar" id="bm_id0801200803430880"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260300.xhp">To Character</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selected item to a character.</ahelp> This command is only available for graphic objects.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#amzeichen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The anchor is displayed in front of the character.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To align a graphic relative to the character that it is anchored to, right-click the graphic, and then choose <emph>Image</emph>. Click the <emph>Type</emph> tab, and in the <emph>Position</emph> area, select <emph>Character</emph> in the <emph>to</emph> boxes.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�,@ O O text/shared/01/05140100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Create Style</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StyleNewByExample" id="bm_id7425973"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/newstyle/CreateStyleDialog" id="bm_id3152942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Create Style</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/newstyle/stylename" id="bm_id3155069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Style name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/newstyle/stylename" visibility="visible">Enter a name for the new Style.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">List of Custom Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the user-defined styles that are attached to the current document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X[Su�y y text/shared/01/02220100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Description</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1202200909085990"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/IMapDialog" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/IMapDialog">Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#imapeigbea"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hyperlink</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the properties of the URL that is attached to the hotspot.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/urlentry" id="bm_id3149955"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">URL:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/urlentry">Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.</ahelp> If you want to jump to a named anchor within the current document, the address should be of the form "file:///C/[current_document_name]#anchor_name".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/textentry" id="bm_id3154307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Alternative text:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/textentry">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address </emph>is displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/frameCB" id="bm_id3144510"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/frameCB">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/nameentry" id="bm_id3149294"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/nameentry">Enter a name for the image.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/descTV" id="bm_id3190710"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a description for the hotspot.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���9 9 text/shared/01/05210500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bitmap</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bitmapmuster"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155619"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BitmapTabPage" id="bm_id3154100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210500.xhp">Bitmap</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BitmapTabPage">Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#bitmap"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pattern Editor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this editor to create a simple, two-color, 8x8 pixel bitmap pattern.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Grid</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To enable this editor, select the <emph>Blank</emph> bitmap in the bitmap list.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_IMPORT" id="bm_id3152945"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_IMPORT">Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click <emph>Open</emph>. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� � � text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Space Rows Equally</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="gleichverteilen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DistributeRows" id="bm_id2550261"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DistributeRows" id="bm_id3151240"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp">Space Rows Equally</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verteilentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DistributeRows">Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Table - Autofit - Distribute Rows Equally</emph>
</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click</paragraph><section id="syverteilenzeile"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_distributerows.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Distribute Rows Equally</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Y�Y text/shared/01/02100300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text Format (Search)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Text Format (Search)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="formattext"><ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH:BTN_FORMAT">Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#suchenformat"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The search criteria for attributes are listed below the <emph>Find</emph> box.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">You do not need to specify a search text in the <emph>Find</emph> box when you search and replace formatting.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To define a replacement format, click in the <emph>Replace</emph> box, and then click the <emph>Format</emph> button.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Text Format (Search)</emph> or the <emph>Text Format (Replace)</emph> to define your formatting search criteria. These dialogs contain the following tab pages:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#zeichen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#schrifteffekt"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp#einzuege"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#ausrichtung"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#textfluss"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#position"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020600.xhp#asilayout"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp#asitypo"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH:BTN_FORMAT" id="bm_id3151100"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH:BTN_FORMAT" id="bm_id6877651"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02100200.xhp">Attributes</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xek8�� � text/shared/01/05070100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Align Left</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="links"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlignLeft" id="bm_id4256888"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlignLeft" id="bm_id3147294"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignLeft" id="bm_id4286842"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignLeft" id="bm_id3155619"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignLeft" id="bm_id0801200803221452"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp">Align Left</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignLeft">Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#links"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Objects are aligned to the left edge of the leftmost object in the selection.</paragraph><paragraph role="note"><variable id="mehrfachselektion">To align the individual objects in a group, <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">choose <emph>Format - Group - Enter Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline>double-click</defaultinline></switchinline> to enter the group, select the objects, right-click, and then choose an alignment option.
</variable></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�VC C text/shared/01/02100200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Attributes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02100200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/svx:PushButton:RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH:BTN_ATTRIBUTE" id="bm_id3149205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Attributes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="attributetext"><ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SEARCH:BTN_ATTRIBUTE">Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the <emph>Font</emph> attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found. </ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp#find_attributes"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/searchattrdialog/SearchAttrDialog" id="bm_id3152474"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/searchattrdialog/SearchAttrDialog">Select the attributes that you want to search for.</ahelp></paragraph><sort order="asc"><section id="Section1"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep with Next Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Keep With Next Paragraph</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section2"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Split Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Do not split paragraph</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section3"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Spacing</emph> (top, bottom) attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section4"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Alignment</emph> (left, right, centered, justified) attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section5"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds characters that use the <emph>Capital, Lowercase, Small capitals, </emph>and <emph>Title </emph>character attributes.</paragraph></section><section id="Section6"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Blinking</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds characters use the <emph>Blinking</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section7"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Strikethrough</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds characters that use the <emph>Strikethrough</emph> (single or double) attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section8"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Indent</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Indent</emph> (from left, from right, first line) attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section9"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Widows</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Widow Control</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section10"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Kerning</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds <emph>Spacing</emph> (standard, expanded, condensed) attributes and Pair Kerning.</paragraph></section><section id="Section11"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Outline</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Outline</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section12"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds characters using the <emph>Normal, Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript </emph>attributes.</paragraph></section><section id="Section13"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Register-true</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Register-true</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section14"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Relief</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Relief </emph>attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section15"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rotation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Rotation</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section16"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shadowed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Shadowed</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section17"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds any instance where the default font was changed.</paragraph></section><section id="Section18"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Font Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds any instance where the default font color was changed.</paragraph></section><section id="Section19"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Font Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Font size/Font height</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section20"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Font Weight</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Bold</emph> or the <emph>Bold and Italic</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section21"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Font Posture</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Italic</emph> or the <emph>Bold and Italic</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section22"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Orphans</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster">Orphan Control</link> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section23"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Break With Page Style</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section24"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hyphenation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section25"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Scale</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Scale </emph>attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section26"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Language</emph> attribute (for spelling).</paragraph></section><section id="Section27"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tab Stops</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds paragraphs that use an additional tab set.</paragraph></section><section id="Section28"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Underline</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds characters that use the <emph>Underlined</emph> attribute (single, double, or dotted).</paragraph></section><section id="Section29"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertical text alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Vertical text alignment </emph>attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section30"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Individual Words</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds individual words that use the underlined or the strikethrough attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section31"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds characters that use the <emph>Background</emph> attribute.</paragraph></section><section id="Section32"><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Line Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Finds the <emph>Line spacing</emph> (single line, 1.5 lines, double, proportional, at least, lead) attribute.</paragraph></section></sort></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ��5 5 text/shared/01/05210600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shadow</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schatten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150014"/><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_AREA_SHADOW" id="bm_id3150620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210600.xhp">Shadow</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_AREA_SHADOW">Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#schatte"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the properties of the shadow that you want to apply.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:TriStateBox:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:TSB_SHOW_SHADOW" id="bm_id3166411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use shadow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:TSB_SHOW_SHADOW">Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL" id="bm_id3145315"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL">Click where you want to cast the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:MTR_FLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3150085"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:MTR_FLD_DISTANCE">Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:ListBox:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:LB_SHADOW_COLOR" id="bm_id3155420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:LB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a color for the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:MetricField:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:MTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT" id="bm_id3155180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:MTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT">Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FillShadow" id="bm_id9610993"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FillShadow" id="bm_id3149164"/><section id="syschatten"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shadow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillShadow">Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_fillshadow.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Shadow</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X<+Aݟ � text/shared/01/04180100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data Sources</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="data_sources"><section id="datenanzeige"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DataImport" id="bm_id8802771"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ViewDataSourceBrowser" id="bm_id750714"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp">Data Sources</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and lets you manage the contents of the databases.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#datenanzeige"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/><paragraph role="note">The <emph>Data sources</emph> command is only available when a text document or a spreadsheet is open.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can insert fields from a database into your file or you can create forms to access the database.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Table Data bar</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp#dragdrop_beamer"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Forms</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XK>K� � " text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>HTML import and export</title><filename>/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">HTML import and export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags">tags</link> between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Description</emph> or <emph>User Defined</emph> tabs, and then type the information you want.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following file properties are converted to META tags when you export a file as an HTML document:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">File Property</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><TITLE></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Subject</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><META NAME="CLASSIFICATION" CONTENT="Field Content"></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Keywords</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><META NAME="KEYWORDS" CONTENT="Field Content"></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Description</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><META NAME="DESCRIPTION" CONTENT="Field Content"></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Info fields 1...4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><META NAME="Info field name" CONTENT="Field Content"></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="note">When you import an HTML containing these META tags, the contents of the tags are added to the corresponding $[officename] file property box. </paragraph><paragraph role="tip">Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Import Tips</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...> , where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Scripts, comments, and META tags that are positioned directly before a TABLE tag are inserted in the first cell of the table.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Scripts and META tags in the header of an HTML document are imported and anchored to the first paragraph in the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To set the options for importing HTML tags, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>. A known META tag contains either "HTTP-EQUIV" or "NAME", and are imported as $[officename] comments. The only exception is <META NAME="GENERATOR"...>, which is ignored.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Export Tips</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Comments and script fields at the beginning of the first paragraph in a document are exported to the header of an HTML document. If the document begins with a table, the first paragraph in the first cell of the table is exported to the header of the HTML document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XP
�l� � text/shared/01/05080100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Left</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="links"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LeftPara" id="bm_id3857009"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LeftPara" id="bm_id3153383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05080100.xhp">Left</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linkstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:LeftPara" visibility="visible">Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#linkstext"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xp�26� � text/shared/01/03150100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Confirm Delete</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03150100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Confirm Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:MODALDIALOG:DLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE" visibility="visible">Confirms or cancels the deletion.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE:BTN_YES" visibility="visible">Performs the deletion in the current file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE:BTN_ALL" visibility="visible">Performs the deletion in all selected files.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Do Not Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE:BTN_NO" visibility="visible">Rejects the deletion for the current file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cancel</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Cancels the deletion in the current file and any other selected files.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xh��} } text/shared/01/05110700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Superscript</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hoch"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110700.xhp">Superscript</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SuperScript">Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stilhoch"/></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syhochstellen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��=�u u text/shared/01/06140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Customize</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConfigureDialog" id="bm_id5584892"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConfigureDialog" id="bm_id3083278"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LoadToolBox" id="bm_id2672962"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LoadToolBox" id="bm_id3146856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Customize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#anpassen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can customize shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also save and load individual menu, shortcut key, and toolbar custom settings.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp#menue"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp#tastatur"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp#symbolleisten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06140500.xhp#ereignisse"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����D D text/shared/01/05150101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Add AutoFormat</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05150101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Add AutoFormat</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/stringinput/edit" id="bm_id3150278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/stringinput/edit">Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Q�'+ '+ text/shared/01/02220000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>ImageMap Editor</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ImageMapDialog" id="bm_id7843932"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/ImapDialog" id="bm_id7843933"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">ImageMap Editor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="imagemaptext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/ImapDialog">Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#imagemap"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp#imagemap"/><paragraph role="paragraph">You can draw three types of hotspots: rectangles, ellipses, and polygons. When you click a hotspot, the URL is opened in the browser window or frame that you specify. You can also specify the text that appears when your mouse rests on the hotspot.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_APPLY" id="bm_id3149095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_APPLY">Applies the changes that you made to the image map.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/nu01.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Apply</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_OPEN" id="bm_id3150669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_OPEN">Loads an existing image map in the <emph>MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA</emph> or <emph>SIP StarView ImageMap </emph>file format.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_open.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Open</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_SAVEAS" id="bm_id3144511"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_SAVEAS">Saves the image map in the<emph> MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA</emph> or <emph>SIP StarView ImageMap </emph>file format.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_saveas.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Save</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_SELECT" id="bm_id3153381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_SELECT">Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Select</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_RECT" id="bm_id3150742"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_RECT">Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the <emph>Address and the Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_rect.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Rectangle</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_CIRCLE" id="bm_id3146986"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_CIRCLE">Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the <emph>Address and the Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_ellipse.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Ellipse</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLY" id="bm_id3154321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Polygon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLY">Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the <emph>Address and the Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_polygon.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Polygon</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_FREEPOLY" id="bm_id3159199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Freeform Polygon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_FREEPOLY">Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the <emph>Address and the Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_freeline.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Freeform Polygon</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYEDIT" id="bm_id3151075"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYEDIT">Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYMOVE" id="bm_id3159112"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYMOVE">Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziermove.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYINSERT" id="bm_id3153532"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYINSERT">Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYDELETE" id="bm_id3145642"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_POLYDELETE">Deletes the selected anchor point.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_ACTIVE" id="bm_id3156089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Active</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_ACTIVE">Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svx/res/id016.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Active</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_MACRO" id="bm_id3151186"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_MACRO">Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_choosemacro.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Macro</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_PROPERTY" id="bm_id3145612"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_PROPERTY">Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.</ahelp></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_modifyframe.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Properties</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/url" id="bm_id3150662"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/url">Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.</ahelp> If you want to jump to an anchor within the document, the address should be of the form "file:///C/document_name#anchor_name".</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/text" id="bm_id3154199"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/text">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address </emph>is displayed.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Frame:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name from the list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets">List of frame types</link></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/container" id="bm_id3145131"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Graphic View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/container">Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp">Controlling the ImageMap Editor With the Keyboard</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X`��R� � text/shared/01/06140200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Keyboard</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tastatur"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id2322763"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/AccelConfigPage" id="bm_id3154183"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp">Keyboard</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/AccelConfigPage">Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tastatur"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can assign or edit shortcut keys for the current application or for all $[officename] applications.</paragraph><section id="operatinghint"><paragraph role="note">Avoid assigning shortcut keys that are currently used by your operating system.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/office" id="bm_id393425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">$[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/office">Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/module" id="bm_id315425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Writer
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">Calc
</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Impress
</caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Draw
</caseinline><caseinline select="MATH">Math
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/module">Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/shortcuts" id="bm_id3150355"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut keys</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/shortcuts">Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the <emph>Function</emph> list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click <emph>Modify</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Functions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the function categories and the $[officename] functions that you can assign shortcut keys to.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/category" id="bm_id3155503"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Category</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/category">Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/function" id="bm_id3159342"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Function</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/function">Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list, and then click <emph>Modify</emph>. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the <emph>Keys </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keys</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/keys">Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/change" id="bm_id31593425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/change">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/delete" id="bm_id31593424"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/load" id="bm_id31593423"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Load</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/load">Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/save" id="bm_id31593422"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/save">Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/accelconfigpage/reset" id="bm_id31593421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Resets modified values back to the default values.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X
,�� � text/shared/01/05210300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Gradients</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="farbverlaeufe"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/GradientPage" id="bm_id3149991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210300.xhp">Gradients</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/GradientPage">Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#verlauf"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/gradienttypelb" id="bm_id3153089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/gradienttypelb">Select the gradient that you want to apply.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/centerxmtr" id="bm_id3154422"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Center X</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/centerxmtr">Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/centerymtr" id="bm_id3152801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Center Y</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/centerymtr">Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/anglemtr" id="bm_id3147089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/anglemtr">Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/bordermtr" id="bm_id3148621"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/bordermtr">Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">From</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfromlb" id="bm_id3145383"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfromlb">Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfrommtr" id="bm_id3163803"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfrommtr">Enter the intensity for the color in the <emph>From </emph>box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">To</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/colortolb" id="bm_id3150085"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortolb">Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/colortomtr" id="bm_id3153127"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortomtr">Enter the intensity for the color in the <emph>To </emph>box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/add" id="bm_id3155180"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/add">Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/gradientpage/modify" id="bm_id3153543"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/modify">Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�w�ʻ � text/shared/01/05340402.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table format</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT" id="bm_id3143272"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Table format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="tabformtext"><ahelp hid="HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT" visibility="visible">Formats the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#tabform"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#zeichen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#schrifteffekt"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X;�0� � text/shared/01/02180100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Modify Links</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/LinkEditDialog" id="bm_id3418988"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149877"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02180100.xhp">Modify Links</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Change the properties for the selected <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde">DDE link</link>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#linkae"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Links</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lets you set the properties for the selected link.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Application:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/app">Lists the application that last saved the source file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/file">Lists the path to the source file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Section</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/category">Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�H� � text/shared/01/05250600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Background</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="indenhintergrund"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetObjectToBackground" id="bm_id7785549"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetObjectToBackground" id="bm_id3149741"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/shared/01/05250600.xhp">To Background</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetObjectToBackground">Moves the selected object behind text.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#hintenbringen"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/05250500.xhp#foreground"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Layer</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xn�_�� � text/shared/01/05070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Aligning (Objects)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ausrichtung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149987"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignFrameMenu" id="bm_id0801200803290113"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070000.xhp">Alignment (Objects)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="note">If one of the selected objects is anchored as a character, some of the alignment options do not work.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#ausrichtung"/></section><paragraph role="note">Not all types of objects can be selected together. Not all modules (Writer, Calc, Impress, Draw) support all types of alignment.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070300.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070400.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05070600.xhp#unten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X. ��m m text/shared/01/02230400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Manage changes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AcceptTrackedChanges" id="bm_id4680925"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AcceptTrackedChanges" id="bm_id3154689"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AcceptChanges" id="bm_id8573126"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AcceptChanges" id="bm_id3149991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Manage changes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="redlining"><ahelp hid=".uno:AcceptChanges" visibility="visible">Accept or reject recorded changes.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#rotlinie"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/02230401.xhp#liste"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp#filter"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XR�3�y y text/shared/01/01110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Templates</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="templates"><section id="dokumentvorlage"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TemplateMenu" id="bm_id7471541"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01110000.xhp">Templates</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp">Address Book Source</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp#voradzutxt"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp#speichern"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01110400.xhp#bearbeiten"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� � text/shared/01/02060000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Paste</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="paste"><section id="einfuegen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149031"/><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_REPLCELLSWARN" id="bm_id3149988"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_REPLCELLSWARN"/></paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Paste" id="bm_id1292341"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Paste" id="bm_id3149119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02060000.xhp">Paste</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Paste">Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#insert"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">In a spreadsheet, when you paste a range of cells from the clipboard, the result depends on the current selection: If only one cell is selected, the cell range will be pasted started from that cell. If you mark a cell range wider than the cell range in the clipboard, the cell range will be pasted repeatedly to fill the selected cell range.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="UNIX"><embed href="text/shared/01/02050000.xhp#unixkopieren"/></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X$�"� � text/shared/01/05040300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Header</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="kopfzeile"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/HFFormatPage" id="bm_id3154926"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp">Header</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/HFFormatPage">Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can also add borders or a background fill to a header.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/footer.xhp#footer"/></case></switch><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#kopfzeile"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To add a header to the current page style, select <emph>Header on</emph>, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to extend a header into the page margins, insert a frame into the header.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="tip">To quickly move the text cursor from the document text to the header or footer, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up or Page Down. Press the same key again to move the text cursor back into the document text.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Header</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the properties of the header.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkHeaderOn" id="bm_id3158209"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkFooterOn" id="bm_id3158208"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Header on</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkFooterOn">Adds a header to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkSameLR" id="bm_id3150543"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Same content left/right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkSameLR">Even and odd pages share the same content.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To assign a different header to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkSameFP" id="bm_id3150544"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Same content on first page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkSameFP">First and even/odd pages share the same content.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinMargLeft" id="bm_id3154153"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinMargLeft">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin and the left edge of the header.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinMargRight" id="bm_id3151041"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right margin</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinMargRight">Enter the amount of space to leave between the right page margin and the right edge of the header.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinSpacing" id="bm_id3149167"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinSpacing">Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkDynSpacing" id="bm_id3144432"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Use dynamic spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkDynSpacing">Overrides the <emph>Spacing </emph>setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinHeight" id="bm_id3153056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/spinHeight">Enter the height that you want for the header.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkAutofit" id="bm_id3154300"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoFit height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkAutofit">Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonMore" id="bm_id3147434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">More</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonMore">Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonEdit" id="bm_id3145592"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Edit
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Add or edit header text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonEdit"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02120000.xhp">Add or edit</link> header text.
</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp">Headers</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">Changing measurement units</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Borders</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp">Backgrounds</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XS�� � text/shared/01/05190100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Description</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147366"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectTitleDescription" id="bm_id267952"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/objecttitledescdialog/ObjectTitleDescDialog" id="bm_id1826227"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#descript"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/objecttitledescdialog/object_title_entry" id="bm_id6154362"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/objecttitledescdialog/desc_entry" id="bm_id6189764"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Description</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� � text/shared/01/06030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Color Replacer</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="pipette"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BmpMask" id="bm_id3085157"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/DockingColorReplace" id="bm_id3085156"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp">Color Replacer</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BmpMask">Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can replace up to four different colors at one time.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#etpip"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp#eyedropper"/></case><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp#eyedropper"/></case></switch><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="sd/res/pipette.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Color Replacer</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/pipette" id="bm_id3155535"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/pipette" id="bm_id3147010"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Color Replacer color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/replace" id="bm_id3155942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/replace">Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Colors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the source colors and the replacement colors.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx1" id="bm_id3150977"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx2" id="bm_id3153253"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx3" id="bm_id3146138"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx4" id="bm_id3153321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Source color checkbox</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx4">Select this checkbox to replace the current <emph>Source color</emph> with the color that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1" id="bm_id3157909"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Source color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/tol1" id="bm_id3158431"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/tol2" id="bm_id3146848"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/tol3" id="bm_id3149516"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/tol4" id="bm_id3147620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tolerance</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/tol4">Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color1" id="bm_id3159256"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color2" id="bm_id3155831"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color3" id="bm_id3156326"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color4" id="bm_id3152350"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color4">Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx5" id="bm_id3149244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx5">Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color5" id="bm_id3153061"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color5">Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X �߈. . text/shared/01/05290300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Enter Group</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EnterGroup" id="bm_id4511481"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EnterGroup" id="bm_id3150502"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05290300.xhp">Enter Group</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="betretentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EnterGroup" visibility="visible">Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.</ahelp></variable> This command does not permanently ungroup the objects.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#adngte"/></section><paragraph role="tip">To select an individual object in a group, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click the object.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp">Groups</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05290400.xhp">Exit Group</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X����� � text/shared/01/01100600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Security</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="security"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id1472519"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/SecurityInfoPage" id="bm_id82958468"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01100600.xhp">Security</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Sets password options for the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#infosec"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/readonly" id="bm_id8295846"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open file read-only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">This file sharing option protects the document against accidental changes. It is still possible to edit a copy of the document and save that copy with the same name as the original.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/recordchanges" id="bm_id868861"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Record changes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To protect the recording state with a password, click <emph>Protect</emph> and enter a password. Other users of this document can apply their changes, but they cannot disable change recording without knowing the password.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/unprotect" id="bm_id2517167"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/protect" id="bm_id2517166"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Protect / Unprotect</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/securityinfopage/protect">Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named <emph>Unprotect</emph>. Click <emph>Unprotect</emph> and type the correct password to disable the protection.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��J)
)
text/shared/01/02230100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Record Changes</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="aufzeichnen"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TrackChanges" id="bm_id2376207"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TrackChanges" id="bm_id3153882"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TraceChangeMode" id="bm_id1407220"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TraceChangeMode" id="bm_id3154841"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230100.xhp">Record Changes</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TraceChangeMode">Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date. </ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#aufzeichnen"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Show Changes</emph>, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following changes are tracked when the record changes command is active:</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Paste and delete text</paragraph></listitem></list><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Move paragraphs</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Sort text</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Find and replace text</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert attributes that are one character wide, for example, fields and footnotes.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert sheets, ranges</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert document</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert AutoText</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert from clipboard</paragraph></listitem></list></case><case select="CALC"><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Change cell contents by insertions and deletions</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert or delete columns and rows</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Insert sheets</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Cut, copy and paste through the clipboard</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Move by dragging and dropping</paragraph></listitem></list></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">When the record changes command is active, you cannot delete, move, merge, split, or copy cells or delete sheets.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X~�#T� � text/shared/01/05290400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Exit Group</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LeaveGroup" id="bm_id176577"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LeaveGroup" id="bm_id3151260"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05290400.xhp">Exit Group</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="verlassentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:LeaveGroup" visibility="visible">Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.</ahelp></variable> If you are in a nested group, only the nested group is closed.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#adngvl"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp">Groups</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05290300.xhp">Enter Group</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X_05?Q Q text/shared/01/05210400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hatching</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schraffuren"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149962"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/HatchPage" id="bm_id3155620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210400.xhp">Hatching</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/HatchPage">Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#schraffur"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define or modify a hatching pattern.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/distancemtr" id="bm_id3155392"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/distancemtr">Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/anglemtr" id="bm_id3154289"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/anglemtr">Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/linetypelb" id="bm_id3154898"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Line type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/linetypelb">Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/linecolorlb" id="bm_id3154307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Line color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/linecolorlb">Select the color of the hatch lines.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Hatches List</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the available hatching patterns. You can also modify or create your own hatching pattern.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/add" id="bm_id3155389"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/add">Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hatchpage/modify" id="bm_id3146848"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/modify">Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�1�� � text/shared/01/05110500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Shadows</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schatten"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154545"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Shadowed" id="bm_id3350498"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Shadowed" id="bm_id3146856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110500.xhp">Shadows</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Shadowed">Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stilschatten"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xs�� � text/shared/01/05110000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Style</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="stil"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147366"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05110000.xhp">Style</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use this command to quickly apply font styles to a text selection.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#stil"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you place the cursor in a word and do not make a selection, the font style is applied to the entire word. If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05110100.xhp#fett"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110200.xhp#kursiv"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110300.xhp#unter"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110400.xhp#durch"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110500.xhp#schatten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110700.xhp#hoch"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05110800.xhp#tief"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xv� �_ _ text/shared/01/05270000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Points</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="punktebearbeiten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToggleObjectBezierMode" id="bm_id8480284"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToggleObjectBezierMode" id="bm_id3155620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05270000.xhp">Edit Points</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleObjectBezierMode">Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#punkte"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit the shape of a selected drawing object, click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar, and then drag one of the points on the object.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp#round_corner"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0227.xhp">Edit Points Bar</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���Jq q text/shared/01/05250100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bring to Front</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ganznachvorn"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BringToFront" id="bm_id7365555"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BringToFront" id="bm_id3153136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp">Bring to Front</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BringToFront" visibility="visible">Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#vorn"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05250000.xhp">Layer</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X1W@� � text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Media Player</title><filename>/text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mediaplayer"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8659321"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AVMediaPlayer" id="bm_id8777733"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AVMediaPlayer" id="bm_id3334452"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="mediaplayertitle"><link href="text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp">Media Player</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#mediaplayer"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The Media Player supports many different media formats. You can also insert media files from the Media Player into your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Open</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a movie file or a sound file that you want to preview.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Apply</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts the current movie file or sound file as a media object into the current document. </paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Play</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Plays the current file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Pause</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Pauses or resumes the playback of the current file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Stop</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Stops the playback of the current file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Repeat</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Plays the file repeatedly.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Mute</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Turns sound off and on.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Volume slider</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Adjusts the volume.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">View</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Adjusts the size of the movie playback.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position slider</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Moves to a different position in the file.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp#moviesoundtitle"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�q% % text/shared/01/01070001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Export</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="export"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153383"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExportTo" id="bm_id9593822"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExportTo" id="bm_id3154840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="exportieren"><ahelp hid=".uno:ExportTo">Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#export"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The following sections describe the <emph>$[officename] Export</emph> dialog box. To activate the <emph>$[officename] Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialog boxes, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp"><emph>$[officename] - General</emph></link>, and then select the <emph>Use $[officename] dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogs</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Up One Level</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#levelup"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create New Directory</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#createdir"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#places"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display area</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#fileview"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File Name</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filename"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File Type</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filetype"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#save"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��^�� � text/shared/01/03050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tools Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="werkzeugleiste"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145356"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ToolBarVisible" id="bm_id3147366"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03050000.xhp">Tools Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolBarVisible">Shows or hides the <emph>Tools bar</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#werkzeug"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�P text/shared/01/04100000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Special Character</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04100000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="special_char"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertSymbol" id="bm_id1495830"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bullet" id="bm_id3146902"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/specialcharacters/SpecialCharactersDialog" id="bm_id3146903"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special Character</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sonder"><ahelp hid=".">Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#sonder"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">When you click a character in the <emph>Special Characters </emph>dialog, a preview and the corresponding numerical code for the character is displayed.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/specialcharacters/fontlb" id="bm_id3153910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/specialcharacters/fontlb">Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/specialcharacters/subsetlb" id="bm_id3147292"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Subset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/specialcharacters/subsetlb">Select a Unicode category for the current font.</ahelp> The special characters for the selected Unicode category are displayed in the character table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET" id="bm_id3147576"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Character Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET">Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Characters</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the special characters to be inserted. Edit this field if you want to change the current selection of characters.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp#insert_specialchar"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XZ��| | text/shared/01/01160300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Create Master Document</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewGlobalDoc" id="bm_id7444055"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewGlobalDoc" id="bm_id9144566"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Create Master Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="globtext"><ahelp hid="HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL">Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#glo"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp"><emph>Navigator</emph></link> appears after you create a master document. To edit a sub-document, double-click the name of a sub-document in the <emph>Navigator</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_CONTROL_FILEVIEW" id="bm_id3154673"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display area</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#fileview"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_EDIT_FILEURL" id="bm_id3154751"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filename"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3155392"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3145072"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">separated by</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE">Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.</ahelp> By default a new document is created for every outline level 1.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_LISTBOX_FILTER" id="bm_id3153527"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File type</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filetype"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_OK" id="bm_id3150693"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#save"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Q_uh% h% text/shared/01/05340300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Alignment</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ausrichtung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154545"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/CellAlignPage" id="bm_id3147477"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Alignment</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/CellAlignPage">Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#fozelaus"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxHorzAlign" id="bm_id3152821"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Horizontal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxHorzAlign">Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Aligns numbers to the right, and text to the left.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the <emph>Default</emph> option is selected, numbers will be aligned to the right and text will be left-justified.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linkstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignLeft">Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sylinksbuendig"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="rechtstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignRight">Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syrechtsbuendig"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syzentriert"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Justified</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="blocktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignBlock">Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Filled</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Repeats the cell contents (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distributed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Aligns contents evenly across the whole cell. Unlike <emph>Justified</emph>, it justifies the very last line of text, too.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/spinIndentFrom" id="bm_id3156156"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Indent</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/spinIndentFrom">Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign" id="bm_id3153332"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Vertical</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Top</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="obentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignTop">Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><switch select="appl"><case select="CHART"/><default><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syvertikaloben"/></default></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bottom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="untentext"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the contents of the cell to the lower edge of the cell.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syvertikalunten"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Middle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="mittetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Vertically centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syvertikalmitte"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Justified</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Aligns the contents of the cell to the top and to the bottom cell borders.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Distributed</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Same as <emph>Justified</emph>, unless the text orientation is vertical. Then it behaves similarly, than horizontal <emph>Distributed</emph> setting, i.e. the very last line is justified, too.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Text orientation</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/dialcontrol" id="bm_id3151044"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/dialcontrol">Click in the dial to set the text orientation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/spinDegrees" id="bm_id3155742"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Degrees</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/spinDegrees">Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/references" id="bm_id3125865"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reference edge</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/references">Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Text Extension From Lower Cell Border:</emph> Writes the rotated text from the bottom cell edge outwards.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Text Extension From Upper Cell Border:</emph> Writes the rotated text from the top cell edge outwards.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"><emph>Text Extension Inside Cells:</emph> Writes the rotated text only within the cell.</paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkVertStack" id="bm_id080420080320333"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Vertically stacked</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns text vertically.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asiahinweis"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkAsianMode" id="bm_id3147441"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Asian layout mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This checkbox is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkAsianMode">Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Determine the text flow in a cell.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkWrapTextAuto" id="bm_id3148577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Wrap text automatically</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkWrapTextAuto">Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.</ahelp> To enter a manual line break, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter in the cell.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkHyphActive" id="bm_id3155415"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hyphenation active</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkHyphActive">Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkShrinkFitCellSize" id="bm_id080420080321345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shrink to fit cell size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XVi text/shared/01/05070200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Center Horizontal</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zentriert"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignCenter" id="bm_id5496441"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignCenter" id="bm_id3160463"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignHorizontalCenter" id="bm_id0801200803230778"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignHorizontalCenter" id="bm_id0801200803230775"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp">Center Horizontal</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignHorizontalCenter">Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#azentriert"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The vertical position of the selected objects is not affected by this command.<embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>
</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�z�u& & text/shared/01/04060200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Request</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04060200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TwainTransfer" id="bm_id3268709"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TwainTransfer" id="bm_id3153383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Request</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="anford"><ahelp hid=".uno:TwainTransfer" visibility="visible">Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.</ahelp></variable> For an explanation of the dialog please refer to the documentation on your scanner.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#anfordern"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xf�'+�# �# text/shared/01/06200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Hangul/Hanja Conversion</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hangul"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155757"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HangulHanjaConversion" id="bm_id7305797"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HangulHanjaConversion" id="bm_id3150702"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06200000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Conversion</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:HangulHanjaConversion">Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.</ahelp> The menu command can only be called if you enable Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, and if a text formatted in Korean language is selected.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#hangul"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD" id="bm_id3153089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Original</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD">Displays the current selection.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD" id="bm_id3166445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD">Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.</ahelp> You can edit the suggested word or enter another word. Click the <emph>Find</emph> button to replace your original word with the corresponding replacement word.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/find" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Find</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND">Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.</ahelp> Click <emph>Ignore</emph> to cancel the find function.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS" id="bm_id3149182"/><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_GRID" id="bm_id8213751"/><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_LIST" id="bm_id6193731"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Suggestions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is enabled, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click the format to display the replacements.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/simpleconversion" id="bm_id3154317"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hangul/Hanja</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION">The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangulbracket" id="bm_id3153031"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hanja (Hangul)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED">The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanjabracket" id="bm_id3145227"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hangul (Hanja)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED">The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangul_above" id="bm_id3158432"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hanja as ruby text above</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE">The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangul_below" id="bm_id3149902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hanja as ruby text below</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW">The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanja_above" id="bm_id3153698"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hangul as ruby text above</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE">The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanja_below" id="bm_id3153348"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hangul as ruby text below</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW">The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Conversion</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Normally in a mixed text selection made of Hangul and Hanja characters, all Hangul characters will be converted to Hanja and all Hanja characters will be converted to Hangul. If you want to convert a mixed text selection only in one direction, use the following conversion options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangulonly" id="bm_id3154381"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hangul only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY">Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanjaonly" id="bm_id3147530"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hanja only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY">Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE" id="bm_id3149670"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Ignore</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE">No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL" id="bm_id3147282"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Always Ignore</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL">No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of ignored text is valid for the current $[officename] session.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE" id="bm_id3153779"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE">Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL" id="bm_id3159084"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Always Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL">Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of replacement text is valid for the current $[officename] session.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/replacebychar" id="bm_id3145420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace by character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER">Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_OPTIONS" id="bm_id2443311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/HangulHanjaOptDialog">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE" id="bm_id3145746"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X XZ6~ ~ text/shared/01/05200000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Line</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linie"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatLine" id="bm_id4456204"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatLine" id="bm_id3154545"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05200000.xhp">Line</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="linietext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormatLine">Sets the formatting options for the selected line.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#linie1"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp#linie"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05200200.xhp#linienstile"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp#linienenden"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XK rk� � text/shared/01/05260400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>To Cell</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="anzelle"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToCell" id="bm_id2527932"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetAnchorToCell" id="bm_id3155620"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05260400.xhp">To Cell</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetAnchorToCell" visibility="visible">Anchors the selected item to a cell.</ahelp> The anchor icon is displayed in the upper left corner of the cell.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#anderzelle"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�J��` ` text/shared/01/06130010.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Record Macro</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="recordmacro"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MacroRecorder" id="bm_id986626"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MacroRecorder" id="bm_id3156045"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06130010.xhp">Record Macro</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:MacroRecorder">Records a new macro.</ahelp> Only available, if macro recording feature is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#recordmacro"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StopRecording" id="bm_id1545801"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:StopRecording" id="bm_id3150264"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Stop Recording</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:StopRecording">Stops recording a macro.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/><embed href="text/shared/main0600.xhp#programming"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��Qv text/shared/01/01010301.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Medium</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="etiketten"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010301.xhp">Medium</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the size of your business card from a number of pre-defined size formats, or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#visikartform"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a size format for your business card.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT" id="bm_id3150758"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continuous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT">Prints business cards on continuous paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET" id="bm_id3151097"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET">Prints business cards on individual sheets.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND" id="bm_id3147143"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Brand</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND">Select the brand of paper that you want to use.</ahelp> Each brand has its own size formats.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE" id="bm_id3158405"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE">Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the <emph>Brand</emph> list. If you want to use a custom size format, select <emph>[User]</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp"><emph>Format</emph></link> tab to define the format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Info</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The paper type and the dimensions of the business card are displayed at the bottom of the <emph>Format</emph> area.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���# �# text/shared/01/02230401.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>List</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="liste"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlineviewpage/RedlineViewPage" id="bm_id3148919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02230401.xhp">List</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlineviewpage/RedlineViewPage">Accept or reject individual changes.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#rotlinieliste"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>List </emph>tab displays all of the changes that were recorded in the current document. If you want to filter this list, click the <emph>Filter </emph>tab, and then select your <link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp">filter criteria</link>.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"> If the list contains nested changes, the dependencies are shown regardless of the filter.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Nested changes occur where changes made by different authors overlap.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Click the plus sign beside an entry in the list to view all of the changes that were recorded for a cell.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">If one of the nested changes for a cell matches a filter criterion, all of the changes for the cell are displayed. When you filter the change list, the entries in the list appear in different colors according to the following table:
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Color</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Meaning</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">black</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The entry matches a filter criterion.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">blue</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">One or more subentries matches a filter criterion.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">gray</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The subentry does not match a filter criterion.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">green</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">The subentry matches a filter criterion.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/redlineviewpage/changes" id="bm_id3151384"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlineviewpage/changes">Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading. </ahelp> Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you click to select multiple entries in the list.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">To edit the comment for an entry in the list, right-click the entry, and then choose<emph> Edit - Comment</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After you accept or reject a change, the entries of the list are re-ordered according to "Accepted" or "Rejected" status.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_SORT_ACTION" id="bm_id3153779"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_SORT_ACTION">Lists the changes that were made in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Position
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Lists the cells with contents that were changed.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3149765"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Author</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR">Lists the user who made the change.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_SORT_DATE" id="bm_id3145171"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_SORT_DATE">Lists the date and time that the change was made.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT" id="bm_id3145744"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT">Lists the comments that are attached to the change.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/accept" id="bm_id3153106"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AcceptTracedChange" id="bm_id0122200903133817"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Accept</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/accept">Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/reject" id="bm_id3157892"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RejectTracedChange" id="bm_id0122200903140685"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reject</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/reject">Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/acceptall" id="bm_id3149985"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Accept All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/acceptall">Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/rejectall" id="bm_id3153093"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reject All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/rejectall">Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="note">To reverse the acceptance or rejection of a change, choose <emph>Undo </emph>on the <emph>Edit </emph>menu.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/undo" id="bm_id3150334"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Undo
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you made changes by choosing <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>, the <emph>Undo </emph>button appears in the dialog.<ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/undo"> Reverse the last Accept or Reject command.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There are additional commands in the <emph>context menu</emph> of the list:</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_COMMENT" id="bm_id3152416"/><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT" id="bm_id3155307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT">Edit the comment for the selected change.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Sort</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sorts the list according to the column headings.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SORT_ACTION" id="bm_id3148387"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Action</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SORT_ACTION">Sorts the list according to the type of change.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SORT_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3150094"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Author</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SORT_AUTHOR">Sorts the list according to the Author.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SORT_DATE" id="bm_id3150420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Date</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SORT_DATE">Sorts the list according to the date and time.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_SORT_COMMENT" id="bm_id3156286"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SORT_COMMENT">Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SORT_POSITION" id="bm_id3150338"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Document Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_SORT_POSITION">Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Pn C C text/shared/01/05240200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Horizontally</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="horizontal"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MirrorHorz" id="bm_id961748"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MirrorHorz" id="bm_id3160447"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMirrorHorizontal" id="bm_id6290416"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ObjectMirrorHorizontal" id="bm_id3147477"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05240200.xhp">Horizontally</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectMirrorHorizontal">Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#horizontal"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XW�� � text/shared/01/05210700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Transparency</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="transparenz"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3146807"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/TransparencyTabPage" id="bm_id3093441"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210700.xhp">Transparency</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#trans"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Transparency mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the type of transparency that you want to apply.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_OFF" id="bm_id3093440"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">No transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_OFF">Turns off color transparency.</ahelp> This is the default setting.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_LINEAR" id="bm_id3153049"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_LINEAR">Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRANSPARENT" id="bm_id3143267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency spin button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRANSPARENT">Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT" id="bm_id3149177"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Gradient</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT">Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/LB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES" id="bm_id3109847"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/LB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES">Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_X" id="bm_id3154514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center X</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_X">Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y" id="bm_id3155628"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center Y</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y">Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_ANGLE" id="bm_id3159115"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Angle</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_ANGLE">Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_BORDER" id="bm_id3159147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_BORDER">Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_START_VALUE" id="bm_id3149763"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_START_VALUE">Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_END_VALUE" id="bm_id3159157"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">End value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_END_VALUE">Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the preview to view your changes before you apply the transparency effect to the color fill of the selected object.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xrkf� text/shared/01/05080000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Alignment (Text Objects)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ausrichtung"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05080000.xhp">Alignment (Text Objects)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the alignment options for the current selection.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#ausrichtung"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05080100.xhp#links"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080200.xhp#rechts"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp#zentriert"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05080400.xhp#block"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��
�� � text/shared/01/04990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Media</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="media_submenu"><section id="grafik"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:GraphicMenu" id="bm_id1919919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04990000.xhp">Media</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><embed href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp#stargallery"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp#scannen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp#moviesound"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X3�UH� � text/shared/01/05200100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Line</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="linie"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LineTabPage" id="bm_id3083278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LineTabPage">Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#linie2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Line properties</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:XLineStyle" id="bm_id3148520"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_LINE_STYLE" id="bm_id3154863"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="stiltext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_LINE_STYLE">Select the line style that you want to use.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sylistil"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:XLineColor" id="bm_id367227"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_COLOR" id="bm_id3156136"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Colors</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="farbetext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_COLOR">Select a color for the line.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sylifarbe"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LineWidth" id="bm_id4880880"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH" id="bm_id3147009"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Widths</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="breitetext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH">Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#sylibreite"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT" id="bm_id3154983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Transparency</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT">Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque. </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"/><caseinline select="DRAW"/><caseinline select="IMPRESS"/><defaultinline>The <emph>Line</emph> tab of the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog is only available if you select an XY <emph>Chart type</emph>.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Icon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the options for the data point symbols in your chart.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MB_SYMBOL_BITMAP" id="bm_id3154047"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/MB_SYMBOL_BITMAP">Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.</ahelp> If you select <emph>Automatic</emph>, $[officename] uses the default symbols for the selected chart type.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_WIDTH" id="bm_id3146848"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_WIDTH">Enter a width for the symbol.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT" id="bm_id3155390"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT">Enter a height for the symbol.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/CB_SYMBOL_RATIO" id="bm_id3148686"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Keep ratio</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/CB_SYMBOL_RATIO">Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Arrow styles</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the <link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp"><emph>Arrow Styles</emph></link> tab of this dialog.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_START_STYLE" id="bm_id3155922"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_END_STYLE" id="bm_id3144422"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_END_STYLE">Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_START_WIDTH" id="bm_id3153896"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_END_WIDTH" id="bm_id3159414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_END_WIDTH">Enter a width for the arrowhead.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_START" id="bm_id3161657"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_END" id="bm_id3150358"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_END">Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE" id="bm_id3154138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Synchronize ends</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Corner and cap styles</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_EDGE_STYLE" id="bm_id3154581"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Corner style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_EDGE_STYLE">Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_CAP_STYLE" id="bm_id3154584"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cap style</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_CAP_STYLE">Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�L�3= = text/shared/01/06050100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bullets</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bullets"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150502"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickbulletpage/PickBulletPage" id="bm_id3145630"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050100.xhp">Bullets</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the different bullet styles that you can apply.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Bullets and Numbering of paragraphs is supported only in Writer, Impress and Draw.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numbullets"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/pickbulletpage/valueset" id="bm_id3145629"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/pickbulletpage/valueset">Click the bullet style that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XkU��q q text/shared/01/04160300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Formula</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152937"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMath" id="bm_id6753888"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMath" id="bm_id3149962"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertObjectStarMath" id="bm_id4141990"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertObjectStarMath" id="bm_id3154812"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Formula</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="starmath"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertObjectStarMath">Inserts a formula into the current document.</ahelp><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"/><defaultinline> For more information open the $[officename] Math Help.</defaultinline></switchinline></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#math"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="MATH"><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp">Formulas</link></paragraph></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�p�� � text/shared/01/01010001.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Master Document</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp">Master Document</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use a <emph>Master Document</emph> to organize complex projects, such as a book. <ahelp hid=".">A <emph>Master Document</emph> can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#neuglobal"/></section><section id="global"><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator for Master Documents</link></paragraph></section></case></switch></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xd?���m �m ! text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Export as PDF</title><filename>/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="pdf_export"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149532"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExportToPDF" id="bm_id2491692"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExportToPDF" id="bm_id3146856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ref_pdf_export"><link href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp">Export as PDF</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="export"><ahelp hid="FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES">Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.</ahelp> A PDF file can be viewed and printed on any platform with the original formatting intact, provided that supporting software is installed.</variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#exportpdf"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/PdfGeneralPage" id="bm_id1033968"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">General tab</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Range</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the export options for the pages included in the PDF file.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/all" id="bm_id1033967"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/all">Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/range" id="bm_id2618793"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/pages" id="bm_id2676778"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Exports the pages you type in the box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To export a range of pages, use the format 3-6. To export single pages, use the format 7;9;11. If you want, you can export a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/selection" id="bm_id8889126"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/selection">Exports the current selection.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Images</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets the PDF export options for images inside your document.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">EPS images with embedded previews are exported only as previews. EPS images without embedded previews are exported as empty placeholders.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/losslesscompress" id="bm_id8095950"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Lossless compression</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/jpegcompress" id="bm_id137028"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">JPEG compression</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/quality" id="bm_id5849787"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Quality</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/reduceresolution" id="bm_id3947264"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reduce image resolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/resolution" id="bm_id1751762"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the target resolution for the images.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">General</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sets general PDF export options.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/embed" id="bm_id0804200803552411"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hybrid PDF (embed ODF file)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.</ahelp> In PDF viewers it behaves like a normal .pdf file and it remains fully editable in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/pdfa" id="bm_id303964"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Archive PDF/A-1a (ISO 19005-1)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/tagged" id="bm_id6884975"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tagged PDF (add document structure)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Tagged PDF contains information about the structure of the document contents. This can help to display the document on devices with different screens, and when using screen reader software.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/bookmarks" id="bm_id8694112"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Export bookmarks</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/comments" id="bm_id7971129"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Export comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To export comments of Writer documents as they are shown in %PRODUCTNAME, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph> and select the <emph>In margins</emph> option in the <emph>Comments</emph> area. The exported pages will be scaled down and the comments will be placed into their margins.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/forms" id="bm_id9651478"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create PDF form</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/format" id="bm_id3088167"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Submit format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the format of the data that you will receive from the submitter: FDF (Forms Data Format), PDF, HTML, or XML.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This setting overrides the control's URL property that you set in the document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/allowdups" id="bm_id3992267"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Allow duplicate field names</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/emptypages" id="bm_id5027619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Export automatically inserted blank pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Initial View tab</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/PdfViewPage" id="bm_id4472793"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Panes</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/pageonly" id="bm_id4472792"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Page only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/outline" id="bm_id5274819"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bookmarks and page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/thumbs" id="bm_id9964598"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Thumbnails and page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/page" id="bm_id5693533"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open on page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Magnification</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/fitdefault" id="bm_id7652821"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/fitwin" id="bm_id8959929"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit in window</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/fitwidth" id="bm_id5164342"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/fitvis" id="bm_id4881435"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Fit visible</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/fitzoom" id="bm_id3769035"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/zoom" id="bm_id2727134"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Zoom factor</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Page layout</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/defaultlayout" id="bm_id2023682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/singlelayout" id="bm_id863368"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Single page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/contlayout" id="bm_id3083590"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continuous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/contfacinglayout" id="bm_id5062410"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continuous facing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/firstonleft" id="bm_id9036835"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">First page is left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/PdfUserInterfacePage" id="bm_id4184393"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">User Interface tab</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Window options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/resize" id="bm_id4184392"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Resize window to initial page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/center" id="bm_id1589098"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center window on screen</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/open" id="bm_id1278420"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open in full screen mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/display" id="bm_id8746910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Display document title</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User interface options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/menubar" id="bm_id9636524"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hide menu bar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/toolbar" id="bm_id5675527"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hide toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/window" id="bm_id3486434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hide window controls</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Transitions</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/effects" id="bm_id3901791"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Use transition effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Bookmarks</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/allbookmarks" id="bm_id4371776"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">All bookmark levels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/visiblebookmark" id="bm_id6384166"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/visiblelevel" id="bm_id1559801"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Visible bookmark levels</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/PdfLinksPage" id="bm_id5594043"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Links tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify how to export bookmarks and hyperlinks in your document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/export" id="bm_id5594042"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export bookmarks as named destinations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/convert" id="bm_id6163823"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Convert document references to PDF targets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/exporturl" id="bm_id9741508"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export URLs relative to file system</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See <link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp">"relative hyperlinks"</link> in the Help.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Cross-document links</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify how to handle hyperlinks from your PDF file to other files.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/default" id="bm_id909451"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/openpdf" id="bm_id1665089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open with PDF reader application</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/openinternet" id="bm_id4997100"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Open with Internet browser</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/PdfSecurityPage" id="bm_id8720359"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Security tab</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/setpassword" id="bm_id8720358"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Set passwords</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify a password needed to view the PDF. You can enter an optional password that allows the person viewing the PDF to edit and/or print the document.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/printnone" id="bm_id1476485"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Not permitted</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Printing the document is not permitted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/printlow" id="bm_id1693472"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Low resolution (150 dpi)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/printhigh" id="bm_id8849147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">High resolution</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The document can be printed in high resolution.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Changes</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/changenone" id="bm_id8967253"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Not permitted</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">No changes of the content are permitted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/changeinsdel" id="bm_id53712"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Inserting, deleting, and rotating pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/changeform" id="bm_id8904385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Filling in form fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only filling in form fields is permitted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/changecomment" id="bm_id677205"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Commenting, filling in form fields</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/changeany" id="bm_id4991607"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Any except extracting pages</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/enablecopy" id="bm_id7106845"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable copying of content</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/enablea11y" id="bm_id3429059"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Enable text access for accessibility tools</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/pdfsignpage" id="bm_id18720359"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Digital Signatures tab</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This tab contains the options related to exporting to a digitally signed PDF.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Digital signatures are used to ensure that the PDF was really created by the original author (i.e. you), and that the document has not been modified since it was signed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The signed PDF export uses the keys and X.509 certificates already stored in your default key store location or on a smartcard.</paragraph><switch select="sys"><case select="WIN"/><default><paragraph role="paragraph">The key store to be used can be selected under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Security - Certificate Path</emph>.</paragraph></default></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">When using a smartcard, it must already be configured for use by your key store. This is usually done during installation of the smartcard software.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/cert" id="bm_id18720358"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Use this certificate to digitally sign PDF documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/select" id="bm_id11476485"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Select Certificate</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All certificates found in your selected key store are displayed. If the key store is protected by a password, you are prompted for it. When using a smartcard that is protected by a PIN, you are also prompted for that.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the certificate to use for digitally signing the exported PDF by clicking on the corresponding line, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">All other fields on the <emph>Digital Signatures</emph> tab will be accessible only after a certificate has been selected.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/password" id="bm_id21476485"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Certificate password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.</ahelp> Usually this is the key store password.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If the key store password has already been entered in the <emph>Select Certificate</emph> dialog, the key store may already be unlocked and not require the password again. But to be on the safe side, enter it nevertheless.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">When using a smartcard, enter the PIN here. Some smartcard software will prompt you for the PIN again before signing. This is cumbersome, but that's how smartcards work.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/location" id="bm_id12693472"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/contact" id="bm_id13693472"/><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/reason" id="bm_id14693472"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Location, Contact information, Reason</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">These three fields allow you to optionally enter additional information about the digital signature that will be applied to the PDF (Where, by whom and why it was made). It will be embedded in the appropriate PDF fields and will be visible to anyone viewing the PDF. Each or all of the three fields may be left blank.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/tsa" id="bm_id18849147"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Time Stamp Authority</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL. </ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">During the PDF signing process, the TSA will be used to obtain a digitally signed timestamp that is then embedded in the signature. This (RFC 3161) timestamp will allow anyone viewing the PDF to verify when the document was signed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The list of TSA URLs that can be selected is maintained under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Security - TSAs</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If no TSA URL is selected (the default), the signature will not be timestamped, but will use the current time from your local computer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Export button</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Exports the current file in PDF format.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��� � text/shared/01/01140000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Printer Setup</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="printersetup"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147294"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrinterSetup" id="bm_id3150620"/><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/PrinterSetupDialog" id="bm_id3147000"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp">Printer Settings</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="druckereinstellungtext"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/PrinterSetupDialog">Select the default printer for the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#drucker"/></section><paragraph role="note">You might experience a slight delay when you change the default printer for a document that contains embedded $[officename] OLE objects.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists the information that applies to the selected printer.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the list is empty, you need to install a default printer for your operating system. Refer to the online help for your operating system for instructions on how to install and setup a default printer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/name" id="bm_id3147574"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/name">Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Status</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Describes the current status of the selected printer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the type of printer that you selected.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Location</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays the port for the selected printer.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays additional information for the printer.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/properties" id="bm_id3159413"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Properties</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/properties">Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Ensure that the Landscape or Portrait layout option set in the printer properties dialog matches the page format that you set by choosing <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/options" id="bm_id3159414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Options</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/options">Opens the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Writer</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Calc</emph></caseinline><defaultinline>Writer/Web</defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Print</emph> panel for the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The <emph>Options</emph> button is only available in %PRODUCTNAME Writer and Calc.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�I� � � text/shared/01/07010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New Window</title><filename>/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="neuesfenster"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id6323129"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewWindow" id="bm_id1227266"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewWindow" id="bm_id3146856"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/07010000.xhp">New Window</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NewWindow">Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.</ahelp> You can now view different parts of the same document at the same time.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000407.xhp#window"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Changes made to a document in one window are automatically applied to all of the windows that are open for that document.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XW�P_� � text/shared/01/05100600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Center (vertical)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mitte"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CellVertCenter" id="bm_id3154766"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp">Center (vertical)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zellemitte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Center</emph></variable></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���~ ~ text/shared/01/05030000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Paragraph</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParagraphDialog" id="bm_id1815464"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ParagraphDialog" id="bm_id3154689"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditStyle" id="bm_id9131165"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Paragraph</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="absatztext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditStyle">Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.</ahelp></variable> To modify the font of the current paragraph, select the entire paragraph, choose Format - Character, and then click on the Font tab.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#absatz"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The paragraph style for the current paragraph is displayed at the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar, and is highlighted in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles and Formatting window</link>.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp#einzuege"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#ausrichtung"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#textfluss"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#numerierung"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp#tabulator"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#initialen"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp#asitypo"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp#asitypo"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#umrandung"/></case></switch><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp#hintergrund"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�Gr text/shared/01/03990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Toolbars</title><filename>/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="toolbars"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AvailableToolbars" id="bm_id3563981"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/03990000.xhp">Toolbars</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.</ahelp> A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp">Customize</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.cmd:RestoreVisibility" id="bm_id9156773"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Reset</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Reset</item> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�L�� � text/shared/01/06040300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Exceptions</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="ausnahmen"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/AcorExceptPage" id="bm_id3150347"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06040300.xhp">Exceptions</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/AcorExceptPage">Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The exceptions that you define depend on the current language setting. If you want, you can change the language setting by selecting a different language in the <emph>Replacements and exceptions for language</emph> box.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokoausnahmen"/></section><section id="sprache"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/lang" id="bm_id3150902"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Replacements and exceptions for language:</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/lang">Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.</ahelp> $[officename] first searches for exceptions that are defined for the language at the current cursor position in the document, and then searches the remaining languages.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrev" id="bm_id9220557"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Abbreviations (no subsequent capital)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrev">Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click <emph>New</emph>. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrevlist" id="bm_id1217383"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrevlist">Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.</ahelp> To remove an item from the list, select the item, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/double" id="bm_id4391613"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Words with TWo INitial CApitals</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/double">Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/doublelist" id="bm_id8192083"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/doublelist">Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.</ahelp> To remove an item from the list, select the item, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/newabbrev" id="bm_id7159031"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/newdouble" id="bm_id2211066"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/newdouble">Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen1"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autoabbrev" id="bm_id8066347"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autodouble" id="bm_id6384777"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoInclude</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autodouble">Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the <emph>Correct TWo INitial CApitals</emph> option or the Capitalize<emph> first letter of every sentence</emph> option are selected in the <emph>[T]</emph> column on<link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab of this dialog. </ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xl|W � � text/shared/01/05340400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Data Sources</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="umgang"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153116"/><paragraph role="paragraph"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp">Data Sources</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section contains information on browsing and editing database tables.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/><paragraph role="note">You cannot use the data source browser on a database table that is open in Design view.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Data source browser</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The commands for the data source browser are found on the <link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp">Table Data bar</link> and in <link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp">context menus</link>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Selecting records</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To select a record in a database table, click the row header, or click a row header, and then use the Up or Down arrow keys.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER" id="bm_id6056703"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following table describes how to select individual elements in the data source browser:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Action</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Record</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click the row header</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Several records or removing a selection</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and click the row header</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Column</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click the column header</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Data field</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click in the data field</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Entire table</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Click the row header of the column headings</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table Data toolbar (editing table data)</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_editdoc.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Allows you to edit, add, or delete records from the database table.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Cutting, copying and pasting data</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can cut, copy, and paste records in <emph>Data Source</emph> view. The Data Source browser also supports the dragging and dropping of records, or text and numbers from other $[officename] files.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You cannot drag and drop to Yes/No, binary, image, or counting table fields.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Drag and drop only works in <emph>Edit</emph> mode.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/main0212.xhp#datenbank"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Navigating in the Data Source Browser</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the Form Navigation bar at the bottom of the Data Source view to navigate between different records.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">First record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_firstrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST" id="bm_id3152821005"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Go to the first record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Previous record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_prevrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV" id="bm_id3152821002"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Go to the previous record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Record number</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE" id="bm_id3152821001"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Next record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_nextrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT" id="bm_id3152821003"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Go to the next record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Last record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_lastrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST" id="bm_id3152821004"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Go to the last record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="svtools/res/ed03.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW" id="bm_id3152821006"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new record into the current table.</ahelp> To create a record, click the asterisk (*) button at the bottom of the table view. An empty row is added at the end of the table.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Number of records</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS" id="bm_id3152821013"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Organizing tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To access the commands for formatting the table, right-click a column header, or a row header.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05340402.xhp">Table Format</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05340402.xhp#tabformtext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05340100.xhp">Row Height</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05340100.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05340404.xhp#zeilenloeschen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp">Column Format</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp#spaltformtext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05340200.xhp">Column Width</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05340200.xhp#spaltetext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05340500.xhp#feldausblenden"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05340600.xhp#alleeinblenden"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xv؊�� � text/shared/01/05350000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>3D Effects</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="3deffekte"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/docking3deffects/Docking3DEffects" id="bm_id5991850"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Window3D" id="bm_id3147069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp">3D Effects</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Window3D">Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#3d"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05350200.xhp#geometrie"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05350300.xhp#darstellung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05350400.xhp#beleuchtung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05350500.xhp#texturen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05350600.xhp#material"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�ѯ�: : text/shared/01/05210100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Area</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="flaeche"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149999"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/areatabpage/AreaTabPage" id="bm_id3146959"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp">Area</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/areatabpage/AreaTabPage">Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can save collections of colors, gradients, hatchings, and bitmap patterns as lists that you can later load and use.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#flaeche2"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fill</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FillStyle" id="bm_id3154186"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_AREA_TYPE" id="bm_id3154187"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="sytext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillStyle">Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">List boxes on the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syflaechenstil"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">None</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_COLOR">Fills the selected object with the color that you click in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="DRAW"><paragraph role="note">To add a color to the list, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp"><emph>Format - Area</emph></link>, click the<emph> Colors</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph></case><case select="IMPRESS"><paragraph role="note">To add a color to the list, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp"><emph>Format - Area</emph></link>, click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Gradient</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_GRADIENT">Fills the selected object with the gradient that you click in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hatching</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_HATCHING">Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you click in the list. To apply a background color to the hatching pattern, select the <emph>Background color</emph> box, and then click a color in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Bitmap</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP">Fills the selected object with the bitmap pattern that you click in the list. To add a bitmap to the list, open this dialog in %PRODUCTNAME Draw, click the <emph>Bitmaps </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_COLOR" id="bm_id3149244"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_GRADIENT" id="bm_id3145085"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_HATCHING" id="bm_id3144510"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP" id="bm_id3161458"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Area Fill</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP">Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X:d�:� � text/shared/01/01110300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Saving (Templates)</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="speichern"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveAsTemplate" id="bm_id1629959"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveAsTemplate" id="bm_id3155069"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp">Saving (Templates)</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SaveAsTemplate">Saves the current document as a template.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"/><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:Edit:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:ED_NAME" id="bm_id3152425"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Template</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:EDIT:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:ED_NAME">Enter a name for the template.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lists templates and template categories.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:ListBox:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:LB_SECTION" id="bm_id3156427"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Categories</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:LISTBOX:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:LB_SECTION">Select a category in which to save the new template.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:ListBox:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:LB_STYLESHEETS" id="bm_id3155942"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Templates</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:LISTBOX:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:LB_STYLESHEETS">Lists the available template categories.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:PushButton:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:BT_EDIT" id="bm_id3154749"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:BT_EDIT">Opens the selected template for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/sfx2:PushButton:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:BT_ORGANIZE" id="bm_id3144439"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Organize</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:BT_ORGANIZE">Opens the <emph>Template Management</emph> dialog where you can organize or create new templates.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�ȉ text/shared/01/05030300.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Tabs</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tabulator"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156027"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/ParagraphTabsPage" id="bm_id3153311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp">Tabs</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/ParagraphTabsPage">Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want, you can also use the ruler to set the tab positions.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#tabulator"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS" id="bm_id3155390"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the type of tab stop that you want to modify.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT" id="bm_id3153321"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonST_LEFTTAB_ASIAN" id="bm_id3153322"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The name of this tab stop is <emph>Left/Top</emph> if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT">Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT" id="bm_id3159269"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonST_RIGHTTAB_ASIAN" id="bm_id3159270"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Right</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This name of this tab stop is <emph>Right/Bottom</emph> if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT">Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER" id="bm_id3152474"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Center</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER">Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL" id="bm_id3149295"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Decimal</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL">Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The character that is used as a decimal separator depends on the regional setting of your operating system.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR" id="bm_id3150791"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR">Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fill Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the characters to use as leader to the left of the tab stop.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO" id="bm_id3151178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">None</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO">Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS" id="bm_id3150742"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">.......</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS">Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE" id="bm_id3156424"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">------</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE">Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE" id="bm_id3150767"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">______</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE">Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER" id="bm_id3153057"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_FILLCHAR_OTHER" id="bm_id3151116"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Character</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER">Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_NEW" id="bm_id3156105"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_NEW">Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DELALL" id="bm_id3153573"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Clear All</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DELALL">Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under <emph>Position</emph>. Sets <emph>Left</emph> tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen1"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XKj�� � text/shared/01/02240000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Compare Document</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="compare_document"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CompareDocuments" id="bm_id9988813"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CompareDocuments" id="bm_id3146807"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Compare Document</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="dokver"><ahelp hid=".uno:CompareDocuments">Compares the current document with a document that you select.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialog that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking <emph>Reject</emph>, and then clicking <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#dvergl"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp#redlining_doccompare"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="warning">The contents of footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.</paragraph></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�T�K� � ' text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Check for Updates</title><filename>/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE" id="bm_id2912686"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG" id="bm_id9766533"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialog. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, downloads will be stored to your desktop. You can change the folder where the downloaded file will be stored in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You see a confirmation dialog, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Under some operation systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">After installation of the update you can delete the download file to save space.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2" id="bm_id2517777"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD" id="bm_id4208807"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL" id="bm_id1738639"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Installs the downloaded update.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE" id="bm_id6081728"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME" id="bm_id9219641"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Continues a paused download.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL" id="bm_id3174230"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/online_update.xhp">Starting online updates</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�XK�Hܑ � text/shared/01/06050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bullets and Numbering</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="numerierungaufzaehlung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineBullet" id="bm_id1362579"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OutlineBullet" id="bm_id3156053"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BulletsAndNumberingDialog" id="bm_id5976445"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BulletsAndNumberingDialog" id="bm_id3149038"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp">Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="numauftext"><ahelp hid=".uno:BulletsAndNumberingDial">Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numauf"/></section><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> dialog has the following tabs:</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06050100.xhp#bullets"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050200.xhp#numerierungsart"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050300.xhp#numerierung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050400.xhp#graphics"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/><embed href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp#optionen"/><bookmark branch="hid/SW_HID_NUM_RESET" id="bm_id3152996"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Remove
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="HID_NUM_RESET">Removes the numbering or bullets from the current paragraph or from the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck2"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/></section></case></switch></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X3��B� � text/shared/01/06140101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>New Menu</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1">New Menu</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#menuenew"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:MD_MENU_ORGANISER:EDIT_MENU_NAME" id="bm_id1657461"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Menu name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Menu position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click the arrow buttons.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp#updown"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xi�#� text/shared/01/06990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Spellcheck</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="rechtschreibung"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpellDialog" id="bm_id5734697"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SpellDialog" id="bm_id9349345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06990000.xhp">Spellcheck</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Checks spelling manually.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#rechtschreibungmenue"/></section><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spellcheck dialog</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�=� text/shared/01/01070000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Save As</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="saveas"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151260"/><bookmark branch="hid/SID_SAVEASDOC" id="bm_id294192"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveAs" id="bm_id3149038"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG" id="bm_id3155619"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="speichernuntertext"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG">Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#saveas"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The following sections describe the <emph><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Save as</emph> dialog. To activate the <emph><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialog boxes, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME- General</emph></link>, and then select the <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogs</emph> area.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">To save a document as a template, use the command <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/fpicker/ui/explorerfiledialog/connect_to_server" id="bm_id3154381"/><section id="connecttoserver"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Connect To Server</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP" id="bm_id3154380"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Up One Level</paragraph><section id="levelup"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP">Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syuebergeordneterordner2"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY" id="bm_id3155321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Create New Folder</paragraph><section id="createdir"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY">Creates a new folder.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syneuenordnererstellen2"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX" id="bm_id3149513"/><section id="places"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Places area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays "favourite" places, i.e. shortcuts to local or remote locations.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW" id="bm_id3149514"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Display area</paragraph><section id="fileview"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW">Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL" id="bm_id3155179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File name</paragraph><section id="filename"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL">Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link></ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE" id="bm_id3148552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">File type</paragraph><section id="filetype"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE">Select the file format for the document that you are saving.</ahelp> In the display area, only the documents with this file type are displayed. File types are described in <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">Information on Import and Export Filters</link>.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp#ref_pdf_export"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/><paragraph role="warning">Always save your document in a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> file type before saving it to an external file type. When you export to an external file type, some formatting features may be lost.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE" id="bm_id3149170"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save</paragraph><section id="save"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE">Saves the file.</ahelp></paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD" id="bm_id3156282"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save with password</paragraph><section id="kennwort"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD">Protects the file with a <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp">password</link> that must be entered before a user can open the file.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">Only documents using the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> XML-based format can be saved with a password.</paragraph></section><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER" id="bm_id3147300"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit filter settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER">Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVT_HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION" id="bm_id3150012"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION">Exports only the selected graphic objects in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you are exporting to any document file type, the entire document is exported.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp">Export of Text Files</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X1�z� text/shared/01/05340100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Row Height</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/RowHeightDialog" id="bm_id8702934"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RowHeight" id="bm_id3150146"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ROWHEIGHT" id="bm_id3149987"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Row Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zeilenhoehetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/RowHeightDialog">Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can also change the height of a row by dragging the divider below the row header. To fit the row height to the cell contents, double-click the divider.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#fozeihoe"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/value" id="bm_id3146946"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/rowheight/value" id="bm_id3083278"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/value">Enter the row height that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/default" id="bm_id3154840"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/rowheightdialog/automatic" id="bm_id3150445"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Default value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/default">Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X ;D` ` text/shared/01/05080400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Justify</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="block"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:JustifyPara" id="bm_id3676754"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:JustifyPara" id="bm_id3154613"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05080400.xhp">Justify</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="blocktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:JustifyPara">Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - Alignment</emph>.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#blocktext"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�kcWf f text/shared/01/05030600.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Background</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05030600.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="hintergrund"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3151097"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/BackgroundPage" id="bm_id3147000"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp">Background</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/BackgroundPage">Set the background color or graphic.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can specify the background for <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">paragraphs, pages, headers, footers, text frames, tables, table cells, sections, and indexes.
</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">cells and pages.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#hintergrund"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/selectlb" id="bm_id3153321"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">As</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/selectlb">Select the type of background that you want to apply.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using a Color as a Background</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/backgroundcolorset" id="bm_id3159414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Color Background</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/backgroundcolorset">Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click <emph>No Fill</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#syzeichenhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp#syabsatzhintergrund"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#zeichenhintergrundtext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/paralb" id="bm_id3147228"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/tablelb" id="bm_id3153352"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">For
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/tablelb">Select the area that you want to apply the background color to.</ahelp> For example, when you define the background color for a table, you can choose to apply it to the table, the active cell, the row, or the column.
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="note">This option is only available when you edit the background of a table or a paragraph style.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using a Graphic as a Background</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">File</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Contains information about the graphic file.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Display field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows the path for the graphic file.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/link" id="bm_id3145264"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Link</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/link">Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/showpreview" id="bm_id3159196"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/showpreview">Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/browse" id="bm_id3153095"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/browse">Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the way that you want to display the background graphic.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/windowpos" id="bm_id3083445"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/positionrb" id="bm_id3156062"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/positionrb">Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/arearb" id="bm_id3146146"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Area</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/arearb">Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/backgroundpage/tilerb" id="bm_id3153138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Tile</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/tilerb">Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL" id="bm_id3151075"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X^Ϩ>� � text/shared/01/06040400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Localized Options</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="typanf"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153899"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/ApplyLocalizedPage" id="bm_id59906554"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp">Localized Options</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokotyafz"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/list" id="bm_id59906552"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/checklist" id="bm_id59906553"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add non-breaking space before specific punctuation marks in French text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a non breaking space before ";", "!", "?", ":" and "%" when the character language is set to French (France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Monaco, or Switzerland) and before ":" only when the character language is set to French (Canada).</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format ordinal number suffixes (1st ... 1<sup>st</sup>)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Formats the text characters of ordinals, such as 1st, 2nd, or 3rd, as superscripts. For example, in English text, 1st will be converted to 1<sup>st</sup>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Note that this only applies to languages that have the convention of formatting ordinal numbers as superscript.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Single quotes / Double quotes</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Specify the replacement characters to use for single or double quotation marks.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/singlereplace" id="bm_id5906552"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/doublereplace" id="bm_id4584795"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/doublereplace">Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/startsingle" id="bm_id6259651"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/startdouble" id="bm_id7007354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Start quote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/startsingle">Select the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character</link> that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/endsingle" id="bm_id6449476"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/enddouble" id="bm_id6838282"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">End quote</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/enddouble">Select the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character</link> that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/defaultsingle" id="bm_id4603106"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/doubledouble" id="bm_id3145542"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/defaultsingle">Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X$�m� � $ text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Safe Mode</title><filename>/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="profilesafemode"><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/SafeModeDialog" id="bm_id281120160940131141"/><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id281120160951421436"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp">Safe Mode</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Help - Restart in Safe Mode...</emph></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Start %PRODUCTNAME from command line with <emph>--safe-mode</emph> option</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Start %PRODUCTNAME from <emph>%PRODUCTNAME (Safe Mode)</emph> start menu entry (Windows only)</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">What can I do in safe mode?</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialog offering three user profile restoration options</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/btn_continue" id="bm_id281120160940131142"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continue in Safe Mode</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This option will let you work with %PRODUCTNAME as you are used to, but using a temporary user profile. It also means that all configuration changes made to the temporary user profile will be lost after restart.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/btn_quit" id="bm_id281120160940131145"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Quit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Choosing <emph>Quit</emph> will just exit %PRODUCTNAME. Use this option if you got here by accident.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/btn_restart" id="bm_id281120160940131144"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Apply Changes and Restart</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The dialog offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_restore" id="bm_id281120160940131143"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restore from backup</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME keeps backups of previous configurations and activated extensions. Use this option to return to the previous state if your problems are likely to be caused by recent changes to configuration or extensions.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_configure" id="bm_id281120160940131150"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Configure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience startup crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_deinstall" id="bm_id281120160940131151"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Uninstall extensions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sometimes %PRODUCTNAME cannot be started due to extensions blocking or crashing. This option allows you to disable all extensions installed by the user as well as shared and bundled extensions. Uninstalling shared and bundled extensions should be used with caution. It will only work if you have the necessary system access rights.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_reset" id="bm_id281120160940131154"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reset to factory settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option <emph>Reset settings and user customizations</emph> resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/expander1" id="bm_id281120160940131154"/><paragraph role="tip">If you could not resolve your problem by using safe mode, click on <emph>Advanced</emph> expander. You will find instructions how to get further help there.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">If you want to report a problem with your user profile, by clicking on <emph>Create Zip Archive from User Profile</emph> you can generate a zip file which can be uploaded to the bug tracking system to be investigated by the developers.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">Be aware that the uploaded profile might contain sensitive information, such as your personal dictionary, settings and installed extensions.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�b�[� � text/shared/01/05070500.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Align Vertical Center</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="mitte"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignMiddle" id="bm_id5987769"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignMiddle" id="bm_id3150794"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignVerticalCenter" id="bm_id3908486"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AlignVerticalCenter" id="bm_id3151260"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp">Align Vertical Center</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVerticalCenter">Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#mitte"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xeɕi) ) text/shared/01/05020200.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Font Effects</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="schrifteffekt"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153514"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/EffectsPage" id="bm_id3147090"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Font Effects</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/EffectsPage">Specify the font effects that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#schrifteffekt"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#hinweis"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/fontcolorlb" id="bm_id0123200902114658"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font Color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/fontcolorlb">Sets the color for the selected text. If you select<emph> Automatic</emph>, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.</ahelp></paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the color of a text selection, select the text that you want to change, and click the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, and then select the color that you want to use.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">If you click the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon before you select text, the paint can cursor appears. To change the color of text, select the text with the paint can cursor. To change the color of a single word, double-click in a word. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, and then select the color that you want to use.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To undo the last change, right-click.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph">To exit the paint can mode, click once, or press the Escape key.</paragraph></listitem></list><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="warning">The text color is ignored when printing, if the <emph>Print black</emph> check box is selected in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</paragraph></case></switch><paragraph role="warning">The text color is ignored on screen, if the <emph>Use automatic font color for screen display</emph> check box is selected in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility</emph></link>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Color" id="bm_id5399546"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Color" id="bm_id3155418"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontColor" id="bm_id371323"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontColor" id="bm_id3145801"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FontColor" visibility="hidden"><variable id="textfarbe">Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
</variable></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/effectslb" id="bm_id0123200902144733"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/effectslb">Select the font effects that you want to apply.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Effects</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following capitalization effects are available:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Without - no effect is applied</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Capitals - changes the selected lowercase characters to uppercase characters</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Lowercase - changes the selected uppercase characters to lower characters</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Title font - changes the first character of each selected word to an uppercase character</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Small capitals - changes the selected lowercase characters to uppercase characters, and then reduces their size</paragraph></listitem></list></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/relieflb" id="bm_id0123200902202314"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Relief</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/relieflb">Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/outlinecb" id="bm_id0123200902155356"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Outline</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/outlinecb">Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/shadowcb" id="bm_id0123200902163281"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shadow</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/shadowcb">Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.</ahelp></paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id410168"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/blinkingcb" id="bm_id012320090217277"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Blinking</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/blinkingcb">Makes the selected characters blink. You cannot change the blink frequency.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/hiddencb" id="bm_id0123200902180465"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Hidden</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/hiddencb">Hides the selected characters.</ahelp> To display the hidden text, ensure that <emph>Non-printing Characters</emph> is selected in the <emph>View</emph> menu. You can also choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and select <emph>Hidden text</emph>.</paragraph></case></switch><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Overline" id="bm_id0123200902261777"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden"><emph>Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.</emph></ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/overlinelb" id="bm_id0123200902014986"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Overlining</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/overlinelb">Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the <emph>Individual Words</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/overlinecolorlb" id="bm_id0123200902032228"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Overline color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/overlinecolorlb">Select the color for the overlining.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/strikeoutlb" id="bm_id0123200902074215"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Strikethrough</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/strikeoutlb">Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you save your document in MS Word format, all of the strikethrough styles are converted to the single line style.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/underlinelb" id="bm_id0123200902053711"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Underlining</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/underlinelb">Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the <emph>Individual Words</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">If you apply underlining to a superscript text, the underlining is raised to the level of the superscript. If the superscript is contained in a word with normal text, the underlining is not raised.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syunterstreichen"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/underlinecolorlb" id="bm_id0123200902050229"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Underline color</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/underlinecolorlb">Select the color for the underlining.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/individualwordscb" id="bm_id0123200902090860"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Individual words</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/individualwordscb">Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/emphasislb" id="bm_id0123200902235399"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Emphasis mark</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/emphasislb">Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/effectspage/positionlb" id="bm_id0123200902241815"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/positionlb">Specify where to display the emphasis marks.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp">$[officename] color tables</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp#text_color"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�GO�$ �$ text/shared/01/02250000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bibliography Database</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="litdat"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BibliographyComponent" id="bm_id1785233"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/generalpage/GeneralPage" id="bm_id3150756"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/toolbar" id="bm_id3155354"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp">Bibliography Database</link></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="litdattext"><ahelp hid="modules/sbibliography/ui/toolbar/TBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN">Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#litdat"/></section><paragraph role="note">If the fields in your database are read-only, ensure that the data source view is closed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The supplied bibliography database contains sample records of books.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Use the toolbar to select a table in the bibliography database, to search for records, or to sort the records using filters.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/source" id="bm_id3154288"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST" id="bm_id3155831"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Go to the first record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV" id="bm_id3152909"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Go to the previous record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT" id="bm_id3156435"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Go to the next record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST" id="bm_id3150497"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Go to the last record in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE" id="bm_id3154686"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW" id="bm_id3150742"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting a New Record</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW" visibility="hidden">Inserts a new record into the current table.</ahelp> To create a record, click the asterisk (*) button at the bottom of the table view. An empty row is added at the end of the table.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS" id="bm_id3159151"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the <emph>Type</emph> column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS" id="bm_id3154126"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the <emph>Identifier</emph> column in the list of records.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS" id="bm_id3150652"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS" id="bm_id3154218"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS" id="bm_id3150449"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS" id="bm_id3125865"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS" id="bm_id3159254"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS" id="bm_id3147289"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS" id="bm_id3150441"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS" id="bm_id3145787"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS" id="bm_id3153369"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS" id="bm_id3157895"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS" id="bm_id3153770"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS" id="bm_id3149560"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS" id="bm_id3147352"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS" id="bm_id3156543"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS" id="bm_id3154297"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS" id="bm_id3155429"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS" id="bm_id3159196"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS" id="bm_id3146146"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS" id="bm_id3150486"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS" id="bm_id3152460"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS" id="bm_id3154319"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS" id="bm_id3153943"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS" id="bm_id3156005"/><bookmark branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS" id="bm_id3147441"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Finding and Filtering Records</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can search for records by matching a keyword to a field entry.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/query" id="bm_id3152578"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Entering Search key</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/query">Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the <emph>AutoFilter</emph> icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/autoFilter" id="bm_id3149263"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">AutoFilter</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/autoFilter">Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the <emph>Search Key</emph> box. You can only search one data field.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The list of table records is automatically updated to match the new filter settings.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/standardFilter" id="bm_id8315073"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter </emph>search options.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp#filterdialog"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/removeFilter" id="bm_id8467360"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">To display all of the records in a table, click the <emph>Reset Filter</emph> icon.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_DELETEROWS" id="bm_id3153954"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Deleting a Record</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a record in the current table, right-click the row header of the record, and then select <emph>Delete</emph>. <ahelp hid="SID_FM_DELETEROWS" visibility="hidden">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Changing the data source</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/sdbsource" id="bm_id3147318"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Data Source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/sdbsource">Select the data source for the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/Mapping" id="bm_id3154944"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/toolbar/TBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN" id="bm_id4552446"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/mappingdialog/MappingDialog" id="bm_id4552446"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Column Arrangement</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/Mapping">Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the<emph> Data Source</emph> button on the record<emph> Object Bar</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sbibliography/ui/mappingdialog/MappingDialog">Select the data field that you want to map to the current <emph>Column name</emph>. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/DeleteRecord" id="bm_id3157846"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the current record.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lets you choose a different data source for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Bib/InsertRecord" id="bm_id3149122"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a new record into the current table.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���Ki i text/shared/01/05210000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Area</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="flaeche"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatArea" id="bm_id8959456"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormatArea" id="bm_id3154349"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp">Area</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="flaechetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormatArea">Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#flaeche1"/></section><embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#flaeche"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210600.xhp#schatten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210700.xhp#transparenz"/><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp#farben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210300.xhp#farbverlaeufe"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210400.xhp#schraffuren"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05210500.xhp#bitmapmuster"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�y�Z� � text/shared/01/05990000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Text</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="text"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05990000.xhp">Text</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="texttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:TextAttributes">Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#formattext"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph">This command is only available for drawing objects that can contain text, for example for rectangles, but not for lines.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05220000.xhp#text"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05320000.xhp#lauftext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#zurueck"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��\L L text/shared/01/01110101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Address Book Assignment</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01110101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AddressBookSource" id="bm_id6705706"/><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/AddressTemplateDialog" id="bm_id3145345"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Address Book Assignment</paragraph><section id="voradzutxt"><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddressBookSource">Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Address Book Source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Set the data source and data table for your address book.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/datasource" id="bm_id3155390"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Data Source</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/datasource">Select the data source for your address book.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/datatable" id="bm_id3143271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/datatable">Select the data table for your address book.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/admin" id="bm_id3154811"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Configure</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/admin">Add a new data source to the <emph>Address Book Source </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Field assignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define the field assignments for your address book.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/assign" id="bm_id3155179"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">(Field name)</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/addresstemplatedialog/assign">Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xp#5S text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Using the notebook bar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="using_the_notebook_bar"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id190920161758487840"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp">Using the notebook bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The notebook bar is a new form of displaying commands icons for a quicker usage</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/optionen/experimental.xhp#experimental"/><paragraph role="paragraph">By default, %PRODUCTNAME commands are grouped in cascading menus and in toolbars filled with icons.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The notebook bar shows a different way to organize controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">With the notebook bar, frequently used commands are grouped in an arrangement that will make it quicker to access, avoiding lengthy menu navigation and toolbars command icon lookup.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The notebook bar is available in Writer, Calc and Impress. The user interface has now several available layouts. Two entries in the <item type="menuitem">View</item> menu controls the notebook bar: <item type="menuitem">Toolbar Layout</item> and <item type="menuitem">Notebook bar</item>.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose menu <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbar layout - Notebook bar</item></paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">User interface layouts</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Toolbar Layout entry defines which user interface elements are visible. The available layouts are:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Default</emph> – classic mode with two visible toolbars – standard and formatting. The sidebar is partially collapsed and shows only tabs.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Single toolbar</emph> – one toolbar with all frequently used features. The sidebar is collapsed.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Sidebar</emph> – The sidebar is fully opened and only one toolbar is showed – formatting toolbar.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Notebook bar</emph> – all toolbar and sidebar are hidden and the notebook bar is placed on the top. The menu entry: <item type="menuitem">View </item><item type="menuitem">-</item><item type="menuitem"> Notebook bar</item> is active only in this mode and user can then choose the notebook bar layout.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="paragraph">When user activates additional toolbars, they will be saved in the user profile. Therefore, on returning to the notebook bar mode, all toolbars set visible before will show again.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Available Notebook bar modes</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Tabbed</emph> – In this mode, the bar is divided into tabs, where each tab displays a set of icons grouped by context. The context can also change depending on the object selected in the document, for example a table or an image. </paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">In the tabbed mode the menu bar is hidden by default. To display the menu bar, select the %PRODUCTNAME icon on the top left position of the window and choose <item type="menuitem">Menubar</item>.</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Contextual groups</emph> – The notebook bar is divided into 4 groups. The File, Clipboard and Format groups are fixed. The Insert group contents are replaced with commands that depends on the nature of the selected object in the document, as for a table, an image or an OLE object.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="paragraph"><emph>Contextual single toolbar</emph> – Displays a single centered toolbar with context dependent contents.</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="tip">The notebook bar icon size is adjustable in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - LibreOffice - View - Notebook bar </item>listbox.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The notebook bar cannot be customized.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">The current implementation (%PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION) of the notebook bar is common to Writer, Calc and Impress modules. A change in the notebook bar in one module will affect the notebook bar of the other modules.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp">Toolbars</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X td� � text/shared/01/05100700.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Bottom</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="unten"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CellVertBottom" id="bm_id3151244"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp">Bottom</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:CellVertBottom">Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zelleunten">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Bottom</emph></variable></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �Q text/shared/01/05020100.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Font </title><filename>/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="zeichen"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154812"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/CharNamePage" id="bm_id3148919"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Characters</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Font</link></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="zn"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/CharNamePage">Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#schrift"/></section><section id="hinweis"><paragraph role="paragraph">The changes are applied to the current selection, to the entire word that contains the cursor, or to the new text that you type.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">Depending on your language settings, you can change the formatting for the following font types:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Western text font - Latin character sets.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Asian text font - Chinese, Japanese, or Korean character sets</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Complex text layout font - right-to-left text direction</paragraph></listitem></list><paragraph role="note">To enable support for complex text layout and Asian character sets, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enabled </emph>box in the corresponding area.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/westfontnamelb-cjk" id="bm_id3149796"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/eastfontnamelb" id="bm_id3159158"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/westfontnamelb-nocjk" id="bm_id3149795"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlfontnamelb" id="bm_id3155419"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/charnamepage/CharNamePage.png"/></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Font</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlfontnamelb">Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#vorschautext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02020000.xhp#syschriftart"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/weststylelb-cjk" id="bm_id3158432"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/eaststylelb" id="bm_id3150670"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/weststylelb-nocjk" id="bm_id3158430"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlstylelb" id="bm_id3144439"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Typeface</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlstylelb">Select the formatting that you want to apply.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syfett"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sykursiv"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/westsizelb-cjk" id="bm_id3154389"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/eastsizelb" id="bm_id3148756"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/westsizelb-nocjk" id="bm_id3154388"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlsizelb" id="bm_id3152771"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Size</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlsizelb">Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are creating a Style that is based on another Style, you can enter a percentage value or a point value (for example, -2pt or +5pt).</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/><embed href="text/shared/02/02030000.xhp#syschriftgroesse"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/westlanglb-cjk" id="bm_id3154153"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/eastlanglb" id="bm_id3150289"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/westlanglb-nocjk" id="bm_id3149204"/><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/charnamepage/ctllanglb" id="bm_id3154068"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctllanglb">Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the language list consists of an editable combo box, you can enter a valid <emph>BCP 47 language tag</emph> if the language you want to assign is not available from the selectable list.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For language tag details please see the <link href="http://langtag.net/"><emph>For users</emph> section on the langtag.net web site</link>.</paragraph><switch select="appl"><case select="CALC"><paragraph role="note">You can also change the locale setting for cells (choose <emph>Format - Cells – Numbers</emph>).</paragraph></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp#sprachmodul"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#vorschau"/><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Asian languages support</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Complex text layout support</link></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X� �� � text/shared/01/02210101.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Floating Frame Properties</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02210101.xhp">Floating Frame Properties</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:TABPAGE:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES">Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#rahmeneigenschaften"/></section><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:ED_FRAMENAME" id="bm_id8971221.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:EDIT:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:ED_FRAMENAME">Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:Edit:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:ED_URL" id="bm_id3061311"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:EDIT:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:ED_URL">Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and locate the file that you want to display.</ahelp> For example, you can enter:</paragraph><list type="unordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">http://www.example.com</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">file:///c|/Readme.txt </paragraph></listitem></list><bookmark branch="hid/cui:PushButton:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:BT_FILEOPEN" id="bm_id1442609"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:BT_FILEOPEN">Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Scrollbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Add or remove a scrollbar from the selected floating frame.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:RB_SCROLLINGON" id="bm_id6702475"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">On</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:RB_SCROLLINGON">Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:RB_SCROLLINGOFF" id="bm_id7322916"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Off</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:RB_SCROLLINGOFF">Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:RB_SCROLLINGAUTO" id="bm_id6200140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Automatic</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:RB_SCROLLINGAUTO">Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Border</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays or hides the border of the floating frame.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:RB_FRMBORDER_ON" id="bm_id6881923"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">On</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:RB_FRMBORDER_ON">Displays the border of the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:RadioButton:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:RB_FRMBORDER_OFF" id="bm_id8719138"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Off</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:RB_FRMBORDER_OFF">Hides the border of the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spacing to contents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Define the amount of space that is left between the border of the floating frame and the contents of the floating frame provided that both documents inside and outside the floating frame are HTML documents.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:NumericField:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:NM_MARGINWIDTH" id="bm_id1487472"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Width</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:NM_MARGINWIDTH">Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:NumericField:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:NM_MARGINHEIGHT" id="bm_id869777"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Height</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:NM_MARGINHEIGHT">Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:CheckBox:MD_INSERT_OBJECT_IFRAME:CB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT" id="bm_id1459089"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Default</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="SFX2:CHECKBOX:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES:CB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT">Applies the default spacing.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�Xq)�) ) text/shared/01/05340405.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Column format</title><filename>/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT" id="bm_id3148882"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Column format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltformtext"><ahelp hid="HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT" visibility="visible">Formats the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#spaltform"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp">Format</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp#zahlen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp#ausrichtung"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X\�u text/shared/01/04050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Comment</title><filename>/text/shared/01/04050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154100"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertAnnotation" id="bm_id8906707"/><section id="comment"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp">Comment</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="notizbearbeitentext"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a comment around the selected text or at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#notiz"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inserting comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Writer, the command <item type="menuitem">Insert - Comment</item> or the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+C key combination inserts a comment anchor at the current cursor position. A comment box is shown at the page margin, where you can enter the text of your comment. A line connects anchor and comment box. If a text range is selected, the comment is attached to the text range.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In Calc, Draw, and Impress, the command <item type="menuitem">Insert - Comment</item> inserts a comment.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The author name and the date and time of creating this comment is shown at the bottom of the comment box.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The comments by different authors get different colors. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - User Data</item> to enter your name so that it can show up as the comment author.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Editing comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Every user with write permission to the document can edit and delete comments of all authors.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The comment box contains an icon with a down arrow. Click the icon to open a menu with some commands to delete comments.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteNote" id="bm_id0429200810584478"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteAnnotation" id="bm_id0915200910464881"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Delete the current comment.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteAuthor" id="bm_id0429200810592549"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor" id="bm_id0915200910471559"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Delete all comments by this author in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteAllNotes" id="bm_id0429200810593994"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteAllAnnotation" id="bm_id0915200910474796"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Delete all comments in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Choose a command to delete the current comment, or all comments from the same author as the current comment, or all comments in the document.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If the comment in a text document was written by another author, there is a Reply command in the context menu. <ahelp hid=".">This command inserts a new comment adjacent to the comment to which you want to reply.</ahelp> The comment anchor is the same for both comments. Type your reply text in the new comment. Save and send your document to other authors, then those authors can add replies, too.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowAnnotations" id="bm_id0804200803411260"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use <item type="menuitem">View - Comments</item> to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">In the Find & Replace dialog of text documents, you can select to include the comments texts in your searches.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Navigating from comment to comment in text documents</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When the cursor is inside a comment, you can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Down to jump to the next comment, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up to jump to the previous comment.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When the cursor is inside the normal text, press the above mentioned keys to jump to the next or previous comment anchor. You can also use the small Navigation window below the vertical scrollbar to jump from one comment anchor to the next comment anchor.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can also open the Navigator to see a list of all comments. Right-click a comment name in the Navigator to edit or delete the comment.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Printing comments</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the printing option for comments for all your text documents, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</item>.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Comments in spreadsheets</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you attach a comment to a cell, a callout appears where you can enter your text. A small square in the upper right corner of a cell marks the position of a comment. To display the comment permanently, right-click the cell, and choose <emph>Show Comment</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the object properties of a comment, for example the background color, choose <emph>Show Comment</emph> as above, then right-click the comment (do not double-click the text).</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To edit a shown comment, double-click the comment text. To edit a comment that is not shown permanently, right-click in the cell that contains the comment, and then choose <emph>Edit Comment</emph>. To specify the formatting of the comment text, right-click the comment text in edit mode.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To change the position or size of a comment, drag a border or corner of the comment.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a comment, right-click the cell, then choose <emph>Delete Comment</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can also right-click a comment name in the Navigator window to choose some editing commands.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To set the printing options for comments in your spreadsheet, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">In Impress, you can choose to use the Notes view to write a page of notes for every slide. Additionally, you can insert comments to your slides. </paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X̎Bp� � # text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Change Data Binding</title><filename>/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id433973"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Change Data Binding</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Edit the data binding in the XForms Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Model</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the name of the XForms model.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Item list</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the data binding for the selected form control. To change the data binding, select another item in the list click <emph>OK</emph>. To access the <emph>Add</emph> and <emph>Properties</emph> commands for an item, right-click the item.</ahelp></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X���� � $ text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Sidebar</title><filename>/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="sidebar"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Sidebar" id="bm_id102720150841275009"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp">Sidebar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.</ahelp></paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">The sidebar is docked on the right or left side of the document view area and contains a tab bar with tab buttons, that when clicked show a different tab deck.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><paragraph role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Sidebar</item></paragraph></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��_j- j- text/shared/01/06130000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Macro</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:MacroDialog" id="bm_id870519"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/BasicMacroDialog" id="bm_id3149948"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Macro</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:MacroDialog">Opens a dialog to organize macros.</ahelp></variable></paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#makro"/></section><embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/macronameedit" id="bm_id3155351"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/macronameedit">Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/macros" id="bm_id3149283"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the <emph>Macro from </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries" id="bm_id3152867"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macro from / Save macro in</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/run" id="bm_id3147577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Run / Save</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/run">Runs or saves the current macro.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign" id="bm_id3150694"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Assign</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp">Customize</link> dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/edit" id="bm_id3147276"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/macropage/edit" id="bm_id5118869"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/edit">Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/delete" id="bm_id3155393"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New / Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/delete">Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To delete a macro, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/newlibrary" id="bm_id3152910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Library</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/newlibrary">Saves the recorded macro in a new library.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/newmodule" id="bm_id3155262"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Module</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/newmodule">Saves the recorded macro in a new module.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize" id="bm_id3150118"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Organizer</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Module/Dialog tab page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/library" id="bm_id3147304"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/dialogpage/library" id="bm_id3147305"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Module/Dialog</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/library">Lists the existing macros and dialogs.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/edit" id="bm_id3153779"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/dialogpage/edit" id="bm_id3153780"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/edit">Opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#schliessen"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/newmodule" id="bm_id3156080"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/newmodule">Opens the editor and creates a new module.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/dialogpage/newdialog" id="bm_id3150496"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/dialogpage/newdialog">Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Libraries tab page</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/dialogpage/delete">Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location" id="bm_id3150650"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Location</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/library" id="bm_id3154910"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Library</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/library">Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/edit" id="bm_id3156212"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/edit">Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#schliessen"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/password" id="bm_id3148561"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Password</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/password">Assigns or edits the <link href="text/shared/01/06130100.xhp">password</link> for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/new" id="bm_id3153056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/new">Creates a new library.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog" id="bm_id3154985"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the new library or module.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import" id="bm_id3153951"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Import</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import">Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#loeschen"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="script">Scripts
</variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">To open the BeanShell Macros dialog box, choose Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - BeanShell. To open the JavaScript dialog box, choose Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - JavaScript.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Export</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to export the selected library either as an extension or as a Basic library.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX" id="bm_id7982421"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Macros</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:PushButton:RID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER:SF_PB_RUN" id="bm_id8628498"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Run</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="1241731587">To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:PushButton:RID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER:SF_PB_CREATE" id="bm_id6405835"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Create</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="1241731589">Creates a new script.</ahelp> The default script editor opens after you enter a name for the script.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the script.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:PushButton:RID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER:SF_PB_EDIT" id="bm_id1055330"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="1241731590">Opens the default script editor for your operating system.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:PushButton:RID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER:SF_PB_RENAME" id="bm_id9843745.00000001"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="1241731591">Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui:PushButton:RID_DLG_SCRIPTORGANIZER:SF_PB_DEL" id="bm_id4198736"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="1241731592">Prompts you to delete the selected script.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Macro Selector dialog contains two list boxes, namely the Library list box and the Macro name list box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Library</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the contents of a library, double-click an entry in the list.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Macro name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Click a script, and then click a command button.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><paragraph role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Macro programming in $[officename]</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp#scripting"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�� � text/shared/01/06140400.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Toolbars</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="symbolleisten"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Toolbars</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.</paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#symbole"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Select the toolbar you want to edit.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR" id="bm_id7147434"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.</ahelp> Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the name of a new toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the location of the new toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR" id="bm_id6964323"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Toolbar</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Toolbar button opens a submenu</ahelp> with the following commands:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Name</emph> dialog, where you enter a new name for the selected toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the new name for the selected toolbar.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Deletes the selected toolbar after you agree to the question. You can only delete custom toolbars, not the built-in toolbars.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restore Default Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Restores the default settings.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Icons only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows icons only.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Text only</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows text only.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Icons & Text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Shows icons and text.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM" id="bm_id714743411"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM" id="bm_id714743412"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Commands</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Displays a list of commands for the selected toolbar of the current application or document.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM" id="bm_id3407696"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM" id="bm_id3650929"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Modify</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The Modify button opens a submenu</ahelp> with the following commands:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the <emph>Rename</emph> dialog, where you enter a new name for the selected command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="4">New name</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter the new name for the selected command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Deletes the selected command after you agree to the question.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Restore Default Settings</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Restores the default settings.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Begin a Group</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Inserts a separator line under the current toolbar entry.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Change Icon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Opens the Change Icon dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Reset Icon</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Resets the icon to the default icon.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN" id="bm_id4817957"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save In</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">For every entry in the list box, an own configuration is maintained. Select one of the open documents or select the application to load and edit the associated configuration. Edit the configuration and save it back to the location from where you loaded it. Editing the configuration in one location does not change the configuration in any other location.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">It is not possible to load a configuration from one location and save it to another location.</paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp#edit_symbolbar"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�(X#v v text/shared/01/02010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Undo</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="undo"><section id="rueckgaengig"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155069"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Undo" id="bm_id87410"/><bookmark branch="hid/svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_UNDO" id="bm_id3148983"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp">Undo</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_UNDO">Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the <emph>Undo </emph>icon on the Standard bar.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#do"/></section><paragraph role="tip">To change the number of commands that you can undo, go to the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp">Expert configuration</link> and set a new value of the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Undo Steps</emph>.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">Some commands (for example, editing Styles) cannot be undone.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can cancel the Undo command by choosing Edit - Redo.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">About the Undo command in database tables</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When you are working with database tables, you can only undo the last command.</paragraph><paragraph role="warning">If you change the content of a record in a database table that has not been saved, and then use the<emph> Undo</emph> command, the record is erased.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">About the Undo command in presentations</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Undo</emph> list is cleared when you apply a new layout to a slide.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X�y�8 8 text/shared/01/02050000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Copy</title><filename>/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="copy"><section id="kopieren"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154824"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Copy" id="bm_id8789832"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Copy" id="bm_id3152414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/02050000.xhp">Copy</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Copy">Copies the selection to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><paragraph role="note">Each time you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten.</paragraph><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#copy"/></section><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><variable id="unixkopieren">$[officename] also supports the clipboard under Unix; however, you must use the $[officename] commands, such as Ctrl+C.
</variable></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X7ńK�
�
text/shared/01/06020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Thesaurus</title><filename>/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="thesaurus"><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/thesaurus/ThesaurusDialog" id="bm_id7966435"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ThesaurusDialog" id="bm_id1644684"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Thesaurus" id="bm_id3152427"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1">Thesaurus</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><variable id="thesaurustxt"><ahelp hid=".uno:Thesaurus">Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.</ahelp></variable></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#thesaurus"/></section><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/></case></switch><paragraph role="warning">Thesaurus support is not available for all languages.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/thesaurus/wordcb" id="bm_id3155552"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Current word</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/thesaurus/left" id="bm_id315752"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Arrow left</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/thesaurus/alternatives" id="bm_id3153346"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Alternatives</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/thesaurus/replaceed" id="bm_id3153528"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Replace with</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/thesaurus/langcb" id="bm_id3149763"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a language for the thesaurus.</ahelp> You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/">Extensions</link> web page.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X��s9 text/shared/01/01010201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Labels</title><filename>/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="etiketten"><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/CardMediumPage" id="bm_id3145348"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/01010201.xhp">Labels</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/CardMediumPage">Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.</ahelp></paragraph></section><section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#etikettenein"/></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Inscription</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Enter or insert the text that you want to appear on the label(s).</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/textview" id="bm_id3155271"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Label text</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/textview">Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/address" id="bm_id3154682"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Address</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/address">Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the <emph>Label text</emph> box is overwritten.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="note">To change your return address, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME</emph></link>, and then click on the <emph>User Data</emph> tab.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/database" id="bm_id3153748"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/database">Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label. </ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/table" id="bm_id3157863"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Table</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/table">Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/field" id="bm_id3151265"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/insert" id="bm_id3153577"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Database field</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/insert">Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the <emph>Label text</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The name of the database field is bounded by brackets in the <emph>Label text</emph> box. If you want, you can separate database fields with spaces. Press Enter to insert a database field on a new line.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Format</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can select a pre-defined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format </emph>tab..</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous" id="bm_id3147618"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Continuous</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous">Prints labels on continuous paper.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous" id="bm_id3155419"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Sheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/sheet">Prints labels on individual sheets.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/brand" id="bm_id3150669"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Brand</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/brand">Select the brand of paper that you want to use.</ahelp> Each brand has its own size formats.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/type" id="bm_id3145416"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Type</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/type">Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the <emph>Brand</emph> list. If you want to use a custom label format, select <emph>[User]</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp"><emph>Format</emph></link> tab to define the format.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Info</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The paper type and the dimensions of the label are displayed at the bottom of the <emph>Format</emph> area.</paragraph></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X?� �
�
text/shared/main0108.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Help</title><filename>/text/shared/main0108.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="help"><section id="hilfe"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelpMenu" id="bm_id3153539"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp">Help</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:HelpMenu">The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.</ahelp></paragraph></section></section><section id="helpcommand"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:HelpIndex" id="bm_id3149178"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">$[officename] Help</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:HelpIndex">Opens the main page of the $[officename] Help for the current application.</ahelp> You can scroll through the Help pages and you can search for index terms or any text.</paragraph></section><section id="syhelp"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_helpindex.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME Help</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><embed href="text/shared/main0201.xhp#whatsthis"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SendFeedback" id="bm_id4134532"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Send Feedback</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendFeedback">Opens a feedback form in the web browser, where users can report software bugs.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowLicense" id="bm_id4151385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">License Information</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the Licensing and Legal information dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ShowCredits" id="bm_id5151385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">%PRODUCTNAME Credits</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the CREDITS.odt document which lists the names of individuals who have contributed to OpenOffice.org source code (and whose contributions were imported into LibreOffice) or LibreOffice since 2010-09-28.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:OnlineUpdate" id="bm_id2785119"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/online_update.xhp">Check for Updates</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME. If you need a Proxy, check the %PRODUCTNAME Proxy settings in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Internet. Then choose Check for Updates to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:About" id="bm_id3151385"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">About $[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:About">Displays general program information such as version number and copyrights.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp#version_number"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp#active_help_on_off"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000120.xhp#00000120"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000130.xhp#00000130"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000140.xhp#00000140"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000150.xhp#doc_title"/><embed href="text/shared/05/00000160.xhp#doc_title"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X � text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Fontwork</title><filename>/text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="fontwork"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp">Fontwork</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The Fontwork toolbar opens when you select a Fontwork object.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fontwork Gallery</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Gallery where you can select another preview. Click OK to apply the new set of properties to your Fontwork object.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkShapeTypes" id="bm_id1966307"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fontwork Shape</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Shape toolbar. Click a shape to apply the shape to all selected Fontwork objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkSameLetterHeights" id="bm_id2198858"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkSameLetterHeights" id="bm_id3509323"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fontwork Same Letter Heights</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the letter height of the selected Fontwork objects from normal to the same height for all objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkAlignmentFloater" id="bm_id7484969"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkAlignmentFloater" id="bm_id8592791"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fontwork Alignment</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Alignment window.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FontWork1TBO" id="bm_id734885"/><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to apply the alignment to the selected Fontwork objects.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkCharacterSpacingFloater" id="bm_id1930906"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FontworkCharacterSpacingFloater" id="bm_id2658162"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Fontwork Character Spacing</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing window.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to apply the character spacing to the selected Fontwork objects.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Custom</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing dialog where you can enter a new character spacing value.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/FontWork2TBO" id="bm_id2257759"/><paragraph role="heading" level="4">Value</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the Fontwork character spacing value.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Kern Character Pairs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#kerning"> kerning</link> of character pairs on and off.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X� �U U text/shared/main0213.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Form Navigation Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0213.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="formular"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3157896"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0213.xhp">Form Navigation Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <emph>Form Navigation</emph> bar contains icons to edit a database table or to control the data view. The bar is displayed at the bottom of a document that contains fields that are linked to a database.</paragraph></section><paragraph role="paragraph">You can use the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> bar to move within records as well as to insert and to delete records. If data is saved in a form, the changes are transferred to the database. The <emph>Form Navigation</emph> bar also contains sort, filter, and search functions for data records.</paragraph><paragraph role="tip">You can use the Navigation bar icon on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">More Controls </link> bar to add a Navigation bar to a form.</paragraph><paragraph role="note">The Navigation bar is only visible for forms connected to a database. In the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp">Design view</link> of a form, the Navigation bar is not available. See also <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp">Table Data bar</link>.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">You can control the view of data with the sorting and filtering functions. Original tables are not changed.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).</paragraph><paragraph role="note">If an SQL statement is the basis for a form (see <emph>Form Properties</emph> - tab <emph>Data</emph> - <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Data Source</emph></link>), then the filter and sort functions are only available when the SQL statement refers to only one table and is not written in the native SQL mode.</paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AbsoluteRecord" id="bm_id3131892"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:AbsoluteRecord" id="bm_id3151383"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Absolute Record</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AbsoluteRecord">Shows the number of the current record. Enter a number to go to the corresponding record.</ahelp></paragraph><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FirstRecord" id="bm_id2556384"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FirstRecord" id="bm_id3155414"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">First Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_firstrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:FirstRecord">Takes you to the first record.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrevRecord" id="bm_id2338439"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:PrevRecord" id="bm_id3153159"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Previous Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_prevrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:PrevRecord">Takes you to the previous record.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NextRecord" id="bm_id2894208"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NextRecord" id="bm_id3146900"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Next Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_nextrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NextRecord">Takes you to the next record.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LastRecord" id="bm_id8390976"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:LastRecord" id="bm_id3156056"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Last Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_lastrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:LastRecord">Takes you to the last record.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecSave" id="bm_id450354"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecSave" id="bm_id3153963"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Save Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recsave.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RecSave">Saves a new data entry. The change is registered in the database.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecUndo" id="bm_id5478424"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RecUndo" id="bm_id3148422"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Undo: Data entry</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_recundo.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:RecUndo">Allows you to undo a data entry.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewRecord" id="bm_id9891476"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:NewRecord" id="bm_id3154589"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">New Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_newrecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NewRecord">Creates a new record.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRecord" id="bm_id9404569"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRecord" id="bm_id3152994"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Record</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_deleterecord.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteRecord">Deletes a record. A query needs to be confirmed before deleting.</ahelp></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/02/12050000.xhp#aktualisieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12050000.xhp#syaktualisieren"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp">Find Record</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp#suchentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sydatensuchen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp#aufsteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp#syaufsteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp#absteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp#syabsteigend"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp#autofilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12030000.xhp#syautofilter"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp#formbasedfilters"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp#syformfilter"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/12100100.xhp">Sort</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/02/12100100.xhp#sortierentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#sysortieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp#filterentfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp#syfilterentfernen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12130000.xhp#datenquelletab"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12130000.xhp#sydatenquelletab"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp#filteranwenden"/><embed href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp#syfilteranwenden"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�Px | | text/shared/main0800.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>$[officename] and the Internet</title><filename>/text/shared/main0800.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="internet"><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0800.xhp">$[officename] and the Internet</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">This section provides information on the subject of the Internet. An <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp">Internet glossary</link> explains the most important terms.</paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/07/09000000.xhp#htmlvorlagen"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�ԃ�� � text/shared/main0201.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Standard Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0201.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="funktionsleiste"><bookmark branch="hid/RID_ENVTOOLBOX" id="bm_id3155805"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0201.xhp">Standard Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="RID_ENVTOOLBOX">The <emph>Standard</emph> bar is available in every $[officename] application.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/01/01010000.xhp#neu"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#neutextdoc"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">Open File</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp#oeffnentext"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#syoeffnen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01060000.xhp#speichern"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#sysave"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#speichernuntertext"/></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#sysaveas"/><embed href="text/shared/01/01160200.xhp#sendemail"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#sysendmail"/><embed href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp#bearbeiten"/><embed href="text/shared/02/07070000.xhp#sybearbeiten"/><embed href="text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp#pdf_export"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#syexportpdf"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01110000.xhp#drucken"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#sydrucken"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#seitenansicht"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#syansicht"/></case><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/01/01120000.xhp#seitenansicht"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#syansicht"/></case></switch><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spellcheck</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#syrechtschreibung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/18030000.xhp#pruefung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/18030000.xhp#sypruefung"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02040000.xhp#ausschneiden"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#syausschneiden"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02050000.xhp#kopieren"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#sykopieren"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02060000.xhp#einfuegen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#syeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/paintbrush.xhp#paintbrush"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp#rueckgaengig"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#syrueckgaengig"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02020000.xhp#wiederholen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#sywiederholen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp#hyperlink"/><embed href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp#syhyperdia"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#inserttable"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#zeichnen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#syshowdraw"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#suchenersetzen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#sysuchenersetzen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp#datenanzeige"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#sydatenquellen"/><embed href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#nonprinting_chars"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#systeuerzeichen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/19090000.xhp#htmlsource"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#syhtmlsource"/></case><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#zeichnen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#syshowdraw"/><embed href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#suchenersetzen"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000402.xhp#sysuchenersetzen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp#datenanzeige"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000403.xhp#sydatenquellen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Insert Chart</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a chart in the current document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarchart"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/scalc/01/12030100.xhp">Sort Descending / Sort Ascending</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Sorts the selection from the highest to the lowest value, or from the lowest to the highest value using the column that contains the cursor.</paragraph><embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#sysortieren"/></case><case select="IMPRESS"><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a chart in the current document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarchart"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Spreadsheet</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a spreadsheet as an OLE object. Enter or paste data into the cells, then click outside the object to return to Impress.</ahelp></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/02/01171200.xhp">Display Grid</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp#rastersicht"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01171200.xhp#syrastsicht"/></case><case select="DRAW"><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Creates a chart in the current document.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#systarchart"/><embed href="text/simpress/02/10130000.xhp#3d"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#sy3d"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/02/01220000.xhp#navigator"/><embed href="text/shared/02/01220000.xhp#synavigator"/><switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp#stargallery"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#sygallery"/></case><case select="CALC"><embed href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp#stargallery"/><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#sygallery"/></case></switch><embed href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp#zoom"/><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_zoom.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Zoom</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><embed href="text/shared/main0108.xhp#helpcommand"/><embed href="text/shared/main0108.xhp#syhelp"/><section id="whatsthis"><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtendedHelp" id="bm_id6275903"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ExtendedHelp" id="bm_id879238"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">What's this</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="sywhatsthis"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_extendedhelp.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">What's this</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section></section><section id="loadurl"><embed href="text/shared/02/07010000.xhp#urlladen"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X�P:( ( text/shared/main0227.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Edit Points Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0227.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="bezier"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149987"/><bookmark branch="hid/HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX" id="bm_id3156418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0227.xhp">Edit Points Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX">The <emph>Edit Points </emph>Bar appears when you select a polygon object and click <emph>Edit Points</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph></section><switch select="appl"><case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp#3d_create"/></case><case select="DRAW"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp#3d_create"/></case></switch><paragraph role="paragraph">The functions provided allow you to edit the points of a curve or an object converted to a curve. The following icons are available:</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/01/05270000.xhp"><emph>Edit Points</emph></link> icon allows you to activate or deactivate the edit mode for Bézier objects. In the edit mode, individual points of the drawing object can be selected.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Edit Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierMove" id="bm_id4528551"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierMove" id="bm_id3153140"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Move Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierMove">Activates a mode in which you can move points.</ahelp> The mouse pointer displays a small empty square when resting on a point. Drag that point to another location. The curve on both sides of the point follows the movement; the section of the curve between the next points changes shape.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Point at the curve between two points or within a closed curve and drag the mouse to shift the entire curve without distorting the form.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziermove.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Move Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierInsert" id="bm_id3061552"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierInsert" id="bm_id3150418"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierInsert">Activates the insert mode. This mode allows you to insert points.</ahelp> You can also move points, just as in the move mode. If, however, you click at the curve between two points and move the mouse a little while holding down the mouse button you insert a new point. The point is a smooth point, and the lines to the control points are parallel and remain so when moved.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you wish to create a corner point you must first insert either a smooth or a symmetrical point which is then converted to a corner point by using <emph>Corner Point</emph>.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Insert Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierDelete" id="bm_id7852235"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierDelete" id="bm_id3154755"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierDelete">Use the <emph>Delete Points</emph> icon to delete one or several selected points. If you wish to select several points click the appropriate points while holding down the Shift key.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">First select the points to be deleted, and then click this icon, or press Del.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Delete Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierCutLine" id="bm_id1077279"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierCutLine" id="bm_id3163807"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Split Curve</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The<emph> Split Curve </emph>icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziercutline.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Split Curve</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierConvert" id="bm_id2868052"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierConvert" id="bm_id3146808"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Convert To Curve</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If a certain section of the curve is straight, the end points of the line have a maximum of one control point each. They cannot be modified to round points unless the straight line is converted back to a curve.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierconvert.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Convert To Curve</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierEdge" id="bm_id1940216"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierEdge" id="bm_id3154585"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Corner Point</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierEdge">Converts the selected point or points into corner points.</ahelp> Corner points have two movable control points, which are independent from each other. A curved line, therefore, does not go straight through a corner point, but forms a corner.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezieredge.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Corner Point</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierSmooth" id="bm_id4189903"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierSmooth" id="bm_id3155379"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Smooth Transition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierSmooth">Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.</ahelp> Both control points of the corner point are aligned in parallel, and can only be moved simultaneously. The control points may differentiate in length, allowing you to vary the degree of curvature.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziersmooth.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Smooth Transition</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierSymmetric" id="bm_id184203"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierSymmetric" id="bm_id3154530"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Symmetric Transition</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierSymmetric">This icon converts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point.</ahelp> Both control points of the corner point are aligned in parallel and have the same length. They can only be moved simultaneously and the degree of curvature is the same in both directions.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziersymmetric.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Symmetric Transition</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierClose" id="bm_id4041301"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierClose" id="bm_id3150529"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Close Bézier</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierClose">Closes a line or a curve.</ahelp> A line is closed by connecting the last point with the first point, indicated by an enlarged square.</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_bezierclose.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Close Bézier</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierEliminatePoints" id="bm_id3240924"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:BezierEliminatePoints" id="bm_id3154958"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Eliminate Points</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierEliminatePoints">Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.</ahelp> This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the <emph>Convert to Curve </emph>icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialog box</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialog box</caseinline><defaultinline>is 15° by default.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_beziereliminatepoints.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Eliminate Points</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X text/shared/04/PK
%w�XNY�TS� S� text/shared/04/01010000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>General Shortcut Keys in $[officename]</title><filename>/text/shared/04/01010000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="allgemeine"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149991"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="common_keys"><link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">General Shortcut Keys in $[officename]</link></variable></paragraph></section><embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Shortcut Keys</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">A great deal of your application's functionality can be called up by using shortcut keys. For example, the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+O
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+O</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys are shown next to the <emph>Open</emph> entry in the <emph>File</emph> menu. If you want to access this function by using the shortcut keys, press and hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then press the O key. Release both keys after the dialog appears.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">When operating your application, you can choose between using the mouse or the keyboard for almost all of the operations available.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Calling Menus With Shortcut Keys</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Some of the characters shown on the menu bar are underlined. You can access these menus directly by pressing the underlined character together with the ALT key. Once the menu is opened, you will again find underlined characters. You can access these menu items directly by simply pressing the underlined character key.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Using Shortcut Keys to Control Dialogs</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">There is always one element highlighted in any given dialog - usually shown by a broken frame. This element, which can be either a button, an option field, an entry in a list box or a check box, is said to have the focus on it. If the focal point is a button, pressing Enter runs it as if you had clicked it. A check box is toggled by pressing the spacebar. If an option field has the focus, use the arrow keys to change the activated option field in that area. Use the Tab key to go from one element or area to the next one, use Shift+Tab to go in the reverse direction.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">Pressing ESC closes the dialog without saving changes. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>If you place the focus on a button, not only will you see the dotted line framing the name of the button, but also a thicker shadow under the button selected. This indicates that if you exit the dialog by pressing the Enter key, it is the equivalent of pressing that button itself.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for Mouse Actions</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you are using drag-and-drop, selecting with the mouse or clicking objects and names, you can use the keys Shift, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and occasionally <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> to access additional functionality. The modified functions available when holding down keys during drag-and-drop are indicated by the mouse pointer changing form. When selecting files or other objects, the modifier keys can extend the selection - the functions are explained where applicable. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#winmanager"/></caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Practical Text Input Fields</paragraph><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">You can open a context menu, which contains some of the most often-used commands.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog to insert one or more special characters.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select the entire text. Use the right or left arrow key to remove the selection.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Double-click a word to select it.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">A triple-click in a text input field selects the entire field. A triple-click in a text document selects the current sentence.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del to delete everything from the cursor position to the end of the word.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">By using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and right or left arrow key, the cursor will jump from word to word; if you also hold down the Shift key, one word after the other is selected.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">INSRT is used to switch between the insert mode and the overwrite mode and back again.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Drag-and-drop can be used within and outside of a text box.</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">The <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z shortcut keys are used to undo modifications one step at a time; the text will then have the status it had before the first change.</paragraph></listitem></list><section id="autocompurl"><list type="ordered"><listitem><paragraph role="listitem"> $[officename] has an AutoComplete function which activates itself in some text and list boxes. For example, enter <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">c:\a
</caseinline><defaultinline>~/a</defaultinline></switchinline> into the URL field and the AutoComplete function displays the first file or first directory found <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">on the C: drive
</caseinline><defaultinline>in your home folder</defaultinline></switchinline> that starts with the letter "a".</paragraph></listitem><listitem><paragraph role="listitem">Use the down arrow key to scroll through the other files and directories. Use the right arrow key to also display an existing subdirectory in the URL field. Quick AutoComplete is available if you press the End key after entering part of the URL. Once you find the document or directory you want, press Enter.</paragraph></listitem></list></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Interrupting Macros</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">If you want to terminate a macro that is currently running, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Q.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="2">List of General Shortcut Keys in $[officename]</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The shortcut keys are shown on the right hand side of the menu lists next to the corresponding menu command. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">(Not all of the mentioned keys for controlling dialogs are available on the Macintosh.)
</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shortcut keys for controlling dialogs</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Effect</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter key</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates the focused button in a dialog</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Esc</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Terminates the action or dialog. If in $[officename] Help: goes up one level.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Toggles the focused check box in a dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arrow keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Changes the active control field in an option section of a dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Advances focus to the next section or element in a dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the focus to the previous section or element in a dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the list of the control field currently selected in a dialog. These shortcut keys apply not only to combo boxes but also to icon buttons with pop-up menus. Close an opened list by pressing the Escape key.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shortcut keys for controlling documents and windows</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Effect</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+O</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens a document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Saves the current document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+N</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Creates a new document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+N</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+P</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Prints document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates the <emph>Find</emph> toolbar.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+H</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Calls the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Searches for the last entered search term.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Ctrl+Shift+J</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Toggles the view between fullscreen mode and normal mode in Writer or Calc</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+R</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Redraws the document view.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+I</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enable or disable the selection cursor in read-only text.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>F1</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Starts the $[officename] Help</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In the $[officename] Help: jumps to main help page.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Shift+F1</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Context Help</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F2</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Turns on Extended Tips for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sets focus in next subwindow (for example, document/data source view)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sets focus in previous subwindow.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates the first menu (File menu)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the context menu.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F4 or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+F4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Closes the current document (close $[officename] when the last open document is closed)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Exits application.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Shortcut keys for editing or formatting documents</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead"><emph>Effect</emph></paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">When positioned at the start of a header, a tab is inserted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter (if an OLE object is selected)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates the selected OLE object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter (if a drawing object or text object is selected)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates text input mode.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Cuts out the selected elements.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Copies the selected items.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Pastes from the clipboard.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Pastes unformatted text from the clipboard. The text is pasted using the format that exists at the insertion point.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects all.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Undoes last action.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Z</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Y</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Redoes last action.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Y</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Repeats last command.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The <emph>Italic</emph> attribute is applied to the selected area. If the cursor is positioned in a word, this word is also marked in italic.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The <emph>Bold</emph> attribute is applied to the selected area. If the cursor is positioned in a word, this word is also put in bold.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The <emph>Underlined</emph> attribute is applied to the selected area. If the cursor is positioned in a word, this word is also underlined.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Control</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+M</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Removes direct formatting from selected text or objects (as in <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut keys in the Gallery</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves between areas.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves between areas (backwards)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut keys in the New Theme area of the Gallery:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Up Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the selection up one.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the selection down.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the Properties dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens a context menu.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Refreshes the selected theme.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+R</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+D</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deletes the selected theme.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Insert</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a new theme</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut keys in the Gallery preview area:</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jumps to the first entry.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">End</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jumps to the last entry.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Left Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the next Gallery element on the left.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Right Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the next Gallery element on the right.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Up Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the next Gallery element above.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the next Gallery element below.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page Up</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Scroll up one screen.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Page Down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Scroll down one screen.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Insert</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the selected object as a linked object into the current document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a copy of the selected object into the current document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+T</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialog.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+P</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switches between themes view and object view.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switches between themes view and object view.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switches between themes view and object view.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Step backward (only in object view)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Switches back to main overview.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><section id="dbtable"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Selecting Rows and Columns in a Database Table (opened by F4)</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Toggles row selection, except when the row is in edit mode.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Toggles row selection</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the current column</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves pointer to the first row</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Down</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves pointer to the last row</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="zeichenobjekte"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for Drawing Objects</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Result</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the toolbar with F6. Use the Down Arrow and Right Arrow to select the desired toolbar icon and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a Drawing Object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the document with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 and press Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects a Drawing Object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the next Drawing Object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the previous Drawing Object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Home</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the first Drawing Object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+End</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the last Drawing Object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Esc</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Ends Drawing Object selection.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Esc (in Handle Selection Mode)</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Exit Handle Selection Mode and return to Object Selection Mode.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Up/Down/Left/Right Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Move the selected point (the snap-to-grid functions are temporarily disabled, but end points still snap to each other).</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up/Down/Left/Right Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the selected Drawing Object one pixel (in Selection Mode)</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Re-sizes a Drawing Object (in Handle Selection Mode)</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Rotates a Drawing Object (in Rotation Mode)</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the properties dialog for a Drawing Object.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates the Point Selection mode for the selected drawing object.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select a point of a drawing object (in Point Selection mode) / Cancel selection.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">The selected point blinks once per second.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Spacebar</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select an additional point in Point Selection mode.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the next point of the drawing object (Point Selection mode)</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">In Rotation mode, the center of rotation can also be selected.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Select the previous point of the drawing object (Point Selection mode)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">A new drawing object with default size is placed in the center of the current view.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command
</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter at the Selection icon</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Activates the first drawing object in the document.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Esc</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Leave the Point Selection mode. The drawing object is selected afterwards.</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent">Edit a point of a drawing object (Point Edit mode)</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Any text or numerical key</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">If a drawing object is selected, switches to edit mode and places the cursor at the end of the text in the drawing object. A printable character is inserted.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option
</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while creating or scaling a graphic object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The position of the object's center is fixed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift key while creating or scaling a graphic object</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">The ratio of the object's width to height is fixed.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/04/01020000.xhp#DB_keys"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
%w�X)��j text/shared/04/01020000.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Database Shortcut Keys</title><filename>/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="Dbtastaturbefehle"><bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149809"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><variable id="DB_keys"><link href="text/shared/04/01020000.xhp">Database Shortcut Keys</link></variable></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The following is a list of shortcut keys available within databases.</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph">The general <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">shortcut keys in $[officename]</link> also apply.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/></section><section id="keydb"><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcut keys for databases</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" level="3">In the query design</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Results</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jump between the query design areas.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Delete</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Deletes a table from the query design.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selects the connection line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+F10</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the context menu.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F4</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Preview</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F5</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Run query</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F7</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Add table or query</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="3">Control Properties Window</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Results</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Opens the combo box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Closes the combo box.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts a new line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Up arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Positions the cursor in the previous line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Down arrow</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Puts the cursor into the next line.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Completes the input in the field and places the cursor into the next field.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Sets the focus (if not in design mode) to the first control. The first control is the first one listed in the Form Navigator.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Shortcuts for creating Basic dialogs</paragraph><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Shortcut Keys</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablehead">Results</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PgUp</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jumps between tabs.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PgDn</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jumps between tabs.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">F6</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Jump between windows.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selection of the control fields.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Selection of the control fields in opposite direction.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Inserts the selected control.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Arrow key</paragraph><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+arrow key</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Moves the selected control in steps of 1 mm in the respective direction. In point edit mode, it changes the size of the selected control.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">In point edit mode, jumps to next handle.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">In point edit mode, jumps to previous handle.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Esc</paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="tablecontent">Leaves the current selection.</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><section id="relatedtopics"><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#dbtable"/><embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/><embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/></section></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X���i i text/shared/main0204.xhp<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<helpdocument version="1.0"><meta><topic><title>Table Bar</title><filename>/text/shared/main0204.xhp</filename></topic></meta><body><section id="tablebar"><bookmark branch="hid/.HelpId:tableobjectbar" id="bm_id3154243"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/main0204.xhp">Table Bar</link></paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Table</emph> Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.</ahelp></paragraph></section><embed href="text/simpress/01/04080100.xhp#inserttable"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sytabelle"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#linienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03140000.xhp#sylinienstil"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#linienfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp#sylinienfarbe"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#umrandung"/><embed href="text/shared/02/03130000.xhp#syumrandung"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp">Area Style / Filling</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#sytext"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp">Merge Cells</link></paragraph><embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#verbindentext"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#syzellenverbinden"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp#zellenteilen"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100200.xhp#syzellenteilen"/><embed href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp#optimieren"/><embed href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp#syoptimieren"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp#oben"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp#mitte"/><embed href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp#unten"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#zeileeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#syzeileeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#spalteeinfuegen"/><embed href="text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#syspalteeinfuegen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp">Delete Row</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#loeschentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syzeileloeschen"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp">Delete Column</link></paragraph><embed href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#loeschentext"/><embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#syspalteloeschen"/><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:TableDesign" id="bm_id091620081221536"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2">Table Design</paragraph><paragraph role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableDesign">Opens the Table Design. Double-click a preview to format the table.</ahelp></paragraph><section id="sytabledesign"><table><tablerow><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph"><image src="cmd/sc_tabledesign.png"/></paragraph></tablecell><tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph">Table Design</paragraph></tablecell></tablerow></table></section><paragraph role="heading" level="2"><link href="text/simpress/01/05090000m.xhp">Table Properties</link></paragraph><embed href="text/simpress/01/05090000m.xhp#tabelletext"/></body></helpdocument>
PK
&w�X �A text/shared/PK
%w�X �A* text/shared/autokorr/PK
%w�X�Tܖ ! ��] text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhpPK
%w�X2�r� ! ��� text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhpPK
%w�X��來 � ! ��� text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhpPK
%w�Xh5p� � ! ��� text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhpPK
%w�X_��� � ! �� text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhpPK
%w�Xŏ� ! ��5 text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhpPK
%w�X� � ! ��� text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhpPK
%w�X�4k5� � ! ��� text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhpPK
%w�XU0�� � ! ���! text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhpPK
%w�X�n� � ! ���& text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhpPK
%w�X�
U�' ' ! ���+ text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhpPK
%w�XԺ�� � ! ���/ text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhpPK
%w�X �A�3 text/shared/02/PK
%w�X��[<� � ��4 text/shared/02/10030000.xhpPK
%w�X�E�� � ���9 text/shared/02/01170001.xhpPK
%w�X��ˀB B ���R text/shared/02/12120000.xhpPK
%w�X�V8r r ��^W text/shared/02/10040000.xhpPK
%w�X�^ϱ� � �� ] text/shared/02/flowcharts.xhpPK
%w�X�� �� � ���i text/shared/02/06110000.xhpPK
%w�X���)
)
���p text/shared/02/09070000.xhpPK
%w�XUpS�� � ��/~ text/shared/02/01170904.xhpPK
%w�X'|��� � ��� text/shared/02/06060000.xhpPK
%w�XtjzO� � ��� text/shared/02/24080000.xhpPK
%w�X�N�Ń � ��� text/shared/02/20060000.xhpPK
%w�XȈԝ � ���� text/shared/02/more_controls.xhpPK
%w�X��m�f �f ���� text/shared/02/01170000.xhpPK
%w�X{ͦ�� � ��P text/shared/02/12140000.xhpPK
%w�X\O�I I �� text/shared/02/12070100.xhpPK
%w�XQ� a
a
���% text/shared/02/09070400.xhpPK
%w�X��c�n n ��%0 text/shared/02/01170700.xhpPK
%w�X�� H, , ���; text/shared/02/10020000.xhpPK
%w�XZ���
�
��1@ text/shared/02/14020100.xhpPK
%w�X�=Eۅ � ��+K text/shared/02/01170500.xhpPK
%w�X��Vj\ \ ���Q text/shared/02/03130000.xhpPK
%w�X(��ڝ � ��~[ text/shared/02/24060000.xhpPK
%w�X�v-�j j ��T_ text/shared/02/01170201.xhpPK
%w�X�4� � ���t text/shared/02/01170903.xhpPK
%w�Xu���) ) ���} text/shared/02/01170800.xhpPK
%w�X ���# # ��M� text/shared/02/03150000.xhpPK
%w�XL�@�� � ���� text/shared/02/10100000.xhpPK
%w�Xj� � � ���� text/shared/02/01170600.xhpPK
%w�Xer�t> > ��Ȧ text/shared/02/stars.xhpPK
%w�XY���$ $ ��<� text/shared/02/01170202.xhpPK
%w�Xzy � � ���� text/shared/02/14010000.xhpPK
%w�X{�
�� � ��e� text/shared/02/07080000.xhpPK
%w�X�F � ��x� text/shared/02/01171100.xhpPK
%w�XL�_ _ ��2� text/shared/02/12130000.xhpPK
%w�X;��H H ���� text/shared/02/09070200.xhpPK
%w�X�{�G� � ��K� text/shared/02/14040000.xhpPK
%w�XF�/;� � ��� text/shared/02/24100000.xhpPK
%w�X �J� � ��� text/shared/02/12100100.xhpPK
%w�X�Hb� � ��� text/shared/02/fontwork.xhpPK
%w�X �5�� � ��� text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhpPK
%w�X�)��
��� text/shared/02/02020000.xhpPK
%w�Xd��0d d ��= text/shared/02/12070300.xhpPK
%w�X���K� � ��� text/shared/02/24090000.xhpPK
%w�XsR��� � ��� text/shared/02/02130000.xhpPK
%w�XX��� � ���( text/shared/02/01170102.xhpPK
%w�X 1�> ��ΰ text/shared/02/05090000.xhpPK
%w�X�5o�� � ��� text/shared/02/02040000.xhpPK
%w�X��y�� � ��� text/shared/02/01170801.xhpPK
%w�X=Ad� �� � text/shared/02/02160000.xhpPK
%w�X��Ui i ��h� text/shared/02/14030000.xhpPK
%w�Xɺ��; ; ��
� text/shared/02/10010000.xhpPK
%w�Xl0�, ��~� text/shared/02/03200000.xhpPK
%w�X����� � ���� text/shared/02/12050000.xhpPK
%w�X� ��' ' ���� text/shared/02/12020000.xhpPK
%w�X��T� � ��N� text/shared/02/20090000.xhpPK
%w�X��LI
I
��c� text/shared/02/20050000.xhpPK
%w�X�4� � ���� text/shared/02/01170400.xhpPK
%w�X*�=� � ���� text/shared/02/12080000.xhpPK
%w�XR.r ��� text/shared/02/12000000.xhpPK
%w�X>�o� � ��6 text/shared/02/12090100.xhpPK
%w�X-��1? 1? ��. text/shared/02/01170203.xhpPK
%w�XN� X� � ���X text/shared/02/09070300.xhpPK
%w�X���� � ��^b text/shared/02/18010000.xhpPK
%w�XT Җ� � ��Wk text/shared/02/05020000.xhpPK
%w�Xo,[>+� +� ��0p text/shared/02/01170101.xhpPK
%w�X�ގ � ���V text/shared/02/20030000.xhpPK
%w�XVb�R� � ��[Z text/shared/02/03140000.xhpPK
%w�X�� ��1_ text/shared/02/01170103.xhpPK
%w�X�S<�$ $ ��lz text/shared/02/01230000.xhpPK
%w�X� �i� � ��Ɂ text/shared/02/24040000.xhpPK
%w�X%/\ ���� text/shared/02/18030000.xhpPK
%w�Xeupݽ � ��ʈ text/shared/02/01171300.xhpPK
%w�X�a�]� � ���� text/shared/02/04210000.xhpPK
%w�X~}��� � �� text/shared/02/01170802.xhpPK
%w�X� �� ���� text/shared/02/01170200.xhpPK
%w�X���� ��� text/shared/02/06120000.xhpPK
%w�X��� ��b� text/shared/02/08010000.xhpPK
%w�X���y y ���� text/shared/02/24050000.xhpPK
%w�X���g� � ��\� text/shared/02/02030000.xhpPK
%w�X��D�� � ��J� text/shared/02/01170003.xhpPK
%w�X�~ ~ ��_� text/shared/02/07090000.xhpPK
%w�X� � ��� text/shared/02/20020000.xhpPK
%w�X;��2 2 ��T� text/shared/02/14020000.xhpPK
%w�X�͚ U U ���� text/shared/02/01170002.xhpPK
%w�X��"� � ��M� text/shared/02/12070000.xhpPK
%w�Xc��'V V ��R� text/shared/02/14020200.xhpPK
%w�X<Lҋ � ���� text/shared/02/01171400.xhpPK
%w�X��s�� � ���� text/shared/02/blockarrows.xhpPK
%w�Xe��U| | ���� text/shared/02/03110000.xhpPK
%w�X �jZ Z ��Y� text/shared/02/14060000.xhpPK
%w�X��Bl�' �' ���� text/shared/02/24010000.xhpPK
%w�X�6yxH H �� text/shared/02/12090101.xhpPK
%w�X���@ @ ���' text/shared/02/09070100.xhpPK
%w�X�{! * * ���B text/shared/02/01220000.xhpPK
%w�X��W� � ��bH text/shared/02/01170901.xhpPK
%w�X�.,;� � ��PO text/shared/02/paintbrush.xhpPK
%w�X�m�� � ��sT text/shared/02/13010000.xhpPK
%w�Xc -�W W ���W text/shared/02/19090000.xhpPK
%w�X3��LB B ��\ text/shared/02/07060000.xhpPK
%w�X
��j j ���_ text/shared/02/12010000.xhpPK
%w�XL�)�g g ��1e text/shared/02/12110000.xhpPK
%w�XpUZW_ _ ���j text/shared/02/01170902.xhpPK
%w�X[��� � ��ip text/shared/02/07070100.xhpPK
%w�XT��; ��;u text/shared/02/14070000.xhpPK
%w�X��t t ���y text/shared/02/07070200.xhpPK
%w�X0��υ � ��:} text/shared/02/limit.xhpPK
%w�X� �e e ��� text/shared/02/20040000.xhpPK
%w�X�u��l l ���� text/shared/02/01110000.xhpPK
%w�X%���� � ��8� text/shared/02/24070000.xhpPK
%w�X|��� ��� text/shared/02/01170300.xhpPK
%w�XPA>�� � ��P� text/shared/02/01171000.xhpPK
%w�Xwz�� � ��3� text/shared/02/03120000.xhpPK
%w�X��x^! ! ��� text/shared/02/12090000.xhpPK
%w�X�A{iu u ��F� text/shared/02/24030000.xhpPK
%w�X���� � ��� text/shared/02/01170004.xhpPK
%w�X� t\� � �� � text/shared/02/08020000.xhpPK
%w�X�?%� � ��� text/shared/02/06100000.xhpPK
%w�X&�O O ���� text/shared/02/callouts.xhpPK
%w�X)x!O O ��q� text/shared/02/14050000.xhpPK
%w�X��n�/ / ���� text/shared/02/05110000.xhpPK
%w�X�A]^� � ��a� text/shared/02/20100000.xhpPK
%w�X�Zz� � ��v� text/shared/02/12100000.xhpPK
%w�Xf|�7 ���� text/shared/02/02170000.xhpPK
%w�XmK�+ + ���� text/shared/02/01171200.xhpPK
%w�X�?�k�7 �7 ��a� text/shared/02/01140000.xhpPK
%w�X=�0� ��r( text/shared/02/07010000.xhpPK
%w�X��*� � ���+ text/shared/02/basicshapes.xhpPK
%w�Xј�� � ���5 text/shared/02/02140000.xhpPK
%w�X��� ���B text/shared/02/symbolshapes.xhpPK
%w�X�8�K
K
��L text/shared/02/13020000.xhpPK
%w�X=ɂ�F �F ���Y text/shared/02/12100200.xhpPK
%w�XI��� � ���� text/shared/02/06050000.xhpPK
%w�X ��X� � ���� text/shared/02/12030000.xhpPK
%w�X�y� ��Ԯ text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhpPK
%w�X�$] ] ��� text/shared/02/12070200.xhpPK
%w�X�Vج� � ���� text/shared/02/01170100.xhpPK
%w�XYD��� � ���� text/shared/02/12040000.xhpPK
%w�X-B�b} } ���� text/shared/02/02010000.xhpPK
%w�X�3�:� � ��k� text/shared/02/02050000.xhpPK
%w�Xž[� ��c� text/shared/02/07070000.xhpPK
%w�X@��#� � ���� text/shared/02/01170900.xhpPK
%w�Xj��<8 8 ���� text/shared/02/24020000.xhpPK
%w�XX8��� � " �� text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhpPK
&w�X �A text/shared/optionen/PK
&w�X��m�� � - ��S text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhpPK
&w�X 3��� � ) ��u# text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhpPK
&w�X�9�� � ! ���, text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhpPK
&w�X�y=~' ' ! ���0 text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhpPK
&w�X��Օ�
�
& �� J text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhpPK
&w�X���@� � ' ��"X text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhpPK
&w�X�ݳ�m m ! �� d text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhpPK
&w�X�6� � ! ���{ text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhpPK
&w�X���> > ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhpPK
&w�X�q� � ! ��.� text/shared/optionen/01014000.xhpPK
&w�X�4�� � * ��;� text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_d.xhpPK
&w�X> ��\ \ ! ��H� text/shared/optionen/01040301.xhpPK
&w�X7 �7�( �( ! ��� text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhpPK
&w�XM��� � ! �� � text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhpPK
&w�XQ���� � ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhpPK
&w�X!J�@ @ ! ��"� text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhpPK
&w�X3�)�
�
" ��� text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhpPK
&w�X� �CJ J ! ��� text/shared/optionen/01040300.xhpPK
&w�X�E<�4" 4" ! ��5 text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhpPK
&w�X�fh_� � ! ���A text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhpPK
&w�X�цC C * ��rZ text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_c.xhpPK
&w�X����� � * ���] text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_g.xhpPK
&w�X��M� � ! ���` text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhpPK
&w�X��� ! ���{ text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhpPK
&w�X��T T ! ��>� text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhpPK
&w�X�cHn n ! ��ю text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhpPK
&w�X�*
! ��~� text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhpPK
&w�X7o�[� � ! ��Ǣ text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhpPK
&w�X��]R R ! ��� text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhpPK
&w�XFD��� � ��}� text/shared/optionen/opencl.xhpPK
&w�X>oB� � ! ��w� text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhpPK
&w�X�=���+ �+ ! ��X� text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhpPK
&w�X
S�� � ! ��5# text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhpPK
&w�X�\�� � ! ��1& text/shared/optionen/01150000.xhpPK
&w�X) �� � ��e+ text/shared/optionen/java.xhpPK
&w�X=nد� � ! ��g: text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhpPK
&w�X�/}�& & ! ��YA text/shared/optionen/01130200.xhpPK
&w�X�i` ` ! ���L text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhpPK
&w�XI# �# ! ��]Q text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhpPK
&w�X�I�� � % ��Ru text/shared/optionen/experimental.xhpPK
&w�X����E E ! ��Zx text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhpPK
&w�X��U
& ��ޖ text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhpPK
&w�X�4�� � ! ��,� text/shared/optionen/01060700.xhpPK
&w�Xc��p� � ! ��S� text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhpPK
&w�X2O��
�
! ��'� text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhpPK
&w�X�c�r r ! ��� text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhpPK
&w�XY��S S ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhpPK
&w�X�f�� � % ��2� text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhpPK
&w�X�ثV" " ! ��5� text/shared/optionen/01050300.xhpPK
&w�X�]�� � ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhpPK
&w�X���nh! h! ! ���
text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhpPK
&w�X��'�+
+
! ��J'
text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhpPK
&w�XuEW�_ _ ! ���4
text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhpPK
&w�X�Ql�� � ! ��R8
text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhpPK
&w�X�=YQ� � ( ��G
text/shared/optionen/persona_firefox.xhpPK
&w�XY�� ! ���V
text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhpPK
&w�X!C) ) ��Eg
text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhpPK
&w�X��OA
A
! �� s
text/shared/optionen/01040000.xhpPK
&w�X���L� � ! ���}
text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhpPK
&w�X�ғ�, , ! ����
text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhpPK
&w�X�-lk� � ! ���
text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhpPK
&w�X
� ! ����
text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhpPK
&w�Xb�K�� � ! ��S�
text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhpPK
&w�XZ�Vf2 2 $ ��z�
text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhpPK
&w�X���ja a ( ����
text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhpPK
&w�X��6� ! ����
text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhpPK
&w�X�+T�� � ! ����
text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhpPK
&w�X���@� � ! ����
text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhpPK
&w�XYh�r ! ����
text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhpPK
&w�XJ�� � ! �� text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhpPK
&w�X���% �% ! ��4 text/shared/optionen/01041000.xhpPK
&w�Xס�H H ! ��I4 text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhpPK
&w�X�O͊� � ! ���D text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhpPK
&w�X���so o ! ���\ text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhpPK
&w�X� �Lj � ! ��W_ text/shared/optionen/01160100.xhpPK
&w�X�ER5 R5 ! �� i text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhpPK
&w�X�lپ1 1 & ���� text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhpPK
&w�XT�jl+ + ! ��$� text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhpPK
&w�XD��/ / ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhpPK
&w�XTI�G� � ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhpPK
&w�X�N��* * ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhpPK
&w�XW���3 �3 ! ��5� text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhpPK
&w�X��" � � ! �� text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhpPK
&w�Xt� ! ��< text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhpPK
&w�Xd�: : ! ��lA text/shared/optionen/01060900.xhpPK
&w�X��) ) ! ���V text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhpPK
&w�X XЌ� � ! ��M[ text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhpPK
&w�X��n�
�
! ��sz text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhpPK
&w�X��>V! ! ! ���� text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhpPK
%w�X �A� text/shared/07/PK
%w�Xs��4 4 ��4� text/shared/07/09000000.xhpPK
&w�X��2�k k ���� text/shared/main0400.xhpPK
&w�X�7/ ��B� text/shared/main0208.xhpPK
%w�X �A�� text/shared/05/PK
%w�X���� ���� text/shared/05/00000150.xhpPK
%w�X?]�� � ���� text/shared/05/00000140.xhpPK
%w�X#V%
%
���� text/shared/05/00000001.xhpPK
%w�X�u즮 � ��Q� text/shared/05/00000160.xhpPK
%w�X�9x�� � ��8� text/shared/05/00000100.xhpPK
%w�X�l4� � ��a� text/shared/05/err_html.xhpPK
%w�X6q� � ���� text/shared/05/00000120.xhpPK
%w�X3��# �# ��M� text/shared/05/00000110.xhpPK
%w�XM��<� � ��V
text/shared/05/00000130.xhpPK
%w�X�E� � � ��1
text/shared/05/00000002.xhpPK
&w�X �Ag
text/shared/explorer/PK
&w�X �A�
text/shared/explorer/database/PK
&w�X SS� � * ���
text/shared/explorer/database/05000001.xhpPK
&w�XȌ=p� � * ���
text/shared/explorer/database/11080000.xhpPK
&w�X
Cɏq q / ���+
text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard04.xhpPK
&w�X����}7 }7 * ���5
text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhpPK
&w�X���3� � / ��km
text/shared/explorer/database/rep_navigator.xhpPK
&w�X�Љ`� � * ��g
text/shared/explorer/database/password.xhpPK
&w�X>; C C / ��h�
text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02jdbc.xhpPK
&w�X[׳[� � - ����
text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropadd.xhpPK
&w�X�8�,�
�
* ��ƴ
text/shared/explorer/database/02000002.xhpPK
&w�X��o��
�
1 ���
text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02oracle.xhpPK
&w�XGNz0N N * ����
text/shared/explorer/database/05040100.xhpPK
&w�X��GV� � / ����
text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhpPK
&w�X�T") ) * ����
text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhpPK
&w�X㯞�� � / ��8�
text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard04.xhpPK
&w�Xmm� � * ��X�
text/shared/explorer/database/11020000.xhpPK
&w�X�vRx+ + - ��� text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvprop.xhpPK
&w�X9�� / �� text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard07.xhpPK
&w�X�z=@� � + ��`
text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz01.xhpPK
&w�X3�n=% % * ��x text/shared/explorer/database/05040200.xhpPK
&w�X�/�w * ��� text/shared/explorer/database/menuedit.xhpPK
&w�X�*��� � / ��D1 text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard02.xhpPK
&w�X�]�c^ ^ * �� @ text/shared/explorer/database/05030200.xhpPK
&w�XC цM M * ���H text/shared/explorer/database/05030100.xhpPK
&w�X�H�F�
�
0 ��ZZ text/shared/explorer/database/migrate_macros.xhpPK
&w�X 5ކ� � / ��Ih text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02odbc.xhpPK
&w�X� ȷP P + ��Xq text/shared/explorer/database/menutools.xhpPK
&w�Xٌ�� * ���y text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhpPK
&w�X�`Y� � + ��T� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02.xhpPK
&w�X_�=� � 6 ��^� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhpPK
&w�X � � � * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/11000002.xhpPK
&w�X`_B�z z / ���� text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhpPK
&w�X�$��� � / ��V� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz03auth.xhpPK
&w�X�>N� � * ��~� text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhpPK
&w�X�+/�, , * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhpPK
&w�X ���& & / �� � text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard01.xhpPK
&w�X���ۥ ۥ * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhpPK
&w�X�=B� � - ���i text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropgen.xhpPK
&w�X��U U * ���| text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhpPK
&w�X#��\ \ * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhpPK
&w�X�B�� � * ��5� text/shared/explorer/database/menuview.xhpPK
&w�X�#u o o & ��v� text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhpPK
&w�XE��T T * ��)� text/shared/explorer/database/30000000.xhpPK
&w�Xţl" - ��ŵ text/shared/explorer/database/dabapropcon.xhpPK
&w�X�� X� � 1 ���� text/shared/explorer/database/rep_pagenumbers.xhpPK
&w�X'��5Q Q ) ���� text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhpPK
&w�X
kV * ��U� text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhpPK
&w�X���w
w
* ���� text/shared/explorer/database/02010101.xhpPK
&w�X �� � 1 ��t� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02adabas.xhpPK
&w�X�J�|
|
/ ���� text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard03.xhpPK
&w�XC^R� � * ��V text/shared/explorer/database/05000000.xhpPK
&w�X��
=D D 0 ��L text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropdat.xhpPK
&w�X1�8�� � . ���$ text/shared/explorer/database/rep_datetime.xhpPK
&w�X
��8u u / ��- text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard03.xhpPK
&w�X�tT�] ] * ���6 text/shared/explorer/database/11150200.xhpPK
&w�X �A2� � , ��v? text/shared/explorer/database/menuinsert.xhpPK
&w�X%�v�� � 0 ���H text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02dbase.xhpPK
&w�Xnq!L� � / ���L text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard05.xhpPK
&w�X%pu�A A * ��R text/shared/explorer/database/rep_prop.xhpPK
&w�X�D� � * ���p text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhpPK
&w�Xw� ǩ � * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/toolbars.xhpPK
&w�XT+ē� � 0 ���� text/shared/explorer/database/dabaadvpropgen.xhpPK
&w�Xl� � ) ��Ǟ text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhpPK
&w�X�t�� � 1 ��ס text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02access.xhpPK
&w�X�Z��� � * ��ԧ text/shared/explorer/database/05000002.xhpPK
&w�Xj9�
/ ���� text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard06.xhpPK
&w�X��#�� � 0 ��� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02mysql.xhpPK
&w�XeP� � � / ��� text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard01.xhpPK
&w�X LN N * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhpPK
&w�X���S S * ��i� text/shared/explorer/database/05030000.xhpPK
&w�X��o * ��� text/shared/explorer/database/dabaprop.xhpPK
&w�X�̲ � � * ��U� text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhpPK
&w�Xg��+� � * ���� text/shared/explorer/database/04000000.xhpPK
&w�X��
u� � + ��� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhpPK
&w�X
?�� / ���
text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard02.xhpPK
&w�X�r4�<
<
. ��2 text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ado.xhpPK
&w�X_� / ���! text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02text.xhpPK
&w�X��� � * ��1 text/shared/explorer/database/05030300.xhpPK
&w�Xv�+ 1
1
* ���= text/shared/explorer/database/menufile.xhpPK
&w�X���j j . ��`H text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhpPK
&w�Xv�S�� � * ��O text/shared/explorer/database/05040000.xhpPK
&w�X {_f f * ��1Q text/shared/explorer/database/11090000.xhpPK
&w�XF�>�j j * ���U text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhpPK
&w�X�]�Y Y * ���h text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhpPK
&w�Xy�,s� � * ��2r text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhpPK
&w�X���j j / �� � text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard08.xhpPK
&w�X�� � / ���� text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz02ldap.xhpPK
&w�XY��? ? * ��ǖ text/shared/explorer/database/11170000.xhpPK
&w�X ���
��N� text/shared/main0650.xhpPK
&w�X@tO
���� text/shared/main0600.xhpPK
&w�X �A� text/shared/autopi/PK
%w�X*C�� � ��� text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhpPK
%w�X�3#�� � ��� text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhpPK
%w�X)�a� ���� text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhpPK
%w�X/��i) ) ��M� text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhpPK
%w�X.4=�K K ���� text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhpPK
%w�X��5� � ��;� text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhpPK
&w�X\O�C� � $ ��.� text/shared/autopi/webwizard05bi.xhpPK
%w�X���]- - " ��b� text/shared/autopi/webwizard02.xhpPK
&w�XT�- " ��� text/shared/autopi/webwizard03.xhpPK
%w�Xb �v ��+
text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhpPK
%w�X<_
M� � ��{ text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhpPK
%w�X� A� � ��d text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhpPK
%w�X�t��
�
��k text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhpPK
%w�X�˙K ��\* text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhpPK
%w�X���� � ���. text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhpPK
%w�X�?'g� � ���5 text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhpPK
%w�X��]M ���= text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhpPK
&w�X� �
� � " ��&N text/shared/autopi/webwizard06.xhpPK
%w�XY�P P �� X text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhpPK
%w�X�c��U U ���] text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhpPK
%w�X��
�
��+f text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhpPK
%w�X!�2l�; �; ��q text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhpPK
%w�XX٢� ��ì text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhpPK
%w�XͿ�u u ��� text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhpPK
%w�X��Q�>$ >$ ���� text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhpPK
%w�X��y= = " ��A� text/shared/autopi/webwizard00.xhpPK
%w�X��z�� � ���� text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhpPK
%w�X���� � ��� text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhpPK
%w�X�)�r
r
��� text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhpPK
%w�X�:`�m m ��� text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhpPK
%w�X���qJ J ��>% text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhpPK
%w�X��?+P P " ���- text/shared/autopi/webwizard01.xhpPK
%w�X��@ � � ��U3 text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhpPK
%w�Xs��/ / ��I; text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhpPK
%w�X6X��0 0 ���C text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhpPK
%w�X�?7&% % ��"L text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhpPK
%w�X �{� ���Q text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhpPK
%w�Xϴ;� � ���W text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhpPK
%w�X �� ���^ text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhpPK
%w�X����} } ���c text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhpPK
%w�X�o�
���i text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhpPK
&w�X Y� � � " ��kt text/shared/autopi/webwizard05.xhpPK
%w�X��L� � ��6z text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhpPK
&w�X �Pe� � $ ���� text/shared/autopi/webwizard05is.xhpPK
%w�XҌ�� � ��(� text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhpPK
%w�X-r��I I ��?� text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhpPK
%w�XVp'��
�
��Ŝ text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhpPK
%w�Xp��ʷ � ��Ч text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhpPK
%w�X�۠ޯ � ��İ text/shared/autopi/01170200.xhpPK
%w�X�{�%� � ���� text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhpPK
%w�X�$B� � ���� text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhpPK
%w�X~D�-� � ���� text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhpPK
%w�X.�bQ1 1 ���� text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhpPK
%w�X;A�7 7 ���� text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhpPK
%w�X�-m�� � ��d� text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhpPK
%w�X�Nњy y ��9� text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhpPK
%w�Xr�1� ���� text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhpPK
%w�X�d��#
#
��C text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhpPK
%w�X����
��� text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhpPK
%w�X����" " ��� text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhpPK
%w�X-H�C C ��Z text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhpPK
&w�Xt�r7 " ���$ text/shared/autopi/webwizard07.xhpPK
%w�X�Í � ��*4 text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhpPK
%w�X� P�� � ���; text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhpPK
&w�X�== " ���A text/shared/autopi/webwizard04.xhpPK
%w�X��mJ_ _ ��Q text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhpPK
%w�XUc�� � ���U text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhpPK
&w�XQ�"� $ ���b text/shared/autopi/webwizard07fc.xhpPK
%w�X����� � ��7k text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhpPK
%w�X{.[�8
8
��\| text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhpPK
&w�Xꄺ�O
O
��щ text/shared/main0212.xhpPK
&w�Xc�s] ] ��V� text/shared/main0500.xhpPK
&w�X� r{n n ��� text/shared/main0214.xhpPK
%w�X �A�� text/shared/00/PK
%w�X8�Y�& & ���� text/shared/00/01050000.xhpPK
$w�XN�y y ��� text/shared/00/00000200.xhpPK
$w�X ��;? ;? ���� text/shared/00/00000020.xhpPK
$w�X��"=I =I ��? text/shared/00/00040501.xhpPK
$w�X �u�� � ���K text/shared/00/00000407.xhpPK
%w�XBD � � ���M text/shared/00/01000000.xhpPK
$w�X_b�h'C 'C ���R text/shared/00/00000001.xhpPK
$w�Xm� �'# '# ��J� text/shared/00/00000402.xhpPK
$w�Xb�� � ���� text/shared/00/00000010.xhpPK
%w�Xgӌ� � ���� text/shared/00/icon_alt.xhpPK
$w�X��D�S< S< ��o� text/shared/00/00040500.xhpPK
$w�XXf|1�G �G ��� text/shared/00/00000401.xhpPK
%w�X� �X X ��U text/shared/00/01010000.xhpPK
$w�X�W]�y �y ���[ text/shared/00/00000406.xhpPK
$w�X�z�� ���� text/shared/00/00000408.xhpPK
$w�X�6�� � ���� text/shared/00/00000099.xhpPK
$w�Xek�&� � �� � text/shared/00/00000404.xhpPK
$w�X�t�3 3 ��� text/shared/00/00000007.xhpPK
$w�X���B B ��D text/shared/00/00000207.xhpPK
$w�X{:�rF F ��� text/shared/00/00000215.xhpPK
%w�X�R@�x x ��> text/shared/00/01020000.xhpPK
$w�X^f��$# $# ���# text/shared/00/00000021.xhpPK
$w�X��M�K �K ��LG text/shared/00/00040502.xhpPK
%w�Xwa�} } ��� text/shared/00/00040503.xhpPK
$w�X&�ʙ - - ��5� text/shared/00/00000208.xhpPK
$w�XYE ɥ � ��y� text/shared/00/00000403.xhpPK
$w�X��/ / ��W� text/shared/00/00000450.xhpPK
$w�XzY��K �K ���� text/shared/00/00000005.xhpPK
$w�X�]�� � ���E text/shared/00/00000206.xhpPK
$w�X���� � ��J text/shared/00/00000004.xhpPK
$w�X(^�T� � ��)d text/shared/00/00000003.xhpPK
$w�X �t5�1 �1 ��q text/shared/00/00000002.xhpPK
$w�X!c�� � ��G� text/shared/00/00000011.xhpPK
$w�Xp ټP P ��g� text/shared/00/00000210.xhpPK
$w�X>gG�B B ��� text/shared/00/00000409.xhpPK
&w�X �Ak� text/shared/guide/PK
&w�X��?
?
( ���� text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhpPK
&w�X: �L L + �� � text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhpPK
&w�X�0�r % ���� text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhpPK
&w�X�*�� � " ��� text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhpPK
&w�X]n� ��M� text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhpPK
&w�X��A� � - ���� text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhpPK
&w�X�v�� � ���� text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhpPK
&w�X�g�]� � ��� text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhpPK
&w�XX��2q q # ��H
text/shared/guide/database_main.xhpPK
&w�Xi� bY Y $ ��� text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhpPK
&w�X����M M " ��� text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhpPK
&w�XK6�ra ra ��"4 text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhpPK
&w�X�� ^
��Štext/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhpPK
&w�Xޕ�u� � 2 ��� text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhpPK
&w�X|����
�
" ��� text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhpPK
&w�X�#2 % ���� text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhpPK
&w�X�K�^_ _ + ��3� text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhpPK
&w�X � �� � ' ���� text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhpPK
&w�Xiڟ�5 5 ( ��� text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhpPK
&w�X���
� � * ��~� text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhpPK
&w�XM��� � ��X� text/shared/guide/formfields.xhpPK
&w�XHl ?
?
��� text/shared/guide/assistive.xhpPK
&w�X�^X|� � ' �� text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhpPK
&w�X�#�F� � " ��& text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhpPK
&w�X�W�� ) ���" text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhpPK
&w�X�x�� � ��<3 text/shared/guide/groups.xhpPK
&w�X�1|�[ [ ! ��+C text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhpPK
&w�X� �! ! ���O text/shared/guide/activex.xhpPK
&w�X�Q�w w & ��!\ text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhpPK
&w�X��F F ���d text/shared/guide/tabs.xhpPK
&w�X�e:� � ! ��Z~ text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhpPK
&w�X�>�B� � * ��P� text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhpPK
&w�XO'��� � " ��?� text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhpPK
&w�X����� � & ��T� text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhpPK
&w�Xs몲� � $ ��]� text/shared/guide/version_number.xhpPK
&w�X�\z�M M & ��B� text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhpPK
&w�X2�yn n ��� text/shared/guide/xforms.xhpPK
&w�X-��az& z& % ��{� text/shared/guide/language_select.xhpPK
&w�X��%�] ] ��8� text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhpPK
&w�X {�$U U ��� text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhpPK
&w�X R-�� � " ��b text/shared/guide/border_table.xhpPK
&w�X~�Ò
�
% ��X# text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhpPK
&w�X|�� � % ��-. text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhpPK
&w�X�n&5 ��7 text/shared/guide/email.xhpPK
&w�X1 " ��M? text/shared/guide/change_title.xhpPK
&w�X !�Z&
&
" ���D text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhpPK
&w�Xk�hVE E ��R text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhpPK
&w�Xu��� � & ���^ text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhpPK
&w�X?��o� � % ���j text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhpPK
&w�X �Hk1
1
& ���� text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhpPK
&w�X�, �� � ��m� text/shared/guide/protection.xhpPK
&w�X=3�� � ��f� text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhpPK
&w�Xl �n n ���� text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhpPK
&w�X�a>%D D ��F� text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhpPK
&w�X�
���
�
! ���� text/shared/guide/data_report.xhpPK
&w�X�p�
�
* ���� text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhpPK
&w�X��6�
�
' ���� text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhpPK
&w�X�L�q�$ �$ ���� text/shared/guide/collab.xhpPK
&w�X>b�� � " ���
text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhpPK
&w�X4�Ed�
�
" ��u text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhpPK
&w�XI�� $ ��b( text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhpPK
&w�X��l ���1 text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhpPK
&w�X�E�@� � ( �� @ text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhpPK
&w�XC� �� � % ��'F text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhpPK
&w�X�o� ��RU text/shared/guide/data_view.xhpPK
&w�X+��:% % ���[ text/shared/guide/main.xhpPK
&w�Xc'�� � ��� text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhpPK
&w�Xca_� � ���� text/shared/guide/navigator.xhpPK
&w�X� mh " ���� text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhpPK
&w�X� �m m % ��Ǟ text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhpPK
&w�X2� & & * ��w� text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhpPK
&w�X��H��Q �Q & ��� text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhpPK
&w�X�爵 & �� text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhpPK
&w�X!�1zO O $ ��e text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhpPK
&w�X
��O�# �# ��� text/shared/guide/scripting.xhpPK
&w�X�l�o� � ���= text/shared/guide/background.xhpPK
&w�X��yC3 3 ( ���C text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhpPK
&w�X��"Q Q ) �� M text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhpPK
&w�X�WŎ� � ' ���T text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhpPK
&w�X���� � ( ��zh text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhpPK
&w�XL==�G G ���q text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhpPK
&w�X��|� � % ��x text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhpPK
&w�X?K h h " ��!� text/shared/guide/error_report.xhpPK
&w�XIcj�� � " ��ɐ text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhpPK
&w�XՖ�CK K ��� text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhpPK
&w�X@���� � & ��y� text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhpPK
&w�Xc�˄� � ���� text/shared/guide/autohide.xhpPK
&w�X�vm�� � ( ���� text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhpPK
&w�X��� � ���� text/shared/guide/text_color.xhpPK
&w�X���5� � # ���� text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhpPK
&w�X��rw w ! ��( text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhpPK
&w�X
:� + ��� text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhpPK
&w�Xd
S� � ��9 text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhpPK
&w�XM|���" �" - ��Z# text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files-setup.xhpPK
&w�X
�#L L ! ���F text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhpPK
&w�X�P�� �� W text/shared/guide/ctl.xhpPK
&w�X�ss� � $ ���e text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhpPK
&w�X d'�� � $ ���m text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhpPK
&w�X:�� � & ���s text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhpPK
&w�X�l9 9 ��у text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhpPK
&w�X��K* * & ��E� text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhpPK
&w�X�*�� � ���� text/shared/guide/redlining.xhpPK
&w�X� �3� � ��ͬ text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhpPK
&w�X�ͬv� � ! ��� text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhpPK
&w�X `�[E E ! �� � text/shared/guide/data_search.xhpPK
&w�X��4 4 ���� text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhpPK
&w�XmU�'* * ��� text/shared/guide/data_new.xhpPK
&w�X!�]ױ � $ ��g� text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhpPK
&w�XІd�s s $ ��Z� text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhpPK
&w�X�o2 2 ' ��� text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhpPK
&w�Xo��K4 4 ���� text/shared/guide/pasting.xhpPK
&w�Xx#q q $ ���� text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhpPK
&w�X��ap
p
# ��� text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhpPK
&w�X��~� � ' ��Y text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhpPK
&w�Xٜ�T T % ��#0 text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhpPK
&w�X.�� % ���@ text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhpPK
&w�X�a��� � & �� G text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhpPK
&w�X~Y�
$ ���^ text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhpPK
&w�XB�c� � & ��Ci text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhpPK
&w�X��8� � ��ir text/shared/guide/fax.xhpPK
&w�X���! ! ( ��)~ text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhpPK
&w�X9;*K K ' ���� text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhpPK
&w�X�2 � � ! �� � text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhpPK
&w�X�~��b b ��� text/shared/guide/labels.xhpPK
&w�Xg�S� � # ���� text/shared/guide/data_register.xhpPK
&w�XZ�Aۧ � $ ��~� text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhpPK
&w�Xі? 6 6 $ ��g� text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhpPK
&w�X
�7J� � ���� text/shared/need_help.xhpPK
&w�X�: ��
�
���� text/shared/main0226.xhpPK
&w�X �A�� text/shared/menu/PK
&w�X�v4�� � ! ��� text/shared/menu/insert_chart.xhpPK
&w�X���� � ! ���� text/shared/menu/insert_shape.xhpPK
&w�X˓%� � ( ���� text/shared/menu/insert_form_control.xhpPK
%w�X �A� text/shared/01/PK
%w�X���J
J
���� text/shared/01/06150120.xhpPK
%w�X�� � ��} text/shared/01/01050000.xhpPK
%w�X]L#nF F ��s
text/shared/01/05290200.xhpPK
%w�X�̑R� � ���
text/shared/01/01010300.xhpPK
%w�X7}M�) ) ��� text/shared/01/01100300.xhpPK
%w�X�<}��3 �3 ��0 text/shared/01/06040100.xhpPK
%w�X��8f� � ���K text/shared/01/online_update.xhpPK
%w�X�T��1 1 ���Z text/shared/01/01010100.xhpPK
%w�X���ww w ��Iq text/shared/01/05110800.xhpPK
%w�X� �
A A ���s text/shared/01/05260200.xhpPK
%w�X�:2R ��sw text/shared/01/01190000.xhpPK
%w�XU�յ յ ��ʇ text/shared/01/05020301.xhpPK
%w�X�
D ���=! text/shared/01/06140500.xhpPK
%w�X%7��� � ��'I! text/shared/01/05240000.xhpPK
%w�X��� ��<L! text/shared/01/05020300.xhpPK
%w�Xm��V� � ���j! text/shared/01/02230500.xhpPK
%w�X �Kg� � ��pn! text/shared/01/01100200.xhpPK
%w�X#}h� � ��-~! text/shared/01/05100200.xhpPK
%w�X��40� � ���! text/shared/01/06040500.xhpPK
%w�X�r��d d ��5�! text/shared/01/01170000.xhpPK
%w�X�+� � ��Җ! text/shared/01/01020103.xhpPK
%w�X�n� � ���! text/shared/01/06150100.xhpPK
%w�X�fK�2 2 ! ����! text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhpPK
%w�X.� � � ��l�! text/shared/01/04140000.xhpPK
%w�X@<R� � ��6�! text/shared/01/04060000.xhpPK
%w�X<# �7 �7 ����! text/shared/01/02070000.xhpPK
%w�X�x�AF F ���! text/shared/01/03040000.xhpPK
%w�X�|�$ $ ����! text/shared/01/05040100.xhpPK
%w�X颩�$
$
���! text/shared/01/05200300.xhpPK
%w�X]�l��
�
��I" text/shared/01/05230500.xhpPK
%w�X�t�� � ��o" text/shared/01/05350500.xhpPK
%w�X {n� ���." text/shared/01/05110400.xhpPK
%w�X�!Cv ���1" text/shared/01/06150000.xhpPK
%w�X�� �[ [ ���H" text/shared/01/05320000.xhpPK
%w�X���>� � ���a" text/shared/01/05120200.xhpPK
%w�X �\ \ ���d" text/shared/01/05360000.xhpPK
%w�X����C C " ��Uv" text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhpPK
%w�X�G`I� � ���{" text/shared/01/05250300.xhpPK
%w�X��Ϫm m ���" text/shared/01/01010203.xhpPK
%w�X��>� � ����" text/shared/01/06040000.xhpPK
%w�XH�c� � ����" text/shared/01/05120300.xhpPK
%w�X��V V ���" text/shared/01/06130500.xhpPK
%w�XT��2� � ��q�" text/shared/01/02230402.xhpPK
%w�Xc f�=
=
����" text/shared/01/06010600.xhpPK
%w�X5��J J ����" text/shared/01/05070600.xhpPK
%w�X�w�?n n ����" text/shared/01/03010000.xhpPK
%w�Xڹ��� � ��'�" text/shared/01/02230150.xhpPK
%w�X3]��N N ���" text/shared/01/02180000.xhpPK
%w�Xނ�� � ����" text/shared/01/05290100.xhpPK
%w�X�� � " ��U�" text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhpPK
%w�X�UKa� � �� # text/shared/01/05340404.xhpPK
%w�XƤ!Z� � �� # text/shared/01/05350200.xhpPK
%w�X'�ّT T ! ��B%# text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhpPK
%w�X ��l l ���+# text/shared/01/02230000.xhpPK
%w�X��=�
�
��z1# text/shared/01/06010500.xhpPK
%w�X���� ���<# text/shared/01/06130001.xhpPK
%w�XP!�, , ���B# text/shared/01/05340600.xhpPK
%w�X�T�` ` ��_E# text/shared/01/01010304.xhpPK
%w�X$¼� � ���Q# text/shared/01/06050600.xhpPK
%w�XY�ZI� � ���k# text/shared/01/05080200.xhpPK
%w�X �0�6, 6, ���n# text/shared/01/05280000.xhpPK
%w�X��r�Z Z ��n�# text/shared/01/05200200.xhpPK
%w�X�� 8�4 �4 ���# text/shared/01/05040200.xhpPK
%w�X���
�� �# text/shared/01/06201000.xhpPK
%w�X��GE E ��n�# text/shared/01/06010101.xhpPK
%w�X��Q� ����# text/shared/01/05100000.xhpPK
%w�X��U�� � ��9�# text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhpPK
%w�X�Ⰴ� � ��$ text/shared/01/05340200.xhpPK
%w�X+�2�w w ��$ text/shared/01/05120000.xhpPK
%w�X��vt� � ���$ text/shared/01/05260000.xhpPK
%w�X�R�`.
.
���"$ text/shared/01/06010601.xhpPK
%w�X� ˌ' ' ��-$ text/shared/01/05030700.xhpPK
%w�X���R R ��gB$ text/shared/01/01060000.xhpPK
%w�X�� � ���E$ text/shared/01/05030800.xhpPK
%w�X��C? ? ��\$ text/shared/01/07080000.xhpPK
%w�X��U�� � ���^$ text/shared/01/05080300.xhpPK
%w�X�-o�D
D
���a$ text/shared/01/05350600.xhpPK
%w�X j��� � ��o$ text/shared/01/05030500.xhpPK
%w�X��H�a a ��:�$ text/shared/01/01110400.xhpPK
%w�X�{c[� � ��ԏ$ text/shared/01/01010303.xhpPK
%w�X� ��Q Q ����$ text/shared/01/06040700.xhpPK
%w�X?B�]� � ��*�$ text/shared/01/06150210.xhpPK
%w�XѶ�oa
a
�� �$ text/shared/01/06150110.xhpPK
%w�X�ٚ�~ ~ ����$ text/shared/01/04060100.xhpPK
%w�X��r� � ��p�$ text/shared/01/password_main.xhpPK
%w�X�s�t t ��Q�$ text/shared/01/02020000.xhpPK
%w�X�
U; ; " ����$ text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhpPK
%w�Xc�ƾ ��y�$ text/shared/01/05340500.xhpPK
%w�X=-Za a ����$ text/shared/01/05220000.xhpPK
%w�X �}\ \ ��h�$ text/shared/01/04160500.xhpPK
%w�X�uP��
�
$ ����$ text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhpPK
%w�X�lA� �� �$ text/shared/01/05120100.xhpPK
%w�XG�Fr ��P�$ text/shared/01/01010200.xhpPK
%w�X�߁� � ����$ text/shared/01/05190000.xhpPK
%w�X�Dqw ���% text/shared/01/05020500.xhpPK
%w�X ��� �� % text/shared/01/06140100.xhpPK
%w�X#"|�% �% ��F8% text/shared/01/05030100.xhpPK
%w�X��<¢ � ��W^% text/shared/01/01160000.xhpPK
%w�XS�8�= = ��2n% text/shared/01/01990000.xhpPK
%w�X�[V
���r% text/shared/01/05090000.xhpPK
%w�X��dJ� � # ���t% text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhpPK
%w�X��y� � ���y% text/shared/01/02040000.xhpPK
%w�X�;� � " ���|% text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhpPK
%w�X��W�� � ���% text/shared/01/06050300.xhpPK
%w�X��� � ��"�% text/shared/01/02090000.xhpPK
%w�X_lİ� � ��ߌ% text/shared/01/06140102.xhpPK
%w�X���T T ��ҏ% text/shared/01/05120600.xhpPK
%w�X v��X! X! ��_�% text/shared/01/01010000.xhpPK
%w�X�|U+� � ���% text/shared/01/02200200.xhpPK
%w�XxJ � � ���% text/shared/01/06150200.xhpPK
%w�X�93� � ��,�% text/shared/01/05050000.xhpPK
%w�X�ͫ\ \ ��L�% text/shared/01/05110300.xhpPK
%w�X �Y Y ����% text/shared/01/06040600.xhpPK
%w�XR�1�3 3 ��s�% text/shared/01/02100001.xhpPK
%w�XS�cxY Y ���%& text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhpPK
%w�X�XwI� � ��Z=& text/shared/01/02230300.xhpPK
%w�X/�YO� � �� C& text/shared/01/06130100.xhpPK
%w�X��.� ��SI& text/shared/01/webhtml.xhpPK
%w�XX*��A A $ ���O& text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhpPK
%w�X�r�H H ��.V& text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhpPK
%w�X"�:� � ���^& text/shared/01/05350400.xhpPK
%w�X�0� � ���m& text/shared/01/05100500.xhpPK
%w�Xmam�o o ���p& text/shared/01/05250400.xhpPK
%w�X���s
s
��.t& text/shared/01/02230200.xhpPK
%w�Xq �� � ��ځ& text/shared/01/05250200.xhpPK
%w�XMf�h ���& text/shared/01/05250000.xhpPK
%w�X��!<� � ��%�& text/shared/01/06202000.xhpPK
%w�XL���� � ���& text/shared/01/06050200.xhpPK
%w�X�wc� � ���& text/shared/01/05230100.xhpPK
%w�X��2Q Q ����& text/shared/01/06140402.xhpPK
%w�Xl�L�V V ���& text/shared/01/05020000.xhpPK
%w�X�Sj
���& text/shared/01/04150000.xhpPK
%w�X��I� � ��Q�& text/shared/01/05260100.xhpPK
%w�X�U�z z ��Q�& text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhpPK
%w�Xn�n> > �� �& text/shared/01/02110000.xhpPK
%w�Xz� � � ����& text/shared/01/05060000.xhpPK
%w�Xn�x*9 9 ��=' text/shared/01/05020400.xhpPK
%w�X��mm m ��� ' text/shared/01/05250500.xhpPK
%w�X�hD�
��U$' text/shared/01/06130200.xhpPK
%w�X~Gn- - ���+' text/shared/01/02100100.xhpPK
%w�Xt��� ���7' text/shared/01/01100000.xhpPK
%w�X�o%X ��J>' text/shared/01/04150100.xhpPK
%w�XOղF� � ���I' text/shared/01/03020000.xhpPK
%w�X����/ / ��mL' text/shared/01/01010202.xhpPK
%w�X�B�ш � ���^' text/shared/01/02200100.xhpPK
%w�X�B�, ���a' text/shared/01/02200000.xhpPK
%w�X��ͱG) G) ���f' text/shared/01/01020000.xhpPK
%w�Xl�*F� � ��_�' text/shared/01/01100100.xhpPK
%w�X����� � ! ��$�' text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhpPK
%w�X�|�Rm m ��@�' text/shared/01/05350300.xhpPK
%w�X%��R'* '* ���' text/shared/01/06050500.xhpPK
%w�X���B B ��F�' text/shared/01/05010000.xhpPK
%w�X�&"* * ����' text/shared/01/05240100.xhpPK
%w�X�#�h
h
��$�' text/shared/01/05230300.xhpPK
%w�X� �
3 3 ���' text/shared/01/05260600.xhpPK
%w�X�tࢶ � ��1( text/shared/01/05020600.xhpPK
%w�X�+�o� � �� ( text/shared/01/05100100.xhpPK
%w�XFZC�� � ��!( text/shared/01/05040400.xhpPK
%w�X��� ��%)( text/shared/01/01010302.xhpPK
%w�X=� ?�
�
��t/( text/shared/01/05020700.xhpPK
%w�X�q�� � ���:( text/shared/01/05110100.xhpPK
%w�Xg �L �L ���>( text/shared/01/01130000.xhpPK
%w�X�S�5 5 ����( text/shared/01/01020101.xhpPK
%w�Xa��� � ���( text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhpPK
%w�X q�ݽ � �� �( text/shared/01/05260500.xhpPK
%w�X9�W3� � ���( text/shared/01/06010000.xhpPK
%w�X�P��h h " ����( text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhpPK
%w�X�j.�z z ����( text/shared/01/05230400.xhpPK
%w�X^=�7 7 ��V�( text/shared/01/05070400.xhpPK
%w�X�c$ � � ����( text/shared/01/02030000.xhpPK
%w�X� 9�� � ����( text/shared/01/moviesound.xhpPK
%w�X+�J:O O ��c�( text/shared/01/05070300.xhpPK
%w�Xz�N� � ����( text/shared/01/03060000.xhpPK
%w�Xg� � � �� �( text/shared/01/06040200.xhpPK
%w�X�LO4� � ���( text/shared/01/05110200.xhpPK
%w�X�� VB B ����( text/shared/01/02100000.xhpPK
%w�Xi'z�� � ��=@) text/shared/01/03170000.xhpPK
%w�X�'W W �� G) text/shared/01/05290000.xhpPK
%w�X(�6*� � ���O) text/shared/01/01160200.xhpPK
%w�XwMx� � ��]T) text/shared/01/01100400.xhpPK
%w�X�gV�� � ���f) text/shared/01/06050400.xhpPK
%w�X|��F� � ���l) text/shared/01/grid.xhpPK
%w�X ��; ; ���s) text/shared/01/05230000.xhpPK
%w�X�h�� � ���w) text/shared/01/gallery.xhpPK
%w�X��:< < ��)�) text/shared/01/guides.xhpPK
%w�X{�� � ����) text/shared/01/03110000.xhpPK
%w�X� i{Y Y ��t�) text/shared/01/01180000.xhpPK
%w�X��� � ���) text/shared/01/05260300.xhpPK
%w�X�,@ O O ���) text/shared/01/05140100.xhpPK
%w�X[Su�y y ����) text/shared/01/02220100.xhpPK
%w�X���9 9 ��M�) text/shared/01/05210500.xhpPK
%w�X�� � � ����) text/shared/01/05110600m.xhpPK
%w�X�Y�Y ����) text/shared/01/02100300.xhpPK
%w�Xek8�� � ��H�) text/shared/01/05070100.xhpPK
%w�X�VC C ��9�) text/shared/01/02100200.xhpPK
%w�X ��5 5 ����) text/shared/01/05210600.xhpPK
%w�X<+Aݟ � ��#�) text/shared/01/04180100.xhpPK
%w�XK>K� � " ����) text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhpPK
%w�XP
�l� � ���* text/shared/01/05080100.xhpPK
%w�Xp�26� � ���* text/shared/01/03150100.xhpPK
%w�Xh��} } ��� * text/shared/01/05110700.xhpPK
%w�X��=�u u ���* text/shared/01/06140000.xhpPK
%w�X����D D ��D* text/shared/01/05150101.xhpPK
%w�X�Q�'+ '+ ���* text/shared/01/02220000.xhpPK
%w�X`��R� � ��!B* text/shared/01/06140200.xhpPK
%w�X
,�� � ���U* text/shared/01/05210300.xhpPK
%w�X�w�ʻ � ��g* text/shared/01/05340402.xhpPK
%w�X;�0� � ��j* text/shared/01/02180100.xhpPK
%w�X�H� � ���o* text/shared/01/05250600.xhpPK
%w�Xn�_�� � ���s* text/shared/01/05070000.xhpPK
%w�X. ��m m ���x* text/shared/01/02230400.xhpPK
%w�XR�3�y y ���|* text/shared/01/01110000.xhpPK
%w�X�� � ��:�* text/shared/01/02060000.xhpPK
%w�X$�"� � ����* text/shared/01/05040300.xhpPK
%w�XS�� � ����* text/shared/01/05190100.xhpPK
%w�X��� � ��إ* text/shared/01/06030000.xhpPK
%w�X �߈. . ����* text/shared/01/05290300.xhpPK
%w�X����� � �� �* text/shared/01/01100600.xhpPK
%w�X��J)
)
��,�* text/shared/01/02230100.xhpPK
%w�X~�#T� � ����* text/shared/01/05290400.xhpPK
%w�X_05?Q Q ����* text/shared/01/05210400.xhpPK
%w�X�1�� � ��K�* text/shared/01/05110500.xhpPK
%w�Xs�� � ��e�* text/shared/01/05110000.xhpPK
%w�Xv� �_ _ ��+�* text/shared/01/05270000.xhpPK
%w�X���Jq q ����* text/shared/01/05250100.xhpPK
%w�X1W@� � ��m�* text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhpPK
%w�X�q% % ��I + text/shared/01/01070001.xhpPK
%w�X��^�� � ���+ text/shared/01/03050000.xhpPK
%w�X�P ��o + text/shared/01/04100000.xhpPK
%w�XZ��| | ���+ text/shared/01/01160300.xhpPK
%w�X�Q_uh% h% ��n + text/shared/01/05340300.xhpPK
%w�XVi ��D+ text/shared/01/05070200.xhpPK
%w�X�z�u& & ���H+ text/shared/01/04060200.xhpPK
%w�Xf�'+�# �# ��&L+ text/shared/01/06200000.xhpPK
%w�X XZ6~ ~ ���o+ text/shared/01/05200000.xhpPK
%w�XK rk� � ���s+ text/shared/01/05260400.xhpPK
%w�X�J��` ` ���v+ text/shared/01/06130010.xhpPK
%w�X��Qv ��\|+ text/shared/01/01010301.xhpPK
%w�X���# �# ����+ text/shared/01/02230401.xhpPK
%w�X�Pn C C ����+ text/shared/01/05240200.xhpPK
%w�XW�� � ��2�+ text/shared/01/05210700.xhpPK
%w�Xrkf� ��'�+ text/shared/01/05080000.xhpPK
%w�X��
�� � ��y�+ text/shared/01/04990000.xhpPK
%w�X3�UH� � ����+ text/shared/01/05200100.xhpPK
%w�X�L�3= = ��L�+ text/shared/01/06050100.xhpPK
%w�XkU��q q ����+ text/shared/01/04160300.xhpPK
%w�X�p�� � ��l�+ text/shared/01/01010001.xhpPK
%w�Xd?���m �m ! ���+ text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhpPK
%w�X��� � ���], text/shared/01/01140000.xhpPK
%w�X�I� � � ��Sl, text/shared/01/07010000.xhpPK
%w�XW�P_� � ��Kp, text/shared/01/05100600.xhpPK
%w�X���~ ~ ��Os, text/shared/01/05030000.xhpPK
%w�X�Gr ��|, text/shared/01/03990000.xhpPK
%w�X�L�� � ��K�, text/shared/01/06040300.xhpPK
%w�Xl|W � � ��s�, text/shared/01/05340400.xhpPK
%w�Xv؊�� � ��m�, text/shared/01/05350000.xhpPK
%w�X�ѯ�: : ��i�, text/shared/01/05210100.xhpPK
%w�X:d�:� � ����, text/shared/01/01110300.xhpPK
%w�X�ȉ ����, text/shared/01/05030300.xhpPK
%w�XKj�� � ��
�, text/shared/01/02240000.xhpPK
%w�X�T�K� � ' ���, text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhpPK
%w�XK�Hܑ � ��>�, text/shared/01/06050000.xhpPK
%w�X3��B� � ��- text/shared/01/06140101.xhpPK
%w�Xi�#� ���- text/shared/01/06990000.xhpPK
%w�X�=� ��*- text/shared/01/01070000.xhpPK
%w�X1�z� ��t!- text/shared/01/05340100.xhpPK
%w�X ;D` ` ��,)- text/shared/01/05080400.xhpPK
%w�X�kcWf f ���,- text/shared/01/05030600.xhpPK
%w�X^Ϩ>� � ��dB- text/shared/01/06040400.xhpPK
%w�X$�m� � $ ��=R- text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhpPK
%w�X�b�[� � ��_f- text/shared/01/05070500.xhpPK
%w�Xeɕi) ) ���j- text/shared/01/05020200.xhpPK
%w�X�GO�$ �$ ����- text/shared/01/02250000.xhpPK
%w�X���Ki i ����- text/shared/01/05210000.xhpPK
%w�X�y�Z� � ��M�- text/shared/01/05990000.xhpPK
%w�X��\L L ��"�- text/shared/01/01110101.xhpPK
%w�Xp#5S ����- text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhpPK
%w�X td� � �� �- text/shared/01/05100700.xhpPK
%w�X� �Q ����- text/shared/01/05020100.xhpPK
%w�X� �� � ��N�- text/shared/01/02210101.xhpPK
%w�Xq)�) ) ��&. text/shared/01/05340405.xhpPK
%w�X\�u ���. text/shared/01/04050000.xhpPK
%w�X̎Bp� � # ���-. text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhpPK
%w�X���� � $ ���1. text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhpPK
%w�X��_j- j- ���5. text/shared/01/06130000.xhpPK
%w�X�� � ��lc. text/shared/01/06140400.xhpPK
%w�X�(X#v v ��Qz. text/shared/01/02010000.xhpPK
%w�X�y�8 8 �� �. text/shared/01/02050000.xhpPK
%w�X7ńK�
�
��q�. text/shared/01/06020000.xhpPK
%w�X��s9 ��K�. text/shared/01/01010201.xhpPK
&w�X?� �
�
����. text/shared/main0108.xhpPK
&w�X � ��ֳ. text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhpPK
&w�X� �U U ��4�. text/shared/main0213.xhpPK
&w�X�Px | | ����. text/shared/main0800.xhpPK
&w�X�ԃ�� � ��q�. text/shared/main0201.xhpPK
&w�X�P:( ( ����. text/shared/main0227.xhpPK
%w�X �A�&/ text/shared/04/PK
%w�XNY�TS� S� ��'/ text/shared/04/01010000.xhpPK
%w�X)��j ����/ text/shared/04/01020000.xhpPK
&w�X���i i ����/ text/shared/main0204.xhpPK ��X y�/